Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________________________________
Form 10-K
_____________________________________________

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 
Commission File Number 001-08106
_____________________________________________

MasTec, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Florida	65-0829355	
(State or Other jurisdiction of	(I.R.S. Employer	
Incorporation or Organization)	Identification No.)	
 	 	
800 S. Douglas Road, 12th Floor,	 	
Coral Gables, FL	33134	
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)	(Zip Code)	
(305) 599-1800
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 	 	
Title of Each Class
	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
	
Common Stock, $0.10 Par Value	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer; as defined in rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes ý    No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes ¨  No   ý  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ý      No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý      No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
ý Large accelerated filer        ¨ Accelerated filer    ¨ Non-accelerated filer        ¨ Smaller reporting company
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.)    Yes ¨   No   ý 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $2.0 billion (based on a closing price of $32.90 per share for the registrant’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 28, 2013).
There were 77,322,333 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 24, 2014.
The registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A for the 2013 annual meeting of shareholders is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	 	 	
 	Page	
Part I    	4	
Item 1	Business	4	
Item 1A	Risk Factors	11	
Item 1B	Unresolved Staff Comments	23	
Item 2	Properties	23	
Item 3	Legal Proceedings	24	
Item 4	Mine Safety Disclosures	24	
Part II   	24	
Item 5	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	24	
Item 6	Selected Financial Data	25	
Item 7	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	26	
Item 7A	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	41	
Item 8	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	43	
Item 9	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	87	
Item 9A	Controls and Procedures	87	
Item 9B	Other Information	89	
Part III  	89	
Item 10	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	89	
Item 11	Executive Compensation	89	
Item 12	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	89	
Item 13	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	90	
Item 14	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	90	
Part IV    	90	
Item 15	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	90	
Signatures    	94	

2

Table of Contents

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
MasTec, Inc. ("we," "our," "us," "the Company" or "MasTec") is making this statement pursuant to the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements described in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We make statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the documents that we incorporate by reference into this Annual Report that are forward-looking. When used in this Annual Report or in any other presentation, statements which are not historical in nature, including the words “anticipate,” “estimate,” “could,” “should,” “may,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “target,” “will,” “project” and variations of these words and negatives thereof and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. They also include statements regarding:
 	 	
•	our future growth and profitability;	
 	 	
•	our competitive strengths; and	
 	 	
•	our business strategy and the trends we anticipate in the industries and economies in which we operate.	
These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, are difficult to predict, and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include:
 	 	
•	the effect of economic downturns on demand for our services, reduced capital expenditures by our customers, reduced financing availability, customer consolidation and technological and regulatory changes in the industries we serve;	
 	 	
•	market conditions, technological developments and regulatory changes that affect us or our customers’ industries;	
 	 	
•	the activity in the oil and gas and electricity industry and the expenditure levels impacted by the trends in electricity, oil, natural gas and other energy source prices;	
 	 	
•	the highly competitive nature of our industry;	
 	 	
•	our ability to accurately estimate the costs associated with our fixed price and other contracts, including any material changes in estimates for completion of projects;	
 	 	
•	our ability to manage projects effectively and in accordance with our estimates;	
 	 	
•	the timing and extent of fluctuations in geographic, weather and operational factors affecting our customers, projects and the industries in which we operate;	
 	 	
•	the ability of our customers, including our largest customers, to terminate or reduce the amount of work, or in some cases, the prices paid for services on short or no notice under our contracts;	
 	 	
•	customer disputes related to our performance of services;	
 	 	
•	any material changes in estimates for legal costs or case settlements or adverse determinations on any claim, lawsuit or proceeding;	
 	 	
•	disputes with, or failures of, our subcontractors to deliver agreed-upon supplies or services in a timely fashion;	
 	 	
•	our ability to replace non-recurring projects with new projects;	
 	 	
•	our dependence on a limited number of customers;	
 	 	
•	the adequacy of our insurance, legal and other reserves and allowances for doubtful accounts;	
 	 	
•	risks related to acquisitions and joint ventures;	
 	 	
•	the outcome of our plans for future operations, growth and services, including business development efforts, backlog, acquisitions and dispositions;	
 	 	
•	our ability to maintain a workforce based upon current and anticipated workloads;	
 	 	
•	our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, key management and skilled employees, including from acquired businesses, and our ability to enforce any noncompetition agreements, integrate acquired businesses within expected timeframes and achieve the revenue, cost savings and earnings levels from such acquisitions at or above the levels projected;	
 	 	
•	any exposure resulting from system or information technology interruptions or data security breaches;	
 	 	
•	the impact of U.S. federal, local or state tax legislation and other regulations affecting renewable energy, electricity prices, electrical transmission, oil and gas production, broadband and related projects and expenditures;	

3

Table of Contents
 	 	
•	the effect of state and federal regulatory initiatives, including costs of compliance with existing and future safety and environmental requirements;	
 	 	
•	increases in fuel, maintenance, materials, labor and other costs;	
 	 	
•	the impact of being required to pay our subcontractors even if our customers do not pay;	
 	 	
•	fluctuations in foreign currencies;	
 	 	
•	risks associated with operating in international markets, which could restrict our ability to expand globally and harm our business and prospects or any failure to comply with laws applicable to our foreign activities;	
 	 	
•	risks associated with potential environmental issues and other hazards from our operations;	
 	 	
•	the impact of any unionized workforce on our operations, including labor availability and relations;	
 	 	
•	liabilities associated with multi-employer pension plans, including underfunding and withdrawal liabilities, for our operations that employ unionized workers;	
 	 	
•	restrictions imposed by our credit facility, senior notes, convertible notes and any future loans or securities;	
 	 	
•	our ability to obtain performance and surety bonds;	
 	 	
•	a small number of our existing shareholders have the ability to influence major corporate decisions;	
 	 	
•	any dilution or stock price volatility that shareholders may experience in connection with shares we may issue as consideration for earn-out obligations or as purchase consideration in connection with past or future acquisitions, or as a result of conversions of convertible notes or other stock issuances;	
 	 	
•	our ability to settle conversions of our convertible notes in cash due to contractual restrictions, including those contained in our credit facility, and the availability of cash; and	
 	 	
•	other factors referenced in this Annual Report, including, without limitation, under Item 1, “Business,” Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other factors detailed from time to time in the reports and other filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").	
We believe these forward-looking statements are reasonable; however, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which are based on current expectations. Furthermore, forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. If any of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if any of our underlying assumptions are incorrect, our actual results may differ significantly from the results that we express in, or imply by, any of our forward-looking statements. These and other risks are detailed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in the documents that we incorporate by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise these forward-looking statements after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect future events or circumstances, except as required by applicable law. We qualify any and all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary factors.

PART I
 	 	
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	
Overview
We are a leading infrastructure construction company operating mainly throughout North America across a range of industries. Our primary activities include the engineering, building, installation, maintenance and upgrade of energy, utility and communications infrastructure, such as: petroleum and natural gas pipeline infrastructure; wireless, wireline and satellite communications; electrical utility transmission and distribution; power generation; and industrial infrastructure. Our customers are primarily in these industries. Including our predecessor companies, we have been in business for more than 80 years. We offer our services primarily under the MasTec service mark and, as of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 13,450 employees and 380 locations. We have been consistently ranked among the top specialty contractors by Engineering News-Record for the past five years.

4

Table of Contents

We provide our services to a diversified base of customers. We often provide services under multi-year master service and other service agreements, which are generally multi-year agreements. The remainder of our work was generated pursuant to contracts for specific projects or jobs that require the construction or installation of an entire infrastructure system or specified units within an infrastructure system. Revenues from non-recurring, project specific work may experience greater variability than master service agreement work due to the need to replace the revenue as projects are completed. If we are not able to replace work from completed projects with new project work, we may not be able to maintain our current revenue levels or our current level of capacity and resource utilization. We actively review our backlog of project work and take appropriate action to minimize such exposure.
We have actively pursued a diversification and expansion strategy in recent years. This strategy has deepened our presence and expanded our service offerings in key markets, including: natural gas, natural gas liquids and petroleum pipeline; electrical transmission; and wireless services, among others. In addition to integration and growth opportunities associated with our diversification and expansion strategy, we also seek opportunities to expand our geographic presence and to expand our traditional business areas, such as telecommunications and install-to-the-home services. For discussion of our recent acquisitions, see Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Business," which is incorporated herein by reference. We have also divested certain businesses or assets due to, among other things, their respective performance or fit within our long-term business strategy. See discussion of recently discontinued businesses in Note 4 - Discontinued Operations in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.    
We present our continuing operations under five reportable segments: (1) Communications; (2) Oil and Gas; (3) Electrical Transmission;  (4)  Power Generation and Industrial and  (5)  Other. This structure is generally focused on broad end-user markets for our labor-based construction services. The Communications segment performs engineering, construction and maintenance of communications infrastructure primarily related to wireless and wireline communications and install-to-the-home. We perform engineering, construction and maintenance services on oil and natural gas pipelines and processing facilities for the energy and utilities industries through the Oil and Gas segment. The Electrical Transmission segment primarily serves the energy and utility industries through the engineering, construction and maintenance of electrical transmission lines and substations. The Power Generation and Industrial segment primarily serves the energy and utility end-markets and other end-markets through the installation and construction of conventional and renewable power plants, related electrical transmission infrastructure, ethanol facilities and various types of industrial infrastructure. The Other category primarily includes small business units that perform construction services for a variety of end markets in Mexico and elsewhere internationally.

Customer revenues by segment for the periods indicated were as follows (in millions):

 	Years Ended December 31,	
Reportable Segment:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Communications	$	1,962.6	
 	 	45	 %	 	$	1,772.7	
 	 	48	 %	 	$	1,635.1	
 	 	58	 %	
Oil and Gas	1,628.8	
 	 	38	 %	 	959.0	
 	 	26	 %	 	774.3	
 	 	27	 %	
Electrical Transmission	428.8	
 	 	10	 %	 	312.2	
 	 	8	 %	 	198.3	
 	 	7	 %	
Power Generation and Industrial	294.3	
 	 	7	 %	 	668.1	
 	 	18	 %	 	219.6	
 	 	8	 %	
Other	12.3	
 	 	—	
 	 	16.7	
 	 	—	
 	 	4.8	
 	 	—	
 	
Eliminations	(2.0	)	 	—	
 	 	(1.9	)	 	—	
 	 	(0.8	)	 	—	
 	
Consolidated revenue	$	4,324.8	
 	 	100	 %	 	$	3,726.8	
 	 	100	 %	 	$	2,831.3	
 	 	100	 %	

See Note 15 - Segments and Related Information in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, for operating results and financial position by segment.
Industry Trends
Our industry is composed of national, regional and local companies that provide services to customers in a range of industries.
We believe the following industry trends affect demand for our services:
Increased Demand for Wireless and Fiber Communications Network Services
Demand for faster and more robust wireless and fiber communications network services has increased significantly with the proliferation of high-speed internet connectivity, broadband, data transmission, video and music download services, high definition television and other advanced digital and video services. Data usage over wireless and fiber communications networks is rapidly increasing as more consumers surf the web, check email and watch video on mobile devices. Smartphones, laptops, tablets and other mobile devices have become increasingly important to consumers. In its 2014 Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update, Cisco Systems, Inc. predicted that mobile data traffic will increase 11-fold by 2018. Cisco also predicted that 4G wireless service will be used for only 15 percent of connections, but will represent 51 percent of total traffic and that 4G connections will generate 6 times more traffic, on average, than non-4G connections and will grow 18-fold by 2018. Additionally, the report predicts that by 2018, mobile-connected tablets will generate double the traffic generated by the entire global mobile network in 2013.
Service providers continue to upgrade the capacity and performance of their fiber communications and wireless networks and are deploying competing networks using new technologies to serve this developing market and the ever-increasing need for more bandwidth and faster data delivery services. Additionally, declining equipment costs and expanded capabilities of wireline and wireless network equipment have incentivized investment. At the same time, major regional and rural telecommunication companies are upgrading their networks from copper line to fiber optic line in order

5

Table of Contents

to enhance their ability to provide customers with bundled services that include video, voice and data. Similar dynamics of providers seeking to improve their offerings are prevalent in the cable and satellite markets as well.
Increased Demand for Pipeline Infrastructure
Recent improved access to shale formations as a result of technological advances and improved economics has resulted in significant increases in petroleum industry estimates of available North American oil and natural gas reserves. Technological advances in horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing have made access to natural gas easier and cheaper, have led to a drilling boom in recent years and have caused an increase in natural gas reserves.

The sharp increase in drilling activity from oil and gas shales has enormous implications for the construction of oil, gas and natural gas liquids pipelines over the next two decades. According to the International Energy Agency World Energy Outlook 2013, the advances in technologies for oil and gas drilling and completion have created an energy boom in the U.S., which, subject to regulatory considerations pertaining to the export of natural gas, could lead to the U.S. becoming a net exporter of natural gas and liquid fuels by 2019 and the mid-2030s, respectively. 
According to the U.S. Energy Information Administration's December 2012 "Energy in Brief," shale gas production has doubled since 2009 and is expected to almost double again by 2040. Additionally, the percentage of shale gas to total gas production is expected to rise to over 50% by 2040. The drilling and completion technology advancements have also positively affected exploration and production in the oil shale regions and the liquids-rich areas of the gas shale basins, where crude and high-value gas liquid by-products can be produced with gas. As a result, expanded long-term opportunities for liquids pipelines are predicted in the Bakken, Eagle Ford, Permian, Western Marcellus, Utica and other liquids-rich shale basins. Natural gas is one of the cleanest burning hydrocarbon fuels and is in demand because of its relative cost advantage over other fossil fuel sources. Higher availability of low-cost natural gas supplies could substantially increase gas-fired electric generating plant additions, changing the North American fuel mix while increasing dependency on a single, largely domestic fuel type. According to the 2013 NERC Long-Term Reliability Assessment, natural gas is projected to be the fastest growing source of fuel for electric power generation during the next ten years. Gas-fired plants are typically easy to construct, require little lead-time, and emit less carbon dioxide and are generally less expensive to construct when compared to coal and oil fired generation facilities. Federal and certain state regulations often make the siting and construction of coal fired power plants extremely difficult or in some cases, virtually impossible, due to environmental and emissions concerns. These trends are anticipated to continue, which could further increase the expected number of new build natural gas plants or coal plant conversions. We also believe that U.S. energy policy goals will continue to promote domestic sources of energy in order to reduce U.S. dependence on foreign energy sources, both for economic and national security reasons. Drilling continues at high levels, especially for oil and gas and natural gas liquids.
As result of these factors, the level of natural gas pipeline construction activity in the United States and Canada is expected to remain high. We believe that as new shale oil and gas reserves are developed, the demand for additional pipeline transport projects will grow.
We believe we are one of the leading pipeline contractors in the North America. Our service offerings include the construction and maintenance of large diameter pipeline, mid-stream pipeline, gathering pipelines, compressor and pumping stations and treatment plants. We anticipate that increased demand for pipeline infrastructure should provide robust pipeline, power generation and heavy industrial construction opportunities and that our diverse capabilities and expertise in these sectors will enable us to be a leading player in this growing market.
Inadequacy of Existing Electrical Power Transmission and Distribution Networks
The U.S. electrical transmission and distribution infrastructure requires significant ongoing maintenance, upgrade and expansion to manage power line congestion and avoid delivery failures. Demand for electricity is expected to grow as the economy recovers and as the population grows. Regional shifts in population and industry, driven in part by the oil and gas drilling boom in the U.S. and the resulting energy supply and global price advantages, may also create pockets of demand for increased transmission and distribution build and upgrades. Additionally, investment in new transmission lines may be required to connect new renewable energy generation projects, which are typically in remote areas, to the electrical grid. According to the 2013 Annual Energy Outlook published by the Department of Energy's ("DOE") Energy Information Administration, the U.S. population will increase by about 29% from 2011 to 2040, with energy consumption increasing by 10%. NERC estimates that 21,800 circuit miles will be added to the electrical transmission system from 2014 through 2023 in its 2013 Long-Term Reliability Assessment. Significant capital investment in the U.S. transmission and distribution system will be required to meet the needs of the growing population as well as the projected increase in use of renewable energy power resources.
In addition to projects aimed at increasing electrical power transmission capacity and integration of new renewable energy resources, efforts to modernize the existing transmission system are also expected. The category of projects using digital technology to improve reliability, security and efficiency of the electric system are known as “Smart Grid” projects.
We believe that spending levels will continue to increase as utility companies work to address infrastructure maintenance, reliability and capacity requirements, as well as future reliability standards and state mandated renewable portfolio standards.
Renewable Energy Projects
The desire to decrease the U.S. dependence on foreign oil imports and the focus on a clean environment have created demand for more domestic, environmentally sensitive electrical power production, such as wind and solar collection farms. Currently, approximately 36 states as well as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico have adopted renewable portfolio standards or goals. NERC’s 2013 Long-Term Reliability Assessment projected approximately 46,500 megawatts (“MW”) of new wind and solar capacity over the next ten years. We have expertise in wind, solar and industrial plant construction, and expect to be a leading player in renewable energy infrastructure projects.

6

Table of Contents

The renewable energy industry is reliant on federal and state tax incentives.  The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act ("ARRA") was enacted in February 2009 and contained federal tax incentives applicable to the renewable energy industry. Certain key renewable energy provisions contained in the ARRA were extended in December 2010 and again in January 2013 by the American Taxpayer Relief Act (the “ATRA”). These provisions should have a positive impact on our customers' spending in a number of important areas and offer additional incentives that should benefit our business. One of the federal tax incentives contained in the ATRA is the extension of the production tax credit for wind projects that have commenced construction before January 1, 2014 and generally must be completed by December 31, 2015. The production tax credit provides the owner of a U.S. wind facility with a ten-year credit against its federal income tax obligations based on the amount of electricity produced at a qualifying facility by the owner and sold to unrelated parties during that period. The current production tax credit rate is 2.3 cents per kilowatt hour of electricity produced at a qualified wind energy facility. The wind industry will be negatively impacted, however, if the production tax credit is not extended further. The federal and state tax incentives have a finite duration, and efforts to extend or renew such incentives may not be successful.  However, solar projects will continue to be eligible for the investment tax credit as long as the project is placed in service prior to January 1, 2017.

                The accelerated tax depreciation provision for certain renewable energy generation assets (namely, certain equipment that uses solar or wind energy or energy from geothermal deposits or biomass) provides for a five year depreciable life for these assets, rather than the longer depreciable lives of many non-renewable energy assets.
See Item 1A. "Risk Factors - The renewable energy industry is heavily reliant on tax incentives, the availability of which may be uncertain and could adversely affect demand for our services.”

Heavy Industrial Opportunities
Industrial plant construction opportunities across a wide variety of industries are present. The low price of natural gas is expected to spur the construction of new gas-fired electrical generating plants, conversions of coal-fired power plants to cleaner natural gas and the construction of other plants which use natural gas as a fuel source or chemical feedstock. Industrial facilities and plants that support the biofuels, food processing, natural gas, petroleum and related industries present opportunities as additional domestic energy reserves are produced, transported and processed.
Competitive Strengths
Our competitive strengths include:
Diverse Customer Relationships. We serve a diversified customer and industry base. Our customers include some of the largest communications, utility and power generation companies in North America. We have longstanding relationships and have developed strong alliances with many of our customers, and we strive to maintain these customer relationships and our status as a preferred vendor to our customers. As a result of our diversification, we believe it is unlikely that a single customer will account for greater than 25% of our revenue in the foreseeable future.
North American Footprint.   Including our predecessor companies, we have been in business for more than 80 years and are one of the largest companies in the infrastructure construction services industry, with approximately 380 locations and 13,450 employees, operating primarily throughout North America. We offer consistent, comprehensive infrastructure services to our customers and believe that our experience, technical expertise, geographic reach and size are important to our customers.
Ability to Respond Quickly and Effectively.  The skills required to serve our end markets are similar, which allows us to utilize qualified personnel across multiple end markets and projects. We are able to respond quickly and effectively to industry changes, demand and major weather events by allocating our employees, fleet and other assets as and where they are needed, enabling us to provide cost effective and timely services for our customers.  
Reputation for Reliable Customer Service and Technical Expertise. Over the years, we have established a reputation for quality customer service and technical expertise. Our reputation gives us an advantage in competing for new work, both from existing as well as potential customers. In addition, we have broad capabilities and expertise in the areas of communications, pipeline, electrical utility, power generation and heavy industrial infrastructure.
Experienced Management Team.  Our management team plays a significant role in establishing and maintaining long-term relationships with our customers, supporting the growth of our business, integrating acquired businesses and managing the financial aspects of our operations. Our chief executive officer, chief operating officer and business unit presidents have broad industry experience and a deep understanding of our customers and their requirements. Generally, key management personnel of recently acquired businesses continue to work for us under long-term employment agreements or services agreements.
Strategy
The key elements of our business strategy are as follows:
Focus on Growth Opportunities. We believe that our end markets offer compelling growth opportunities, and we expect increased spending by key customers in the industries we serve. We expect development of natural gas, natural gas liquids and petroleum pipeline infrastructure, expansion of wireless and fiber optic network infrastructure, electrical transmission capacity and distribution grid expansion and upgrades, development of power generation infrastructure, including renewable energy sources such as wind farms and solar farms, and heavy industrial

7

Table of Contents

projects to be areas of high investment and opportunity in the coming years. We intend to use our broad geographic presence, technical expertise, financial and operational resources, customer relationships and full range of services to capitalize on these trends and grow our business.
Operational Excellence. We seek to improve our operating margins and cash flows by focusing on profitable services and projects that have high margin potential, as well as by identifying opportunities for leverage within our business, such as deploying resources across multiple projects, while maintaining strong working capital management practices. We enhance our operating effectiveness and utilization rates through our ability to use certain resources across multiple customers and projects. We continue to pursue actions and programs designed to improve operating efficiencies and working capital management, such as increasing accountability throughout our organization, managing customer contract bidding procedures more effectively and increasing individual project profitability, hiring additional experienced operating and financial professionals and expanding the use of our financial and other management information systems.
Maintain Conservative Capital Structure. We have increased our financial resources in recent years. We repurchased and redeemed our $150 million principal amount of 7.625% senior notes due 2017 and issued $400 million principal amount of 4.875% senior notes due 2023 in the first quarter of 2013. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we amended our credit facility to expand our borrowing capacity from $600 million to $750 million. We evaluate our capital structure on an ongoing basis and may consider opportunities to refinance, repurchase or retire outstanding debt or repurchase equity in the future.
Leverage Performance and Core Expertise Through Strategic Acquisitions, Alliances and/or Selected Divestitures. We may pursue selected acquisitions, investments and strategic alliances that will allow us to expand our operations into targeted geographic areas or continue to expand our service offerings in related fields. We have diversified our business and expanded our service offerings and geographical footprint through numerous acquisitions in the last few years. Our strategy includes timely and efficient integration of acquisitions to best fit into our internal control environment and to maximize the potential of acquired businesses. We may also divest certain businesses or assets due to performance or fit within our long-term business strategy.
Services
Our core services are the engineering, building, installing, maintaining and upgrading of infrastructure for communications, utility and power generation customers. We provide similar services to each of these customers, including:
Build.  We build infrastructure projects for customers across a range of industries. We specialize in building natural gas, crude oil and refined product transport pipelines; underground and overhead distribution systems, including trenches, conduits, cable and power lines, which provide wireless and wireline communications; electrical power generation, transmission and distribution systems; power generation infrastructure, including renewable energy; heavy industrial plants; and compressor and pump stations and treatment plants.
Install.  We install electrical and other energy distribution and transmission systems, power generation facilities, buried and aerial fiber optic cables, coaxial cables, copper lines and satellite dishes in a variety of environments for our customers. In connection with our installation work, we deploy and manage network connections that involve our customers’ hardware, software and network equipment.
Maintain and Upgrade.  We offer 24 hour/365 day a year maintenance and upgrade support to our customers. Our comprehensive service offerings include the regular maintenance of our customers’ distribution facilities, networks and infrastructure, including natural gas and petroleum pipeline, communications, electrical distribution and transmission and power generation infrastructure. We also provide emergency services for accidents or storm damage. Our upgrade work ranges from routine replacements and upgrades to major overhauls.
Customers
We have longstanding relationships with many customers, and often provide services under master service and other service agreements. Certain of our master service agreements are exclusive up to a specified dollar amount per work order for each defined geographic area, but do not obligate our customers to undertake any infrastructure projects or other work with us. Work performed under master service and other service agreements is typically generated through work orders, each of which is performed for a fixed fee. Services provided under these agreements range from engineering, project management and installation work to maintenance and upgrade services. Master service and other service agreements are frequently awarded on a competitive bidding basis, although customers are sometimes willing to negotiate contract extensions beyond their original terms without re-bidding. Our master service and other service agreements have various terms, depending upon the nature of the services provided, and typically provide for termination on short or no advance notice. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, 45%, 43% and 55% of our revenue, respectively, was derived from projects performed under master service and other service agreements.
The remainder of our work is generated pursuant to contracts for specific projects or jobs that may require the construction and installation of an entire infrastructure system or specified units within an infrastructure system. Customers are billed with varying frequency, generally monthly or upon attaining specific milestones. Such contracts generally include retainage provisions under which 2% to 15% of the contract price is withheld from us until the work has been completed and accepted by the customer.
We believe that our industry experience, technical expertise and reputation for customer service, as well as the relationships developed between our customers and our senior management and project management teams are important to our being retained by our customers. See Note 15 - Segments and Related Information and Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which are incorporated herein by reference, for significant customer concentrations.

8

Table of Contents

Backlog
Estimated backlog represents the amount of revenue we expect to realize over the next 18 months from future work on uncompleted contracts, including new contractual agreements on which work has not begun. Our backlog estimates include amounts under master service and other service agreements in addition to construction projects. We determine the amount of backlog for work under master service and other service agreements based on historical trends, anticipated seasonal impacts and estimates of customer demand based on communications with our customers. The following presents 18-month backlog for our continuing operations by reportable segment as of the periods indicated (in millions):

Reportable Segment:	December 31, 2013	 	September 30, 2013	 	December 31, 2012	
Communications	$	2,848	
 	 	$	2,814	
 	 	$	2,521	
 	
Oil and Gas	642	
 	 	639	
 	 	220	
 	
Electrical Transmission	418	
 	 	441	
 	 	453	
 	
Power Generation and Industrial	205	
 	 	61	
 	 	147	
 	
Other	14	
 	 	14	
 	 	17	
 	
Estimated 18-month backlog	$	4,127	
 	 	$	3,969	
 	 	$	3,358	

We expect to realize approximately 74% of our year end 2013 backlog in 2014. While our backlog estimates include amounts under master service and other service agreements, our customers are not contractually committed to purchase a minimum amount of services under these agreements, most of which can be canceled on short or no advance notice. There can be no assurance as to our customers’ requirements or that our estimates are accurate. In addition, timing of revenues for construction and installation projects included in our backlog can be subject to change as a result of customer delays, regulatory requirements and other project related factors. These changes could cause estimated revenues to be realized in periods later than originally expected, or not at all. As a result, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of future revenues and earnings.
Sales and Marketing
Our customers increasingly require resources from multiple disciplines. Therefore, we market our services individually or in combination with other companies to provide what we believe is the most efficient and effective solution to meet our customers’ demands. Through our unified MasTec ®  brand and an integrated organizational structure designed to permit rapid deployment of labor, equipment and materials, we are able to quickly and efficiently allocate resources to meet customer needs. We offer services and are branded under the MasTec ®  service mark and other service marks.
We have developed a marketing plan emphasizing the MasTec® registered service mark and trade names of certain acquired companies, as well as an integrated service offering to position ourselves as a provider of a full range of service solutions, providing services ranging from basic installation to sophisticated engineering, design and integration. We believe our longstanding relationships with customers and our reputation for reliability and efficiency facilitate our recurring business. Our marketing efforts are principally carried out by the management of our business units and project groups in coordination with our corporate marketing organization. Our management team has many years of industry experience, both at the service provider level and in some cases with the customers we serve. Our business unit and project group managers market directly to existing and potential customers for new contracts and also seek our inclusion on lists of vendors invited to submit proposals for service agreements and individual projects. Our executive management supplements these efforts at the national level.
Safety and Insurance/Risk Management
We strive to instill safe work habits in our employees, and we require that our employees participate in training programs relevant to their employment and complete all training programs required by law. We evaluate employees in part based upon their safety records and the safety records of the employees they supervise. We have established a company-wide safety program to share best practices and to monitor and improve compliance with safety procedures and regulations.
Our business involves the use of heavy equipment, and exposure to various workplace conditions that can be dangerous. While we are committed to operating safely and prudently, we are subject to claims by employees, customers and third parties for property damage and personal injuries that occur in connection with our work. Our insurance policies are subject to high deductibles and we are self-insured up to the amount of the deductible. We maintain insurance policies for workers' compensation, general liability and automobile liability, which are subject to per claim deductibles. We also maintain excess umbrella coverage and an insurance policy with respect to employee group health claims. We are required to post letters of credit and provide cash collateral to certain of our insurance carriers and to obtain insurance-related surety bonds in certain states. See Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Suppliers, Materials and Working Capital
Under many of our contracts, our customers provide the necessary materials and supplies for projects and we are responsible for the installation of, but not the cost or warranty of those materials. Under certain other projects, we purchase the necessary materials and supplies on behalf of our customers from third-party providers. We are not dependent on any one supplier for materials or supplies and have not experienced any significant difficulty in obtaining an adequate supply of materials and supplies.
We utilize independent contractors to assist on projects and to help us manage work flow. Our independent contractors are typically sole proprietorships or small business entities that provide their own vehicles, tools and insurance coverage. We are not dependent on any single independent

9

Table of Contents

contractor. We need working capital to support seasonal variations in our business, primarily due to the impact of weather conditions on external construction and maintenance work and the spending patterns of our customers, both of which influence the timing of associated spending to support related customer demand. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources - Working Capital,” which is incorporated herein by reference.
Competition
Our industry is highly competitive and highly fragmented. We often compete with a number of companies in the markets in which we operate, ranging from small local independent companies to large national firms. The national or large regional firms that compete with us include Quanta Services, Inc., MYR Group, Inc., Dycom Industries, Inc., Pike Electric, Inc., Willbros Group, Bechtel Corporation, D.H. Blattner & Sons, Inc., M.A. Mortenson Company, General Dynamics, Black & Veatch, Wes Tower and Nexius.
Relatively few significant barriers to entry exist in the markets in which we operate, and, as a result, any organization that has adequate financial resources and access to technical expertise may become a competitor. Some of our customers employ personnel to perform infrastructure services of the type we provide. We compete based upon our industry experience, technical expertise, financial and operational resources, geographic presence, industry reputation and customer service. While we believe our customers consider a number of factors when selecting a service provider, most of their work is awarded through a bid process. Consequently, price is often a principal factor in determining which service provider is selected.
Regulation and Environmental Matters
We are subject to state and federal laws that apply to businesses generally, including laws and regulations related to labor relations, worker safety and environmental protection. While many of our customers operate in regulated industries (for example, utilities regulated by the public service commission or communications companies regulated by the Federal Communications Commission), we are not generally subject to such regulation and oversight.
As a contractor, our operations are subject to various laws, including:
 	 	
•	regulations related to vehicle registrations, including those of state and the United States Department of Transportation ("DOT");	
 	 	
•	regulations related to worker safety and health, including those established by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration ("OSHA") and state equivalents;	
 	 	
•	contractor licensing requirements;	
 	 	
•	permitting and inspection requirements; and	
 	 	
•	building and electrical codes.	
We are also subject to numerous environmental laws, including the handling, transportation and disposal of non-hazardous and hazardous substances and wastes, as well as emissions and discharges into the environment, including discharges into air, surface water and groundwater and soil. We also are subject to laws and regulations that impose liability and cleanup responsibility for releases of hazardous substances into the environment. Under certain of these laws and regulations, liabilities can be imposed for cleanup of properties, regardless of whether we directly caused the contamination or violated any law at the time of discharge or disposal. The presence of contamination from such substances or wastes could interfere with ongoing operations or adversely affect our business. In addition, we could be held liable for significant penalties and damages under certain environmental laws and regulations. See Item1A. "Risk Factors - Our failure to comply with environmental laws could result in significant liabilities."
We believe we have all licenses and permits needed to conduct operations and that we are in compliance with all material applicable regulatory requirements. However, if we fail to comply with any material applicable regulatory requirements, we could incur significant liabilities.
Financial Information About Geographic Areas
We operate throughout North America, primarily in the United States and Canada, as well as in parts of Latin America. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, revenues from continuing operations of $4.1 billion, $3.6 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively, were derived in the United States, and $268 million, $157 million and $92 million, respectively, were derived from foreign operations. Long-lived assets held in the United States for our continuing operations include property and equipment, net, of $437 million, $337 million and $252 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Long-lived assets held in foreign countries for our continuing operations, primarily in Canada, include property and equipment, net, of $51 million, $11 million and $11 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Intangible assets and goodwill, net, for our continuing operations of $972 million, $933 million and $794 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, relate to businesses in the United States. Intangible assets and goodwill, net, for our continuing operations of $93 million, $31 million and $31 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, relate to businesses in foreign countries.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations in foreign countries may be adversely affected by monetary and fiscal policies, currency fluctuations, energy shortages, regulatory requirements and other political, social and economic developments or instability.

10

Table of Contents

Employees
As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 13,450 employees, approximately 1,100 of whom were represented by a union or were subject to collective bargaining agreements. See Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.
We hire employees from a number of sources, including our industry, trade schools and colleges. Our primary sources for employees include promotion from within, team member referrals, print and internet advertising and direct recruiting. We attract and retain employees by offering technical training opportunities, bonus opportunities, stock ownership, competitive salaries and a comprehensive benefits package. We believe that our focus on training and career development helps us to attract and retain employees. Our employees participate in ongoing educational programs, many of which are internally developed, to enhance their technical and management skills through classroom and field training. We provide opportunities for promotion and mobility within our organization, which we also believe helps us to retain our employees. We believe our relations with our employees are good.
Available Information
A copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available free of charge on the internet at our website, www.mastec.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these reports with, or furnish these reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to as the SEC. Copies of our Board of Directors Governance Principles and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all directors and employees and includes a code of ethics for our CEO, CFO and other senior executives, and which expressly applies to our senior financial officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and our controller), and the charters for each of our Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees are also available on our website in the Investors section under the tab “Corporate Governance,” or may be obtained by contacting our Vice President of Investor Relations by phone at (305) 406-1815, or by email at investor.relations@mastec.com. We intend to provide any amendments or waivers to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for any of our directors and senior officers on our website within four business days of any such amendment or waiver. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the website and such information is not part of this report. Our reports filed with the SEC may be read or copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Alternatively, you may access these reports at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Use of our Website to Distribute Material Company Information
We use our website as a channel of distribution for important company information. Important information, including press releases, investor presentations and financial information regarding our company is routinely posted and accessible by clicking on the tab labeled “Investors” on our website home page, www.mastec.com. We also use our website to expedite public access to time-critical information regarding our company in advance of or in lieu of distributing a press release or a filing with the SEC disclosing the same information. Therefore, investors should look to the Investor Relations subpage of our website for important and time-critical information. Visitors to our website can also register to receive automatic e-mail and other notifications alerting them when new information is made available on the Investor Relations subpage of our website.
 	 	
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	
You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer, and the trading price of our common stock could decline.
Risks Related to Our Industry and Our Customers’ Industries
Economic downturns could reduce capital expenditures in the industries we serve, which may result in a decrease in demand for our services.
The demand for our services has been, and will likely continue to be, cyclical in nature and vulnerable to general downturns in the U.S. economy and the economies of other countries in which we operate. During economic downturns, our customers may not have the ability to fund capital expenditures for infrastructure, or may have difficulty obtaining financing for planned projects. This has resulted, and in the future could result in cancellations of projects or deferral of projects to a later date. Such cancellations or deferrals could result in decreased demand for our services and could materially adversely affect the results of our operations, cash flows and liquidity.
In addition, our customers are negatively affected by economic downturns that decrease the need for their services or the profitability of their services. Slow-downs in real estate, fluctuations in commodity prices and decreased demand by end-customers for services could affect our customers and their capital expenditure plans. We continually monitor our customers’ industries and their relative health compared to the economy as a whole because we have previously been negatively impacted by economic downturns. Reductions in new housing starts, for example, have negatively affected our customers who utilize our services to construct their “last mile” of communications infrastructure, and such reductions have also had negative impacts on other industries we serve, including electric utility transmission and grid connection and pipeline construction. Additionally, our customers who provide satellite and broadband communications to consumers across North America could be adversely impacted by an economic downturn if new subscriptions and upgrades for new and existing consumers are not ordered at the rate that our customers anticipate. During an economic downturn, our customers also may not have the ability or desire to continue to fund capital expenditures for infrastructure or may outsource less work. A decrease

11

Table of Contents

in any of these projects, new subscriptions or upgrades could negatively impact demand for the services we provide and could materially adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Additionally, in the past, we incurred significant losses after a number of customers filed for bankruptcy or experienced financial difficulties following a general economic downturn, in which certain industry factors worsened the impact of the overall economic downturn on those customers. In difficult economic times, some of our clients may find it difficult to pay invoices for our services timely, increasing the risk that our accounts receivable could become uncollectible and ultimately be written off. In certain cases, our clients for our large projects are project-specific entities that do not have significant assets other than their interests in the project. From time to time it may be difficult for us to collect payments owed to us by these clients. Delays in client payments may require us to make a working capital investment, which could impact our cash flows and liquidity. If a client fails to pay invoices on a timely basis or defaults in making its payments on a project in which we have devoted significant resources, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations or liquidity.
Many of the industries we serve are subject to consolidation and rapid technological and regulatory change, and our inability or failure to adjust to our customers’ changing needs could reduce demand for our services.
We derive, and anticipate that we will continue to derive, a substantial portion of our revenue from customers in the communications, utilities and power generation industries, which are subject to rapid changes in technology and governmental regulation. Changes in technology may reduce the demand for the services we provide. For example, new or developing telecommunications technologies could displace existing technologies, such as the wireline systems used for the transmission of voice, video and data. Furthermore, improvements in existing technologies could allow communications providers to significantly improve their networks without physically upgrading them. Technological advances may also result in lower costs for sources of energy, which may render existing renewable energy and natural gas projects and technologies uncompetitive or obsolete. Additionally, the industries we serve have been characterized by a high level of consolidation that may result in the loss of one or more of our customers. Our failure to rapidly adopt and master new technologies as they are developed in any of the industries we serve or the consolidation of one or more of our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity. Furthermore, regulatory and environmental requirements affecting any of the communications, utilities and power generation industries would adversely affect our results of operations. Our customers in these industries face stringent regulatory and environmental requirements and permitting processes as they implement plans for their projects, which can result in delays, reductions and cancellations of some of their projects.
Demand for pipeline construction services depends on oil and natural gas industry activity and expenditure levels that are directly affected by trends in oil, natural gas and other fuel prices and the cost of energy infrastructure projects.
Demand for our pipeline construction services is particularly sensitive to the level of exploration, development, and production activity of, and the corresponding capital spending by, oil and natural gas companies. Additionally, pipelines have competition from rail and trucking companies that also transport hydrocarbons. Prices for oil and natural gas are subject to large fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in the supply of, and demand for, oil and natural gas, as well as market uncertainty and a variety of other factors that are beyond our control. Low prices for oil and natural gas generally depress levels of exploration, development and production activity, which could result in a corresponding decline in demand for pipeline construction services. Factors affecting the prices of oil and natural gas include:
 	 	
•	the levels of supply and demand for oil and natural gas, especially demand for natural gas in the United States;	
 	 	
•	governmental regulations, including policies regarding the exploration, production and development of oil and natural gas reserves as well as environmental laws and initiatives to control global warming;	
 	 	
•	global weather conditions and natural disasters;	
 	 	
•	worldwide political, military, and economic conditions; the level of oil production by non-Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries ("OPEC") suppliers and available excess production capacity within OPEC;	
 	 	
•	oil refining capacity and shifts in end-customer preferences toward fuel efficiency and the use of natural gas;	
 	 	
•	the cost of producing and delivering oil and gas; and	
•    potential acceleration of development of alternative fuels.
Historically, the markets for oil and gas have been volatile and are likely to continue to be volatile. Spending on exploration and production activities by large oil and gas companies has a significant impact on the activity levels of pipeline construction services. In addition, demand for pipeline construction services may be affected by the costs of energy exploration and the construction of energy infrastructure projects. For example, while high oil and gas prices may increase oil and gas exploration and production and transportation activity, the associated increase in demand for equipment, materials and labor required for such exploration and activity may increase their costs and dampen demand for our services. Furthermore, increased costs for raw materials such as steel and other commodities may make some projects uneconomical despite robust oil and gas prices, thus reducing demand for our pipeline construction services. A decrease in demand for our pipeline construction services could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Our industry is highly competitive, which may reduce our market share and harm our financial performance.
Our industry is highly fragmented, and we compete with other companies in most of the markets in which we operate, ranging from small independent firms servicing local markets to larger firms servicing regional and national markets. We also face competition from existing and prospective customers that employ in-house personnel to perform some of the services we provide. There are relatively few barriers to entry into certain of the

12

Table of Contents

markets in which we operate and, as a result, any organization that has adequate financial resources and access to technical expertise and skilled personnel may become a competitor. Most of our customers’ work is awarded through a bid process. Consequently, price is often the principal factor that determines which service provider is selected, especially on smaller, less complex projects. Smaller competitors sometimes win bids for these projects based on price alone due to their lower costs and financial return requirements. However, our bids for certain projects may not be successful because of a customer’s perception of our relative ability to perform the work as compared to our competitors or a customer’s perception of technology advantages held by our competitors as well as other factors. Our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in bidding on these projects, or if our ability to win such projects requires that we accept lesser margins. We also face competition from the in-house service organizations of our existing or prospective customers. As such, we cannot be certain that our existing or prospective customers will continue to outsource services in the future.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our failure to properly manage projects, or project delays, may result in additional costs or claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, cash flows and liquidity.
Certain of our engagements involve large-scale, complex projects that may occur over extended time periods. The quality of our performance on such a project depends in large part upon our ability to manage our client relationship and the project itself and to timely deploy appropriate resources, including third-party contractors and our own personnel. Our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity could be adversely affected if we miscalculate the resources or time needed to complete a project with capped or fixed fees, or the resources or time needed to meet contractual milestones. Additionally, delays on a particular project, including delays in designs, engineering information or materials provided by the customer or a third party, delays or difficulties in equipment and material delivery, schedule changes, delays from our customer’s failure to timely obtain permits or rights-of-way or to meet other regulatory requirements, weather-related delays, permitting delays and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, may cause us to incur costs for standby pay, and may lead to personnel shortages on other projects scheduled to commence at a later date. We also may encounter project delays due to local opposition, which may include injunctive actions as well as public protests, to the siting of electric power, natural gas or oil transmission lines, solar or wind projects, or other facilities. In addition, some of our agreements require that we share in cost overages or pay liquidated damages if we do not meet project deadlines; therefore, any failure to properly estimate or manage cost, or delay in completion of projects, could subject us to penalties, which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity. Further, any defects or errors, or failures to meet our customers’ expectations could result in large damage claims against us, and because of the substantial cost of, and potentially long lead-times necessary to acquire certain of the materials and equipment used in our complex projects, such as pipeline and power generation, including renewable energy, damage claims may substantially exceed the amount we can charge for our associated services.
We may not accurately estimate the costs associated with our services provided under fixed price contracts, which could impair our financial performance.
A significant portion of our revenue is derived from master service and other service agreements that are fixed price contracts. Under these contracts, we set the price of our services on a per unit or aggregate basis and assume the risk that costs associated with our performance may be greater than we anticipated. In addition to master or other service agreements, we enter into contracts for specific projects or jobs that may require the installation or construction of an entire infrastructure system or specified units within an infrastructure system. Under those agreements, we contractually agree to a price per unit. Profitability will be reduced if the actual costs to complete each unit exceed original estimates. We are also required to immediately recognize the full amount of any expected losses on these projects if estimated costs to complete the remaining units for the projects exceed the revenue to be earned on such units. Our profitability is therefore dependent upon our ability to accurately estimate the costs associated with our services. These costs may be affected by a variety of factors, such as lower than anticipated productivity, conditions at work sites differing materially from what was anticipated at the time we bid on the contract and higher costs of materials and labor. These variations, along with other risks inherent in performing fixed price contracts, may cause actual project revenue and profits to differ from original estimates, and as a result, certain agreements or projects could have lower margins than anticipated, or losses, if actual costs exceed our estimates, which could reduce our profitability, cash flows and liquidity.
Our business may be affected by difficult work sites and environments, which could cause delays and increase our costs.
We perform work under a variety of conditions, including, but not limited to, difficult and hard to reach terrain and difficult site conditions. Performing work under such conditions can result in project delays or cancellations, potentially causing us to incur additional, unanticipated costs, reductions in revenues or the payment of liquidated damages. In addition, some of our contracts require that we assume the risk should actual site conditions vary from those expected. Some of our projects involve challenging engineering, procurement and construction phases that may occur over extended time periods. We may encounter difficulties in engineering, delays in designs or materials provided by the customer or a third party, equipment and material delivery delays, schedule changes, delays from customer failure to timely obtain rights-of-way, weather-related delays, delays by subcontractors in completing their portion of the project and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, but which impact our ability to complete a project as originally scheduled. In some cases, delays and additional costs may be substantial, and we may be required to cancel a project and/or compensate the customer for the delay. We may not be able to recover any of such costs. Any such delays or cancellations or errors or other failures to meet customer expectations could result in damage claims substantially in excess of the revenue associated with a project. Delays or cancellations could also negatively impact our reputation or relationships with our customers, which could adversely affect our ability to secure new contracts.
Our failure to recover adequately on claims against project owners, subcontractors or suppliers for payment or performance could have a material effect on our financial results.
We occasionally bring claims against project owners for additional costs exceeding the contract price or for amounts not included in the original contract price. Similarly, we present change orders and claims to our subcontractors and suppliers. If we fail to properly document the nature of change orders or claims, or are otherwise unsuccessful in negotiating a reasonable settlement, we could incur reduced profits, cost overruns and in some cases a loss on the project. These types of claims can often occur due to matters such as owner-caused delays, changes from the initial project scope, which

13

Table of Contents

result in additional cost, both direct and indirect or from project or contract terminations. From time to time, these claims can be the subject of lengthy and costly proceedings, and it is often difficult to accurately predict when these claims will be fully resolved. When these types of events occur and unresolved claims are pending, we may invest significant working capital in projects to cover cost overruns pending the resolution of the relevant claims. A failure to promptly recover on these types of claims could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity and financial results.
We recognize revenue from installation/construction fixed price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method; therefore, variations of actual results from our assumptions may reduce our profitability.
We recognize revenue from installation/construction fixed price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract. The cumulative amount of revenue recorded on a contract at a specified point in time is the percentage of total estimated revenue that incurred costs to date bear to estimated total contract costs. The percentage-of-completion method, therefore, relies on estimates of total expected contract costs. Contract revenue and total cost estimates are reviewed and revised periodically as the work progresses. Adjustments are reflected in contract revenue in the fiscal period in which such estimates are revised. Estimates are based on management’s reasonable assumptions and experience, but are subject to the risks inherent in estimates. Variation of actual results from estimates on a large project or on a number of smaller projects could be material. We immediately recognize the full amount of an estimated loss on a contract when our estimates indicate such a loss. Such adjustments and accrued losses could result in reduced profitability, which could negatively impact our liquidity and results of operations.
We maintain a workforce based upon current and anticipated workloads. If we do not receive future contract awards or if these awards are delayed, significant cost may result.
Our estimates of future performance and results of operations depend on, among other matters, whether and when we will receive certain new contract awards, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce. The rate at which we utilize our workforce is impacted by a variety of factors including our ability to manage attrition, our ability to forecast our need for services which allows us to maintain an appropriately sized workforce, our ability to transition employees from completed projects to new projects or between internal business groups, and our need to devote resources to non-chargeable activities such as training or business development. While our estimates are based upon our good faith judgment, these estimates can be unreliable and may frequently change based on newly available information. In the case of large-scale domestic and international projects where timing is often uncertain, it is particularly difficult to predict whether and when we will receive a contract award. The uncertainty of contract award timing can present difficulties in matching our workforce size with our contract needs. If an expected contract award is delayed or not received, we could incur cost resulting from reductions in staff or redundancy of facilities that would have the effect of reducing our profits and cash flows.
Claims, lawsuits and proceedings could reduce our profitability, cash flows and liquidity.
We are subject to various claims, lawsuits and proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. These actions may seek, among other things, compensation for alleged personal injury, workers’ compensation, employment discrimination, breach of contract, property damage, punitive damages, civil penalties or other losses, liquidated damages, consequential damages, or injunctive or declaratory relief. In addition, pursuant to our service agreements, we generally indemnify our customers for claims related to the services we provide. Claimants may seek large damage awards and defending claims can involve significant costs. When appropriate, we establish reserves against these items that we believe to be adequate in light of current information, legal advice and professional indemnity insurance coverage, and we adjust such reserves from time to time according to case developments. See Note 16 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference. If our legal reserves are inadequate, or if in the future our insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or unavailable, or if there is an increase in liabilities for which we self-insure, we could experience a reduction in our profitability and liquidity. An adverse determination on any such claim, lawsuit or proceeding could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, claims, lawsuits and proceedings may harm our reputation or divert management resources away from operating our business.
We may choose, or be required, to pay our subcontractors even if our customers do not pay, or delay paying us for the related services.
We use subcontractors to perform portions of our services and to manage work flow. In some cases, we pay our subcontractors before our customers pay us for the related services. We could experience a material decrease in profitability and liquidity if we choose, or are required, to pay our subcontractors for work performed for customers who fail to pay, or delay paying us for the related work.
Most of our contracts may be canceled on short or no advance notice, which could reduce our revenue, and certain of our contracts with customers are subject to their ability to secure financing or other conditions and therefore may not result in revenues or profits.
Most of our contracts are cancelable on short or no advance notice, ranging from immediate cancellation to cancellation upon 180 days notice, even if we are not in default under the contract. Many of our contracts, including our service agreements, are periodically open to public bid. We may not be the successful bidder on our existing contracts that are re-bid. We also provide a significant portion of our services on a non-recurring, project-by-project basis. We could experience a reduction in our revenue, profitability and liquidity if: (i) our customers cancel a significant number of contracts; (ii) we fail to win a significant number of our existing contracts upon re-bid; or (iii) if we complete the required work under a significant number of our non-recurring projects and cannot replace them with similar projects.
Additionally, from time to time, we enter into contracts that contain financing or other conditions, which must be satisfied before we may begin work; therefore, certain of these contracts may not result in revenues or profits if our customers are unable to obtain the associated financing or satisfy any other conditions associated with such projects are otherwise not met.

14

Table of Contents

Our subcontractors may fail to satisfy their obligations to us or other parties, or we may be unable to maintain these relationships, either of which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
We depend on subcontractors to complete certain work on some of our projects. There is a risk that we may have disputes with subcontractors arising from, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractors, customer concerns about the subcontractors or our failure to extend existing task orders or issue new task orders under a subcontract. In addition, if any of our subcontractors fail to deliver on a timely basis the agreed-upon supplies and/or perform the agreed-upon services, then our ability to fulfill our obligations as a prime contractor may be jeopardized. In addition, the absence of qualified subcontractors with whom we have a satisfactory relationships could adversely affect the quality of our service and our ability to perform under some of our contracts. Any of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
In addition, on certain projects we rely on suppliers to obtain the necessary materials. We also rely on equipment manufacturers and lessors to provide us with the equipment required to conduct our operations. Although we are not dependent on any single supplier or equipment manufacturer or lessor, any substantial limitation on the availability of required suppliers or equipment could negatively impact our operations. The risk of a lack of available suppliers or equipment may be heightened as a result of market and economic conditions. To the extent we cannot acquire materials or equipment, we could experience a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
If we are unable to attract and retain qualified managers and skilled employees, we will be unable to operate efficiently, which could reduce our revenue, profitability and liquidity.
Our business is labor intensive, and some of our operations experience a high rate of employee turnover. In addition, given the nature of the highly specialized work we perform, many of our employees are trained in and possess specialized technical skills. At times of low unemployment rates in the areas we serve, it can be difficult for us to find qualified and affordable personnel. We may be unable to hire and retain a sufficiently skilled labor force necessary to support our operating requirements and growth strategy. Our labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of skilled personnel. We may also be forced to incur significant training expenses if we are unable to hire employees with the requisite skills. Additionally, our business is managed by a number of key executive and operational officers and is dependent upon retaining and recruiting qualified management. Labor shortages, increased labor or training costs, or the loss of key personnel could materially adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
The renewable energy industry is heavily reliant on tax incentives, the availability of which may be uncertain and could adversely affect demand for our services.
Because the unsubsidized cost of electric power from renewable resources such as wind and solar often exceeds that of fossil fuel and nuclear generating facilities, the renewable energy industry is heavily reliant on tax incentives. These tax incentives effectively reduce the market price at which renewable energy can be sold, which spurs investment in renewable energy facilities. These tax incentives, however, such as those provided by the ARRA, as extended by the ATRA, have a finite duration. The finite duration of these tax incentives creates uncertainty for the developers of renewable energy facilities and may adversely affect investment in them and, accordingly, the demand for our services. Moreover, in light of the ongoing debate over federal budget and tax policies, the likelihood that ARRA will be further extended or enhanced cannot be predicted. Accordingly, we cannot predict the impact that this legislation will have on the demand for our services.

For example, the current election to claim the investment tax credit in lieu of the production tax credit is available only for qualified wind facilities on which construction commenced prior to January 1, 2014, and generally must be completed by December 31, 2015; the U.S. Treasury Section 1603 grant program for wind and solar projects applied only to facilities placed in service in 2010 or 2011 (or after 2011 as long as construction began in 2010 or 2011 and is completed before the termination date of the credit otherwise available for the property) and has not been extended by Congress. Additionally, the investment tax credit for qualified solar projects will only be available for projects placed in service prior to January 1, 2017.  

The current election to claim the investment tax credit in lieu of the production tax credit is available only for qualified wind facilities on which construction commenced prior to January 1, 2014. In addition, the production tax credit only applies to wind energy facilities on which construction commenced prior to January 1, 2014 and will not be available for energy generated from wind facilities on which construction commences after that date, unless the production tax credit is extended or renewed. Whether the investment tax credit or the expired Section 1603 U.S. Treasury grant program will be effective in the future for wind, solar or other renewable energy projects is uncertain, as are any future efforts to extend or renew the production tax credit, the investment tax credit, and/or the Section 1603 U.S. Treasury grant program. Furthermore, the provisions regarding any extension or renewal may not be as favorable as those that currently exist. In addition, we cannot assure you that any extension or renewal of the production tax credit, the investment tax credit, and/or the U.S. Treasury grant program would be enacted prior to its expiration or, if allowed to expire, that any extension or renewal enacted thereafter would be enacted with retroactive effect.
We also cannot assure you that the tax laws providing for accelerated and bonus depreciation with respect to wind or solar energy generation assets will not be modified, amended or repealed in the future. If the investment tax credit or the U.S. Treasury grant program are not effective or if the federal production tax credit is not extended or renewed, or is extended or renewed at a lower rate, these generating facilities may be less profitable to build and operate and the ability of our customers to obtain financing for these projects may be impaired or eliminated. As a result, our revenue and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if demand for our services or the tax incentives were reduced.
Changes to renewable portfolio standards could, and decreased demand for renewable energy projects would, negatively impact our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity .

15

Table of Contents

A portion of our business provides construction and/or installation services to owners and operators of wind power, solar power and other renewable energy facilities. The development of wind, solar and other renewable energy facilities is highly dependent upon federal production tax credits, which only apply if construction commenced prior to January 1, 2014, the existence of renewable portfolio standards and other tax or state incentives. Renewable portfolio standards are state specific statutory provisions requiring that electric utilities generate a certain amount of electricity from renewable energy sources or devote a certain portion of operational/development capacity to renewable energy sources. Additionally, certified renewable energy generators earn certificates for every megawatt hour of electricity they produce and can sell these along with their electricity to their customers. In the past, these standards have spurred growth in the renewable energy industry and demand for renewable energy infrastructure construction services. However, revenues from renewable energy projects in the past have been, and in the future are expected to continue to be, highly volatile. For example, revenues in our Power Generation and Industrial segment, which include renewable projects, have ranged from $220 million to $668 million over the past three years. Currently, approximately 35 states as well as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico have adopted renewable portfolio standards or goals. Elimination of, or changes to, existing renewable portfolio standards or similar environmental policies may negatively affect demand for our services. Additionally, renewable energy is generally more expensive to produce and may require additional power generation sources as backup. The locations of renewable energy projects are often remote and are not viable unless connectivity to the grid to transport the power to demand centers is economically feasible. Furthermore, funding for renewable energy initiatives may not be available, particularly during periods of tight credit markets. These factors could result in fewer renewable energy projects than anticipated or a delay in the timing of construction of these projects and the related infrastructure, which would negatively affect demand for our services.
Our failure to comply with the regulations of OSHA, the U.S. DOT and other state and local agencies that oversee transportation and safety compliance could reduce our revenue, profitability and liquidity.
The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, establishes certain employer responsibilities, including maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by OSHA and various recordkeeping, disclosure and procedural requirements. Various standards, including standards for notices of hazards and safety in excavation and demolition work may apply to our operations. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in the ordinary course of business in complying with OSHA and other state and local laws and regulations, and could incur penalties and fines in the future, including in extreme cases, criminal sanctions.
While we have invested, and will continue to invest, substantial resources in occupational health and safety programs, our industry involves a high degree of operational risk, and there can be no assurance that we will avoid significant liability. Although we have taken what we have believed to be appropriate precautions, we have had employee injuries and fatalities in the past and may suffer additional injuries or fatalities in the future. Serious accidents of this nature may subject us to substantial penalties, civil litigation or criminal prosecution. Personal injury claims for damages, including for bodily injury or loss of life, could result in substantial costs and liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, if our safety record were to deteriorate, or if we suffered substantial penalties or criminal prosecution for violation of health and safety regulations, customers could cancel existing contracts and not award future business to us, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity, cash flows and results of operations. We have, from time to time, received notice from the DOT that our motor carrier operations will be monitored and that the failure to improve our safety performance could result in suspension or revocation of vehicle registration privileges. If we were not able to successfully resolve such issues, our ability to service our customers could be damaged, which could lead to a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Many of our customers are highly regulated and the addition of new regulations or changes to existing regulations may adversely impact their demand for our specialty contracting services and the profitability of those services.
Many of our communications customers are regulated by the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"), and our energy customers are regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC"). In addition, our utility customers are regulated by state public utility commissions. These agencies could change the way in which they interpret the application of their current regulations and may impose additional regulations. Interpretative changes or new regulations that have an adverse effect on our customers and the profitability of the services they provide, could reduce demand for our specialty contracting services, which could adversely affect out results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Our failure to comply with environmental laws could result in significant liabilities.
Some of the work we perform is in underground environments. If the field location maps supplied to us are not accurate, or if objects are present in the soil that are not indicated on the field location maps, our underground work could strike objects in the soil containing pollutants and result in a rupture and discharge of pollutants. In such a case, we may be liable for fines and damages. We own and lease several facilities at which we store our equipment. Some of these facilities contain fuel storage tanks which may be above or below ground. If these tanks were to leak, we could be responsible for the cost of remediation as well as potential fines. Additionally, we sometimes perform directional drilling operations below certain environmentally sensitive terrains and water bodies. Due to the inconsistent nature of the terrain and water bodies, it is possible that such directional drilling may cause a surface fracture releasing subsurface materials. These releases may contain contaminants in excess of amounts permitted by law, potentially exposing us to remediation costs and fines. In addition, new environmental laws and regulations, stricter enforcement of existing laws and regulations, the discovery of previously unknown contamination or leaks, or the imposition of new clean-up requirements could require us to incur significant costs or become the basis for new or increased liabilities that could have a material negative impact on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
There are also other legislative and regulatory proposals to address greenhouse gas emissions. These proposals, if enacted, could result in a variety of regulatory programs including potential new regulations, additional charges to fund energy efficiency activities, or other regulatory actions. Any of these actions could result in increased costs associated with our operations and impact the prices we charge our customers. For example, if new regulations are adopted regulating greenhouse gas emissions from mobile sources such as cars and trucks, we could experience a significant increase

16

Table of Contents

in environmental compliance costs in light of our large fleet and amount of construction machinery owned. In addition, if our operations are perceived to result in high greenhouse gas emissions, our reputation could suffer.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from a few customers, and the loss of one or more of these customers or a reduction in their demand for our services could impair our financial performance.
For the year ended December 31, 2013, we derived approximately 18%, 18% and 14% of our revenue from continuing operations from AT&T, Enbridge, Inc. and DIRECTV ® , respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we derived approximately 18% and 17% of our revenue from continuing operations from AT&T and DIRECTV ® , respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we derived approximately 24% and 20% of our revenue from continuing operations from AT&T and DIRECTV ® , respectively. In addition, our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 69%, 64% and 71% of our revenue from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Because our business is concentrated among relatively few major customers, and certain of our services are provided on a non-recurring, project by project basis, our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity could be negatively affected if these customers reduce the amount of business they provide to us, or if we complete the required work on our projects for these customers and cannot replace them with similar projects. Approximately 55% of our revenue from continuing operations was derived from non-recurring project specific work for the year ended December 31, 2013, which may further increase this risk if we are not able to replace completed project work with new work. In addition, many of the contracts with our largest customers may be canceled on short or no advance notice. Any of these factors could negatively impact our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Our inability to enforce non-competition agreements with former principals and key management of the businesses we acquire may adversely affect our operating results, cash flows and liquidity.
In connection with our acquisitions, we generally require that key management and the former principals of the businesses we acquire enter into non-competition agreements in our favor. Enforceability of these non-competition agreements varies from state to state, and state courts will generally examine all of the facts and circumstances at the time a party seeks to enforce a non-competition agreement; consequently, we cannot predict with certainty whether, if challenged, a court will enforce any particular non-competition agreement. If one or more former principals or members of key management of the businesses we acquire leave and the courts refuse to enforce the non-compete agreement entered into by such person or persons, we might be subject to increased competition, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results, cash flows and liquidity.
We may incur goodwill impairment charges, which could harm our profitability.
When we acquire a business, we record goodwill equal to the excess amount we pay for the business, including anticipated future liabilities, over the fair value of the acquired net assets of that business. As a result of our acquisitions, we have $1.1 billion of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2013. We expect to continue to record additions to goodwill in future periods in connection with completed acquisitions, including goodwill resulting from future earn-out payments for acquisitions that closed prior to January 1, 2009, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP") for such acquisitions. We periodically review the carrying values of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets to determine whether such carrying values exceed their fair market values. We may incur impairment charges related to goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets in connection with any of our acquisitions in the future if the markets they serve or their businesses deteriorate.
Our operations may impact the environment or cause exposure to hazardous substances, and our properties may have environmental contamination, which could result in material liabilities.
Our operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations, including those dealing with the handling and disposal of waste products, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”), fuel storage and air quality. Certain of our current and historical construction operations have used hazardous materials and, to the extent that such materials are not properly stored, contained or recycled, they could become hazardous waste. Additionally, some of our contracts require that we assume the environmental risk of site conditions and require that we indemnify our customers for any damages, including environmental damages, incurred in connection with our projects. We may be subject to claims under various environmental laws and regulations, federal and state statutes and/or common law doctrines for toxic torts and other damages, as well as for natural resource damages and the investigation and clean up of soil, surface water, groundwater, and other media under laws such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"). Such claims may arise, for example, out of current or former conditions at project sites, current or former properties owned or leased by us, and contaminated sites that have always been owned or operated by third parties. Liability may be imposed without regard to fault and may be strict and joint and several, such that we may be held responsible for more than our share of any contamination or other damages, or even for the entire share, and may be unable to obtain reimbursement from the parties causing the contamination.
Our business is subject to physical hazards that could result in substantial liabilities and weaken our financial condition.
Construction projects undertaken by us expose our employees to electrical lines, pipelines carrying potentially explosive materials, heavy equipment, mechanical failures, transportation accidents, adverse weather conditions and the risk of damage to equipment and property. These hazards can cause personal injuries and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment and other consequential damages and could lead to suspension of operations and large damage claims which could, in some cases, substantially exceed the amount we charge for the associated services. In addition, if serious accidents or fatalities occur, or our safety records were to deteriorate, we may be restricted from bidding on certain work and obtaining other new contracts and certain existing contracts could be terminated. Our safety processes and procedures are monitored by various agencies and rating bureaus. The occurrence of accidents in our business could result in significant liabilities, employee turnover, increase the costs of our projects, or harm our ability to perform under our contracts or enter into new contracts with customers, which could materially reduce our revenue, profitability and liquidity.
Increases in the costs of fuel could reduce our operating margins.

17

Table of Contents

The price of fuel needed to run our vehicles and equipment is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Any increase in fuel costs could materially reduce our profitability and liquidity because most of our contracts do not allow us to adjust our pricing.
Risks associated with operating in international markets could restrict our ability to expand globally and harm our business and prospects, and we could be adversely affected by our failure to comply with the laws applicable to our foreign activities, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti-bribery laws.
We derived 6% of our revenue from continuing operations from international markets for the year ended December 31, 2013, and we may further expand the volume of services we provide internationally. Our international operations are presently conducted primarily in Canada, Latin America and the Caribbean, but we have performed work in various other foreign countries, and revenues derived from, or the number of countries in which we operate, could expand over the next few years. Economic conditions, including those resulting from wars, civil unrest, acts of terrorism and other conflicts, or volatility in the global markets may adversely affect our customers, their demand for our services and their ability to pay for our services. In addition, there are numerous risks inherent in conducting our business internationally, including, but not limited to, potential instability in international markets, changes in regulatory requirements applicable to international operations, foreign currency fluctuations, exchange controls and other limits on our ability to repatriate earnings, political, economic and social conditions in foreign countries and complex U.S. and foreign laws and treaties, including tax laws and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). These risks could restrict our ability to provide services to international customers or to operate our international business profitably, and our overall business and results of operations could be negatively affected by our foreign activities.
     The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions prohibit U.S.-based companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We pursue opportunities in certain parts of the world that experience government corruption to some degree, and, in certain circumstances, compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. Further, we require our subcontractors, agents and others who work for us or on our behalf to comply with the FCPA and other anti-bribery laws. Although we have policies and procedures designed to ensure that we, our employees and our agents comply with the FCPA and other anti-bribery laws, there is no assurance that such policies or procedures will protect us against liability under the FCPA or other laws for actions taken by our agents, employees and intermediaries. If we are found to be liable for FCPA violations (either due to our own acts or our inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), we could incur severe criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged FCPA violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.
We are subject to foreign exchange and currency risks that could adversely affect our operations, and our ability to reinvest earnings from operations, as well as mitigate our foreign exchange risk through hedging transactions may be limited.
We generally attempt to denominate our contracts in U.S. Dollars or in the currencies of our costs. However, we have historically entered into, and in the future may, enter into contracts in Canada as well as parts of Latin America and the Caribbean that subject us to currency risk exposure, primarily when our contract revenue is denominated in a currency different from the contract costs. Certain portions of our consolidated revenue and consolidated operating expenses are in foreign currencies. As a result, we are subject to significant foreign currency risks, including risks resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates and limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the financing requirements of our operations in other countries.
Our business is seasonal and is affected by adverse weather conditions and the spending patterns of our customers, exposing us to variable quarterly results.
Some of our customers reduce their expenditures and work order requests towards the end of the calendar year. Adverse weather conditions, particularly during the winter season, can also affect our ability to perform outdoor services in certain regions of North America. As a result, we generally experience reduced revenue in the first quarter of each calendar year. Natural catastrophes such as hurricanes or other severe weather could also have, and have had, a negative impact on the economy overall and on our ability to perform outdoor services in affected regions or utilize equipment and crews stationed in those regions, which could negatively affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Acquisitions involve risks that could negatively affect our operating results, cash flows and liquidity.
We have made, and in the future may continue to make strategic acquisitions and investments. However, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition or strategic investment opportunities, or may be unable to obtain any required consent of our lenders and therefore may not be able to complete such acquisitions or strategic investments. We may pay for acquisitions or strategic investments with our common stock or with convertible securities, which may dilute your investment in our common stock, or we may decide to pursue acquisitions with which our investors may not agree. In connection with most of our acquisitions, we have agreed to substantial earn-out arrangements. To the extent we defer the payment of the purchase price for any acquisition through a cash earn-out arrangement, it will reduce our cash flows in subsequent periods. In addition, acquisitions may expose us to operational challenges and risks, including:
 	 	
•	the ability to profitably manage acquired businesses or successfully integrate the acquired business’ operations, financial reporting and accounting control systems into our business;	
 	 	
•	increased indebtedness and contingent purchase price obligations associated with an acquisition;	

18

Table of Contents
 	 	
•	the ability to fund cash flow shortages that may occur if anticipated revenue is not realized or is delayed, whether by general economic or market conditions, or unforeseen internal difficulties;	
 	 	
•	the availability of funding sufficient to meet increased capital needs;	
 	 	
•	diversion of management’s attention; and	
 	 	
•	the ability to retain or hire qualified personnel required for expanded operations.	
In addition, acquired companies may have liabilities that we failed, or were unable, to discover in the course of performing due diligence investigations. We cannot assure you that the indemnification granted to us by sellers of acquired companies will be sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with businesses or properties we assume upon consummation of an acquisition. We may learn additional information about our acquired businesses that materially adversely affect us, such as unknown or contingent liabilities and liabilities related to compliance with applicable laws. Any such liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Failure to successfully manage the operational challenges and risks associated with, or resulting from, acquisitions could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity. Borrowings or issuances of convertible debt associated with these acquisitions may also result in higher levels of indebtedness which could impact our ability to service our debt within the scheduled repayment terms.
We may incur restructuring or impairment charges, which could reduce our profitability.
From time to time, we review our operations in an effort to improve profitability. We could incur charges in the future as a result of eliminating service offerings that no longer fit into our business plan, reducing or eliminating services or operations that do not produce adequate revenues or margins, reducing costs of reporting units that need margin improvements, or as a result of identification of business opportunities that utilize our existing human and physical resources. Any charges related to restructuring or impairment would be reflected as operating expenses and could materially reduce our profitability and liquidity.
We rely on information, communications and data systems in our operations. Systems and information technology interruption and breaches in data security could adversely impact our ability to operate and our operating results.
We are heavily reliant on computer, information and communications technology and related systems in order to operate. From time to time, we experience system interruptions and delays. Our operations could be interrupted or delayed or our data security could be breached if we are unable to add software and hardware, effectively maintain and upgrade our systems and network infrastructure and take other steps to improve the efficiency of and protect our systems. In addition, our computer and communications systems and operations could be damaged or interrupted by natural disasters, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, acts of war or terrorism, physical or electronic break-ins and similar events or disruptions, including breaches by computer hackers and cyber-terrorists. Any of these or other events could cause system interruption, delays and loss of critical data including private data, could delay or prevent operations including the processing of transactions and reporting of financial results, loss of data, processing inefficiency, downtime, or could result in the unintentional disclosure of customer or our information and could adversely affect our operating results. While management has taken steps to address these concerns by implementing network security and internal control measures, there can be no assurance that a system failure or loss or data security breach will not materially adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
Many of our contracts do not obligate our customers to undertake any infrastructure projects or other work with us.
Almost 50% of our revenue from continuing operations is derived from multi-year master service agreements and other service agreements. Under our multi-year master service agreements and other service agreements, we contract to provide customers with individual project services through work orders within defined geographic areas on a fixed fee basis. Under these agreements, our customers have no obligation to undertake any infrastructure projects or other work with us. A significant decline in the projects customers assign us under these service agreements could negatively affect our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Amounts included in our backlog may not result in actual revenue or translate into profits. Our backlog is subject to cancellation and unexpected adjustments and therefore is an uncertain indicator of future operating results.
A significant portion of our 18-month backlog as of December 31, 2013 was composed of master service agreements and other service agreements, none of which require our customers to purchase a minimum amount of services and are cancelable on short or no advance notice. The balance of our backlog is our estimate of work to be completed on long-term installation/construction fixed price agreements. These backlog amounts are based on our estimates and therefore may not result in actual receipt of revenue in the originally anticipated period, or at all. In addition, contracts included in our backlog may not be profitable. We may experience variances in the realization of our backlog because of project delays or cancellations resulting from weather conditions, other project deferrals or delays, scope adjustments, external market factors and economic factors beyond our control. If our backlog fails to materialize, our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity would be materially and adversely affected. Accordingly, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of future earnings.
Certain of our businesses have employees who are represented by a union or are subject to collective bargaining agreements; the unionized workforce and any related obligations could adversely affect our operations.
Certain of our employees are represented by labor unions and collective bargaining agreements. Although all such collective bargaining agreements prohibit strikes and work stoppages, we cannot be certain that strikes or work stoppages will not occur despite the terms of these agreements. Strikes or work stoppages would adversely impact relationships with our customers and could cause us to lose business and decrease our revenue. Additionally, as current agreements expire, the labor unions may not be able to negotiate extensions or replacements on terms favorable to their members,

19

Table of Contents

or at all, or avoid strikes, lockouts or other labor actions from time to time that may affect their members. Therefore, it cannot be assured that new agreements will be reached with employee labor unions as existing contracts expire, or on terms that we find desirable. Any labor action against us relating to failure to reach an agreement with employee labor unions could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.
Our participation in multi-employer pension plans may subject us to liabilities that could materially adversely affect our liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.
Substantially all of our union and collective bargaining agreements require us to participate with other companies in multi-employer pension plans. To the extent that those plans are underfunded defined benefit plans, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 (“ERISA”), may subject us to substantial liabilities if we withdraw from such multi-employer plans or if they are terminated. Under current law regarding multi-employer defined benefit plans, a plan’s termination, an employer’s voluntary partial or complete withdrawal from, or the mass withdrawal of all contributing employers from, an underfunded multi-employer defined benefit plan requires participating employers to make payments to the plan for their proportionate share of the multi-employer plan’s unfunded vested liabilities. Furthermore, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 added new funding rules generally applicable to plan years beginning after 2007 for multi-employer plans that are classified as “endangered,” “seriously endangered,” or “critical” status. If plans in which we participate are in critical status, benefit reductions may apply and/or we could be required to make additional contributions, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.
Based upon the information available to us from plan administrators as of December 31, 2013, several of the multi-employer pension plans in which we participate are underfunded. The Pension Protection Act requires that underfunded pension plans improve their funding ratios within prescribed intervals based on the level of their underfunding. In addition, if a multi-employer defined benefit plan fails to satisfy certain minimum funding requirements, the Internal Revenue Service may impose a nondeductible excise tax of 5% on the amount of the accumulated funding deficiency for those employers contributing to the fund. We have been notified that certain plans to which our subsidiaries contribute are in “critical” status and require additional contributions in the form of a surcharge on future benefit contributions required for future work performed by union employees covered by these plans. As a result, we expect our required contributions to these plans to increase in the future. The amount of additional funds we may be obligated to contribute in the future cannot be estimated, as such amounts will be based on future levels of work that require the specific use of the union employees covered by these plans, investment returns and the level of underfunding of such plans.
On November 15, 2011, we, along with other members of the Pipe Line Contractors Association (“PLCA”), voluntarily withdrew from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States”), a defined benefit multi-employer pension plan. In connection with this withdrawal, we recorded a withdrawal liability of $6.4 million within costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. We withdrew from Central States in order to mitigate our liability in connection with the plan, which is in critical status. The plan, however, has asserted that the PLCA members did not effectively withdraw in 2011 and are responsible for a withdrawal liability that includes 2011 contribution amounts. By letter dated March 14, 2013, Central States demanded from us the sum of $10.8 million in withdrawal liability, which included 2011 contribution amounts. We are vigorously opposing this demand because we believe that we legally and effectively withdrew from Central States on November 15, 2011. If Central States were to prevail in its assertion that we withdrew after that date, then the amount of our initial withdrawal liability would increase to approximately $11 million. In addition, if this plan were to undergo a mass withdrawal, as defined by ERISA and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, within the three year period commencing with the beginning of the calendar year from the point of our withdrawal, we could have additional liability. Withdrawal liabilities, requirements to pay increased contributions, and/or excise taxes in connection with any of the multi-employer pension plans in which we participate could negatively impact our liquidity and results of operations.
Our financial results are based, in part, upon estimates and assumptions that may differ from actual results.
In preparing our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, a number of estimates and assumptions are made by management that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. These estimates and assumptions must be made because certain information that is used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements is either dependent on future events or cannot be calculated with a high degree of precision from data available. In some cases, these estimates are particularly uncertain and we must exercise significant judgment. Estimates are primarily used in: our assessment of revenue recognition, in particular on long-term construction contracts, including estimates to complete and provisions for contract losses; allowances for doubtful accounts; accrued self-insured claims; estimated fair values of goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition-related contingent consideration, investments in equity method investees, assets and liabilities classified as held for sale and certain convertible debt obligations; asset lives used in computing depreciation and amortization, including amortization of intangible assets; other reserves and accruals; income taxes; and litigation and contingencies. Actual results could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions that we use, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
We may have additional tax liabilities associated with our domestic and international operations.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes due to lack of clear and concise tax laws and regulations in certain jurisdictions. It is not unlikely that laws may be changed or clarified and such changes may adversely affect our tax provisions. We are audited by various U.S. and foreign tax authorities and in the ordinary course of our business there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination may be uncertain. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, the final outcome of tax audits and related litigation could be materially different from that which is reflected in our financial statements.

20

Table of Contents

We are self-insured against many potential liabilities.
We are effectively self-insured for substantially all claims because most claims against us do not exceed the deductibles under our insurance policies. We actuarially determine any liabilities for unpaid claims and associated expenses, including losses incurred but not reported, and reflect the present value of those liabilities in our balance sheet as other current and non-current liabilities. The determination of such claims and expenses and the appropriateness of the related liability is reviewed and updated quarterly. However, insurance liabilities are difficult to assess and estimate due to the many relevant factors, the effects of which are often unknown, including the severity of an injury, the determination of our liability in proportion to other parties, the number of incidents not reported and the effectiveness of our safety program. If our insurance claims increase or if costs exceed our estimates of insurance liabilities, we could experience a decline in profitability and liquidity.
Warranty claims resulting from our services could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We generally warrant the work we perform for a one to two-year period following substantial completion of a project, subject to further extensions of the warranty period following repairs or replacements. We have not historically accrued reserves for potential warranty claims as they have been immaterial, but such claims could potentially increase. While we generally require the materials suppliers to provide us warranties that are consistent with those we provide to the customers, if any of these suppliers default on their warranty obligations to us, we may incur costs to repair or replace the defective materials for which we are not reimbursed. The costs associated with such warranties, including any warranty related legal proceedings, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Our revolving credit facility, senior notes and senior convertible notes impose restrictions on us which may prevent us from engaging in transactions that might benefit us, including responding to changing business and economic conditions or securing additional financing, if needed.
The terms of our indebtedness contain customary events of default and covenants that prohibit us from taking certain actions without satisfying certain financial tests or obtaining the consent of the lenders. The prohibited actions include, among other things:
 	 	
•	buying back shares in excess of specified amounts;	
 	 	
•	making investments and acquisitions in excess of specified amounts;	
 	 	
•	incurring additional indebtedness in excess of specified amounts;	
 	 	
•	paying cash dividends;	
 	 	
•	creating certain liens against our assets;	
 	 	
•	prepaying subordinated indebtedness;	
 	 	
•	engaging in certain mergers or combinations; and	
 	 	
•	engaging in transactions that would result in a “change of control” (as defined in the credit facility and the indentures governing our senior notes).	
Additionally, certain provisions of our convertible notes could make it more expensive for a third party to acquire us or require us to repurchase the convertible notes for cash when required by the holders, including following a “fundamental change” (as defined in the indenture). Our credit facility requires that we comply with a consolidated leverage ratio and a consolidated interest coverage ratio. Should we be unable to comply with the terms and covenants of our credit facility, we would be required to obtain further modifications of the facility or secure another source of financing to continue to operate our business, neither of which may be available to us on reasonable terms or at all. A default could also result in the acceleration of our obligations under the credit facility or under the indentures relating to our senior notes. In addition, these covenants may prevent us from engaging in transactions that benefit us, including responding to changing business and economic conditions or securing additional financing, if needed. Our business is capital intensive and, to the extent we need additional financing, we may not be able to obtain such financing at all or on favorable terms, which may materially decrease our profitability, cash flows and liquidity.
We may be unable to obtain sufficient bonding capacity to support certain service offerings, and the need for performance and surety bonds may reduce our availability under our credit facility.
Some of our contracts require performance and payment bonds. If our business continues to grow, our bonding requirements may increase. If we are not able to renew or obtain a sufficient level of bonding capacity in the future, we may be precluded from being able to bid for certain contracts or successfully contract with certain customers. In addition, even if we are able to successfully renew or obtain performance or payment bonds, we may be required to post letters of credit in connection with the bonds, which would reduce availability under our credit facility.
Furthermore, under standard terms in the surety market, sureties issue or continue bonds on a project-by-project basis and can decline to issue bonds at any time or require the posting of additional collateral as a condition to issuing or renewing any bonds. If we were to experience an interruption or reduction in the availability of bonding capacity as a result of these or any other reasons, we may be unable to compete for or work on certain projects that would require bonding.
We may incur additional healthcare costs arising from federal healthcare reform legislation.

21

Table of Contents

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 were signed into law in the U.S. This legislation expands health care coverage to many uninsured individuals and expands coverage to those already insured. The changes required by this legislation could cause us to incur additional healthcare and other costs, although we do not expect any material short-term impact on our financial results as a result of the legislation. We are currently assessing the extent of any long-term impact from the legislation.
Risks Related to Our Company and Our Common Stock
There may be future sales of our common stock or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In connection with certain completed acquisitions and financing transactions, we have issued shares of our common stock or securities that are convertible into shares of our common stock, and in addition, we have the option to issue shares of our common stock instead of cash as consideration for future earn-out obligations. We may agree to issue additional securities in connection with other future acquisition or financing transactions; which, if issued, would dilute your share ownership and could lead to volatility in our common stock price.
We grow our business organically as well as through acquisitions. One method of acquiring companies or otherwise funding our corporate activities is through the issuance of additional equity securities. In connection with certain completed acquisitions, we have the option to issue shares of our common stock instead of paying cash for certain earn-out obligations. Such issuances could have the effect of diluting our earnings per share as well as our existing shareholders’ individual ownership percentages and could lead to volatility in our common stock price. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide that we may issue up to a total 145,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 77,258,086 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2013.
We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock. The issuance of additional shares of our common stock upon conversion of any of our $215 million aggregate principal amount of convertible notes, in connection with future acquisitions or other issuances of our common stock or convertible securities, including outstanding options and warrants, or otherwise, will dilute the ownership interest of our common shareholders. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock or other equity-related securities in the public market could depress the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity or equity-linked securities. We cannot predict the effect that future sales of our common stock or other equity-related securities would have on the market price of our common stock.
We have a significant amount of debt. Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations.
We have a significant amount of debt and substantial debt service requirements. This level of debt could have significant consequences on our future operations, including:
 	 	
•	making it more difficult for us to meet our payment and other obligations;	
 	 	
•	our failing to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in our debt agreements, which could trigger an event of default that results in all of our debt becoming immediately due and payable;	
 	 	
•	reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or strategic investments and other general corporate requirements, and limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for these purposes;	
 	 	
•	subjecting us to the risk of increased sensitivity to interest rate increases on our indebtedness with variable interest rates, including borrowings under our credit facility;     	
 	 	
•	limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, and increasing our vulnerability to changes in our business, the industry in which we operate and the general economy; and	
 	 	
•	placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or are less leveraged.	
 	 	
•	preventing us from paying dividends;	
Any of the above-listed factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations. Our ability to meet our payment and other obligations under our debt instruments depends on our ability to generate significant cash flow in the future. This, to some extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors as well as other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our credit facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our payment obligations and to fund other liquidity needs. If we are not able to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations, we may need to refinance or restructure our debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek to raise additional capital, and some of these activities may be on terms that are unfavorable or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. If we are unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may not be able to meet our payment obligations.
Conversions of our senior convertible notes that we issued in January 2011, which we refer to as our 2011 Convertible Notes, may be settled in cash or shares. Currently, we intend to settle the principal amounts of our 2011 Convertible Notes upon any conversion thereof in cash, and we intend to settle any premium value, which is the value of any excess of the actual share price over the conversion prices of the 2011 Convertible Notes, in shares. As of December 31, 2013, there was outstanding $202.3 million aggregate principal amount of our 2011 Convertible Notes. Notwithstanding our present intention to settle the principal amount of our 2011 Convertible Notes in cash, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so due to provisions in our credit facility, which we refer to as our 2013 Credit Facility, which restrict the repurchase or prepayment of certain unsecured indebtedness, including our senior notes due 2023 and all of senior convertible notes due 2014, unless we have at least $50 million of remaining liquidity (as defined

22

Table of Contents

in the 2013 Credit Facility) after any such repurchase or prepayment. If we were required to settle conversions of our 2011 Convertible Notes in accordance with our stated intent to settle principal amounts due in cash, and we were unable to do so with existing cash balances or through our 2013 Credit Facility, we could be required to obtain additional funding or settle such conversions by issuing shares of our common stock, which would be dilutive to our existing shareholders. We cannot be certain that such funding would be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
The market price of our common stock has been, and may continue to be, highly volatile.
The market price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange has been volatile in recent years. We may continue to experience significant volatility in the market price of our common stock. Numerous factors could have a significant effect on the price of our common stock, including:
 	 	
•	announcements of fluctuations in our operating results or the operating results of one of our competitors;	
 	 	
•	announcements by us or one of our competitors of new or terminated customers or new, amended or terminated contracts;	
 	 	
•	market conditions in our customers' industries;	
 	 	
•	announcements of acquisitions by us or one of our competitors;	
 	 	
•	changes in recommendations or earnings estimates by securities analysts;	
 	 	
•	conversions or anticipated conversions of our senior convertible notes, or any sales in the public market of any of our common stock issuable upon such conversion; and	
 	 	
•	future sales of our common stock or other securities, including any shares issued in connection with business acquisitions or earn-out obligations for any past or future acquisitions.	
In addition, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations in recent years, which have sometimes been unrelated or disproportionate to operating performance. Volatility in the market price of our common stock could cause shareholders to lose some or all of their investment in our common stock.
A small number of our existing shareholders have the ability to influence major corporate decisions.
Jorge Mas, our Chairman, Jose Mas, our Chief Executive Officer, and other members of the Mas family employed by MasTec beneficially owned approximately 19.2% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2013. Accordingly, they are in a position to influence:
 	 	
•	the vote of most matters submitted to our shareholders, including any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets;	
 	 	
•	the nomination of individuals to our Board of Directors; and	
 	 	
•	a change in our control.	
These factors may discourage, delay or prevent a takeover attempt that shareholders might consider in their best interests or that might result in shareholders receiving a premium for their common stock.
Our articles of incorporation and certain provisions of Florida law contain anti-takeover provisions that may make it more difficult to effect a change in our control.
Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation, by-laws and the Florida Business Corporation Act could delay or prevent an acquisition or change in control and the replacement of our incumbent directors and management, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders by providing them with the opportunity to sell their shares possibly at a premium over the then market price of our common stock. For example, our Board of Directors is divided into three classes. At any annual meeting of our shareholders, our shareholders only have the right to appoint approximately one-third of the directors on our Board of Directors. Consequently, it will take at least two annual shareholder meetings to effect a change in control of our Board of Directors, which may discourage hostile takeover bids. In addition, our articles of incorporation authorize our Board of Directors, without further shareholder approval, to issue preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also dilute the voting power of holders of our common stock, including the granting of voting control to others, which could delay or prevent an acquisition or change in control.
 	 	
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	
Not applicable.
 	 	
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	
Our corporate headquarters, which is located in Coral Gables, Florida, is a leased facility approximating 37,000 square feet. As of December 31, 2013, our operations were conducted from approximately 380 locations primarily within the United States and Canada, and, to a lesser extent, Latin America. None of these facilities is material to our operations because most of our services are performed on customers’ premises or on public rights of way and suitable alternative locations are available in substantially all areas where we currently conduct business. We also own property and equipment

23

Table of Contents

that had a net book value of approximately $488 million as of December 31, 2013. This property and equipment includes land, buildings, vans, trucks, tractors, trailers, bucket trucks, backhoes, sidebooms, bulldozers, excavators, trenchers, directional boring machines, digger derricks, cranes, computers, computer software, office and building equipment, including furniture and fixtures and other equipment. Our equipment is acquired from third-party vendors, none of whom we depend upon, and we did not experience any difficulties in obtaining desired equipment in 2013.
 	 	
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	
The material set forth in Note 16 – Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference.
 	 	
ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5.     MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MTZ.” The following table sets forth, for the quarters indicated, the high and low sale prices of our common stock, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	
 	High	 	Low	 	High	 	Low	
First Quarter	$	31.47	
 	 	$	25.11	
 	 	$	20.08	
 	 	$	15.53	
 	
Second Quarter	$	33.97	
 	 	$	26.27	
 	 	$	18.53	
 	 	$	13.61	
 	
Third Quarter	$	35.31	
 	 	$	28.88	
 	 	$	20.80	
 	 	$	12.86	
 	
Fourth Quarter	$	34.17	
 	 	$	29.76	
 	 	$	24.98	
 	 	$	19.66	

Holders. As of February 24, 2014, there were 6,205 shareholders of record of our common stock.
Dividends.We have never paid any cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain any future earnings for reinvestment. Our Board of Directors will make any future determination as to the payment of dividends at its discretion, and this determination will depend upon our operating results, financial condition and capital requirements, general business conditions and such other factors that the Board of Directors considers relevant. In addition, our credit agreements prohibit us from paying cash dividends or making other distributions of our common stock without prior consent of the lender. The indenture governing our senior notes also contains covenants that restrict our ability to make certain payments including the payment of dividends. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. The following table provides information about repurchases of our common stock during the three month period ended December 31, 2013:

Period	 	
Total Number
of Shares Purchased	 	
Average Price Paid per Share	 	Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program	 	Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased under the Program	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
October 1 through October 31	 	—	
 	
 	$	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
November 1 through November 30	 	506	
 	(a) 	$	31.65	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
December 1 through December 31	 	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Total	 	506	
 	 	 	 	—	

(a)	Reflects shares of common stock withheld for income tax purposes in connection with shares issued to certain employees and directors under compensation and benefit programs.	

24

Table of Contents

Performance Graph
The performance graph below compares the cumulative total returns for our common stock with the cumulative total return (including reinvestment of dividends) of the Standard and Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index (S&P 500), and with that of our peer group, composed of Quanta Services, Inc., MYR Group, Inc., Dycom Industries, Inc., Pike Electric, Inc. and Willbros Group. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in our common stock and in each of the respective indices for the period from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2013. The comparisons in the graph are based upon historical data and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock.
The performance graph shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this annual report into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent we specifically incorporate this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such acts.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among MasTec, Inc., the S&P 500 Index and a Selected Peer Group

*$100 invested on 12/31/08 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.
Copyright© 2014 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
As of December 31,	2008	 	2009	 	2010	 	2011	 	2012	 	2013	
MasTec, Inc.	$	100.00	
 	 	$	107.94	
 	 	$	125.99	
 	 	$	150.00	
 	 	$	215.28	
 	 	$	282.56	
 	
S&P 500	$	100.00	
 	 	$	126.46	
 	 	$	145.51	
 	 	$	148.59	
 	 	$	172.37	
 	 	$	228.19	
 	
Peer Group	$	100.00	
 	 	$	111.91	
 	 	$	108.65	
 	 	$	111.98	
 	 	$	138.49	
 	 	$	165.24	

ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	
The following selected consolidated financial data has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, as well as Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our consolidated results of operations are not necessarily comparable from period to period due to the impact of recent acquisitions. Our 2013 results include a $5.6 million loss on extinguishment of debt and a $2.8 million legal settlement charge, and our 2012 results include a $9.6 million legal settlement charge. In addition, our 2011 results include a $29.0 million gain from the remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source Services LLC (“EC Source”) and a $6.4 million multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charge. See Note 3 – Acquisitions and Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements, which notes are incorporated herein by reference.

25

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	Years Ended December 31,	

 	2013	
 	2012	
 	2011	
 	2010	
 	2009	

 	(in millions, except per share amounts)	
Statement of Operations Data	

 	

 	

 	

 	
 	
Revenue	$	4,324.8	
 	
 	$	3,726.8	
 	
 	$	2,831.3	
 	
 	$	2,143.0	
 	
 	$	1,482.1	
 	
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization	$	3,682.4	
 	
 	$	3,239.2	
 	
 	$	2,459.7	
 	
 	$	1,829.5	
 	
 	$	1,276.0	

Net income from continuing operations	$	147.7	
 	
 	$	116.6	
 	
 	$	97.5	
 	
 	$	66.1	
 	
 	$	44.8	
 	
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations	$	(6.5	)	
 	$	(9.2	)	
 	$	8.5	
 	
 	$	24.3	
 	
 	$	25.9	
 	
Net income	$	141.2	
 	
 	$	107.4	
 	
 	$	106.0	
 	
 	$	90.4	
 	
 	$	70.7	
 	
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests	$	0.3	
 	
 	$	0.0	
 	
 	$	0.0	
 	
 	$	(0.1	)	
 	$	0.0	
 	
Net income attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	140.9	
 	
 	$	107.4	
 	
 	$	106.0	
 	
 	$	90.5	
 	
 	$	70.7	

 	

 	

 	

 	 	

 	
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations	$	1.92	
 	
 	$	1.49	
 	
 	$	1.19	
 	
 	$	0.87	
 	
 	$	0.59	
 	
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations	$	1.74	
 	 	$	1.42	
 	 	$	1.13	
 	
 	$	0.78	
 	
 	$	0.58	

Basic (loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations	$	(0.09	)	 	$	(0.12	)	 	$	0.10	
 	 	$	0.32	
 	 	$	0.34	
 	
Diluted (loss) earnings per share from discontinued operations	$	(0.08	)	 	$	(0.11	)	 	$	0.10	
 	 	$	0.27	
 	 	$	0.32	

 	As of December 31,	

 	2013	
 	2012	
 	2011	
 	2010	
 	2009	

 	(in millions)	
Balance Sheet Data	

 	

 	

 	

Working capital	$	480.4	
 	
 	$	335.5	
 	
 	$	236.3	
 	 	$	235.1	
 	 	$	202.5	
 	
Property and equipment, net	$	488.1	
 	
 	$	348.9	
 	
 	$	263.0	
 	 	$	176.5	
 	 	$	196.1	
 	
Total assets	$	2,919.6	
 	
 	$	2,416.3	
 	
 	$	2,094.7	
 	 	$	1,655.8	
 	 	$	1,382.2	
 	
Total debt	$	816.8	
 	
 	$	598.9	
 	
 	$	494.8	
 	 	$	412.2	
 	 	$	437.7	
 	
Total equity	$	1,021.1	
 	
 	$	861.9	
 	
 	$	811.2	
 	 	$	653.2	
 	 	$	528.2	

ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The discussion below contains forward-looking statements that are based upon our current expectations and is subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Actual results may differ materially from these expectations due to inaccurate assumptions and known or unknown risks and uncertainties, including those identified in “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”
Business
See Item 1. "Business - Overview," which is incorporated herein by reference, for discussion pertaining to our business and reportable segments. In connection with our diversification and expansion strategy, we have acquired several businesses in recent years.

2013 Acquisitions. We acquired Big Country Energy Services, Inc. and its affiliated operating companies (collectively, "Big Country"), a North American oil and gas pipeline and facility construction services company, headquartered in Calgary, Alberta, Canada during the second quarter of 2013.  Big Country is expected to enhance our ability to take advantage of the rapidly expanding opportunities anticipated for pipeline energy infrastructure work in North America. During the second quarter of 2013, we also acquired a former subcontractor to our wireless business, which will provide self-perform communications tower construction, installation, maintenance and other services. In addition, during the third quarter of 2013, we acquired an electrical transmission services company that focuses primarily on substation construction activities.

2012 Acquisitions. During the fourth quarter of 2012, we acquired Bottom Line Services, LLC ("BLS"), a natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure services company, which performs services including pipeline and facilities construction, painting and maintenance services, primarily in eastern Texas. Also during the fourth quarter of 2012, we acquired (i) a former subcontractor to our oil and gas business that provides self-perform clearing and trenching services for natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure construction, and (ii) a former subcontractor to our wireless business that provides self-perform communications tower construction, installation, maintenance and other services.

2011 Acquisitions. In November 2010, we acquired 33% of EC Source, a nationally recognized full-service engineering, procurement and construction services company that installs extra high voltage (“EHV”) electrical transmission systems throughout North America. During the second

26

Table of Contents

quarter of 2011, we acquired the remaining 67% equity interest in EC Source. We also completed four additional acquisitions during the second quarter of 2011, including: (i) a company based in western Canada that provides natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure construction services; (ii) a company that provides telephone, cabling, engineering, construction, equipment integration, testing, wiring and computer network services to telecommunications carriers; (iii) a self-perform wireless infrastructure services company headquartered in California; and (iv) an install-to-the-home contractor operating primarily in portions of New York, Pennsylvania and New England, whose primary customer is DIRECTV ® .

Dispositions.  In the third quarter of 2012, our board of directors approved a plan of sale for Globetec Construction, LLC ("Globetec"), a small water and sewer subsidiary that had not been performing well due to a lack of financial resources available to municipalities and state governments, and accordingly, Globetec was classified as a discontinued operation. During the third quarter of 2013, we sold all of our membership interests in Globetec. Additionally, in the second quarter of 2012, Red Ventures exercised its option to purchase DirectStar TV, LLC and its subsidiaries (“DirectStar”), which provides marketing and sales services on behalf of DIRECTV®. The Company consummated the sale of DirectStar to Red Ventures in June 2012.

For additional information pertaining to our recent acquisitions, see Note 3 – Acquisitions in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference. See Note 4 – Discontinued Operations in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, for information pertaining to our discontinued operations.
Economic, Industry and Market Factors
While overall economic and market conditions have improved over the past year, we closely monitor the effects that changes in these conditions may have on our customers. General economic conditions can negatively affect demand for our customers' products and services, which can lead to rationalization of our customers' capital and maintenance budgets in certain end markets. This influence, as well as the highly competitive nature of our industry, particularly when work is deferred, can, and in recent years, has, resulted in lower bids and lower profit on the services we provide. In the face of increased pricing pressure, we strive to maintain our profit margins through productivity improvements and cost reduction programs. Other market and industry factors, such as access to capital for customers in the industries we serve, changes to our customers' capital spending plans, changes in technology, tax and other incentives, renewable energy portfolio standards and new or changing regulatory requirements affecting the industries we serve, can affect demand for our services. Fluctuations in market prices for, or availability of, oil, gas and other fuel sources can also affect demand for our pipeline and renewable energy construction services. While we actively monitor economic, industry and market factors affecting our business, we cannot predict the impact such factors may have on our future results of operations, liquidity and cash flows.
Impact of Seasonality and Cyclical Nature of Business
Our revenues and results of operations can be subject to seasonal and other variations. These variations are influenced by weather, customer spending patterns, bidding seasons, project schedules and timing, particularly for large non-recurring projects and holidays. Typically, our revenues are lowest in the first quarter of the year because cold, snowy or wet conditions cause delays. Revenues in the second quarter are typically higher than in the first quarter, as some projects begin, but continued cold and wet weather can often impact second quarter productivity. The third and fourth quarters are typically the most productive quarters of the year, as a greater number of projects are underway and weather is normally more accommodating to construction projects. In the fourth quarter, many projects tend to be completed by customers seeking to spend their capital budget before the end of the year, which generally has a positive impact on our revenues. However, the holiday season and inclement weather can cause delays, which can reduce revenues and increase costs on affected projects. Any quarter may be positively or negatively affected by out of the ordinary weather patterns, such as excessive rainfall or warm winter weather, making it difficult to predict quarterly revenue and margin variations.
 
Additionally, our industry can be highly cyclical. Fluctuations in end-user demand within the industries we serve, or in the supply of services within those industries, can impact demand for our services. As a result, our business may be adversely affected by industry declines or by delays in new projects. Variations in project schedules or unanticipated changes in project schedules, in particular in connection with large construction and installation projects, can create fluctuations in revenues, which may adversely affect us in a given period, even if not in total. The financial condition of our customers and their access to capital; variations in project margins; regional, national and global economic and market conditions; regulatory or environmental influences; and acquisitions, dispositions or strategic investments can also materially affect quarterly results. Accordingly, our operating results in any particular period may not be indicative of the results that can be expected for any other period.

Understanding our Operating Results
Revenue
We provide engineering, building, installation, maintenance and upgrade services to our customers. Revenues are derived from projects performed under master and other service agreements as well as from fixed price contracts for specific projects or jobs requiring the construction and installation of an entire infrastructure system or specified units within an entire infrastructure system. See Item 1. "Business" for discussion of our business and revenue-generating activities and see "Comparison of Fiscal Year Results" below for details of revenue by reportable segment.
Costs of Revenue, Excluding Depreciation and Amortization
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, consists principally of salaries, employee wages and benefits, subcontracted services, equipment rentals and repairs, fuel and other equipment expenses, material costs, parts and supplies, insurance and facilities expenses. Project margins are calculated by subtracting a project's costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, from project revenue. Project profitability and corresponding project margins will be reduced if actual costs to complete a project exceed original estimates on fixed price and installation/construction service agreements. Estimated losses on contracts are recognized immediately when estimated costs to complete a project exceed the

27

Table of Contents

remaining revenue to be received over the remainder of the contract. Factors impacting our costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, include:

Revenue Mix. The mix of revenues derived from the projects we perform impacts overall project margins, as certain projects provide higher margin opportunities. Installation work is often obtained on a fixed price basis, while maintenance work is often performed under pre-established or time and materials pricing arrangements. Project margins for installation work may vary from project to project, and can be higher than maintenance and upgrade work due to the fact that fixed price contracts often have a higher level of risk than other types of project work. Changes in project mix between installation work and maintenance or upgrade services can impact our project margins in a given period. Additionally, the mix of project revenues by industry served can also have an impact on overall project margins, as project margins can vary by industry and over time.
 
Seasonality, Weather and Geographic Mix. Seasonal patterns can have a significant impact on project margins. Generally, business is slower at the beginning of the year. Adverse or favorable weather conditions can impact project margins in a given period. For example, extended periods of rain or snowfall can negatively impact revenues and project margins as a result of reduced productivity from projects being delayed or temporarily placed on hold. Conversely, in periods when weather remains dry and temperatures are accommodating, more work can be done, sometimes with less cost, which can favorably impact project margins. In addition, the mix of business conducted in different parts of the country can affect project margins due to geographic characteristics associated with the physical location where the work is being performed, such as mountainous or rocky terrain versus open terrain. Site conditions, including unforeseen underground conditions, can also impact project margins.
 
Performance Risk. Overall project margins may fluctuate due to the volume of work performed, project pricing, job productivity and crew productivity. Job productivity can be impacted by quality of the work crew, quality of equipment, availability of skilled labor, environmental or regulatory factors, customer decisions and crew productivity. Crew productivity can be influenced by factors including weather conditions and job terrain, such as whether project work is in a right of way that is open or one that is obstructed (either by physical obstructions or legal encumbrances).

Subcontracted Resources. Our use of subcontracted resources in a given period varies, based upon activity levels and the amount and location of existing in-house resources and capacity. Project margins on subcontracted work may be lower than project margins on self-perform work. As a result, changes in the mix of subcontracted versus self-perform work can impact our overall project margins.

Material versus Labor Costs. In many cases, our customers are responsible for supplying their own materials on projects; however, under certain contracts, we may agree to provide all or part of the required materials. Project margins are typically lower on projects where we furnish a significant amount of materials due to the fact that mark-ups on materials are generally lower than project margins on labor costs. Therefore, increases in the percentage of work with significant materials requirements could decrease our overall project margins.
General and Administrative Expense
General and administrative expenses consist principally of compensation and benefit expenses, travel expenses and related costs for our finance, benefits and risk, legal, facilities, information services and executive personnel. General and administrative expenses also include non-cash stock based compensation expenses, outside professional and accounting fees, acquisition costs, expenses associated with information technology used in administration of the business and various forms of insurance.
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense, net, consists of contractual interest expense on outstanding debt obligations, amortization of deferred financing costs, accretion of debt discount and other interest expense, offset by interest earned on cash and fixed income investments.
Other (Income) Expense, Net
Other (income) expense, net, consists primarily of gains or losses from sales of assets and investments, legal settlement charges and gains or losses from changes to estimated earn-outs accrued as a component of purchase price.
Financial Performance Metrics
Our senior management team regularly reviews certain key financial performance metrics within our business, including:
 	 	
•	revenue and profitability on an overall, reportable segment and, as required, on an individual project basis;	
 	 	
•	changes in revenue and profitability on an overall, reportable segment and, as required, on an individual project basis;	
 	 	
•	revenues by customer and by contract type;	
 	 	
•	costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization; general and administrative expenses; depreciation and amortization; other expenses or income; provision for income taxes; and interest expense, net;	
 	 	
•	earnings from continuing operations before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and Adjusted EBITDA, which is EBITDA excluding non-cash share-based compensation, Sintel legal settlement charges, the loss on debt extinguishment from the repurchase and redemption of our 7.625% senior notes, the gain on remeasurement of our equity interests in EC Source and a multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charge. See discussion of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures following the "Comparison of Fiscal Year Results" below:	
 	 	
•	days sales outstanding, net of billings in excess of costs and earnings; and days payable outstanding;	

28

Table of Contents
 	 	
•	interest and debt service coverage ratios; and	
 	 	
•	liquidity and cash flows.	
Managements' analysis of this information includes detailed discussions of proposed investments in new business opportunities or property and equipment, acquisition integration efforts and cost reduction efforts. Measuring these key performance indicators is an important tool used by management to make informed and timely operational decisions, which we believe can help us improve our performance.
Critical Accounting Estimates
This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. As management estimates, by their nature, involve judgment regarding future uncertainties, actual results may differ from these estimates if conditions change or if certain key assumptions used in making these estimates ultimately prove to be materially incorrect. Our accounting policies and critical accounting measurements are reviewed frequently with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Refer to Note 1 - Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, for discussion of our significant accounting policies.
We believe that our accounting estimates pertaining to: revenues and costs derived from fixed price contracts under the percentage-of-completion method; allowances for doubtful accounts; fair value estimates in connection with business acquisitions, in particular, estimated values of net assets acquired and estimated liabilities for future earn-out obligations; valuation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets; income taxes; legal contingencies; and self-insurance contingencies are the most critical in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements as they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and as they require significant or complex judgment and estimates on the part of management.
Revenue and Cost Recognition - Fixed Price Contracts
Revenues from fixed price contracts provide for a fixed amount of revenue for the entire project, subject to certain conditions for changed scope or specifications. Revenues from these contracts are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method. Under this method, the percentage of revenue to be recognized for a given project is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date on the contract to the total estimated costs for the contract. The cost estimation process for such projects is based on the professional knowledge and experience of our engineers, project managers and financial professionals. Changes in job performance, job conditions and final contract settlements are factors that influence our assessment of total contract value and the total estimated costs to complete those contracts and, therefore, our profit recognition. Changes in these factors may result in revisions to costs and income, and their effects are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. In addition, we may incur costs subject to change orders, whether approved or unapproved by the customer, and/or claims related to certain contracts. We determine the probability that such costs will be recovered based upon evidence such as engineering studies and legal opinions, past practices with the customer, specific discussions, correspondence or preliminary negotiations with the customer. Changes in project cost estimates could materially affect our results of operations in the period in which such changes are recognized. For example, a 100 basis point change in project cost estimates for our percentage-of-completion projects for the year ended December 31, 2013 would result in a $23 million impact to costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We regularly analyze the collectibility of accounts receivable and the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts based on the aging of account balances, historical bad debt experience, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, customer financial condition and credit reports, availability of mechanics’ and other liens, existence of payment bonds and other sources of payment and current economic trends. Estimates of collectibility are subject to significant change during times of economic weakness or uncertainty in either the overall economy or within the industries served by us. If estimates of the collectibility of accounts receivable change, or should customers experience unanticipated financial difficulties, or if anticipated recoveries in existing bankruptcies or other work-out situations fail to materialize, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts may be required, which could materially affect our results of operations in a given period.
Business Combinations – Valuation of Acquired Net Assets and Estimated Future Earn-Out Obligations
We allocate the purchase prices of acquired businesses based upon the fair value of consideration paid, including the estimated values of contingent earn-out obligations, and the estimated fair values of the acquired net assets. Valuations of acquired net assets and contingent earn-out obligations require estimates and judgments of future cash flow expectations for the acquired businesses. Fair values are calculated by incorporating expected cash flows into industry standard valuation techniques. Changes in the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired or of the expected future earn-out obligations subsequent to the measurement period are recorded in earnings as gains or losses. Significant changes in the assumptions or estimates used in the underlying valuations, such as changes in the expected profitability or cash flows of an acquired business, could materially affect our operating results in the period such changes are recognized.
Valuation of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. We perform our annual impairment review during the fourth quarter of each year. Goodwill is evaluated at the reporting unit level, which is one level below our reportable segments. Each of our reporting units comprises one component of our five reportable segments. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we assessed

29

Table of Contents

qualitative factors to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair values of our reporting units were less than their carrying amounts. Based on this analysis, we estimated the fair values of three of our reporting units using a discounted cash flow methodology, which incorporated management estimates including five-year projections of revenues, operating costs and cash flows, considering both historical and anticipated future results, general economic and market conditions and the impact of planned business and operational strategies. We applied a discounted cash flow technique utilizing a terminal value equal to 5.5 times estimated year five EBITDA and an estimated discount rate of 7.2% per annum. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the estimated fair values of the Company’s reporting units were determined to substantially exceed their carrying values. A 100 basis point change in the discount rate would not have had a material impact on the results of the impairment analyses. Our indefinite-lived intangible assets, which were also assessed during the fourth quarter of 2013 using qualitative factors, were determined to substantially exceed their carrying values.
Significant changes in the assumptions or estimates used in our impairment analyses, such as a reduction in profitability and/or cash flows, could result in impairment charges and materially affect our operating results.
Income Taxes
Our provision for income taxes uses an effective tax rate based on annual pre-tax income, statutory tax rates, permanent tax differences and tax planning opportunities in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Significant factors that can impact our annual effective tax rate include our assessment of certain tax matters, the location and amount of taxable earnings, changes in certain non-deductible expenses and expected credits. As of December 31, 2013, we have not made a provision for U.S. income taxes on unremitted foreign earnings because such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. Although we believe our provision for income taxes is correct and the related assumptions are reasonable, the final outcome of tax matters could be materially different from what we currently anticipate, which could result in significant costs or benefits to us.
In September 2013, the U.S. Treasury and Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") issued final Tangible Property Regulations ("TPR") regarding the deduction and capitalization of expenditures related to tangible property effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. Since the changes will affect the timing for deducting expenditures for tax purposes, the impact will be reflected in the amount of income taxes payable or receivable, cash flows from operations, and deferred taxes beginning in 2014, with no net tax provision effect expected. We have completed a preliminary evaluation of the expected impact of the TPR and concluded that the expected impact is minimal. We will continue to monitor the impact of any future changes to the TPR.
Litigation and Contingencies
Accruals for litigation and contingencies are based on our assessment, along with legal counsel, of expected outcomes of such litigation matters or contingencies. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether the amount of an exposure is reasonably estimable. As additional information becomes available, we reassess potential liabilities and may revise previous estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations in a given period.
Self-Insurance
We are self-insured up to the amount of our deductible for our insurance policies. Liabilities under our insurance programs are accrued based upon our estimate of the ultimate liability for claims, with assistance from third-party actuaries. The determination of such claims and the related liability is reviewed and updated quarterly, however, insurance liabilities are difficult to estimate due to unknown factors, including the severity of an injury, the determination of our liability in proportion to other parties and the number of incidents not reported. Accruals are based upon known facts and historical trends, and while we believe such accruals to be adequate, a change in experience or actuarial assumptions could materially affect our results of operations in a particular period.
2014 Outlook
We believe we have significant market opportunities in 2014 in six areas:
Wireless and Fiber Communications Network Upgrades - we believe wireless and fiber optic communication network upgrades will continue to grow in 2014 and that the major regional and rural telecommunications and other communications companies will continue to expand and enhance their capabilities in these areas, which could increase demand for our services. We continue to expand our capabilities in wireless infrastructure construction. Additionally, we expect continued technological development of broadband facilities throughout the U.S and expansion of broadband access into areas that are currently not served by high-speed data networks.
Petroleum, Natural Gas and Natural Gas Liquids Pipelines - we believe that demand for clean-burning, domestic natural gas will grow in order to reduce U.S. dependence on foreign energy sources. Improved access to shale formations as a result of technological advances and improved economics has driven significant increases in petroleum industry estimates of available North American oil and natural gas reserves. Technological advances in horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing have led to an oil and natural gas shale drilling boom in recent years and created additional proved reserves, with a much lower reliance on foreign imports from unstable regions of the world. We expect new North American producing fields to be developed as well as significantly expanded productivity within older producing fields. Much of the new oil and gas production is from relatively remote areas such as the Bakken in North Dakota and oil sands in Western Canada. In contrast, the largest concentration of refining capacity in North America is on the U.S. Gulf Coast. As a result of this reserve dislocation, significant amounts of oil and gas need to be transported to markets, or refining centers, to be utilized or converted into usable fuel. We anticipate the resulting incremental production will provide increasing opportunities for our oil and gas gathering, gas compression, liquids pumping, oil and gas treatment, long-haul and mid-stream oil and gas and other liquids pipeline construction operations. We have made acquisitions in the last few years to expand our capabilities in these areas.

30

Table of Contents

Electrical Grid Upgrades - we believe that the nation's electrical grid, which routinely encounters capacity and reliability issues, will be expanded, modernized and upgraded in the coming years. During the recent recession, demand for electric power declined, which eased many of the grid reliability issues that caused blackouts, brownouts and other grid failures in 2007 and early 2008. In addition, renewable energy, which is often generated in remote areas, requires significant investment in transmission and substation infrastructure in order to deliver this power to the population and to industrial centers with high electrical power demand. We expect continued efforts to modernize and expand the national electrical grid in order to develop a smart grid. As the economy improves, we believe that old grid reliability issues will reappear and that utilities across the country will respond by increasing their capital expenditures in this area. Additionally, we believe that cost and labor conditions are making it increasingly attractive for utilities to outsource their construction and maintenance activities.
Renewable Energy Projects - delay in the reinstatement of the federal investment and production tax credits for wind projects at the end of 2012 caused a significant slow down in wind project activity in 2013. We expect stronger levels of activity in 2014 as developers seek to qualify for these credits. Our power generation business specializes in the construction of renewable energy infrastructure, including wind farms and solar farms. Regulatory mandates, in addition to federal incentive programs for electricity generation from alternative and renewable sources, which call for expansion of domestic renewable energy sources through tax incentives, cash grants and loan guarantees drive demand for these services.
Power Plants and Heavy Industrial - we believe there will be increased demand for heavy industrial construction across a range of industries. The current low price and environmental advantage of clean burning natural gas should result in the conversion of coal fired power plants and the construction of new gas fired power plants. Additionally, a wide variety of industries may seek to expand, convert or construct new plants to take advantage of this economical, lower carbon fuel source. We continue to expand our capabilities in heavy industrial construction in anticipation of this trend.
Install-to-the-Home - we believe the continued high number of DIRECTV® subscribers and expansion of high definition video programming, special or proprietary programming, new technology set-top boxes and other in-home technology advances provide us with the continuing opportunity to provide installation, upgrade and maintenance services for new and existing customers. Our expertise in home installation and existing network of technicians also provide opportunities to offer installation services for new customers. Additionally, DIRECTV® and AT&T have recently rolled out home security and smart home management services that might provide additional install-to-the-home revenue opportunities.
Our 2014 results could be adversely affected by the matters discussed in the “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and Item 3. “Legal Proceedings” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Comparison of Fiscal Year Results
The following table reflects our consolidated results of operations in dollar and percentage of revenue terms for the periods indicated (dollar amounts in millions). Our consolidated results of operations are not necessarily comparable from period to period due to the impact of recent acquisitions. See Note 3 - Acquisitions in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Revenue	$	4,324.8	
 	 	100.0	 %	 	$	3,726.8	
 	 	100.0	 %	 	$	2,831.3	
 	 	100.0	 %	
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization	3,682.4	
 	 	85.1	 %	 	3,239.2	
 	 	86.9	 %	 	2,459.7	
 	 	86.9	 %	
Depreciation and amortization	140.9	
 	 	3.3	 %	 	92.0	
 	 	2.5	 %	 	74.2	
 	 	2.6	 %	
General and administrative expenses	215.4	
 	 	5.0	 %	 	157.5	
 	 	4.2	 %	 	132.6	
 	 	4.7	 %	
Interest expense, net	46.4	
 	 	1.1	 %	 	37.4	
 	 	1.0	 %	 	34.5	
 	 	1.2	 %	
Loss on extinguishment of debt	5.6	
 	 	0.1	 %	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(29.0	)	 	(1.0	)%	
Other (income) expense, net	(6.1	)	 	(0.1	)%	 	8.0	
 	 	0.2	 %	 	0.0	
 	 	0.0	 %	
Income from continuing operations before taxes	$	240.2	
 	 	5.6	 %	 	$	192.7	
 	 	5.2	 %	 	$	159.3	
 	 	5.6	 %	
Provision for income taxes	(92.5	)	 	(2.1	)%	 	(76.1	)	 	(2.0	)%	 	(61.8	)	 	(2.2	)%	
Net income from continuing operations	$	147.7	
 	 	3.4	 %	 	$	116.6	
 	 	3.1	 %	 	$	97.5	
 	 	3.4	 %	
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations	(6.5	)	 	(0.1	)%	 	(9.2	)	 	(0.2	)%	 	8.5	
 	 	0.3	 %	
Net income	$	141.2	
 	 	3.3	 %	 	$	107.4	
 	 	2.9	 %	 	$	106.0	
 	 	3.7	 %	
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests	0.3	
 	 	0.0	 %	 	0.0	
 	 	0.0	 %	 	0.0	
 	 	0.0	 %	
Net income attributable to MasTec, Inc	$	140.9	
 	 	3.3	 %	 	$	107.4	
 	 	2.9	 %	 	$	106.0	
 	 	3.7	 %	

Management reviews our operating results by reportable segment. See Note 15 - Segments and Related Information in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference. Our reportable segments are:  (1)  Communications;  (2) Oil and Gas;  (3)  Electrical Transmission;  (4)  Power Generation and Industrial and  (5)  Other. Management's review of reportable segment results includes analyses of trends in revenue and EBITDA. We calculate EBITDA for segment reporting purposes consistently with our consolidated EBITDA calculation. See discussion of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures following the Comparison of Fiscal Year Results discussion below. The following table presents revenue and EBITDA by reportable segment for our continuing operations for the periods indicated (dollar amounts in millions):

31

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	 	Revenue	 	EBITDA and EBITDA Margin	
Reportable Segment:	 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Communications	$	1,962.6	
 	 	$	1,772.7	
 	 	$	1,635.1	
 	 	$	247.7	
 	 	12.6	%	 	$	192.0	
 	 	10.8	%	 	$	154.3	
 	 	9.4	 %	
Oil and Gas	1,628.8	
 	 	959.0	
 	 	774.3	
 	 	215.9	
 	 	13.3	%	 	99.4	
 	 	10.4	%	 	80.1	
 	 	10.4	 %	
Electrical Transmission	428.8	
 	 	312.2	
 	 	198.3	
 	 	41.2	
 	 	9.6	%	 	38.7	
 	 	12.4	%	 	28.7	
 	 	14.5	 %	
Power Generation and Industrial	294.3	
 	 	668.1	
 	 	219.6	
 	 	(16.3	)	 	(5.5	)%	 	32.0	
 	 	4.8	%	 	(3.2	)	 	(1.4	)%	
Other	12.3	
 	 	16.7	
 	 	4.8	
 	 	0.5	
 	 	3.9	%	 	2.0	
 	 	11.7	%	 	0.4	
 	 	5.5	 %	
Eliminations	(2.0	)	 	(1.9	)	 	(0.8	)	 	—	
 	 	—	 	 	—	
 	 	—	 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Corporate	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(61.4	)	 	—	 	 	(42.0	)	 	—	 	 	7.6	
 	 	—	
 	
Consolidated Results	$	4,324.8	
 	 	$	3,726.8	
 	 	$	2,831.3	
 	 	$	427.6	
 	 	9.9	%	 	$	322.1	
 	 	8.6	%	 	$	267.9	
 	 	9.5	 %	
The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 
Revenue.  Our revenue was $4.3 billion in 2013 as compared with $3.7 billion in 2012, an increase of $598 million, or 16.0%. Oil and Gas revenue increased by $670 million, or 70%, Communications revenue increased by $190 million, or 11% and Electrical Transmission revenue increased by $117 million, or 37%. As expected, Power Generation and Industrial revenue was down, with a decrease of $374 million, or 56%. Organic revenue growth in the Oil and Gas, Electrical Transmission and Communications segments totaled $565 million, or 18%. Organic revenue growth inclusive of the decrease in Power Generation and Industrial revenues was $191 million, or 5%. Acquisitions contributed $407 million of the year over year increase in revenue. A discussion of revenue by segment follows below.
Communications Segment.  Communications revenue was $2.0 billion in 2013, compared to $1.8 billion in 2012, an increase of $190 million, or 11%. Communications revenue was favorably affected by demand for our wireless and wireline services, which increased by $253 million, offset in part by $60 million of lower revenue for certain utility services. Organic revenue growth totaled $138 million, or 8%. Acquisitions contributed $52 million of the year over year increase in revenue.
Oil and Gas Segment. Oil and Gas revenue was $1.6 billion in 2013, compared to $959 million in 2012, an increase of $670 million, or 70%. Long-haul activity for petroleum and natural gas pipelines increased by approximately $552 million, while midstream shale and petroleum pipeline activities decreased by approximately $63 million. Pipeline facility and other project work increased approximately $181 million. Organic revenue increased by $329 million, or 34% versus the prior year. Acquisitions contributed $341 million of the year over year increase in revenue.
Electrical Transmission Segment. Electrical Transmission revenues were $429 million in 2013, as compared with $312 million in 2012, an increase of $117 million, or 37%. Transmission and distribution activities increased by $100 million, while substation activities increased by $16 million. Acquisitions contributed $14 million of the year over year increase in Electrical Transmission revenues.
Power Generation and Industrial Segment. Power Generation and Industrial revenues were $294 million in 2013, compared to $668 million in 2012, a decrease of $374 million, or 56%. As expected, Power Generation and Industrial revenues were down, driven by a decrease in wind and other renewable revenue of $486 million, partially offset by an increase of $112 million in industrial and other project work, which include pumping stations, storage tanks and related civil projects for power generation facilities. Wind project activity was down in 2013 as a result of the delay in renewal of the federal production tax credit for qualified wind facilities, which was not renewed until January 2013.
Other Segment. Revenue from Other businesses was $12 million in 2013, compared to $17 million in 2012, a decrease of approximately $4 million, or 26%. This decrease resulted from completion of a project in our international division.
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, totaled $3.7 billion, or 85.1% of revenue in 2013, as compared with $3.2 billion, or 86.9% of revenue in 2012, a $443 million, or 13.7% increase, of which approximately $509 million was driven by higher revenue, offset in part by $67 million of cost improvements. Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of revenue decreased by 180 basis points, driven largely by improved margins in our Oil and Gas and Communications segments. Oil and Gas margins have benefited from more profitable long-haul pipeline activities in 2013, as well as from improved contract pricing and project efficiencies. Additionally, in 2012, we incurred approximately $36 million of project losses on two oil and gas pipeline projects. Project margins also improved in our Communications segment, primarily due to improvements in contract pricing and improved efficiencies on wireless projects. These improvements were partially offset by lower margins in our Power Generation and Industrial and Electrical Transmission segments.
Depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization was $141 million, or 3.3% of revenue in 2013, as compared with $92 million, or 2.5% of revenue in 2012, an increase of approximately $49 million, or 53.3%. The increase in depreciation and amortization was driven primarily by growth in our Oil and Gas segment, which typically requires a higher level of capital investment, as well as from growth in our Electrical Transmission segment. Acquisition-related depreciation and amortization contributed $23 million of the year over year increase in expense. See Note 15 - Segments and Related Information in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, for details of depreciation and amortization expense and capital spending by reportable segment.

32

Table of Contents

General and administrative expense.General and administrative expense was $215 million, or 5.0% of revenue in 2013, as compared with $158 million, or 4.2% of revenue in 2012, an increase of $58 million, or 36.7%. Acquisitions contributed $25 million of incremental general and administrative costs. Organic growth in general and administrative expenses was $33 million, including $9 million of incremental non-cash stock-based compensation expense. Non-cash stock-based compensation expense increased primarily as a result of the issuance of restricted share awards under a new equity incentive program for certain employees of our EC Source business. The remaining $24 million of growth in general and administrative costs resulted from increases in labor expense, bonus expense, ongoing technology initiatives, acquisition-related transaction costs and other administrative costs to support growth in our business. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative costs increased by approximately 80 basis points.
Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net of interest income, was $46 million, or 1.1% of revenue in 2013, as compared with $37 million, or 1.0% of revenue in 2012, an increase of $9 million. The increase was largely attributable to $7 million of incremental interest expense on our outstanding senior notes. In March 2013, we issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% senior notes and repurchased and redeemed $150 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.625% senior notes. Additionally, higher average outstanding balances on equipment notes payable and capital lease obligations in 2013 contributed $2.0 million of incremental interest expense.
Loss on extinguishment of debt.We incurred approximately $5.6 million of debt extinguishment costs in 2013 in connection with the repurchase and redemption of $150 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.625% senior notes. This amount is composed of $4.1 million of early payment premiums and $1.5 million of unamortized deferred financing costs.
Other (income) expense, net.  Other income, net, was $6 million in 2013, as compared with $8 million of other expense, net, in 2012. The change was driven largely by $3 million of legal settlement charges recorded in connection with the Sintel legal matter in 2013 as compared with $10 million in 2012, a decrease of $7 million. In addition, gains on sales of equipment increased, from $1 million in 2012 to $7 million in 2013.
Income taxes. Income tax expense was $93 million in 2013 as compared with $76 million in 2012, an increase of approximately $16 million. The increase was primarily attributable to higher income, partially offset by a lower effective tax rate. Our effective tax rate decreased to 38.5% in 2013 from 39.5% in 2012.
Loss from discontinued operations.  Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, was $6 million in 2013 as compared with $9 million in 2012, a reduction of $3 million. During the third quarter of 2013, we completed the sale of Globetec and recorded losses on disposal and impairment charges of $4 million, net of tax, as compared with $8 million, net of tax, in 2012. In addition, operating losses, net of tax, for the Globetec operation were $2 million in 2013 as compared with $5 million in 2012, a reduction of $3 million. These changes were offset by a $4 million reduction in net income from discontinued operations from DirectStar, which was sold in June of 2012.
Analysis of EBITDA by segment
Communications Segment. EBITDA for our Communications segment was $248 million, or 12.6% of revenue in 2013, compared to $192 million, or 10.8% of revenue in 2012, a $56 million, or 29% increase. Higher revenue contributed $24 million of incremental EBITDA. As a percentage of revenue, EBITDA increased approximately 180 basis points, or approximately $32 million, primarily as a result of improvements in contract pricing of wireless services, as well as better project efficiencies and utilization of resources.
Oil and Gas Segment. EBITDA for our Oil and Gas segment was $216 million, or 13.3% of revenue in 2013, compared to $99 million, or 10.4% of revenue in 2012, an increase of $116 million, or 117%. Higher revenues contributed $89 million of incremental EBITDA. As a percentage of revenue, EBITDA improved by 290 basis points, or approximately $28 million. EBITDA margins in 2013 benefited from higher margin long-haul pipeline activities, as well as improved contract pricing and project efficiencies on project work. Additionally, in 2012, we incurred approximately $36 million of project losses on two oil and gas pipeline projects, which suppressed 2012's EBITDA margins.
Electrical Transmission Segment.  EBITDA for our Electrical Transmission segment was $41 million, or 9.6% of revenue in 2013, compared to $39 million, or 12.4% of revenue in 2012, an increase of $3 million, or 7%. Higher revenues contributed $11 million of incremental EBITDA. EBITDA margins, however, decreased by 280 basis points, or approximately $9 million. The decrease in EBITDA margins was driven primarily by higher costs associated with a few projects.
Power Generation and Industrial Segment.  EBITDA for our Power Generation and Industrial segment was negative $16 million in 2013, compared to EBITDA of $32 million, or 4.8% of revenue in 2012, a decrease of $48 million. The decrease in EBITDA is due to higher costs associated with certain projects, as well as under-utilization of operating and overhead capacity in 2013 due to the decrease in revenue. Despite the current year reduction in wind project activity, the Power Generation and Industrial segment maintained its labor and equipment infrastructure in anticipation of growth in 2014, which resulted in low levels of overhead cost utilization in 2013.
Other Segment.  EBITDA from Other businesses was $0.5 million, or 3.9% of revenue in 2013, compared to $2 million of EBITDA, or 11.7% of revenue in 2012. The decrease is primarily attributable to lower revenue.
Corporate Segment.  EBITDA for our Corporate segment was negative $61 million in 2013, compared to negative $42 million in 2012. In 2013, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $6 million in connection with the repurchase and redemption of our 7.625% senior notes. Other cost increases in 2013 as compared with 2012 include $9 million of incremental non-cash stock-based compensation expense and $1 million of incremental acquisition-related transaction costs. Offsetting these cost increases is a reduction of $7 million in legal settlement charges. We recorded $3 million of legal settlement charges in connection with the Sintel matter in 2013, as compared with $10 million in 2012. The remaining $11 million variance resulted from increases in bonus expense, bad debt expense and other administrative costs to support growth in the business.

33

Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 
Revenue. Our revenue was $3.7 billion in 2012 as compared with $2.8 billion in 2011, an increase of $895 million, or 31.6%. Revenue grew in all of our reportable segments, with Power Generation and Industrial revenue increasing by $448 million or 204%, Oil and Gas revenue increasing by $185 million, or 24%, Electrical Transmission revenue increasing by $114 million, or 57% and Communications revenue increasing by $138 million, or 8%. Organic revenue growth totaled $725 million, or 26%. Acquisitions contributed $171 million of the year over year increase in revenue. A discussion of revenue by segment follows below.
Communications Segment. Communications revenue was $1.8 billion in 2012, compared to $1.6 billion in 2011, an increase of $138 million, or 8.4%. Communications revenue was favorably affected by demand for our wireless and wireline services as well as from higher utility service and install-to-the home activity, which increased by $33 million, $46 million and $59 million, respectively. Organic revenue growth totaled $75 million, or 4.6%. Acquisitions contributed $62 million of the year over year increase in revenue.
Oil and Gas Segment. Oil and Gas revenue was $959 million in 2012, compared to $774 million in 2011, an increase of $185 million, or 23.9%. Midstream shale and petroleum pipeline activities increased by approximately $226 million, partially offset by decreases of $20 million in long-haul and $21 million in pipeline facility and other project work. Organic revenue increased by $129 million, or 17% versus the prior year. Acquisitions contributed $56 million of the year over year increase in revenue.
Electrical Transmission Segment. Electrical Transmission revenues were $312 million in 2012, as compared with $198 million in 2011, an increase of $114 million, or 57.4%. Transmission and distribution activities increased by $120 million, while substation activities decreased by $6 million. Acquisitions contributed $52 million of the year over year increase in Electrical Transmission revenues.
Power Generation and Industrial Segment.  Power Generation and Industrial revenues were $668 million in 2012, compared to $220 million in 2011, an increase of $448 million, or 204%. The increase in revenue was driven largely by growth in renewable energy activities. Wind revenues were favorably affected by customers seeking to complete projects under the federal production tax credit program, which required that qualified facilities be placed in service by December 31, 2012.
Other Segment.  Revenue from Other businesses was $17 million in 2012, compared to $5 million in 2011, an increase of $12 million, or 242%. The increase resulted from a new project in our international division to secure a fiber optic circuit and build a central office facility.
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, totaled $3.2 billion in 2012, as compared with $2.5 billion, or 86.9% of revenue in both years, a $779 million, or 31.7% increase. The increase was primarily driven by higher revenue. Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of revenue was flat, despite $36 million of project losses on two oil and gas pipeline projects in 2012 as compared with $19 million in 2011. Year over year costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization was also affected by a charge of approximately $6 million that we recorded in 2011 related to our multi-employer pension plans.
Depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation and amortization was $92 million, or 2.5% of revenue in 2012, as compared with $74 million, or 2.6% of revenue in 2011, an increase of approximately $18 million, or 24%. The increase in depreciation and amortization was driven primarily by growth in our Oil and Gas segment, which typically requires a higher level of capital investment, as well as from growth in our Electrical Transmission segment. Acquisition-related depreciation and amortization contributed $5 million of the year over year increase in expense. See Note 15 - Segments and Related Information in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, for details of depreciation and amortization expense and capital spending by reportable segment.
General and administrative expenses.  General and administrative expenses were $158 million, or 4.2% of revenue in 2012 as compared with $133 million, or 4.7% of revenue in 2011, an increase of $25 million, or 19%. Acquisitions contributed $8 million of incremental general and administrative costs. Organic growth in general and administrative expense of $16 million was due to increases in labor expense, bonus expense, ongoing technology initiatives and other administrative costs to support growth in our business. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative costs decreased by approximately 50 basis points.
Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net of interest income, was $37 million, or 1.0% of revenue in 2012, as compared with $34 million, or 1.2% of revenue in 2011. The increase of $3 million included approximately $1.4 million of incremental interest expense on our credit facility resulting from higher average outstanding balances, as well as approximately $1 million of incremental discount accretion from our 2011 senior convertible notes.
Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree. We recognized a $29 million gain on remeasurement upon our acquisition of EC Source's remaining equity interests during the second quarter of 2011.
Other expense, net.  Other expense, net, was $8 million in 2012, driven by a legal settlement charge of $10 million in connection with the Sintel legal matter, partially offset by gains on sales of assets. In 2011, gains and losses on sales of assets largely offset one another.
Income taxes.  Income tax expense was $76 million in 2012, as compared with $62 million in 2011, an increase of $14 million, which is due in large part to higher income, as well as an increase in our effective tax rate. Our effective tax rate on income from continuing operations increased to 39.5% in 2012 from 38.8% in 2011.
(Loss) income from discontinued operations.  Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, was $9 million in 2012, as compared with $9 million of income from discontinued operations, net of tax, in 2011. The $18 million variance was driven, in part, by estimated losses on disposal of $8 million, net of tax, that we recognized in 2012 in connection with our decision to sell Globetec. In addition, DirectStar, which was sold in

34

Table of Contents

June of 2012, contributed $4 million of net income from discontinued operations in 2012 as compared with $14 million in 2011, a reduction of $10 million.
Analysis of EBITDA by segment
Communications Segment.  EBITDA for our Communications segment was $192 million, or 10.8% of revenue in 2012, compared to $154 million, or 9.4% of revenue in 2011, an increase of $38 million, or 24.4%. Higher revenue contributed $15 million of incremental EBITDA. As a percentage of revenue, EBITDA increased approximately 140 basis points, or approximately $23 million, primarily as a result of better project efficiencies and utilization of resources.
Oil and Gas Segment. EBITDA for our Oil and Gas segment was $99 million in 2012, compared to $80 million, or 10.4% of revenue in both years, an increase of $19 million, or 24.0%. The increase in EBITDA is primarily attributable to the increase in revenue. In 2012, we incurred approximately $36 million of project losses on two oil and gas pipeline projects, as compared with $19 million in 2011, which suppressed EBITDA margins in both years. Year over year EBITDA results were also affected by a charge of approximately $6 million that we recorded in 2011 related to our multi-employer pension plans.
Electrical Transmission Segment. EBITDA for our Electrical Transmission segment was $39 million, or 12.4% of revenue in 2012, compared to $29 million, or 14.5% of revenue in 2011, an increase of $10 million, or 34.9%. Higher revenues contributed $14 million of incremental EBITDA. EBITDA margins, however, decreased by 210 basis points, or approximately $4 million. The decrease in EBITDA margins was driven primarily by higher costs associated with several projects.
Power Generation and Industrial Segment. EBITDA for our Power Generation and Industrial segment was $32 million, or 4.8% of revenue in 2012, compared to negative EBITDA of $3 million in 2011, an increase of $35 million. Higher revenue contributed $22 million of incremental EBITDA. As a percentage of revenue, EBITDA increased approximately 620 basis points, or approximately $14 million. The improvement in EBITDA margins is primarily attributable to the significant increase in revenue, which improved our level of overhead cost utilization. Despite low levels of project activity in 2011, the Power Generation and Industrial segment maintained its capacity levels in anticipation of expected revenue growth in 2012, which resulted in low levels of overhead cost utilization in 2011.
Other Segment. EBITDA from Other businesses was $2 million, or 11.7% of revenue in 2012, compared to $0.4 million of EBITDA in 2011, or 5.5% of revenue, an increase of $1.7 million. The increase is primarily attributable to increased revenues, as described above.
Corporate Segment. EBITDA for our Corporate segment was negative $42 million in 2012, compared to EBITDA of $8 million in 2011, a net change of $50 million. In 2011, we recorded a $29 million non-cash gain on remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source and in 2012, we recorded $10 million of legal settlement charges in connection with the Sintel matter in 2012. The remaining $11 million variance resulted from increases in insurance and other administrative costs to support growth in the business.
Foreign Operations
We have operations in Canada as well as in parts of Latin America. See Note 15 - Segments and Related Information in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures
As appropriate, we supplement our reported U.S. GAAP financial information with certain non-U.S. GAAP financial measures, including earnings from continuing operations before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). In addition, we have presented “Adjusted EBITDA,” as well as adjusted net income from continuing operations (“Adjusted Net Income From Continuing Operations”) and adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations (“Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share From Continuing Operations ”). All of these "adjusted" non-U.S GAAP measures exclude non-cash stock-based compensation expense, Sintel legal settlement charges, the loss on debt extinguishment from the repurchase and redemption of our 7.625% senior notes, the gain on remeasurement of our equity interest in EC Source and a multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charge. See Note 11 - Stock-Based Compensation and Other Employee Benefit Plans, Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies, Note 9 - Debt and Note 3 - Acquisitions in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which notes are incorporated herein by reference. The definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA above are not the same as in our 2013 Credit Facility or in the indentures governing our notes; therefore, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as presented in this discussion should not be used for purposes of determining our compliance with related covenants.
We use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income From Continuing Operations and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share From Continuing Operations to evaluate our performance, both internally and as compared with our peers, because these measures exclude certain items that may not be indicative of our core operating results, as well as items that can vary widely across different industries or among companies within the same industry. Additionally, these measures provide a baseline for analyzing trends in our underlying business. Management also considers EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as indicators of our ability to generate cash to service debt, fund capital expenditures and expand our business, but management does not consider the presented non-U.S. GAAP financial measures as measures of our liquidity. While EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are measures of our ability to generate cash, these measures exclude the cash impact of changes in our assets and liabilities as well as interest and income taxes. Net cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows accounts for these changes in our assets and liabilities.

We believe these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures provide meaningful information and help investors understand our financial results and assess our prospects for future performance. Because non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies' non-U.S. GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. These financial measures should not

35

Table of Contents

be considered in isolation from, as substitutes for, or alternative measures of, reported net income from continuing operations, diluted earnings per share from continuing operations and net cash provided by operating activities, and should be viewed in conjunction with the most comparable GAAP financial measures and the provided reconciliations thereto. We believe these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures, when viewed with our U.S. GAAP results and the provided reconciliations, provide a more complete understanding of our business. We strongly encourage investors to review our consolidated financial statements and publicly filed reports in their entirety and not rely on any single financial measure.

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income from continuing operations, in dollar and percentage of revenue terms, for the periods indicated (dollar amounts in millions). The table below may contain slight summation differences due to rounding.

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
EBITDA Reconciliation - Continuing Operations:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Net income from continuing operations	$	147.7	
 	 	3.4	%	 	$	116.6	
 	 	3.1	%	 	$	97.5	
 	 	3.4	 %	
Interest expense, net	46.4	
 	 	1.1	%	 	37.4	
 	 	1.0	%	 	34.5	
 	 	1.2	 %	
Provision for income taxes	92.5	
 	 	2.1	%	 	76.1	
 	 	2.0	%	 	61.8	
 	 	2.2	 %	
Depreciation and amortization	140.9	
 	 	3.3	%	 	92.0	
 	 	2.5	%	 	74.2	
 	 	2.6	 %	
EBITDA – Continuing Operations	$	427.6	
 	 	9.9	%	 	$	322.1	
 	 	8.6	%	 	$	267.9	
 	 	9.5	 %	
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense	12.9	
 	 	0.3	%	 	4.4	
 	 	0.1	%	 	3.6	
 	 	0.1	 %	
Loss on debt extinguishment	5.6	
 	 	0.1	%	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Sintel legal settlement	2.8	
 	 	0.1	%	 	9.6	
 	 	0.3	%	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Gain from remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(29.0	)	 	(1.0	)%	
Multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charge	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	6.4	
 	 	0.2	 %	
Adjusted EBITDA – Continuing Operations	$	448.9	
 	 	10.4	%	 	$	336.1	
 	 	9.0	%	 	$	248.9	
 	 	8.8	 %	
The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities for total MasTec (in millions):

36

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
Total EBITDA Reconciliation:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
EBITDA, Continuing operations	$	427.6	
 	 	$	322.1	
 	 	$	267.9	
 	
EBITDA, Discontinued operations	(8.8	)	 	(13.0	)	 	15.8	
 	
EBITDA, Total MasTec	$	418.8	
 	 	$	309.0	
 	 	$	283.7	

Reconciliation to Adjusted EBITDA and to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities, Total MasTec:	
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense	12.9	
 	 	4.4	
 	 	3.6	
 	
Loss on debt extinguishment	5.6	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Sintel legal settlement	2.8	
 	 	9.6	
 	 	—	
 	
Gain from remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(29.0	)	
Multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charge	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	6.4	
 	
Adjusted EBITDA, Continuing operations	$	448.9	
 	 	$	336.1	
 	 	$	248.9	
 	
Adjusted EBITDA, Discontinued operations	(8.8	)	 	(13.0	)	 	15.8	
 	
Adjusted EBITDA, Total MasTec	$	440.1	
 	 	$	323.1	
 	 	$	264.6	
 	
Interest expense	(46.5	)	 	(37.4	)	 	(34.5	)	
Provision for income taxes	(90.1	)	 	(71.6	)	 	(68.0	)	
Payments for call premiums on extinguishment of debt	(4.1	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Sintel legal settlement	(2.8	)	 	(9.6	)	 	—	
 	
Multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charge	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(6.4	)	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, excluding non-cash EBITDA adjustments  (a)	25.3	
 	 	24.3	
 	 	56.2	
 	
Change in assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired and liabilities assumed	(121.5	)	 	(56.3	)	 	(191.2	)	
Net cash provided by operating activities, Total MasTec	$	200.4	
 	 	$	172.5	
 	 	$	20.7	
 	
(a) Non-cash EBITDA adjustments include (i) depreciation and amortization expense in all years; (ii) non-cash stock-based compensation expense in all years; (iii) in 2013, a $1.5 million write-off of deferred financing costs on redeemed debt, and (iv) in 2011, a $29.0 million gain on remeasurement of our equity interests in EC Source.

Adjusted Net Income From Continuing Operations and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share From Continuing Operations

The table below reconciles Adjusted Net Income From Continuing Operations and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share From Continuing Operations with reported net income from continuing operations and reported diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. Adjustments have been tax effected using the effective tax rate from continuing operations for the respective periods.

37

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
 	Net Income From Continuing Operations (in millions)	 	Diluted Earnings Per Share, Continuing Operations	 	Net Income From Continuing Operations (in millions)	 	Diluted Earnings Per Share, Continuing Operations	 	Net Income From Continuing Operations (in millions)	 	Diluted Earnings Per Share, Continuing Operations	
Reported U.S GAAP measure	$	147.7	
 	 	$	1.74	
 	 	$	116.6	
 	 	$	1.42	
 	 	$	97.5	
 	 	$	1.13	
 	
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense  (a)	8.0	
 	 	0.09	
 	 	2.7	
 	 	0.03	
 	 	2.2	
 	 	0.03	
 	
Loss on debt extinguishment (b)	3.5	
 	 	0.04	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Sintel legal settlement (c)	1.7	
 	 	0.02	
 	 	5.8	
 	 	0.07	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree  (d)	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(17.8	)	 	(0.20	)	
Multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charge  (e)	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	3.9	
 	 	0.05	
 	
Adjusted non-U.S. GAAP measure	$	160.8	
 	 	$	1.90	
 	 	$	125.1	
 	 	$	1.53	
 	 	$	85.8	
 	 	$	1.00	

(a)	Represents the after-tax expense and corresponding diluted per share impact related to non-cash stock-based compensation expense.	
 	 	
(b)	Represents the after-tax expense and corresponding diluted per share impact related to loss on debt extinguishment associated with the repurchase and redemption of our 7.625% senior notes.	
 	 	
(c)	Represents the after-tax expense and corresponding diluted per share impact related to Sintel legal settlement charges.	
 	 	
(d)	Represents the after-tax gain and corresponding diluted per share impact from the non-cash gain on remeasurement of our equity investment in EC Source.	
 	 	
(e)	Represents the after-tax charge and corresponding diluted per share impact related to our withdrawal from a multi-employer pension plan.	
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from continuing operations, availability under our credit facility and our cash balances. Our primary liquidity needs are for working capital, income taxes, capital expenditures, insurance collateral in the form of cash and letters of credit, earn-out obligations and debt service. We also evaluate opportunities for strategic acquisitions and/or investments from time to time that may require cash, and may consider opportunities to either repurchase, refinance or retire outstanding debt or repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock in the future.
Capital Expenditures. We estimate that we will spend approximately $100 million in 2014 on capital expenditures, and, in addition, we expect to incur between $90 million and $100 million of equipment purchases under capital lease or other financing arrangements. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we spent approximately $126 million on capital expenditures, or $110 million net of asset disposals, and incurred approximately $111 million of equipment purchases under capital lease and other financing arrangements. Actual capital expenditures can increase or decrease from estimates depending upon business activity levels. We will continue to evaluate lease versus buy decisions to meet our equipment needs and, based on this evaluation, our capital expenditures may increase or decrease in the future.
Acquisition-Related Contingent Consideration.  In most of our recent acquisitions, we have agreed to make future earn-out payments to the sellers, which are contingent upon the future earnings performance of the acquired businesses. Certain earn-out payments may be paid either in cash or, under specific circumstances, MasTec common stock, or a combination thereof, at our option. The estimated total value of earn-out obligations recorded as liabilities as of December 31, 2013 is approximately $177 million. Of this amount, $65 million represented the liability for earn-out obligations that had already been earned. The remainder, $112 million, is management's estimate of potential earn-out obligations that are contingent upon future performance. Potential future earn-out obligations for acquisitions after January 1, 2009 are measured at their estimated fair value as of the date of acquisition, with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in earnings as a component of other income or expense, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Earn-outs for acquisitions completed prior to January 1, 2009 are recorded as additional goodwill as earned. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we made cash payments of $19 million, $34 million and $45 million, respectively, related to earn-out obligations.
Income Taxes.  Cash tax payments were $80 million, $59 million and $28 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Our cash tax payments increased for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 as compared with the respective prior years primarily as a result of higher taxable income and earnings.
Working Capital.  We need working capital to support seasonal variations in our business, primarily due to the impact of weather conditions on external construction and maintenance work and the spending patterns of our customers, both of which influence the timing of associated spending to support related customer demand. Our business is typically slower in the first quarter of each calendar year and we generally experience seasonal working capital needs from approximately April through October to support growth in accounts receivable, and to a lesser extent, inventory. Working capital needs tend to increase when we commence large amounts of work due to the fact that payroll and certain other costs, including inventory, are required to be paid before the receivables resulting from work performed are billed and collected. Timing of project close-outs can contribute to changes in unbilled revenue. Accounts receivable balances increased from $877 million as of December 31, 2012 to $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2013 due to higher revenues as well as an increase in days sales outstanding, as discussed within the Summary of Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources below. Inventory balances have decreased from $84 million as of December 31, 2012 to $70 million as of December 31, 2013.
Our billing terms are generally net 30 days, and some of our contracts allow our customers to retain a portion of the contract amount (from 2% to 15%) until the job is completed. For certain customers, we maintain inventory to meet the material requirements of the contracts. Occasionally, certain of our customers pay us in advance for a portion of the materials we purchase for their projects, or allow us to pre-bill them for materials purchases

38

Table of Contents

up to specified amounts. Vendor terms are generally 30 days. Our agreements with subcontractors often contain a “pay-if-paid” provision, whereby our payments to subcontractors are made only after we are paid by our customers.
Convertible Notes - Settlement. Our senior convertible notes, which had an outstanding principal amount of $215 million as of December 31, 2013, mature in 2014. We expect to refinance the principal amount of these notes on a long-term basis, either from borrowings under our 2013 Credit Facility or through other sources of available funding. As a result, their carrying values as of December 31, 2013 have been presented within long-term debt in the audited consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2013, our common stock trading price was higher than the conversion prices of our 2011 Convertible Notes, of which $202.3 million aggregate principal amount was outstanding as of December 31, 2013. Currently, we intend to settle the principal amounts of our 2011 Convertible Notes upon any conversion thereof in cash, and we intend to settle any premium value, which is the value of any excess of the actual share price over the conversion prices of the 2011 Convertible Notes, in shares. Notwithstanding our present intention to settle conversions of our 2011 Convertible Notes in cash, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so due to restrictions under our 2013 Credit Facility; however, as of December 31, 2013, these restrictions would not have limited our ability to settle the 2011 Convertible Notes in cash. See Summary of Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources below for discussion pertaining to our 2013 Credit Facility.
Summary of Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
We anticipate that funds generated from operations, borrowings under our 2013 Credit Facility and our cash balances will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements, required income tax payments, debt service obligations, anticipated capital expenditures, insurance collateral requirements, earn-out obligations and letters of credit for at least the next twelve months.
Sources and Uses of Cash
As of December 31, 2013, we had $480 million in working capital, defined as current assets less current liabilities, as compared to $336 million as of December 31, 2012, an increase of $145 million. Our working capital has increased, primarily as a result of higher activity levels, as discussed in the "Comparison of Fiscal Year Results" section above. Specifically, accounts receivable balances have increased, offset in part by increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses. Total cash and cash equivalents of $23 million as of December 31, 2013 decreased by $4 million from total cash and cash equivalents of $27 million as of December 31, 2012.
Sources and uses of cash are summarized below (in millions):

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	200.4	
 	 	$	172.5	
 	 	$	20.7	
 	
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(263.2	)	 	$	(94.3	)	 	$	(101.8	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	59.0	
 	 	$	(71.8	)	 	$	(76.4	)	
        
Operating Activities.  Cash flow from operations is primarily influenced by demand for our services, operating margins and the type of services we provide, but can also be influenced by working capital needs such as the timing of billings and collections of receivables and the settlement of payables and other obligations. A portion of working capital assets is typically converted to cash in the first quarter. Conversely, working capital needs generally increase from April through October due to the seasonality of our business. Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased to $200 million from $173 million in 2012, an increase of $28 million, partially as a result of net income increasing by $34 million. The impact on cash provided by operating activities of changes in non-cash adjustments was an increase of $59 million, driven largely by an increase in depreciation and amortization of $48 million. Net changes in assets and liabilities had a negative impact on cash provided by operating activities of $65 million, related largely to the use of cash for working capital, primarily accounts receivable and billings in excess of costs and earnings.
Days sales outstanding net of billings in excess of costs and earnings for our continuing operations was 80 as of December 31, 2013 as compared with 74 as of December 31, 2012. Days sales outstanding net of billings in excess of costs and earnings is calculated as: accounts receivable, net, less billings in excess of costs and earnings, divided by average daily revenue for the most recently completed quarter as of the balance sheet date. The increase in days sales outstanding is largely attributable to timing of collections on certain projects. Changes in project and customer mix have also contributed to the increase in days sales outstanding. We do not currently anticipate collection issues related to our outstanding accounts receivable balances, and we continue to bill and collect outstanding amounts in a timely manner.
Investing Activities.  Net cash used in investing activities increased by $169 million to $263 million in 2013 from $94 million of cash used in investing activities in 2012. The increase in cash used in investing activities was largely driven by a reduction in cash proceeds from disposed businesses of $101 million, due to $98 million of net proceeds received from the sale of our DirectStar business in 2012. Payments for current year acquisitions were $149 million, a $29 million increase in cash used in investing activities as compared with 2012. Additionally, our capital expenditures increased in 2013. We spent $126 million in 2013 on capital expenditures, or $110 million net of asset disposals, as compared with capital expenditures of $72 million, net of asset disposals, in 2012, a $38 million increase. Capital expenditures have increased to support growth, primarily in our Oil and Gas segment, which generally requires higher levels of capital investment, as well as from growth in our Electrical Transmission segment.
Financing Activities.  Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $59 million, as compared with cash used in financing activities of $72 million in the prior year, an increase of $131 million. Proceeds from the issuance of our $400 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% senior notes (the "4.875% Senior Notes") in March 2013, were partially offset by the repurchase and redemption of our $150 million principal amount of 7.625% senior notes (the "7.625% Senior Notes"). Additionally, net repayments of outstanding balances on our 2013 Credit Facility were $175 million higher than net repayments in 2012 on our previous credit facility, which we also refer to as our 2011 Credit Facility.

39

Table of Contents

Cash provided from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 also benefited from a decrease of $75 million in cash used for purchases of treasury stock in 2012.
Credit Facility
As amended in the fourth quarter of 2013, we have a $750 million senior secured revolving credit facility, also referred to as our 2013 Credit Facility, maturing in October 2018, of which up to $100 million may be borrowed in Canadian dollars, and under which up to $450 million is available for letters of credit and up to $75 million is available for swing line loans.  See discussion in Note 9 - Debt in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is herein incorporated by reference, for terms and conditions associated with our 2013 Credit Facility. Interest on outstanding revolving loans under our 2013 Credit Facility accrues at variable rates based, at our option, on a eurocurrency rate, as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility, plus a margin, or a base rate, as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility, plus a margin. As of December 31, 2013, we had $53 million of outstanding revolving loans under our 2013 Credit Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 2.14% and $134.8 million of outstanding letters of credit. Our remaining borrowing capacity of $562.1 million as of December 31, 2013 was available for loans or up to $315.2 million of new letters of credit.
Based upon current availability under our 2013 Credit Facility, our liquidity and our anticipated cash flow, we believe we will be in compliance with the 2013 Credit Facility’s terms and conditions for the next twelve months. We are dependent upon borrowings and letters of credit under the 2013 Credit Facility to fund our operations. Should we be unable to comply with the terms and conditions of the 2013 Credit Facility, we would be required to obtain modifications to the 2013 Credit Facility or obtain an alternative source of financing to continue to operate, neither of which may be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
Issuance of 4.875% Senior Notes and Repurchase and Redemption of 7.625% Senior Notes
In March 2013, we issued $400 million of 4.875% Senior Notes due March 15, 2023 in a registered public offering, and we repurchased and redeemed our 7.625% Senior Notes. See Note 9 - Debt in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, for additional information.
Senior Convertible Notes         
As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding $202.3 million aggregate principal amount of senior convertible notes that we issued in 2011, which we refer to as our 2011 Convertible Notes. We also had outstanding as of December 31, 2013 $12.6 million aggregate principal amount of senior convertible notes that we issued in 2009, which we refer to as our 2009 Convertible Notes. For details of the terms pertaining to our senior convertible notes, including their conversion terms, see Note 2 - Earnings Per Share and discussion under "Senior Convertible Notes" in Note 9 – Debt in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which notes are incorporated herein by reference.
Due to the optional cash settlement feature of the 2011 Convertible Notes and our intent to settle the principal amount thereof in cash, the 13.0 million conversion shares underlying the outstanding principal amount of the 2011 Convertible Notes are not required to be included in our diluted share count. Notwithstanding our present intention to settle the principal amount of the 2011 Convertible Notes in cash, we may be restricted from doing so under certain provisions of our 2013 Credit Facility, which restrict the repurchase or prepayment of certain unsecured indebtedness. If we were unable to settle conversions of the 2011 Convertible Notes in accordance with our stated intent to settle principal amounts due in cash with either existing cash balances or through our 2013 Credit Facility, we could be required to obtain additional funding or settle such conversions by issuing shares of our common stock, which would be dilutive to our existing shareholders.
Acquisition Debt
In connection with certain acquisitions, we have entered into or assumed certain debt and/or capital lease obligations. As of December 31, 2013, $9.8 million of acquisition-related debt remained outstanding.
Debt Guarantees and Covenants
The 4.875% Senior Notes, 2011 Convertible Notes and 2009 Convertible Notes are, and through March 29, 2013, the 7.625% Senior Notes were, fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured, unsubordinated, joint and several basis by certain existing and future 100%-owned direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries that are guarantors of our 2013 Credit Facility or other outstanding indebtedness.  See Note 19 - Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Information in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference. We were in compliance with all provisions and covenants contained in our outstanding debt instruments as of December 31, 2013.
Contractual Payment Obligations
The following table sets forth our contractual payment obligations as of December 31, 2013 during the periods indicated below (in millions):

40

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual Obligations	 	Total	 	Less than
1 Year	 	1 - 3
Years	 	3 - 5
Years	 	More than 
5 Years and  
Thereafter	
2013 Credit Facility (a)	 	$	53.0	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	53.0	
 	 	$	—	
 	
4.875% Senior Notes	 	400.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	400.0	
 	
Senior convertible notes (b) (c)	 	215.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	215.0	
 	 	—	
 	
Notes payable for equipment	 	26.9	
 	 	10.0	
 	 	16.2	
 	 	0.7	
 	 	—	
 	
Earn-out obligations (d)	 	64.7	
 	 	64.7	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Capital leases	 	126.0	
 	 	41.3	
 	 	59.1	
 	 	24.8	
 	 	0.8	
 	
Operating leases	 	145.6	
 	 	54.3	
 	 	68.8	
 	 	17.2	
 	 	5.3	
 	
Obligations under multi-employer pension plan (e)	 	5.4	
 	 	1.2	
 	 	2.4	
 	 	1.8	
 	 	—	
 	
Interest (f)	 	222.6	
 	 	31.8	
 	 	54.6	
 	 	51.6	
 	 	84.6	
 	
Total	 	$	1,259.2	
 	 	$	203.3	
 	 	$	201.1	
 	 	$	364.1	
 	 	$	490.7	

(a)	Represents outstanding revolving loans on our 2013 Credit Facility as of December 31, 2013.	
 	 	
(b)	Amount is composed of $105.3 million principal amount of 2011 4.0% senior convertible notes, $9.6 million principal amount of 2009 4.0% senior convertible notes, $97.0 million principal amount of 2011 4.25% senior convertible notes and $3.0 million principal amount of 2009 4.25% senior convertible notes.	
 	 	
(c)	The $215.0 million principal amount of senior convertible notes maturing in 2014, which the Company expects to refinance on a long-term basis, is classified as long-term debt as of December 31, 2013. The repayment schedule above reflects the projected repayment of the entire amounts in the 3 - 5 year period.	
 	 	
(d)	Under certain acquisition agreements, we have agreed to pay the sellers earn-outs based on the performance of the businesses acquired. Certain of these earn-out payments may be made in either cash or, under certain circumstances, MasTec common stock, or a combination thereof, at our option. Due to the contingent nature of these earn-out payments, we have only included earn-out obligations that we assume will be paid in cash and have been earned as of December 31, 2013.	
 	 	
(e)	Represents withdrawal liability as of December 31, 2013 and excludes normal contributions required under our collective bargaining agreements.	
 	 	
(f)	Represents expected future interest payments on debt and capital lease obligations. With the exception of our 2013 Credit Facility, all of our debt instruments are fixed rate interest obligations.	
Off-balance sheet arrangements
As is common in our industry, we have entered into certain off-balance sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Our significant off-balance sheet transactions include liabilities associated with non-cancelable operating leases, letter of credit obligations, surety and performance and payment bonds entered into in the normal course of business, self-insurance liabilities, liabilities associated with multi-employer pension plans and liabilities associated with certain indemnification and guarantee arrangements. We do not have any material off-balance sheet financing arrangements with variable interest entities. Refer to Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, for current period details pertaining to our off-balance sheet arrangements.
Impact of Inflation
The primary inflationary factors affecting our operations are labor and fuel costs, and to a lesser extent, material costs. The price of fuel is subject to unexpected fluctuations due to events outside of our control, including geopolitical events and fluctuations in global supply and demand. Significant fuel price increases could adversely impact our operating results in the future. We closely monitor inflationary factors and any impact they may have on our operating results or financial condition.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1 - Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 	 	
ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	
Interest Rate Risk
Interest on outstanding revolving loans under our 2013 Credit Facility accrues at variable rates based, at our option, on a eurocurrency rate, as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility, plus a margin, or a base rate, as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility, plus a margin. As of December 31, 2013, we had $53.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding revolving loans under our 2013 Credit Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 2.14%. Interest on letters of credit issued under our 2013 Credit Facility accrued at either 0.75% or 1.50% per annum as of December 31, 2013 based on the type of letter of credit issued. A 100 basis point increase in the interest rate applicable to revolving loans under our 2013 Credit Facility would not have had a material impact on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.
As of December 31, 2013, our fixed interest rate debt primarily included $400 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Senior Notes, $115 million aggregate principal amount of 4.0% senior convertible notes, $100 million aggregate principal amount of 4.25% senior convertible notes

41

Table of Contents

and $27 million of notes payable for equipment, which had a weighted average interest rate of approximately 3.2%. None of this debt subjects us to interest rate risk, but we may be subject to changes in interest rates if and when we refinance this debt at maturity or otherwise.
Foreign Currency Risk
We have foreign operations in Canada, as well as in parts of Latin America. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we had foreign currency translation losses of $7.9 million, relating primarily to our Canadian operations, which were recorded as a component of other comprehensive loss. Our Canadian presence has grown in recent years due to acquisitions. Our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could increase in the future if we continue to expand our operations outside of the United States,

42

Table of Contents
 	 	
ITEM  8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 	 	
 	 Page	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	44	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Operations	45	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income   	46	
 	 	
Consolidated Balance Sheets	47	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Equity	48	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	49	
 	 	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	50	

43

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of MasTec, Inc.
Coral Gables, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MasTec, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the schedule listed in Item 15(a)2. These financial statements and the schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MasTec, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Also, in our opinion, the financial statements schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the Standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), MasTec, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated February 27, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

 	 	
/s/ BDO USA, LLP	 	
Certified Public Accountants	 	
 	 	
Miami, Florida	 	
 	 	
February 27, 2014	 	

44

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Revenue	$	4,324,787	
 	 	$	3,726,789	
 	 	$	2,831,292	
 	
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization	3,682,367	
 	 	3,239,195	
 	 	2,459,746	
 	
Depreciation and amortization	140,926	
 	 	91,958	
 	 	74,151	
 	
General and administrative expenses	215,402	
 	 	157,524	
 	 	132,594	
 	
Interest expense, net	46,442	
 	 	37,376	
 	 	34,466	
 	
Loss on extinguishment of debt	5,624	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(29,041	)	
Other (income) expense, net	(6,188	)	 	8,017	
 	 	96	
 	
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	240,214	
 	 	$	192,719	
 	 	$	159,280	
 	
Provision for income taxes	(92,542	)	 	(76,080	)	 	(61,824	)	
Net income from continuing operations	$	147,672	
 	 	$	116,639	
 	 	$	97,456	
 	
Discontinued operations:	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations, including loss on disposal and impairment charges  (See Note 4)	$	(6,456	)	 	$	(9,223	)	 	$	8,516	
 	
Net income	$	141,216	
 	 	$	107,416	
 	 	$	105,972	
 	
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests	266	
 	 	(10	)	 	(29	)	
Net income attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	140,950	
 	 	$	107,426	
 	 	$	106,001	
 	
Earnings per share: (See Note 2)	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	1.92	
 	 	$	1.49	
 	 	$	1.19	
 	
Discontinued operations	(0.09	)	 	(0.12	)	 	0.10	
 	
Total basic earnings per share (a)	$	1.83	
 	 	$	1.37	
 	 	$	1.29	
 	
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding	76,923	
 	 	78,275	
 	 	82,182	
 	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	1.74	
 	 	$	1.42	
 	 	$	1.13	
 	
Discontinued operations	(0.08	)	 	(0.11	)	 	0.10	
 	
Total diluted earnings per share (a)	$	1.66	
 	 	$	1.31	
 	 	$	1.23	
 	
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding	84,901	
 	 	82,082	
 	 	86,716	

(a) Earnings per share calculations may contain slight summation differences due to rounding.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Net income	$	141,216	
 	 	$	107,416	
 	 	$	105,972	
 	
Other comprehensive (loss) income:	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency activity, net of tax (See Note 13)	(7,893	)	 	1,924	
 	 	(1,630	)	
Changes in value of available-for-sale securities, net of tax (See Note 13)	108	
 	 	521	
 	 	(160	)	
Other comprehensive (loss) income	$	(7,785	)	 	$	2,445	
 	 	$	(1,790	)	
Comprehensive income	$	133,431	
 	 	$	109,861	
 	 	$	104,182	
 	
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests	266	
 	 	(10	)	 	(29	)	
Comprehensive income attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	133,165	
 	 	$	109,871	
 	 	$	104,211	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

46

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 (in thousands, except shares and per share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	As of December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	
Assets	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	22,927	
 	 	$	26,382	
 	
Accounts receivable, net of allowance	1,134,337	
 	 	877,214	
 	
Inventories	70,185	
 	 	83,939	
 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets, including discontinued operations (See Note 4)	78,534	
 	 	62,106	
 	
Total current assets	$	1,305,983	
 	 	$	1,049,641	
 	
Property and equipment, net	488,132	
 	 	348,858	
 	
Goodwill	899,364	
 	 	826,629	
 	
Other intangible assets, net	165,606	
 	 	137,020	
 	
Other long-term assets, including discontinued operations (See Note 4)	60,553	
 	 	54,160	
 	
Total assets	$	2,919,638	
 	 	$	2,416,308	
 	
Liabilities and Equity	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	
Current maturities of long-term debt	$	51,376	
 	 	$	52,596	
 	
Accounts payable	424,917	
 	 	401,175	
 	
Accrued salaries and wages	66,455	
 	 	31,522	
 	
Other accrued expenses	71,465	
 	 	45,814	
 	
Acquisition-related contingent consideration, current	64,747	
 	 	19,216	
 	
Billings in excess of costs and earnings	121,641	
 	 	123,435	
 	
Other current liabilities, including discontinued operations (See Note 4)	24,945	
 	 	40,377	
 	
Total current liabilities	$	825,546	
 	 	$	714,135	
 	
Acquisition-related contingent consideration, net of current portion	112,370	
 	 	135,712	
 	
Long-term debt	765,425	
 	 	546,323	
 	
Long-term deferred tax liabilities, net	154,883	
 	 	119,388	
 	
Other liabilities	40,356	
 	 	38,875	
 	
Total liabilities	$	1,898,580	
 	 	$	1,554,433	
 	
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 16)	

 	
 	
Equity:	 	 	 	
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; authorized shares - 5,000,000; issued and outstanding shares – none	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Common stock, $0.10 par value; authorized shares - 145,000,000; issued shares - 86,725,372 and 85,915,552 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively	8,672	
 	 	8,592	
 	
Capital surplus	822,836	
 	 	803,166	
 	
Contributed shares (See Note 11)	6,002	
 	 	—	
 	
Retained earnings	341,865	
 	 	200,915	
 	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(13,286	)	 	(5,501	)	
Treasury stock, at cost; 9,467,286 shares as of both December 31, 2013 and 2012	(150,000	)	 	(150,000	)	
Total MasTec, Inc. shareholders’ equity	$	1,016,089	
 	 	$	857,172	
 	
Non-controlling interests	$	4,969	
 	 	$	4,703	
 	
Total equity	$	1,021,058	
 	 	$	861,875	
 	
Total liabilities and equity	$	2,919,638	
 	 	$	2,416,308	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(in thousands, except shares) 

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Common Stock	 	Treasury Stock	 	 	 	 	 	(Accumulated Deficit) Retained Earnings	 	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss	 	Total MasTec, Inc. Shareholders’ Equity	 	Non-Controlling Interests	 	Total Equity	 	
 	Shares	 	Amount	 	Shares	 	Amount	 	Contributed Shares
(Note 11)	 	Capital Surplus	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2010	78,215,189	
 	 	$	7,822	
 	 	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	663,927	
 	 	$	(12,512	)	 	$	(6,156	)	 	$	653,081	
 	 	$	81	
 	 	$	653,162	
 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	106,001	
 	 	 	 	106,001	
 	 	(29	)	 	105,972	
 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive loss	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1,790	)	 	(1,790	)	 	 	 	(1,790	)	 	 	 	
Issuance of common stock, acquisition-related	5,129,642	
 	 	513	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	93,700	
 	 	 	 	 	 	94,213	
 	 	 	 	94,213	
 	 	 	 	
Senior convertible notes, conversion feature, net of tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	10,739	
 	 	 	 	 	 	10,739	
 	 	 	 	10,739	
 	 	 	 	
Non-cash stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,573	
 	 	 	 	 	 	3,573	
 	 	 	 	3,573	
 	 	 	 	
Excess tax benefits, stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	7,766	
 	 	 	 	 	 	7,766	
 	 	 	 	7,766	
 	 	 	 	
Stock options exercised	1,132,396	
 	 	113	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	11,609	
 	 	 	 	 	 	11,722	
 	 	 	 	11,722	
 	 	 	 	
Restricted share awards issued	646,531	
 	 	64	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	64	
 	 	 	 	64	
 	 	 	 	
Other stock issuances, net	38,769	
 	 	4	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	782	
 	 	 	 	 	 	786	
 	 	 	 	786	
 	 	 	 	
Treasury stock acquired, at cost	 	 	 	 	(4,593,663	)	 	(75,000	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(75,000	)	 	 	 	(75,000	)	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2011	85,162,527	
 	 	$	8,516	
 	 	(4,593,663	)	 	$	(75,000	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	792,096	
 	 	$	93,489	
 	 	$	(7,946	)	 	$	811,155	
 	 	$	52	
 	 	$	811,207	
 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	107,426	
 	 	 	 	107,426	
 	 	(10	)	 	107,416	
 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,445	
 	 	2,445	
 	 	 	 	2,445	
 	 	 	 	
Acquisition of non-controlling interest	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	
 	 	4,661	
 	 	4,661	
 	 	 	 	
Non-cash stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,433	
 	 	 	 	 	 	4,433	
 	 	 	 	4,433	
 	 	 	 	
Excess tax benefits, stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	759	
 	 	 	 	 	 	759	
 	 	 	 	759	
 	 	 	 	
Stock options exercised	391,949	
 	 	40	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,678	
 	 	 	 	 	 	3,718	
 	 	 	 	3,718	
 	 	 	 	
Restricted share awards issued	347,889	
 	 	35	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	35	
 	 	 	 	35	
 	 	 	 	
Other stock issuances, net	13,187	
 	 	1	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,200	
 	 	 	 	 	 	2,201	
 	 	 	 	2,201	
 	 	 	 	
Treasury stock acquired, at cost	 	 	 	 	(4,873,623	)	 	(75,000	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(75,000	)	 	 	 	(75,000	)	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2012	85,915,552	
 	 	$	8,592	
 	 	(9,467,286	)	 	$	(150,000	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	803,166	
 	 	$	200,915	
 	 	$	(5,501	)	 	$	857,172	
 	 	$	4,703	
 	 	$	861,875	
 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	140,950	
 	 	 	 	140,950	
 	 	266	
 	 	141,216	
 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive loss	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(7,785	)	 	(7,785	)	 	 	 	(7,785	)	 	 	 	
Non-cash stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	12,944	
 	 	 	 	 	 	12,944	
 	 	 	 	12,944	
 	 	 	 	
Excess tax benefits, stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,315	
 	 	 	 	 	 	4,315	
 	 	 	 	4,315	
 	 	 	 	
Stock options exercised	513,254	
 	 	51	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,816	
 	 	 	 	 	 	3,867	
 	 	 	 	3,867	
 	 	 	 	
Restricted share awards issued	68,122	
 	 	7	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	7	
 	 	 	 	7	
 	 	 	 	
Other stock issuances, net	428,444	
 	 	42	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,577	
 	 	 	 	 	 	4,619	
 	 	 	 	4,619	
 	 	 	 	
Contributed shares	(200,000	)	 	(20	)	 	 	 	 	 	6,002	
 	 	(5,982	)	 	 	 	 	 	—	
 	 	 	 	—	
 	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2013	86,725,372	
 	 	$	8,672	
 	 	(9,467,286	)	 	$	(150,000	)	 	$	6,002	
 	 	$	822,836	
 	 	$	341,865	
 	 	$	(13,286	)	 	$	1,016,089	
 	 	$	4,969	
 	 	$	1,021,058	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	$	141,216	
 	 	$	107,416	
 	 	$	105,972	
 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	140,928	
 	 	92,601	
 	 	75,228	
 	
Non-cash interest expense, including write-off of deferred financing costs on redeemed debt	10,717	
 	 	8,595	
 	 	7,552	
 	
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense	12,944	
 	 	4,433	
 	 	3,573	
 	
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation	(4,315	)	 	(759	)	 	(7,766	)	
Provision for deferred income taxes	6,533	
 	 	5,127	
 	 	40,280	
 	
Provision for losses on construction projects, net	7,332	
 	 	(9,649	)	 	10,509	
 	
Provision for losses on operating assets	8,009	
 	 	9,305	
 	 	5,101	
 	
(Gains) losses on sales of assets	(7,528	)	 	(1,208	)	 	497	
 	
Loss on disposal and impairment charges, discontinued operations	6,036	
 	 	12,922	
 	 	—	
 	
Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(29,041	)	
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of non-cash transactions:	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	(204,330	)	 	(177,313	)	 	(180,839	)	
Inventories	13,481	
 	 	15,448	
 	 	(30,527	)	
Other assets, current and non-current portion	6,246	
 	 	(7,416	)	 	(26,957	)	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	72,514	
 	 	76,285	
 	 	73,099	
 	
Billings in excess of costs and earnings	(8,227	)	 	15,651	
 	 	(34,712	)	
Book overdrafts	6,363	
 	 	116	
 	 	14,906	
 	
Other liabilities, current and non-current portion	(7,517	)	 	20,954	
 	 	(6,143	)	
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	200,402	
 	 	$	172,508	
 	 	$	20,732	
 	
Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(148,567	)	 	(119,459	)	 	(40,681	)	
Proceeds from disposal of business, net of cash divested	(2,997	)	 	97,728	
 	 	—	
 	
Capital expenditures	(126,288	)	 	(79,686	)	 	(71,710	)	
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	15,858	
 	 	7,385	
 	 	6,227	
 	
Proceeds from sale or redemption of investments	14,956	
 	 	—	
 	 	4,600	
 	
Payments for other investments, net	(16,173	)	 	(284	)	 	(284	)	
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(263,211	)	 	$	(94,316	)	 	$	(101,848	)	
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from credit facility	1,149,040	
 	 	959,183	
 	 	370,411	
 	
Repayments of credit facility	(1,249,601	)	 	(885,183	)	 	(310,411	)	
Proceeds from issuance of 4.875% Senior Notes	400,000	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Repayment of 7.625% Senior Notes	(150,000	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Repayments of other borrowings	(27,705	)	 	(21,455	)	 	(13,956	)	
Payments of capital lease obligations	(43,040	)	 	(21,060	)	 	(16,458	)	
Repurchase of common stock	—	
 	 	(75,000	)	 	(75,000	)	
Proceeds from stock-based awards, net of tax withholdings	8,355	
 	 	5,013	
 	 	12,542	
 	
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation	4,315	
 	 	759	
 	 	7,766	
 	
Payments of acquisition-related contingent consideration	(18,683	)	 	(33,936	)	 	(44,714	)	
Payments of financing costs, including call premiums on extinguishment of debt	(13,688	)	 	(117	)	 	(6,589	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	58,993	
 	 	$	(71,796	)	 	$	(76,409	)	
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(3,816	)	 	6,396	
 	 	(157,525	)	
Net effect of currency translation on cash	(24	)	 	91	
 	 	201	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	26,767	
 	 	20,280	
 	 	177,604	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	22,927	
 	 	$	26,767	
 	 	$	20,280	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations	$	—	
 	 	$	385	
 	 	$	12,874	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations	$	22,927	
 	 	$	26,382	
 	 	$	7,406	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental cash flow information:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest paid	$	37,531	
 	 	$	27,074	
 	 	$	27,607	
 	
Income taxes paid, net of refunds	$	79,504	
 	 	$	58,968	
 	 	$	27,803	
 	
Receipt of inventory prepaid in prior year	$	—	
 	 	$	12,005	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash information:	 	 	 	 	 	
Equipment acquired under capital lease	$	86,330	
 	 	$	60,648	
 	 	$	7,412	
 	
Equipment acquired under financing arrangements	$	24,244	
 	 	$	6,009	
 	 	$	25,788	
 	
Conversion of equipment leases from operating to capital	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	23,366	
 	
Value of acquisition-related contingent consideration	$	29,971	
 	 	$	66,700	
 	 	$	48,111	
 	
Value of shares contributed by shareholder, former owner of acquired business	$	6,002	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Shares issued in connection with business combinations	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	94,213	
 	
Exchange of senior convertible notes	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	202,322	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

49

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 – Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of the Business
MasTec, Inc. (collectively with its subsidiaries, “MasTec” or the “Company”) is a leading infrastructure construction company operating mainly throughout North America across a range of industries. The Company’s primary activities include the engineering, building, installation, maintenance and upgrade of energy, utility and communications infrastructure, such as: petroleum and natural gas pipeline infrastructure; wireless, wireline and satellite communications; electrical utility transmission and distribution; power generation; and industrial infrastructure. MasTec’s customers are primarily in these industries. MasTec reports its results under five reportable segments:  (1)  Communications;  (2)  Oil and Gas;  (3)  Electrical Transmission;  (4)  Power Generation and Industrial; and  (5)  Other. See Note 15 - Segments and Related Information.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include MasTec, Inc. and its subsidiaries and include the accounts of all majority-owned subsidiaries over which the Company exercises control and, when applicable, entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. Other parties’ interests in companies for which MasTec exercises control and has a controlling financial interest are reported as non-controlling interests within equity. Net income or loss attributable to non-controlling interests is reported as a separate line item below net income. The Company’s investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling interest, but has the ability to exert significant influence, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Equity method investments are recorded as long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Income or loss from these investments is recorded in other income or expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. The cost method is used for investments in entities in which the Company does not have the ability to exert significant influence. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates, with resulting translation gains or losses accumulated within other comprehensive income or loss. Revenue and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Gains or losses resulting from transactions executed in a foreign currency are included in other income or expense, net. The Company does not currently have any subsidiaries that operate in highly inflationary environments. The results of operations and financial position of any discontinued operations are aggregated and presented separately from the Company's continuing operations in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
Management Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Key estimates include: the recognition of revenue, in particular, on long-term construction contracts, including estimates of costs to complete projects and provisions for contract losses; allowances for doubtful accounts; accrued self-insured claims; estimated fair values of goodwill and intangible assets, acquisition-related contingent consideration, assets and liabilities classified as held-for-sale, convertible debt obligations and investments in cost and equity method investees; asset lives used in computing depreciation and amortization, including amortization of intangible assets; share-based compensation; accounting for income taxes; and the estimated impact of contingencies and ongoing litigation. While management believes that such estimates are fair when considered in conjunction with the consolidated financial position and results of operations taken as a whole, actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.
Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues are derived from projects performed under master and other service agreements as well as from fixed price contracts for specific projects or jobs requiring the construction and installation of an entire infrastructure system or specified units within an entire infrastructure system. The Company frequently provides maintenance, installation and repair work under unit price or fixed price master service or other service agreements that are renewed on a periodic basis. Revenue and related costs for master and other service agreements billed on a time and materials basis are recognized as the services are rendered. The Company also performs services under master and other service agreements on a fixed fee basis, under which MasTec furnishes specified units of service for a fixed price per unit of service and revenue is recognized as the services are rendered. Revenues from fixed price contracts provide for a fixed amount of revenue for the entire project, subject to certain additions for changed scope or specifications. Revenues from these contracts are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method. Under this method, the percentage of revenue to be recognized for a given project is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date on the contract to the total estimated costs for the contract. Such contracts provide that the customer accept completion of progress to date and compensate the Company for services rendered, which may be measured in terms of costs incurred, units installed, hours expended or some other measure of progress. Contract costs include all direct materials, labor and subcontracted costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs and the operational costs of capital equipment (excluding depreciation). Much of the materials associated with the Company’s work are customer-furnished and are therefore not included in contract revenues and costs.

50

Table of Contents

The cost estimation process for revenue recognized under the percentage-of-completion method is based on the professional knowledge and experience of the Company’s engineers, project managers and financial professionals. Changes in job performance, job conditions and final contract settlements are factors that influence management’s assessment of total contract value and the total estimated costs to complete those contracts and, therefore, the Company’s profit recognition. Changes in these factors may result in revisions to costs and income, and their effects are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. Provisions for losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined to be probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Fixed price projects are generally completed within one year. The Company may incur costs subject to change orders, whether approved or unapproved by the customer, and/or claims related to certain contracts. Management determines the probability that such costs will be recovered based upon evidence such as engineering studies and legal opinions, past practices with the customer, specific discussions, correspondence or preliminary negotiations with the customer. The Company treats project costs as a cost of contract performance in the period incurred if it is not probable that the costs will be recovered, or defers costs and/or recognizes revenue up to the amount of the related cost if it is probable that the contract price will be adjusted and can be reliably estimated. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had approximately $79 million and $40 million, respectively, of change orders and/or claims that had been included as contract price adjustments on certain contracts that were in the process of being negotiated in the normal course of business. These contract price adjustments represent management's best estimate of additional contract revenues that have earned and that management believes are probable of collection. The amounts ultimately realized upon final acceptance by its customers could be higher or lower than such estimated amounts, which are primarily expected to be billed and collected within one year.       
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts are classified as current liabilities. Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, or work in process, is classified within current assets for the majority of the Company’s projects. Work in process on contracts is based on work performed but not yet billed to customers as per individual contract terms.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Management analyzes the collectibility of accounts receivable and the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on a regular basis, based on the aging of account balances, historical bad debt experience, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, customer financial condition and credit reports, availability of mechanics’ and other liens, existence of payment bonds and other sources of payment and current economic trends. For reporting units where losses have occurred historically and are considered to be ordinary course, reserves are established for anticipated losses based on an analysis of the accounts receivable portfolio. For reporting units where historical losses have been immaterial, an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded when it is probable a receivable is not collectible and the loss can be reasonably estimated. Amounts are written off against the allowance when deemed uncollectible.
If estimates of the collectibility of accounts receivable change, or should customers experience unanticipated financial difficulties, or if anticipated recoveries in existing bankruptcies or other work-out situations fail to materialize, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts may be required. Estimates of collectibility are subject to significant change during times of economic weakness or uncertainty in either the overall economy or within the industries served by MasTec. Management actively monitors the economic environment and its impact on MasTec's customers in connection with its evaluation of accounts receivable aging, collections and the adequacy of its reserve for doubtful accounts.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash consisting of interest-bearing demand deposits is carried at cost, which approximates fair value. All highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents, which are carried at fair value. On a daily basis, available funds are swept from the Company’s depository accounts into a concentration account, which are used to repay outstanding revolving loans under the Company’s credit facility. Other cash balances maintained by certain operating subsidiaries, which are not swept into the concentration account, as well as deposits made subsequent to the daily cash sweep, are classified as cash. The Company generally does not fund its disbursement accounts for checks it has written until the checks are presented to the bank for payment. Outstanding checks that have not yet cleared through the banking system represent book overdrafts, which are classified within accounts payable. There are no compensating balance requirements associated with the Company’s depository accounts and there are no other restrictions on the transfer of cash associated with the Company’s depository accounts. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, book overdrafts totaled $21.4 million and $15.0 million, respectively.
Inventories
Inventories consist of materials and supplies for construction and installation projects, which are valued at the lower of cost or market using either the average cost or specific identification methods of costing. For materials or supplies purchased on behalf of specific customers or projects, loss of the customer or cancellation of the project could result in an impairment of the value of materials purchased. Technological or market changes can also render certain materials obsolete. Allowances for inventory obsolescence are determined based upon the specific facts and circumstances and market conditions. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, inventory obsolescence reserves were $2.6 million and $2.0 million, respectively.
Long-Lived Assets
The Company’s long-lived assets consist primarily of property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets. Property and equipment are recorded at cost, or if acquired in a business combination, at the acquisition date fair value. In addition, certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining internal-use software are capitalized within office furniture and equipment. Depreciation and amortization of long-lived assets is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Property and equipment under capital leases are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for betterments and

51

Table of Contents

major improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful lives of the assets. The carrying amounts of assets sold or retired and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated in the year of disposal and the resulting gains and losses are included in other income or expense. Acquired intangible assets that have finite useful lives are recognized and amortized over their useful lives, which are generally based on contractual or legal rights.
Management reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be realizable. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount to determine if there has been an impairment. The amount of an impairment is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the asset and its carrying value. Estimates of future undiscounted cash flows are based on management’s view of growth rates for the related business, anticipated future economic conditions and estimates of residual values. Estimated fair values take into consideration appropriate discount rates relative to risk. Management believes that these estimates are consistent with assumptions that marketplace participants would use in their estimates of fair value. For the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, no material impairment charges were incurred relating to the Company’s long-lived assets of continuing operations.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. The Company performs its annual impairment review of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter each year. Goodwill is evaluated at the reporting unit level, which is one level below the Company's reportable segments. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. Each of the Company's reporting units comprises one component of one of its five reportable segments. Management identifies its reporting units by assessing whether components have discrete financial information available, engage in business activities and whether a segment manager regularly reviews the operating results of that component. Net assets of acquired businesses and related goodwill are allocated to the corresponding reporting units upon acquisition, based upon the Company's expected organizational structure. If two or more components are deemed economically similar, those components are aggregated into one reporting unit for purposes of the Company's annual goodwill impairment review. No components have been aggregated for the annual impairment reviews.
During the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, the Company assessed qualitative factors to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s reporting units were less than their carrying amounts as a basis for determining whether it was necessary to perform the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test. Based on these analyses, the Company estimated the fair values of three of its reporting units using a discounted cash flow methodology, which incorporated management estimates including five-year projections of revenues, operating costs and cash flows considering historical and anticipated future results, general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies. Management applied a discounted cash flow technique utilizing a terminal value equal to 5.5 times estimated year five EBITDA, which is defined as earnings from continuing operations before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. The discount rate was estimated to be 7.2% per annum and represented the Company’s estimated cost of capital at the time of the analysis. A 100 basis point change in the discount rate would not have had a material impact on the results of the impairment analyses. Based upon the Company's analysis, the estimated fair values of the Company’s reporting units for its continuing operations businesses were determined to substantially exceed their carrying values for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.
       
During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company assessed qualitative factors to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair values of its indefinite-lived intangible assets were less than their carrying amounts. For the year ended December 31, 2011, management estimated the fair values of its indefinite-lived intangible assets based on estimates of growth rates for the related businesses and estimated future economic conditions. Based upon the results of these analyses, the estimated fair values of the Company's indefinite-lived intangible assets were determined to exceed their carrying values for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2013.
Business Combinations – Valuation of Acquired Net Assets and Estimated Future Earn-Out Obligations
The Company allocates the purchase price for each business combination, or acquired business, based upon (i) the fair value of the consideration paid and (ii) the fair value of net assets acquired. The determination of the fair value of net assets acquired requires estimates and judgments of future cash flow expectations for the acquired business and the allocation of those cash flows to identifiable tangible and intangible assets. Fair values are calculated by incorporating expected cash flows into industry standard valuation techniques. For current assets and current liabilities, the book value is generally assumed to equal the fair value. Goodwill is the amount by which the purchase consideration exceeds the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually and, if impaired, their carrying value is reduced to fair value. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred, and are included in general and administrative costs for all years presented.
Consideration paid generally consists of cash, common stock and potential future payments that are contingent upon the acquired business achieving certain levels of earnings in the future, which are also referred to as “contingent consideration” or “earn-outs.” A liability for contingent consideration is measured at its estimated fair value as of the date of acquisition, with subsequent changes in fair value recorded as a component of other income or expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Fair value as of the date of acquisition is estimated based on projections of expected future cash flows for the acquired business. If, subsequent to the date of acquisition, future earn-out payments are expected to exceed earn-out payments estimated as of the date of acquisition, then a loss would be recognized in the period in which that expectation is considered probable. Conversely, if earn-out payments are expected to fall below earn-out payments estimated as of the date of acquisition, a gain would be recognized in the period that expectation is considered probable.
Due to the time required to gather and analyze the necessary data for each acquisition, U.S. GAAP provides a “measurement period” of up to one year in which to finalize such calculations. Most calculations are considered preliminary until the end of the measurement period. All subsequent adjustments to initial valuations and estimates during the measurement period that reflect newly discovered information that existed as

52

Table of Contents

of the date of acquisition are recorded with an offsetting entry to goodwill; otherwise, those adjustments are reflected as income or expense, as appropriate. The consolidated financial information for the period of acquisition is revised for such measurement period adjustments when that period is presented in future consolidated financial statements.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs related to the Company’s credit facility, senior notes and senior convertible notes, whose short and long-term portions are included in other current and non-current assets, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets, are amortized over the related terms of the debt using the effective interest method. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred $9.6 million of deferred financing costs related to the issuance of its 4.875% Senior Notes and its 2013 Credit Facility and recorded a charge of $1.5 million for the write-off of deferred financing costs related to its 7.625% Senior Notes. Net deferred financing costs as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $14.0 million and $9.9 million, respectively.
Self-Insurance
The Company is self-insured up to the amount of the deductible for its insurance policies. MasTec maintains insurance policies subject to per claim deductibles of $1.5 million for its workers’ compensation policy, $2.0 million for its general liability policy and $2.0 million for its automobile liability policy. The Company has excess umbrella coverage up to $100.0 million per claim and in the aggregate. Liabilities under these insurance programs are accrued based upon management’s estimates of the ultimate liability for claims reported and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported with assistance from third-party actuaries. MasTec also maintains an insurance policy with respect to employee group health claims, which is subject to annual per employee maximum losses of $0.5 million. MasTec’s liability for employee group claims is based on statistical analysis of historical claims experience and specific knowledge of actual losses that have occurred. The Company is also required to post letters of credit and provide cash collateral to certain of its insurance carriers and to obtain insurance-related surety bonds in certain states. Cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers is included in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
The present value of the Company’s self-insurance liabilities are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as current and other non-current liabilities. The determination of such claims and expenses and the appropriateness of the related liability is reviewed and updated quarterly, however, these insurance liabilities are difficult to assess and estimate due to unknown factors, including the severity of an injury, the determination of the Company’s liability in proportion to other parties and the number of incidents not reported. Accruals are based upon known facts and historical trends and management believes such accruals to be adequate. However, a change in experience or actuarial assumptions could materially affect results of operations in a particular period.
Income Taxes
The Company records income taxes using the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequence of temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Income taxes are estimated in each of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. This process involves estimating the tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets. The recording of a deferred tax asset assumes the realization of such asset in the future. Otherwise, a valuation allowance must be recorded to reduce this asset to its estimated net realizable value. Management considers future pretax income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the estimated net realizable value of tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance. If management determines that the Company may not be able to realize all or part of a deferred tax asset in the future, a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset is charged to income tax expense in the period such determination is made.
In determining the provision for income taxes, management uses an effective tax rate based on annual pre-tax income, statutory tax rates, permanent tax differences and tax planning opportunities in the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Significant factors that impact the annual effective tax rate include management’s assessment of certain tax matters, the location and amount of taxable earnings, changes in certain non-deductible expenses and expected credits. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has not made a provision for U.S. income taxes on unremitted foreign earnings because such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested outside the United States. Generally, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and certain other circumstances.
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in numerous tax jurisdictions, including U.S. federal, most U.S. states and certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for years ending on or after December 31, 2010, and many U.S. state and local income tax returns, remain open for examination. Although management believes its calculations for tax returns are correct and the positions taken thereon are reasonable, the final outcome of tax audits could be materially different from the resolution management currently anticipates, and those differences could result in significant costs or benefits to the Company. If applicable, any interest or penalties pertaining to the Company’s income tax returns, if assessed, would be recorded within interest expense or general and administrative expense, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has granted to employees and others restricted stock and options to purchase common stock. Non-cash stock compensation expense is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Share-based payments, to the extent they are compensatory, are recognized based on their grant date fair values and the estimated number of shares ultimately expected to vest. The Company records a deferred tax asset, or future tax benefit, based on the amount of share-based compensation recognized in the financial statements over the vesting period of share-based awards. If the exercise date fair value of a stock option, or the vesting date fair value of a restricted share award,

53

Table of Contents

exceeds its grant date fair value, the tax effect of this difference (“excess tax benefit”) is recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital (“APIC”), creating an “APIC Pool.” If the exercise date fair value of a stock option, or the vesting date fair value of a restricted share award is less than its grant date fair value, the tax effect of this difference would reduce the APIC Pool. If the APIC Pool is reduced to zero, subsequent shortfalls would increase income tax expense.
Grants of restricted stock are valued based on the closing market price of MasTec’s common stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense arising from restricted stock grants, which have cliff vesting terms, is amortized on a straight line basis over the vesting period. Vesting periods for grants of restricted stock range from day of issuance to three years. As of December 31, 2013, all outstanding stock options are fully vested.
In connection with the issuance of shares under share-based compensation awards, at the employees' election, the Company withholds shares of common stock having the value required to satisfy the recipients' minimum statutory tax withholding requirements. These shares are repurchased or withheld in conjunction with net share settlement of the related awards upon vesting for restricted stock awards or upon exercise for stock options. The Company then pays the corresponding withholding taxes to the appropriate taxing authorities in cash on behalf of the recipient.  Although the withheld shares are not issued, they are treated as common stock repurchases in the consolidated financial statements, as they reduce the number of shares that would have been issued upon vesting. Withheld shares, which are valued at the closing share price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of vesting or exercise, as applicable, are classified as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.
Litigation and Contingencies
Litigation and contingencies are reflected in the consolidated financial statements based on management's assessments, along with legal counsel, of the expected outcome of litigation proceedings or the expected resolution of the contingency. Liabilities for estimated losses are accrued if the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether the amount of an exposure is reasonably estimable. Due to uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, management reassesses potential liabilities related to pending claims and litigation and may revise its previous estimates, which could materially affect the Company's results of operations in a given period.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers, life insurance assets, cost and equity method investments, deferred compensation plan assets and liabilities, accounts payable and other current liabilities, assets and liabilities classified as held-for-sale, acquisition-related contingent consideration and debt obligations. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value guidance establishes a valuation hierarchy, which requires maximizing the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of inputs that may be used are:
Level 1 - Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Observable market based inputs or other observable inputs.
Level 3 - Significant unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data. These values are generally determined using valuation models incorporating management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.
Fair values of financial instruments are estimated through the use of public market prices, quotes from financial institutions and other available information. Due to their short-term maturity, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable and accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate their fair values. Management believes the carrying values of cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers, deferred compensation plan assets and liabilities and outstanding balances on its credit facility approximate their fair values. Cost and equity method investments are initially recorded at their cost basis. The fair value of the Company’s cost and equity method investments are not readily available, however, disclosure of their fair value is not required. Management is not aware of events or changes in circumstances that would have a material adverse effect on the carrying value of the Company’s cost or equity method investments. See Note 6 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments for estimated fair values and carrying amounts of the Company’s other financial instruments.
New Accounting Pronouncements
Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-11,  Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)  (“ASU 2013-11”).  ASU 2013-11 provides guidance on the presentation in the financial statements of an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, and explains that unrecognized tax benefits should be presented as a reduction to deferred tax assets for net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses or tax credit carryforwards. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward is not available as of the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction, or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. ASU 2013-11 applies to all entities that have unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward exists as of the reporting date. ASU 2013-11 is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning

54

Table of Contents

after December 15, 2013. Retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income  (“ASU 2013-02”).  The amendment requires disclosure of information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, disclosure is required, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented, or in the notes, of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional detail about those amounts. The new requirements are effective for public companies in interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted ASU 2013-02 retrospectively as of January 1, 2013. See the Consolidated Statements of Equity and Note 13 - Equity for related disclosures.
Note 2 – Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing earnings available to MasTec’s common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing earnings by the number of fully diluted shares, which includes the effect of dilutive potential issuances of common shares as determined using earnings from continuing operations. The potential issuance of common shares upon the exercise, conversion or vesting of outstanding stock options and unvested restricted share awards, as calculated under the treasury stock method, as well as shares associated with the Company’s outstanding convertible debt securities, may be dilutive. 
The following table provides details underlying the Company’s earnings per share calculations for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Net income attributable to MasTec:	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income, continuing operations - basic (a)	$	147,492	
 	 	$	116,639	
 	 	$	97,454	
 	
Interest expense, net of tax, 2009 Convertible Notes	315	
 	 	311	
 	 	487	
 	
Net income, continuing operations - diluted	$	147,807	
 	 	$	116,950	
 	 	$	97,941	
 	
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations - basic and diluted (a)	(6,542	)	 	(9,213	)	 	8,547	
 	
Net income attributable to MasTec - diluted	$	141,265	
 	 	$	107,737	
 	 	$	106,488	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic	76,923	
 	 	78,275	
 	 	82,182	
 	
Dilutive common stock equivalents	777	
 	 	883	
 	 	1,127	
 	
Dilutive premium shares, 2011 Convertible Notes	6,395	
 	 	2,118	
 	 	2,162	
 	
Dilutive shares, 2009 Convertible Notes	806	
 	 	806	
 	 	1,245	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted	84,901	
 	 	82,082	
 	 	86,716	
 	
(a) Calculated as total net income less amounts attributable to non-controlling interests.
Outstanding Convertibles Notes - Diluted Share Impact
The Company has $215.0 million principal amount of senior convertible notes outstanding, composed of $202.3 million of senior convertible notes issued in 2011 (the "2011 Convertible Notes") and approximately $12.6 million of senior convertible notes issued in 2009 (the "2009 Convertible Notes"). Dilutive shares associated with the 2009 Convertible Notes are attributable to the underlying principal amounts. The number of common shares issuable upon conversion of the Company’s 2009 Convertible Notes is reflected in the calculation of weighted average diluted earnings per share for the corresponding periods by application of the “if-converted” method to the extent their effect on the computation of earnings per share from continuing operations is dilutive. Under the “if-converted” method, net income from continuing operations is adjusted to add back the after-tax amount of interest recognized in the period associated with the convertible notes, and correspondingly, the convertible notes are assumed to have been converted with the resulting common shares added to weighted average shares outstanding.  Due to the optional cash settlement feature and the Company's intent to settle the principal amount in cash, the conversion shares underlying the outstanding principal amount of the 2011 Convertible Notes, totaling approximately 13.0 million shares, are not required to be included in the Company's diluted share count. If, however, the average price per share of the Company's common stock exceeds the respective conversion prices of the 2011 Convertible Notes, the resulting amount, in shares, of any premium is required to be included in the Company's diluted share count, also referred to as premium shares.   The number of premium shares included in our diluted share count will vary with fluctuations in our share price. Higher actual share prices result in a greater number of premium shares. As the Company’s weighted average stock price for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 exceeded the conversion prices of the 2011 Convertible Notes, dilutive premium shares have been included in the Company's share count for the corresponding periods.
The 2011 Convertible Notes consist of $105.3 million principal amount of 4.0% senior convertible notes, convertible at $15.76 per share (the "2011 4.0% Notes") and $97.0 million principal amount of 4.25% senior convertible notes, convertible at $15.48 per share (the "2011 4.25% Notes"). The calculations underlying the number of premium shares included in the Company’s diluted share count for the periods indicated are as

55

Table of Contents

follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 	As of and for the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Premium Share Information:	2011 4.0%
Notes	 	2011 4.25%
Notes	 	2011 4.0%
Notes	 	2011 4.25%
Notes	 	2011 4.0%
Notes	 	2011 4.25%
Notes	
Number of conversion shares, principal amount	6,683	
 	 	6,268	
 	 	6,683	
 	 	6,268	
 	 	6,683	
 	 	6,268	
 	
Weighted average actual per share price	$	30.86	
 	 	$	30.86	
 	 	$	18.68	
 	 	$	18.68	
 	 	$	18.90	
 	 	$	18.88	
 	
Weighted average premium value	$	100,911	
 	 	$	96,423	
 	 	$	19,494	
 	 	$	20,064	
 	 	$	20,968	
 	 	$	21,319	
 	
Weighted average equivalent premium shares	3,270	
 	 	3,125	
 	 	1,044	
 	 	1,074	
 	 	1,067	
 	 	1,095	
 	
Diluted Shares, Other Information
For the year ended December 31, 2013, there were no anti-dilutive common stock equivalents. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, a total of 8,313 and 9,479 weighted average anti-dilutive common stock equivalents were not included in the Company’s diluted earnings per share calculations, respectively.
Note 3 – Acquisitions
Allocations of purchase prices for acquisitions are based on estimates of the fair value of consideration paid and of the net assets acquired and are subject to adjustment upon finalization of these fair value estimates. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company acquired several businesses, as discussed below, for which the allocations of purchase price to the fair values of tangible and intangible assets and liabilities, including the estimated values of contingent earn-out obligations and the estimated useful lives of acquired assets for these acquisitions, are provisional and remain preliminary as of December 31, 2013. Management continues to assess the valuation of these items and any ultimate purchase price adjustments that may result based on the final net assets and net working capital of the acquired businesses, as prescribed in the corresponding purchase agreements. 
The Company will revise its preliminary allocations for acquired businesses if new information is obtained about the facts and circumstances existing as of the date of acquisition, or for purchase price adjustments, based on the final net assets and net working capital of the acquired business, as prescribed in the applicable purchase agreement. Such adjustments result in the recognition of, or adjust the fair values of, acquired assets and assumed liabilities, which results in the revision of comparative prior period financial information. These measurement period adjustments are presented as if the adjustments had been taken into account as of the date of acquisition. All changes that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments are included in current period results.  See discussion below pertaining to measurement period adjustments associated with the Company's 2012 acquisitions.

2013 Acquisitions
Big Country
Effective May 1, 2013, MasTec acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Big Country Energy Services, Inc. and its affiliated operating companies (collectively, "Big Country"). Big Country is a North American oil and gas pipeline and facility construction services company, headquartered in Calgary, Alberta, Canada.  Big Country also has construction offices in Alberta, British Columbia and Saskatchewan, Canada, as well as in Wyoming and North Dakota. Big Country's services include oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids gathering systems and pipeline construction; pipeline modification and replacement services; compressor and pumping station construction; and other related services supporting the oil and gas production, processing and transportation industries.  Big Country is expected to significantly expand MasTec's ability to take advantage of the rapidly expanding opportunities anticipated for energy infrastructure work in North America in the coming years. Big Country is reported within the Company's Oil and Gas segment.
The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated fair values of consideration paid and the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as adjusted, as of the date of acquisition (in millions):

56

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	
Purchase price consideration:	May 1, 2013	
Cash	$	103.5	
 	
Fair value of contingent consideration (earn-out liability)	22.8	
 	
Total consideration transferred	$	126.3	
 	
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:	 	
Current assets	$	69.0	
 	
Property and equipment	43.5	
 	
Pre-qualifications	29.6	
 	
Finite-lived intangible assets	10.7	
 	
Current liabilities	(23.0	)	
Long-term debt	(24.4	)	
Deferred income taxes	(14.3	)	
Total identifiable net assets	$	91.1	
 	
Goodwill	$	35.2	
 	
Total net assets acquired, including goodwill	$	126.3	

The fair values and weighted average useful lives of Big Country's acquired finite-lived intangible assets, as adjusted, as of the date of acquisition were assigned as follows:

 	Fair Value	 	Weighted Average Useful Life	
Amortizing intangible assets:	(in millions)	 	(in years)	
Backlog	$	1.9	
 	 	1	
Non-compete agreements	1.8	
 	 	8	
Customer relationships	7.0	
 	 	6	
Total acquired amortizing intangibles	$	10.7	
 	 	5	

Finite-lived intangible assets will be amortized in a manner consistent with the pattern in which the related benefits are expected to be consumed. The intangible asset related to Big Country's pre-qualifications with companies in the oil and gas industry has been assigned an indefinite life as the pre-qualifications are not expected to expire or diminish in value, and the companies to which they relate have extremely long operating histories. Goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the estimated value of Big Country's geographic presence in key high growth Canadian markets, its assembled workforce, its management team's industry-specific project management expertise and synergies expected to be achieved from the combined operations of Big Country and MasTec.  As of the date of acquisition, the total amount of goodwill expected to be deductible for tax purposes was $4.0 million.

The contingent earn-out obligation is equal to 25% of the excess, if any, of Big Country’s EBITDA above certain thresholds for a five-year period, as set forth in the purchase agreement, and is payable annually in cash.  The fair value of the earn-out liability was estimated using an income approach and incorporates significant inputs not observable in the market. Key assumptions in the estimated valuation include the discount rate and probability-weighted EBITDA projections. The range of potential undiscounted payments that MasTec could be required to make under the earn-out arrangement is estimated to be between $1 million and $110 million; however, there is no maximum earn-out payment amount.
Other 2013 Acquisitions

Effective April 1, 2013, MasTec acquired a former subcontractor to its wireless business, which will provide self-perform communications tower construction, installation, maintenance and other services in support of telecommunications infrastructure construction in the Company's Communications segment. In addition, effective August 1, 2013, MasTec acquired an electrical transmission services company, which focuses primarily on substation construction activities within the Company's Electrical Transmission segment. 

Subsequent Event
Effective January 1, 2014, MasTec acquired a telecommunications services firm that specializes in the engineering, installation, furnishing and integration of telecommunications equipment. This company will be included in the Company’s Communications segment. 

2012 Acquisitions
Effective December 1, 2012, MasTec acquired all of the issued and outstanding interests of Bottom Line Services, LLC ("BLS"), a natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure services company for an aggregate purchase price composed of approximately $67.6 million in cash, and a five year earn-out, valued at $11.1 million as of the date of acquisition.  BLS, which is included in the Company's Oil and Gas segment, provides pipeline and facilities construction, painting and maintenance services, primarily in eastern Texas.  Additionally, effective December 1, 2012, MasTec acquired a former subcontractor to MasTec's oil and gas business, which provides self-perform clearing and trenching services for natural gas and petroleum

57

Table of Contents

pipeline infrastructure construction and is included in the Company's Oil and Gas segment. MasTec also acquired a former subcontractor to MasTec's wireless business, which provides self-perform communications tower construction, installation, maintenance and other services in support of telecommunications infrastructure construction and is included in the Company's Communications segment. 
Measurement Period Adjustments
Measurement period adjustments associated with the Company's 2012 acquisitions have been reflected in the Company's December 31, 2012 consolidated balance sheet as follows (in millions):

As of December 31, 2012	
 	As Previously Reported	
 	Measurement Period Adjustments/Reclassifications	
 	As Revised	
Current assets	
 	$	1,047.1	
 	
 	$	2.5	
 	
 	$	1,049.6	
 	
Property and equipment, net	
 	$	350.4	
 	
 	$	(1.5	)	
 	$	348.9	
 	
Goodwill	
 	$	820.3	
 	
 	$	6.3	
 	
 	$	826.6	
 	
Other long-term assets, including discontinued operations	
 	$	53.1	
 	
 	$	1.1	
 	
 	$	54.2	
 	
Current liabilities	
 	$	705.7	
 	
 	$	8.4	
 	
 	$	714.1	
 	
2011 Acquisitions
EC Source
In November 2010, the Company acquired 33% of EC Source Services LLC ("EC Source"), a nationally recognized full-service engineering, procurement and construction services company that installs extra high voltage (“EHV”) electrical transmission systems throughout North America, and, effective May 2, 2011, the Company acquired the remaining 67% membership interest in EC Source for a total ownership percentage of 100%, for an aggregate purchase price composed of 5,129,642 shares of MasTec common stock, valued at $94.2 million, $0.3 million in cash and a five year earn-out, valued at $25.0 million as of the date of acquisition. The earn-out is equal to 20% of the excess, if any, of EC Source’s EBITDA, as defined in the purchase agreement, over $15 million, payable annually at MasTec’s election in common stock, cash or a combination thereof.  The MasTec shares issued on the effective date are subject to transfer restrictions, 25% of which lapsed on May 2, 2012, 25% of which lapsed on May 2, 2013, and 50% of which will lapse on May 2, 2014. In addition, the Company assumed $8.6 million of debt, which relates primarily to equipment loans payable to the former owner of EC Source, $2.6 million of which remains outstanding as of December 31, 2013. EC Source is reported within the Company's Electrical Transmission segment.
The fair value of the shares transferred was based on MasTec’s quoted market price on the closing date, discounted by 10%, 15% and 20% for the estimated effect of the first, second and third year transfer restrictions, respectively. The fair value of the Company's existing 33% equity investment in EC Source was estimated to be $39.6 million immediately before the closing of the merger, resulting in a gain on remeasurement of $29.0 million, which was reflected as a component of other income in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations during the second quarter of 2011. The fair value of the equity investment was determined based on the implied consideration transferred as of the date of the business combination, discounted for the Company’s lack of control as a minority shareholder. The fair value of both the shares transferred and the equity investment were based on Level 2 fair value inputs.  Prior to the effective date of the acquisition, the Company’s investment in EC Source was accounted for under the equity method of accounting.
The following table summarizes the fair value of consideration paid and the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as adjusted, as of date of acquisition (in millions):

Purchase price consideration:	May 2, 2011	
Shares transferred	$	94.2	
 	
Cash	0.3	
 	
Fair value of contingent consideration (earn-out liability)	25.0	
 	
Total consideration transferred	$	119.5	
 	
Fair value of equity investment	$	39.6	
 	
Fair value of total consideration	$	159.1	
 	
Net assets acquired:	 	
Total identifiable net assets	$	38.4	
 	
Goodwill	$	120.7	
 	
Total net assets acquired, including goodwill	$	159.1	

Total identifiable net assets acquired include $12.5 million of amortizing intangible assets and $31.3 million of non-amortizing intangible assets. Finite-lived intangible assets will be amortized in a manner consistent with the pattern in which the related benefits are expected to be consumed. The amortizing intangible assets, which relate to backlog and non-compete agreements, are being amortized over weighted average useful lives of 3

58

Table of Contents

years and 7 years, respectively. The non-amortizing intangible asset relates to EC Source's pre-qualifications with companies in the utilities industry and has been assigned an indefinite life as the pre-qualifications are not expected to expire or diminish in value, and the companies to which they relate have extremely long operating histories. Goodwill arising from the acquisition represents the estimated value of EC Source's geographic presence in key high growth markets, its assembled workforce, its management team's industry-specific project management expertise and synergies expected to be achieved from the combined operations of EC Source and MasTec.  The goodwill balance is not tax deductible.
The fair value of the earn-out obligation was estimated using an income approach and incorporates significant inputs not observable in the market. Key assumptions in the estimated valuation include the discount rate and probability-adjusted EBITDA projections. The range of potential undiscounted payments that MasTec could be required to make under the earn-out arrangement was estimated to be between $0 and approximately $55 million; however, there is no maximum earn-out payment amount.  To date, the Company has paid $7.8 million of this earn-out liability, and $19.5 million is accrued as of December 31, 2013.
Other 2011 Acquisitions
Effective April 1, 2011, MasTec acquired a company based in western Canada that provides natural gas and petroleum pipeline infrastructure construction services, which is included in the Company's Oil and Gas segment. MasTec also purchased a company that provides telephone, cabling, engineering, construction, equipment integration, testing, wiring and computer network services to telecommunications carriers effective April 1, 2011, which is included in the Company's Communications segment. In addition, effective June 1, 2011, MasTec acquired a self-perform wireless infrastructure services company headquartered in California, which is included in the Company's communications segment. Effective June 30, 2011, MasTec also acquired an install-to-the-home contractor, which is included in the Company's Communications segment, that operates primarily in portions of New York, Pennsylvania and New England, and whose primary customer is DIRECTV®.  

Unaudited Pro Forma Information
The following unaudited supplemental pro forma financial information includes the results of operations of each of the companies acquired in 2013, 2012 and 2011 and is presented as if the acquired companies had been consolidated as of the beginning of the year immediately preceding the date of acquisition. The unaudited supplemental pro forma financial information has been provided for illustrative purposes only. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not purport to be indicative of the actual results that would have been achieved by the combined companies for the periods presented, or of the results that may be achieved by the combined companies in the future. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected in the following unaudited pro forma financial information because of future events and transactions, as well as other factors, many of which are beyond MasTec’s control.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information presented below has been prepared by adjusting the historical results of MasTec to include the historical results of the acquisitions described above. The unaudited pro forma combined historical results were then adjusted (i) to remove one-time acquisition costs; (ii) to increase amortization expense resulting from the incremental intangible assets acquired in such acquisitions; (iii) to increase interest expense as a result of the cash consideration paid; and (iv) to reduce interest expense from the repayment of acquired debt. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not include any adjustments to reflect the impact of cost savings or other synergies that may result from these acquisitions. As noted above, the unaudited pro forma financial information does not purport to be indicative of the actual results that would have been achieved by the combined companies for the periods presented or that may be achieved by the combined company in the future. 

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Pro forma financial information:	(unaudited, in millions)	
Revenue	$	4,444.0	
 	 	$	4,201.4	
 	 	$	3,037.8	
 	
Net income from continuing operations	$	156.4	
 	 	$	137.5	
 	 	$	104.2	

Results of Businesses Acquired
    
Revenues and net income resulting from the year over year incremental impact of businesses acquired in 2013, 2012 and 2011 included within the Company's consolidated results of operations for the years indicated are as follows (in millions):

 	Years Ended December 31,	
Year over year impact of acquired businesses:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Revenue	$	406.6	
 	 	$	170.8	
 	 	$	258.9	
 	
Net income from continuing operations	$	20.0	
 	 	$	11.8	
 	 	$	10.7	

The above results do not include acquisition costs of $1.6 million, $0.7 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The above results also do not include interest expense associated with consideration paid for these acquisitions.
Note 4 – Discontinued Operations
In determining whether a group of assets to be disposed of should be presented as a discontinued operation, the Company determines whether such assets comprise a component of the Company, which includes an assessment as to whether it has historic operations and cash flows that can be

59

Table of Contents

clearly distinguished. The Company also determines whether the cash flows associated with the group of assets will be significantly eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction and whether the Company will have no significant continuing involvement in the operations of the disposed assets after the disposal transaction. If management believes these conditions exist, then the assets and liabilities and results of operations of the assets to be disposed, as well as any estimated gain or loss on the disposal transaction, are aggregated for presentation separately from the financial position and operating results of the Company's continuing operations.
For those businesses for which management has committed to a plan of sale, the business is valued at the lower of its carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. If the carrying amount of the business exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. Estimated fair value is determined using management estimates and entity-specific assumptions. Management considers historical experience and all available information at the time such estimates are made; however, the fair value that is ultimately recognized upon sale of the related business may differ from the estimated fair value as reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Depreciation and amortization expense is not recorded on assets of a business to be sold once that business has been classified as held for sale.
Globetec
In September 2012, the Company's board of directors approved a plan of sale for its Globetec business. Accordingly, Globetec's projects and assets are reflected as assets and liabilities of discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheets for all periods presented, and Globetec's results of operations are presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. Effective August 31, 2013, the Company sold all of its membership interests in Globetec for nominal consideration and retained certain contingent assets, including two pre-closing intercompany loans of $2.0 million and $5.6 million, all of which remained outstanding as of December 31, 2013. The loans bear interest at 0.25% and 5% per annum, respectively, and mature on October 3, 2014, or earlier if Globetec collects certain amounts from its customers. The $5.6 million note has an option to extend the maturity by an additional year at an increased interest rate of 10% per annum. The sale agreement provided that the Company would retain certain contingent assets and liabilities of the Globetec business, which are reported in discontinued operations as set forth below.
The Company believes the notes receivable represent a variable interest in Globetec. The Company holds no power to control the activities of Globetec, owns no equity interests in Globetec and is not the primary beneficiary of the Globetec business. In addition to the loans described above, the Company has issued surety bonds, $15.9 million of which remained outstanding as of December 31, 2013 for projects that Globetec had completed as of December 31, 2013 or expects to complete before May 2014, for which the costs to complete are estimated to be $1 million as of December 31, 2013. The Company believes an insignificant amount is at risk under these surety bonds as of December 31, 2013. The Company is not obligated and does not intend to support Globetec in the future.
The following table contains a summary of assets and liabilities associated with Globetec (in millions). As of December 31, 2013, the assets and liabilities represent the values of the contingent assets and liabilities, as described above, that were retained by the Company.

 	December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	
Current assets	$	2.3	
 	 	$	18.6	
 	
Long-term assets	10.1	
 	 	7.7	
 	
Assets of discontinued operations	$	12.4	
 	 	$	26.3	
 	
Current liabilities of discontinued operations	$	1.2	
 	 	$	10.7	

The following table presents results from discontinued operations associated with Globetec for the periods indicated (in millions):

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Revenue	$	18.0	
 	 	$	18.8	
 	 	$	29.2	
 	
Loss from operations, before tax	(2.9	)	 	(7.0	)	 	(7.4	)	
Loss on disposal and impairment charges, before tax	(6.0	)	 	(12.7	)	 	—	
 	
Benefit from income taxes	2.4	
 	 	6.8	
 	 	2.2	
 	
Net loss from discontinued operations	$	(6.5	)	 	$	(12.9	)	 	$	(5.2	)	
DirectStar
In May 2012, Red Ventures exercised its option to acquire from the Company the equity interests in DirectStar, which provides marketing and sales services on behalf of DIRECTV®. The Company consummated the sale of DirectStar to Red Ventures in June 2012 for a net sale price of $98.9 million in cash. DirectStar is presented as a discontinued operation in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.  Net income from discontinued operations for DirectStar totaled $3.7 million and $13.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

60

Table of Contents

Note 5 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Following is a reconciliation of changes in goodwill by reportable segment for the Company's continuing operations (in millions):

 	Communications	 	Oil and Gas	 	Electrical
Transmission	 	Power
Generation and Industrial	 	Total Goodwill	
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	258.0	
 	 	$	209.7	
 	 	$	129.5	
 	 	$	117.6	
 	 	$	714.8	
 	
Additions from new business combinations	40.4	
 	 	46.1	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	86.5	
 	
Accruals of acquisition-related contingent consideration  (a)	7.7	
 	 	17.8	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	25.5	
 	
Currency translation adjustments	—	
 	 	(0.2	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(0.2	)	
Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	306.1	
 	 	$	273.4	
 	 	$	129.5	
 	 	$	117.6	
 	 	$	826.6	
 	
Additions from new business combinations	8.0	
 	 	35.2	
 	 	19.4	
 	 	—	
 	 	62.6	
 	
Accruals of acquisition-related contingent consideration  (a)	13.6	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	13.6	
 	
Currency translation adjustments	—	
 	 	(3.4	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(3.4	)	
Balance as of December 31, 2013	$	327.7	
 	 	$	305.2	
 	 	$	148.9	
 	 	$	117.6	
 	 	$	899.4	
 	
(a) Represents contingent consideration for acquisitions prior to January 1, 2009, which is only accrued as earned, in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in other intangible assets, net, for the Company's continuing operations (in millions):

 	 	Other Intangible Assets	
 	 	Non-amortizing	 	Amortizing	 	 	
 	 	Trade Names	 	Pre-Qualifications	 	Customer Relationships and Backlog	 	Other (a)	 	Total	
Other intangible assets, gross carrying amount as of December 31, 2011	 	$	34.8	
 	 	$	31.3	
 	 	$	75.6	
 	 	$	20.3	
 	 	$	162.0	
 	
Accumulated amortization	 	 	 	 	 	(37.4	)	 	(13.9	)	 	(51.3	)	
Other intangible assets, net, as of December 31, 2011	 	$	34.8	
 	 	$	31.3	
 	 	$	38.2	
 	 	$	6.4	
 	 	$	110.7	
 	
Additions from new business combinations	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	34.0	
 	 	4.5	
 	 	38.5	
 	
Amortization expense	 	 	 	 	 	(10.9	)	 	(1.3	)	 	(12.2	)	
Other intangible assets, net, as of December 31, 2012	 	$	34.8	
 	 	$	31.3	
 	 	$	61.3	
 	 	$	9.6	
 	 	$	137.0	
 	
Additions from new business combinations	 	—	
 	 	29.6	
 	 	19.5	
 	 	2.8	
 	 	51.9	
 	
Amortization expense	 	 	 	 	 	(19.6	)	 	(1.6	)	 	(21.2	)	
Currency translation adjustments	 	—	
 	 	(1.5	)	 	(0.5	)	 	(0.1	)	 	(2.1	)	
Other intangible assets, net, as of December 31, 2013	 	$	34.8	
 	 	$	59.4	
 	 	$	60.7	
 	 	$	10.7	
 	 	$	165.6	
 	
Remaining weighted average amortization period (in years)	 	
 	
 	 	 	 	11	 	10	 	11	
(a) Consists principally of trade names and non-compete agreements.
Amortization expense associated with intangible assets of the Company's continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $21.2 million, $12.2 million, and $13.9 million, respectively. Expected future amortization expense associated with intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 is summarized in the following table (in millions):

 	Amortization 
Expense	
2014	$	16.2	
 	
2015	12.5	
 	
2016	9.6	
 	
2017	7.4	
 	
2018	5.6	
 	
Thereafter	20.1	
 	
Total	$	71.4	

61

Table of Contents

Note 6 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company held certain assets and liabilities required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair value hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement classification below has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Management’s assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability. The fair values of financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis were determined using the following inputs as of the dates indicated (in millions):

 	 	 	Fair Value Measurements
Using Inputs Considered as Significant	
 	Fair Value as of
December 31, 2013	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Life insurance surrender values	$	5.3	
 	 	$	5.3	

Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisition-related contingent consideration	$	162.9	
 	 	 	 	 	 	$	162.9	

 	 	 	Fair Value Measurements
Using Inputs Considered as Significant	
 	Fair Value as of
December 31, 2012	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Life insurance surrender values	$	11.9	
 	 	$	11.9	
 	 	 	 	 	
Auction rate securities	$	14.4	
 	 	 	 	 	 	$	14.4	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisition-related contingent consideration	$	143.6	
 	 	 	 	 	 	$	143.6	
 	
Life Insurance Policies, Cash Surrender Values. Cash surrender values of life insurance policies are based on current cash surrender values as quoted by insurance carriers.  Life insurance policies support the Company’s deferred compensation plan assets and certain of its split dollar agreements.

Auction Rate Securities. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company held available-for-sale auction rate securities, which were classified as long-term assets in the consolidated financial statements. In 2013, one of the Company's student loan auction rate securities was redeemed at its par value. Also in 2013, the Company sold its structured finance and remaining student loan auction rate securities. Proceeds from the Company's sold and redeemed securities totaled $15.0 million, for which the Company realized a net gain of $0.4 million. As of December 31, 2012, estimated fair value and unrealized losses, net of unrealized gains, associated with the Company’s available-for-sale auction rate securities totaled $14.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Due to liquidity issues in the auction rate securities market, there was insufficient observable market data to determine the fair values of the Company’s auction rate securities as of December 31, 2012. Therefore, their respective fair values were estimated by an independent valuation firm, Houlihan Capital Advisors, LLC, using a probability weighted discounted cash flow model. 
  
Acquisition-Related Contingent Consideration. Acquisition-related contingent consideration presented in the table above represents the estimated fair value of additional future earn-outs payable for acquisitions of businesses that closed after January 1, 2009, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The fair value of such acquisition-related contingent consideration is based on management’s estimates and entity-specific assumptions and is evaluated on an on-going basis.  The Company completed six acquisitions during 2013 and 2012, as described in Note 3 - Acquisitions, most of which include earn-out agreements. Additions to acquisition-related contingent consideration totaled $30.0 million and $66.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Payments related to acquisition-related contingent consideration obligations measured at fair value on a recurring basis totaled $8.5 million and $3.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively and foreign currency translation gains included in other comprehensive income totaled $2.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.
    
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
Assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on a non-recurring basis, which are initially measured at fair value, and are subsequently remeasured in the event of an impairment or other measurement event, if applicable, include items such as cost and equity method investments, goodwill, other intangible assets, long-lived assets and debt.

62

Table of Contents

Carrying amounts and estimated fair values of selected financial instruments measured on a non-recurring basis as of the dates indicated were as follows (in millions):

 	December 31, 2013	 	December 31, 2012	
 	Carrying
Amount	 	Fair
Value	 	Carrying
Amount	 	Fair
Value	
4.875% Senior Notes	$	400.0	
 	 	$	380.0	
 	 	 	 	 	
7.625% Senior Notes	 	 	 	 	$	150.0	
 	 	$	154.9	
 	
2009 Convertible Notes	$	12.6	
 	 	$	26.6	
 	 	$	12.7	
 	 	$	21.0	
 	
2011 Convertible Notes	$	198.3	
 	 	$	428.3	
 	 	$	193.0	
 	 	$	338.3	

The estimated fair values of the Company’s 4.875% Senior Notes, 7.625% Senior Notes, 2009 Convertible Notes and 2011 Convertible Notes are based on quoted market prices, a Level 1 input.  During the first quarter of 2013, the Company repurchased and redeemed its 7.625% Senior Notes. A debt extinguishment loss of $5.6 million was recorded in connection with the transaction. See Note 9 - Debt for additional information.
Note 7 - Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowance
The following table provides details of accounts receivable, net of allowance, for our continuing operations as of the dates indicated (in millions):

 	December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	
Contract billings	$	606.5	
 	 	$	522.0	
 	
Retainage	159.3	
 	 	113.5	
 	
Costs and earnings in excess of billings	384.6	
 	 	253.0	
 	
Accounts receivable, gross	$	1,150.4	
 	 	$	888.5	
 	
Less allowance for doubtful accounts	(16.1	)	 	(11.3	)	
Accounts receivable, net	$	1,134.3	
 	 	$	877.2	

Retainage, which has been billed, but is not due until completion of performance and acceptance by customers, is generally expected to be collected within one year. Receivables expected to be collected beyond one year are recorded in other long-term assets. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses, both for specific customers and as a reserve against other balances, resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. Amounts charged against the allowance primarily represent the write-off of accounts which had been fully reserved previously. Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for our continuing operations business for the periods indicated is as follows (in millions):

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	
Allowance for doubtful accounts at beginning of year	$	11.3	
 	 	$	7.7	
 	
Provision for doubtful accounts	6.1	
 	 	6.9	
 	
Amounts charged against the allowance	(1.3	)	 	(3.3	)	
Allowance for doubtful accounts at end of year	$	16.1	
 	 	$	11.3	

63

Table of Contents

Note 8 - Property and Equipment, Net
The following table provides details of property and equipment, net, including property and equipment held under capital leases, for the Company's continuing operations as of the dates indicated (in millions):

 	December 31,	 	 	
 	2013	 	2012	 	Estimated Useful Lives
(in years)	
Land	$	4.8	
 	 	$	4.8	
 	 	 	
Buildings and leasehold improvements	18.0	
 	 	15.3	
 	 	5 – 40	
Machinery and equipment	727.1	
 	 	517.6	
 	 	2 – 15	
Office furniture and equipment	102.5	
 	 	85.5	
 	 	3 – 7	
Construction in progress	11.0	
 	 	6.6	
 	 	 	
Total property and equipment	$	863.4	
 	 	$	629.8	
 	 	 	
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(375.3	)	 	(280.9	)	 	 	
Property and equipment, net	$	488.1	
 	 	$	348.9	

Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment of the Company's continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $119.7 million, $79.8 million and $60.2 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment of the Company's discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $0.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Note 9 - Debt
The following table provides details of the carrying value of debt as of the dates indicated (in millions):

 	 	 	 	December 31,	
 Description	 	Maturity Date	 	2013	 	2012	
Credit facility	 	October 29, 2018	 	$	53.0	
 	 	$	134.0	
 	
4.875% senior notes	 	March 15, 2023	 	400.0	
 	 	—	
 	
7.625% senior notes	 	February 1, 2017	 	—	
 	 	150.0	
 	
2011 4.0% senior convertible notes	 	June 15, 2014	 	103.8	
 	 	100.9	
 	
2011 4.25% senior convertible notes	 	December 15, 2014	 	94.5	
 	 	92.1	
 	
2009 4.0% senior convertible notes	 	June 15, 2014	 	9.6	
 	 	9.7	
 	
2009 4.25% senior convertible notes	 	December 15, 2014	 	3.0	
 	 	3.0	
 	
Capital lease obligations, weighted average interest rate of 2.7%	 	In installments through March 30, 2020	 	126.0	
 	 	79.0	
 	
Notes payable for equipment, weighted average interest rate of 3.2%	 	In installments through May 1, 2018	 	26.9	
 	 	30.2	
 	
Total debt	 	$	816.8	
 	 	$	598.9	
 	
Less current maturities	 	(51.4	)	 	(52.6	)	
Long-term debt	 	$	765.4	
 	 	$	546.3	

Credit Facility    
On October 29, 2013, the Company entered into an amendment to its previous credit facility. The Company refers to the amendment as its 2013 Credit Facility, and to its previous credit facility as the 2011 Credit Facility. The 2013 Credit Facility, which has a maturity date of October 29, 2018, expanded maximum available borrowing capacity from $600 million to $750 million, of which up to $100 million may be borrowed in Canadian dollars. The amount available for letters of credit has been increased from $350 million to $450 million, the letter of credit sublimit that may be used for letters of credit denominated in Canadian dollars has been increased from $25 million to $50 million and the amount available for swing line loans has been increased from $50 million to $75 million. Borrowings under the 2013 Credit Facility will be used to refinance existing indebtedness and for working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes, including the repurchase or prepayment of indebtedness. Approximately $1.9 million of financing costs were incurred in connection with the 2013 Credit Facility, which are included within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized over the remaining term of the 2013 Credit Facility.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding revolving loans under its 2013 Credit Facility of $53.0 million, which accrued interest at a weighted average rate of approximately 2.14% per annum. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding revolving loans under its 2011

64

Table of Contents

Credit Facility of $134.0 million, which accrued interest at a weighted average rate of approximately 3.95% per annum. Letters of credit of approximately $134.8 million and $120.8 million were outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The remaining borrowing capacity of $562.1 million and $345.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, was available for revolving loans or up to $315.2 million and $229.2 million, respectively, of new letters of credit. Outstanding letters of credit mature at various dates and most have automatic renewal provisions, subject to prior notice of cancellation. As of December 31, 2013, interest on outstanding letters of credit accrued at either 0.75% or 1.5% per annum, based on the type of letter of credit issued. As of December 31, 2012, interest on outstanding letters of credit accrued at either 1% or 2% per annum. The unused facility fee was 0.30% and 0.35% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Under the 2013 Credit Facility, the Company has the option to increase the revolving commitments and/or establish additional term loan tranches from time to time in an aggregate amount of up to $250 million. These additional term loan tranches may, subject to certain terms and conditions described in the 2013 Credit Facility, rank equal or junior in respect of right of payment and/or collateral to the 2013 Credit Facility and may, subject to certain limitations described in the 2013 Credit Facility, have terms and pricing that differ from the 2013 Credit Facility.  
Amounts borrowed under the 2013 Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate equal to either (a) a Eurocurrency Rate (as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility) plus a margin of 1.00% to 2.00% (a reduction from 1.50% to 2.50% under the 2011 Credit Facility) or (b) a Base Rate (as described below) plus a margin of 0.00% to 1.00% (a reduction from 0.50% to 1.50% under the 2011 Credit Facility). Financial standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit issued under the 2013 Credit Facility are subject to a letter of credit fee of 1.00% to 2.00% (a reduction from 1.50% to 2.50% under the 2011 Credit Facility), and performance standby letters of credit are subject to a letter of credit fee of 0.50% to 1.00% (a reduction from 0.75% to 1.25% under the 2011 Credit Facility). The Company must also pay a commitment fee to the lenders of 0.20% to 0.40% (a reduction from 0.25% to 0.45% under the 2011 Credit Facility) on any unused availability under the 2013 Credit Facility.  In each of the foregoing cases, the applicable margin or fee is based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility) as of the then most recent fiscal quarter. The Base Rate equals the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Rate (as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility) plus 1/2 of 1%, (ii) Bank of America’s prime rate and (iii) the Eurocurrency Rate plus 1.00%.  
The 2013 Credit Facility is guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of the Company (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) and the obligations under the 2013 Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the Company’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ respective assets, subject to certain exceptions. Under the 2013 Credit Facility, if the "Loan Party EBITDA" (as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility) as of the last four consecutive fiscal quarters does not represent at least 70% (the “70% Guaranty Threshold”) of the "Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA" (as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility) for such period, then the Company must designate additional subsidiaries as Subsidiary Guarantors, and cause them to join the applicable guaranty and security agreements to the 2013 Credit Facility. The 70% Guaranty Threshold represents a reduction from the 80% threshold applicable under the 2011 Credit Facility. Additionally, any domestic subsidiary with consolidated EBITDA of at least 15% of the Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA must become a Subsidiary Guarantor and join the applicable guaranty and security agreements, which represents an increase from the 10% threshold applicable under the 2011 Credit Facility. 
As amended, the 2013 Credit Facility continues to require that the Company maintain a maximum consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility) of 3.50 and a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio (as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility) of 3.00; however, the 2013 Credit Facility now provides that, for purposes of calculating the consolidated leverage ratio, funded indebtedness will exclude all undrawn standby performance letters of credit. Additionally, subject to certain conditions, if a permitted acquisition or series of permitted acquisitions having consideration exceeding $50 million occurs during a fiscal quarter, the Company has the right to permit the consolidated leverage ratio to exceed 3.50 during such fiscal quarter and the subsequent two fiscal quarters so long as the consolidated leverage ratio does not exceed 3.75 at any time during such period. Such right may be exercised no more than two times during the term of the 2013 Credit Facility. Subject to customary exceptions, the 2013 Credit Facility limits the borrowers’ and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ ability to engage in certain activities, including acquisitions, mergers and consolidations, debt incurrence, investments, capital expenditures, asset sales, debt prepayments, lien incurrence and the making of distributions or repurchases of capital stock. However, distributions payable solely in capital stock are permitted. The 2013 Credit Facility provides for customary events of default and carries cross-default provisions with the Company’s other significant debt instruments, including the Company’s indemnity agreement with its surety provider, as well as customary remedies upon an Event of Default (as defined in the 2013 Credit Facility), including the acceleration of repayment of outstanding amounts and other remedies with respect to the collateral securing the 2013 Credit Facility obligations.  
Issuance of 4.875% Senior Notes and Repurchase and Redemption of 7.625% Senior Notes
On March 18, 2013, the Company issued $400 million of 4.875% Senior Notes due March 15, 2023 in a registered public offering. The 4.875% Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.875% per annum, payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year. Interest payments commenced on September 15, 2013.  The 4.875% Senior Notes are senior unsecured unsubordinated obligations and rank equal in right of payment with existing and future unsubordinated debt, and rank senior in right of payment to existing and future subordinated debt.  The 4.875% Senior Notes, as well as the Company's 2011 Convertible Notes and 2009 Convertibles Notes are effectively junior to MasTec's secured debt, including the 2013 Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt.  The 4.875% Senior Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured unsubordinated basis by MasTec's direct and indirect 100%-owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the 2013 Credit Facility. 
The Company has the option to redeem all or a portion of the 4.875% Senior Notes at any time on or after March 15, 2018 at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture that governs the 4.875% Senior Notes (the “4.875% Senior Notes Indenture”) plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.  At any time prior to March 15, 2018, the Company may redeem all or a part of the 4.875% Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 4.875% Senior Notes redeemed plus an applicable premium, as defined in the 4.875% Senior Notes Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.  In addition, at any time prior to March 15, 2016, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the 4.875% Senior Notes using the net cash proceeds of one or more sales of the Company's capital stock, as defined in the 4.875% Senior Notes Indenture, at a redemption price of 104.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. 

65

Table of Contents

The 4.875% Senior Notes Indenture, among other things, generally limits the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, to (i) incur additional debt and issue preferred stock, (ii) create liens, (iii) pay dividends, acquire shares of capital stock, make payments on subordinated debt or make investments, (iv) place limitations on distributions from certain subsidiaries, (v) issue guarantees, (vi) issue or sell the capital stock of certain subsidiaries, (vii) sell assets, (viii) enter into transactions with affiliates and (ix) effect mergers. The 4.875% Senior Notes Indenture provides for customary events of default, as well as customary remedies upon an event of default, as defined in the 4.875% Senior Notes Indenture, including acceleration of repayment of outstanding amounts. 
Approximately $7.7 million in financing costs were incurred in connection with the issuance of the 4.875% Senior Notes. These deferred financing costs are included in other long-term assets in the consolidated financial statements and are being amortized over the term of the 4.875% Senior Notes using the effective interest method. The Company used a portion of the proceeds from the 4.875% Senior Notes offering to fund the repurchase and redemption of the Company's $150 million principal amount of 7.625% senior notes due 2017 (the “7.625% Senior Notes”), discussed below, and to repay the outstanding balance of the 2011 Credit Facility. The remaining net proceeds were used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
In connection with the issuance of the 4.875% Senior Notes, the Company repurchased approximately $121.1 million of its 7.625% Senior Notes on March 18, 2013 in a tender offer at a price of 102.792% of the principal amount, which included an early tender payment of $30.00 per $1,000 principal amount of notes tendered. The holders of the tendered 7.625% Senior Notes also received accrued interest from the most recent interest payment date to, but not including, the date of repurchase. In addition, on March 29, 2013, the Company redeemed the remaining outstanding $28.9 million aggregate principal amount of the 7.625% Senior Notes in accordance with their terms at a price of 102.542% of the principal amount plus accrued interest from the most recent interest payment date to, but not including, the date of redemption. 

A pre-tax debt extinguishment loss of $5.6 million was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2013 in connection with the repurchase and redemption of the 7.625% Senior Notes, including $4.1 million of early payment premiums and $1.5 million of unamortized deferred financing costs. This loss is separately disclosed within the consolidated statements of operations.
Senior Convertible Notes
2011 Convertible Notes.  During the first quarter of 2011, the Company exchanged $105.3 million of its 4.0% senior convertible notes issued in 2009 (the "2009 4.0% Notes") and $97.0 million of its 4.25% senior convertible notes issued in 2009 (the "2009 4.25% Notes") for identical principal amounts of 2011 4.0% Notes and 2011 4.25% Notes, respectively, for an exchange fee of approximately 50 basis points, or 0.5%, of the aggregate principal amount of the notes exchanged.  The terms of the 2011 Convertible Notes are substantially identical to those of the 2009 Convertible Notes, except that the 2011 Convertible Notes have an optional physical (share), cash or combination settlement feature and contain certain conditional conversion features. The 2011 Convertible Notes are guaranteed by the Company's subsidiaries that guarantee the 2009 Convertible Notes. The 2011 Convertible Notes are convertible at any time during the three months immediately preceding their respective maturity dates; prior to such time, however, the 2011 Convertible Notes are convertible only if one of the following three conditions is satisfied:
 	 	
(i)	if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price of the 2011 Convertible Notes during at least 20 of the last 30 consecutive trading days ending on and including the last trading day of a calendar quarter, then the applicable 2011 Convertible Notes may be converted during the immediately following calendar quarter (and only during such calendar quarter); 	
 	 	
(ii)	if after any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2011 Convertible Notes for each trading day during such period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the applicable conversion rate, then the applicable 2011 Convertible Notes may be converted during the immediately following five business day period;  or	
 	 	
(iii)	if the Company effects certain distributions to its shareholders or if the Company is party to a consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, or a sale, transfer, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets, pursuant to which the Company’s common stock would be converted into or exchanged for, or would constitute solely the right to receive cash, securities or other assets, or in the case of certain other fundamental changes, then the 2011 Convertible Notes may be converted during the period that is 45 trading days prior to the ex-dividend date or the initial anticipated effective date of the transaction, as applicable. 	
The Company has divided the principal balance of the 2011 Convertible Notes between the fair value of the debt component and the fair value of the common stock conversion feature. Using an income approach, management discounted the values of the 2011 Convertible Notes at an estimated effective interest rate of 6.73%, which represents the estimated market interest rate for a similar nonconvertible instrument as of the date of the exchange. The resulting total debt discount of $17.4 million for the 2011 Convertible Notes is being accreted to interest expense over the remaining terms of the 2011 Convertible Notes, which will increas e  interest expense during the term of the 2011 Convertible Notes above their 4.0% and 4.25% cash coupon interest rates. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining period of amortization associated with the debt discount and related financing costs was approximately 1 year. The fair value of the common stock conversion feature was recorded as a component of equity. Unamortized debt discount and financing costs associated with the 2011 Convertible Notes totaled $4.0 million and $9.3 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
2009 Senior Convertible Notes.  In November 2009, the Company issued $100 million of 2009 4.25% Notes due December 15, 2014 in a private placement. Of this amount, $97.0 million was canceled and exchanged in the first quarter of 2011 for a like principal amount of 2011 4.25% Notes in connection with the debt exchange discussed above.  The 2009 4.25% Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.25% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears, on June 15 and December 15 of each year.  On or prior to December 12, 2014, holders may convert their 2009 4.25% Notes into shares of MasTec common stock at an initial conversion rate of 64.6162 shares of MasTec common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2009 4.25% Notes,

66

Table of Contents

which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $15.48 per share, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustment terms for these types of notes. Approximately $3.7 million in financing costs were incurred in connection with the issuance of the 2009 4.25% Notes, which are included within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized over their remaining term.
In June 2009, the Company issued $115 million of 2009 4.0% Notes due June 15, 2014 in a registered offering. Of this amount, $105.3 million was canceled and exchanged in the first quarter of 2011 for a like principal amount of 2011 4.0% Notes in connection with the debt exchange discussed above. The 2009 4.0% Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.0% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears, on June 15 and December 15 of each year.  On or prior to June 13, 2014, holders may convert their 2009 4.0% Notes into shares of MasTec common stock at an initial conversion rate of 63.4417 shares of MasTec common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2009 4.0% Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $15.76 per share, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustment terms for these types of notes. Approximately $5.4 million in financing costs were incurred in connection with the issuance of the 2009 4.0% Notes, which are included within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized over their remaining term.
The 4.25% and 4.0% senior convertible notes are guaranteed by certain of the Company's 100%-owned direct and indirect domestic operating subsidiaries. There are no financial covenants associated with these notes; however, there are certain nonfinancial provisions and covenants. 
Classification of Senior Convertible Notes.  The 4.0% senior convertible notes mature in June 2014and the 4.25% senior convertible notes mature in December 2014. The Company expects to refinance the $215.0 million principal amount of the senior convertible notes on a long-term basis either through its 2013 Credit Facility or through other sources of available funding and, therefore, has included the carrying amounts of these notes as a component of long-term debt as of December 31, 2013.  
Acquisition Debt
In connection with certain acquisitions, the Company has entered into or assumed certain debt and/or capital lease obligations. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $9.8 million and $20.6 million, respectively, of acquisition-related debt remained outstanding. As of December 31, 2013, there are no financial covenants associated with this acquisition-related debt.
Debt Guarantees and Covenants
The Company’s 4.875% Senior Notes, 2011 Convertible Notes and 2009 Convertible Notes are, and, through March 29, 2013, the Company's 7.625% Senior Notes were, fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured, unsubordinated, joint and several basis by certain of the Company's existing and future 100%-owned direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries that are guarantors of the 2013 Credit Facility or other outstanding indebtedness.  See Note 19 - Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Information.
MasTec was in compliance with all provisions and covenants pertaining to its outstanding debt instruments as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. 
Contractual Maturities of Debt and Capital Lease Obligations
Contractual maturities of MasTec’s debt and capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

2014	$	51.4	
 	
2015	41.9	
 	
2016	33.3	
 	
2017	19.3	
 	
2018	270.2	
 	
Thereafter	400.7	
 	
Total	$	816.8	

67

Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net
The following table provides details of interest expense, net, classified within continuing operations for the periods indicated (in millions):

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Interest expense:	 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual and other interest expense	$	37.6	
 	 	$	29.2	
 	 	$	27.4	
 	
Accretion of senior convertible note discount	5.2	
 	 	4.9	
 	 	4.2	
 	
Amortization of deferred financing costs	4.0	
 	 	3.7	
 	 	3.4	
 	
Total interest expense	$	46.8	
 	 	$	37.8	
 	 	$	35.0	
 	
Interest income	(0.4	)	 	(0.4	)	 	(0.5	)	
Interest expense, net	$	46.4	
 	 	$	37.4	
 	 	$	34.5	
 	
Note 10 - Lease Obligations
Capital Leases
MasTec enters into agreements that provide financing for machinery and equipment, which expire on various dates. Leases meeting certain criteria are capitalized, with the related asset recorded in property and equipment and a corresponding amount recorded as a liability. Capital lease additions are reflected in the consolidated statements of cash flows within the supplemental disclosures of non-cash information. The gross amount of assets held under capital lease as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $199.0 million and $123.2 million, respectively. Assets held under capital lease, net of accumulated depreciation, totaled $143.5 million and $83.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Operating Leases
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into non-cancelable operating leases for certain of its facility, vehicle and equipment needs, including related party leases. These leases allow the Company to conserve cash and provide flexibility in that the Company pays a monthly rental fee for the use of related facilities, vehicles and equipment rather than purchasing them. The terms of these agreements vary from lease to lease, including some with renewal options and escalation clauses. The Company may decide to cancel or terminate a lease before the end of its term, in which case the Company is typically liable for the remaining lease payments under the term of the lease. For operating leases with purchase options, the option to purchase equipment is at estimated fair market value. Rent expense relating to operating leases, including short term rentals, reflected within continuing operations, was approximately $253.4 million, $222.5 million and $168.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Future Lease Commitments
Future minimum lease commitments under capital leases and non-cancelable operating leases, including the effect of escalation clauses in effect as of December 31, 2013, were as follows (in millions):

 	Capital Leases	 	Operating Leases	
2014	$	44.1	
 	 	$	54.3	
 	
2015	35.6	
 	 	43.8	
 	
2016	27.1	
 	 	25.0	
 	
2017	19.5	
 	 	12.0	
 	
2018	6.9	
 	 	5.2	
 	
Thereafter	0.9	
 	 	5.3	
 	
Total minimum lease payments	$	134.1	
 	 	$	145.6	
 	
Less amounts representing interest	(8.1	)	 	 	
Total capital lease obligations, net of interest	$	126.0	
 	 	 	
Less current portion	(41.3	)	 	 	
Long term portion of capital lease obligations, net of interest	$	84.7	

Note 11 – Stock-Based Compensation and Other Employee Benefit Plans
The Company has certain stock-based compensation plans, under which stock options and restricted share awards are available for issuance or outstanding as of December 31, 2013. The MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Plan (the "2013 Incentive Plan"), which permits the issuance of up to 2,100,000 new shares of MasTec, Inc. common stock, became effective in May 2013. The 2013 Incentive Plan replaced the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees, as amended (together, the "2003 Plans"). Shares that remained

68

Table of Contents

available under the 2003 Plans became available under the 2013 Incentive Plan as of its effective date. As of December 31, 2013, the 2013 Incentive Plan had 5,059,711 shares available for issuance. In addition, the Company has certain employee stock purchase plans under which shares of the Company's common stock are available for purchase by eligible employees. The MasTec, Inc. Bargaining Units Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "2013 Bargaining Units ESPP"), which became effective on July 1, 2013, permits the issuance of up to 1,000,000 new shares of MasTec, Inc. common stock to eligible employees.  The MasTec, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which became effective July 1, 2011 (the “2011 ESPP" and, together with the 2013 Bargaining Units ESPP, the "ESPPs") also provides for the issuance of up to 1,000,000 shares of MasTec, Inc. common stock for eligible employees.  Under all stock-based compensation plans in effect as of December 31, 2013, there were a total of 6,495,617 shares available for grant or issuance.
Restricted Share Awards
MasTec grants restricted share awards, which are valued based on the market price of MasTec common stock on the date of grant. Total unearned compensation related to restricted share awards as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $14.2 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1 year. The total intrinsic value, or fair value, of restricted share awards that vested, which is based on the market price on the date of vesting, was $2.1 million, $7.3 million and $11.7 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with the previous owners of EC Source to establish an incentive program for its employees and granted 350,000 restricted share awards (the “EC Source Share Award”).  The former owners of EC Source contributed cash and shares of MasTec common stock to the Company in connection with the EC Source Share Award. In the event that shares granted under the EC Source Share Award are forfeited prior to vesting, the former owners of EC Source will be re-issued the pro-rata percentage of the former owners' contributed shares to total shares awarded under the EC Source Share Award. As of December 31, 2013, the Company did not anticipate the occurrence of any such forfeitures under the EC Source Share Award.

Activity, restricted share awards:	Restricted
Shares	 	Weighted Average  
Grant Date
Fair Value	
Non-vested restricted shares, as of December 31, 2011	715,030	
 	 	$	14.44	
 	
Granted	435,005	
 	 	21.46	
 	
Vested	(347,889	)	 	12.68	
 	
Canceled/forfeited	(19,865	)	 	15.52	
 	
Non-vested restricted shares, as of December 31, 2012	782,281	
 	 	$	19.10	
 	
Granted	431,346	
 	 	31.04	
 	
Vested	(68,122	)	 	18.83	
 	
Canceled/forfeited	(34,960	)	 	15.58	
 	
Non-vested restricted shares, as of December 31, 2013	1,110,545	
 	 	$	23.86	

Stock Options
The Company has granted options to purchase its common stock to employees and members of the Board of Directors and affiliates under various stock option plans at not less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. All outstanding stock options are fully vested.

69

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Activity, stock options:	Stock 
Options	 	Per Share Weighted Average  
Exercise Price	 	Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life   (in years)	 	Aggregate Intrinsic
Value (a)  
(in millions)	
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2011	1,440,774	
 	 	$	10.24	
 	 	3.21	 	$	10.3	
 	
Exercised	(391,949	)	 	9.46	
 	 	 	 	 	
Canceled/forfeited	(5,000	)	 	14.97	
 	 	 	 	 	
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2012	1,043,825	
 	 	$	10.50	
 	 	2.33	 	$	15.1	
 	
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2012	1,043,825	
 	 	$	10.50	
 	 	2.33	 	$	15.1	

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2012	1,043,825	
 	 	$	10.50	
 	 	2.33	 	$	15.1	
 	
Exercised	(513,254	)	 	10.04	
 	 	 	 	 	
Canceled/forfeited	(35,000	)	 	7.74	
 	 	 	 	 	
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2013	495,571	
 	 	$	11.17	
 	 	1.96	 	$	10.7	
 	
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2013	495,571	
 	 	$	11.17	
 	 	1.96	 	$	10.7	
 	
(a) Amount represents the difference between the exercise price and the market price of the Company’s stock on the last trading day of the corresponding period, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options.
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, which is based on the difference between the exercise price and the market price of the Company’s stock as of the date of exercise, was $10.6 million, $5.1 million and $11.0 million, respectively. Proceeds from options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $3.9 million, $3.7 million and $11.6 million, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company's ESPPs allow qualified employees to purchase MasTec, Inc. common stock at 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the lower of (i) the date of commencement of the offering period or (ii) the last day of the exercise period, as defined in the plan document. Through June 30, 2013, the offering period was an annual period, composed of four interim exercise periods. Effective July 1, 2013, the offering period became quarterly. 

 	Years Ended December 31,	
Activity, employee stock purchase plan:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Cash proceeds (in millions)	$	6.4	
 	 	$	1.3	
 	 	$	0.4	
 	
Number of common shares	454,523	
 	 	90,614	
 	 	29,162	
 	
Weighted average price per share	$	14.19	
 	 	$	14.37	
 	 	$	14.85	
 	
Weighted average grant date fair value per share	$	5.60	
 	 	$	4.19	
 	 	$	3.61	
 	
The fair value of stock purchases under the Company's ESPP is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model. The determination of fair value of stock-based awards using an option pricing model is affected by the Company's stock price as well as assumptions pertaining to several variables, including expected stock price volatility, the expected term of the award and the risk-free rate of interest. In the option pricing model for the Company's ESPP, expected stock price volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company's common stock. The expected term of the award is based on historical and expected exercise patterns and the risk-free rate of interest is based on U.S. Treasury yields. The Company has not paid dividends in the past, and does not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future, and therefore uses an expected dividend yield of zero.  
Stock-Based Compensation Expense and Tax Benefits
Details of stock-based compensation expense and related tax benefits for the periods indicated are as follows (in millions):

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Stock-based compensation expense	$	12.9	
 	 	$	4.4	
 	 	$	3.6	
 	
Income tax benefit from stock-based compensation	$	9.7	
 	 	$	2.5	
 	 	$	6.3	
 	
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation (a)	$	4.3	
 	 	$	0.8	
 	 	$	7.8	
 	
(a) Excess tax benefits, which represent cash flows from tax deductions in excess of the tax effect of compensation expense recognized for stock options exercised and vested restricted shares, are classified as financing cash flows in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.

70

Table of Contents

401(k) Plan. MasTec has a 401(k) plan covering all eligible employees. Subject to certain dollar limits, eligible employees may contribute up to 75% of their pre-tax annual compensation to the 401(k) plan. Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted an amendment to its 401(k) plan, which increased the Company's matching contribution to 100% of the first 3% of the employee's salary and 50% of the next 2% of the employee's salary, up to a maximum 4% employer match. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company's matching contributions were 100% of the first 2.5% of the employee's salary, capped at $2,500 per employee. Discretionary matching contributions are payable annually, 50% in shares of MasTec common stock and 50% in cash.  During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, matching contributions totaled approximately $5.9 million, $2.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively.
Deferred Compensation Plan.   MasTec offers a deferred compensation plan to its highly compensated employees. These employees are allowed to contribute a percentage of their pre-tax annual compensation to the deferred compensation plan. Effective January 1, 2013, the Company no longer matches contributions to the deferred compensation plan. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company matched 100% of employee contributions up to 2.5% of the employee’s salary, capped at $2,500 per employee.  Deferred compensation plan assets and related liabilities of approximately $4.4 million and $4.3 million are included in other long-term assets and other long-term liabilities, respectively, as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2012, deferred compensation plan assets and related liabilities totaled $3.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively.
Note 12 – Other Retirement Plans    
Multi-Employer Plans. Certain of MasTec’s subsidiaries contribute amounts to multi-employer pension and other multi-employer benefit plans and trusts, which are recorded as a component of employee wages and salaries within costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. Contributions are generally based on fixed amounts per hour per employee for employees covered under these plans.  Multi-employer plan contribution rates are determined annually and assessed on a “pay-as-you-go” basis based on union employee payrolls. Union payrolls cannot be determined for future periods because the number of union employees employed at any given time, and the plans in which they may participate, vary depending upon the location and number of ongoing projects at a given time and the need for union resources in connection with those projects.  
The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“the PPA”) defines the funding rules for defined benefit pension plans and establishes funding classifications for multi-employer pension plans. Under the PPA, plans are classified into one of four categories based on multiple factors, including their funded percentage, cash flow position, and whether the plan is projecting a minimum funding deficiency. The classifications, which are referred to as a plan's "zone status," are: Green (Safe), Yellow (Endangered), Orange (Seriously Endangered), and Red (Critical). Although multiple factors or tests may determine a plan's zone status, plans in the Red zone are generally less than 65% funded; plans in the Orange zone are generally between 65% and 70% funded; plans in the Yellow zone are generally between 70% and 80% funded; and plans in the Green zone are generally greater than 80% funded.
        
A multi-employer plan that is so underfunded as to be in “endangered” or “critical” status is required to adopt a funding improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”), which, among other actions, could include decreased benefits and increased contributions. These actions are intended to improve their funding status over a period of years. If a pension fund is in critical status, a participating employer must pay an automatic surcharge in addition to contributions otherwise required under the collective bargaining agreement (“CBA”).  With some exceptions, the surcharge is equal to 5% of required contributions for the initial critical year, and 10% for each succeeding plan year in which the plan remains in critical status. The surcharge ceases on the effective date of a CBA (or other agreement) that includes contribution and benefit terms consistent with the rehabilitation plan.  

Details of significant multi-employer pension plans as of and for the periods indicated, based upon information available to the Company from plan administrators as well as publicly available information on the U.S. Department of Labor website, are provided in the following table:

71

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	Contributions
(in millions)
Years Ended December 31,	 	Pension Protection Act Zone Status	 	 	 	
Multi-Employer Pension Plan	Employer Identification Number	Plan Number	2013	 	2012	 	2011	Expiration
Date of CBA	2013	As of	 	2012	As of	 	FIP/RP Status	Surcharge	
Central Pension Fund of the IUOE and Participating Employers	366052390	001	$	10.8	
 	 	$	6.0	
 	 	$	4.4	
 	01/31/2014	Green	01/31/2013	(a)	Green	01/31/2012	(a)	NA	No	
Pipeline Industry Pension Fund	736146433	001	9.8	
 	 	8.9	
 	 	6.2	
 	05/31/2014	Green	12/31/2012	(b)	Green	12/31/2011	(b)	NA	No	
Operating Engineers Local 324 Pension Fund	381900637	001	4.5	
 	 	0.8	
 	 	—	
 	01/31/2014	Red	04/30/2013	 	Red	04/30/2012	 	Implemented	Yes	
Michigan Laborers Pension Fund	386233976	001	4.3	
 	 	0.9	
 	 	0.2	
 	01/31/2014	Yellow	08/31/2013	(a)	Green	08/31/2012	 	Implemented	No	
Teamsters National Pipeline Pension Fund (c)	461102851	001	2.7	
 	 	1.4	
 	 	—	
 	01/31/2014	Green	12/31/2012	(b)	NA	NA	 	NA	No	
Eighth District Electrical Pension Fund	846100393	001	2.2	
 	 	1.3	
 	 	0.5	
 	02/28/2015	Green	03/31/2013	 	Green	03/31/2012	(a)	Implemented	No	
Laborers National Pension Fund	751280827	001	1.1	
 	 	1.5	
 	 	0.5	
 	01/31/2014	Green	12/31/2012	 	Green	12/31/2011	 	NA	No	
Laborers District Council and Contractors Pension Fund of Ohio	316129964	001	0.7	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	0.1	
 	01/31/2014	Green	12/31/2012	 	Green	12/31/2011	 	NA	No	
Midwest Operating Engineers Pension Trust Fund	366140097	001	0.7	
 	 	0.0	
 	 	—	
 	01/31/2014	Yellow	03/31/2013	(a)	Green	03/31/2012	(a)	Implemented	Yes	
I.B.E.W. Local 769 Management Pension Plan A	866049763	001	0.7	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	0.0	
 	07/30/2016	Green	06/30/2012	 	Green	06/30/2011	(b)	NA	No	
Laborers Local Union No. 158 Pension Fund	236580323	001	0.5	
 	 	0.6	
 	 	0.7	
 	01/31/2014	Green	12/31/2012	(b)	Green	12/31/2011	(b)	NA	No	
West Virginia Laborers Pension Trust Fund	556026775	001	0.5	
 	 	0.9	
 	 	0.4	
 	01/31/2014	Green	03/31/2013	 	Green	03/31/2012	 	NA	No	
Laborers District Council of Western Pennsylvania Pension Fund	256135576	001	0.4	
 	 	0.6	
 	 	0.3	
 	01/31/2014	Red	12/31/2012	 	Yellow	12/31/2011	 	Implemented	Yes	
Laborers Pension Trust Fund for Northern Nevada	880138600	001	0.1	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	0.8	
 	01/31/2014	Green	05/31/2013	 	Green	05/31/2012	(b)	NA	No	
Operating Engineers Pension Trust Fund	946090764	001	0.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	1.2	
 	01/31/2014	Orange	12/31/2012	 	Orange	12/31/2011	 	Implemented	Yes	
Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Plan (d)	366044243	001	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.9	
 	01/31/2014	Red	12/31/2012	 	Red	12/31/2011	 	Implemented	No	
Other funds	 	 	5.6	
 	 	4.6	
 	 	3.3	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total multi-employer pension plan contributions	 	 	$	44.6	
 	 	$	27.9	
 	 	$	19.5	

(a)	This plan has utilized extended amortization provisions, which provide plans with extensions of time to amortize pension funding shortfalls.	
 	 	
(b)	The Company’s contributions to this plan represent greater than 5% of the plan's total contributions.	
 	 	
(c)	The Teamsters National Pipeline Pension Fund was established in 2012.	
 	 	
(d)	The Company’s subsidiary that participated in the Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Plan voluntarily withdrew from this plan in November 2011. See discussion below and in Note 16 – Commitments and Contingencies.	

Total contributions to multi-employer plans, and the related number of employees covered by these plans, for the periods indicated ranged as follows (dollars in millions):

 	Number of Employees	 	Contributions to
Multi-Employer Plans
(in millions)	
 	Low	 	High	 	Pension	 	Post-Retirement Benefit	 	Total	
2013	778	
 	 	2,734	
 	 	$	44.6	
 	 	$	3.6	
 	 	$	48.2	
 	
2012	308	
 	 	2,509	
 	 	$	27.9	
 	 	$	1.3	
 	 	$	29.2	
 	
2011	308	
 	 	1,538	
 	 	$	19.5	
 	 	$	1.2	
 	 	$	20.7	

The number of union employees employed at any given time, and the plans in which they may participate, varies depending upon the location and number of ongoing projects at a given time and the need for union resources in connection with those projects. 

72

Table of Contents

On November 15, 2011, the Company, along with other members of the Pipe Line Contractors Association (“PLCA”), voluntarily withdrew from the Central States Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund (“Central States”), a defined benefit multi-employer pension plan. In connection with this withdrawal, the Company recorded a charge of $6.4 million in 2011, which was recorded within costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization. As of December 31, 2013, $5.4 million of this withdrawal liability remained outstanding. The Company withdrew from the Central States Plan in order to mitigate its liability in connection with the plan, which is in critical status. The Company currently does not have plans to withdraw from any other multi-employer pension plan as of December 31, 2013. See Note 16 – Commitments and Contingencies for additional information.
Note 13 – Equity
Treasury Stock and Share Activity
During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $150 million share repurchase plan. During the years December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company repurchased 4.9 million shares and 4.6 million shares, respectively, of its common stock. The aggregate purchase price of the repurchased shares totaled $75.0 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, which completed the plan. Repurchased shares are held in the Company's treasury and are recorded at cost.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income is a measure of net income and all other changes in equity that result from transactions other than those with shareholders. Comprehensive income consists of net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses from available-for-sale securities and net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests. See consolidated statements of comprehensive income for details.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component during the periods indicated are as follows (in thousands):

 	 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
 	 	Unrealized (Losses) Gains	 	Unrealized (Losses) Gains	 	Unrealized (Losses) Gains	
 	 	Available-for-Sale Securities	 	Foreign Currency	 	Total	 	Available-for-Sale Securities	 	Foreign Currency	 	Total	 	Available-for-Sale Securities	 	Foreign Currency	 	Total	
Balance as of January 1	 	$	(5,396	)	 	$	(105	)	 	$	(5,501	)	 	$	(5,917	)	 	$	(2,029	)	 	$	(7,946	)	 	$	(5,757	)	 	$	(399	)	 	$	(6,156	)	
Activity before reclassifications, net of tax	 	337	
 	 	(7,893	)	 	(7,556	)	 	521	
 	 	1,924	
 	 	2,445	
 	 	(514	)	 	(1,630	)	 	(2,144	)	
Reclassifications, net of tax  (a)	 	(229	)	 	—	
 	 	(229	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	354	
 	 	—	
 	 	354	
 	
Activity, net of tax	 	$	108	
 	 	$	(7,893	)	 	$	(7,785	)	 	$	521	
 	 	$	1,924	
 	 	$	2,445	
 	 	$	(160	)	 	$	(1,630	)	 	$	(1,790	)	
Balance as of December 31	 	$	(5,288	)	 	$	(7,998	)	 	$	(13,286	)	 	$	(5,396	)	 	$	(105	)	 	$	(5,501	)	 	$	(5,917	)	 	$	(2,029	)	 	$	(7,946	)	
(a) Represents the reclassification adjustment on securities sold, which was recognized as a component of other income. See Note 6 - Fair Value of Financial Instruments.
Foreign currency activity is primarily related to the Company's Canadian operations. The Company's Canadian presence has grown in recent years due to acquisitions. See Note 3 - Acquisitions.

Note 14 - Income Taxes
The components of income from continuing operations before income taxes for the periods indicated are as follows (in millions):

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Domestic	$	233.4	
 	 	$	184.5	
 	 	$	160.4	
 	
Foreign	6.8	
 	 	8.2	
 	 	(1.1	)	
Total	$	240.2	
 	 	$	192.7	
 	 	$	159.3	
 	
The provision for income taxes from continuing operations for the periods indicated consists of the following (in millions):

73

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Current:	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	$	77.0	
 	 	$	48.7	
 	 	$	21.9	
 	
Foreign	1.7	
 	 	0.3	
 	 	0.1	
 	
State and local	10.9	
 	 	12.4	
 	 	1.3	
 	
 	$	89.6	
 	 	$	61.4	
 	 	$	23.3	
 	
Deferred:	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	$	0.5	
 	 	$	15.2	
 	 	$	35.0	
 	
Foreign	(1.5	)	 	1.1	
 	 	(1.7	)	
State and local	3.9	
 	 	(1.6	)	 	5.2	
 	
 	$	2.9	
 	 	$	14.7	
 	 	$	38.5	
 	
Provision for income taxes	$	92.5	
 	 	$	76.1	
 	 	$	61.8	

The benefit from income taxes from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 totaled $2.4 million and $4.5 million, respectively. The provision for income taxes from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $6.2 million.

The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s net deferred tax liability as of the dates indicated are as follows (in millions):

 	December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	
Accrued self-insurance	$	27.2	
 	 	$	22.4	
 	
Operating loss carryforward	9.0	
 	 	10.6	
 	
Compensation and benefits	22.3	
 	 	8.3	
 	
Bad debt	5.8	
 	 	3.9	
 	
Other	9.3	
 	 	9.9	
 	
Valuation allowance	(0.1	)	 	(2.0	)	
Total deferred tax assets	$	73.5	
 	 	$	53.1	
 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	
Property and equipment	$	92.6	
 	 	$	62.6	
 	
Goodwill	44.8	
 	 	32.8	
 	
Other intangible assets	32.6	
 	 	26.7	
 	
Gain on remeasurement of equity investee	11.3	
 	 	11.1	
 	
Long-term contracts	17.0	
 	 	16.5	
 	
Other	13.8	
 	 	19.5	
 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	$	212.1	
 	 	$	169.2	
 	
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(138.6	)	 	$	(116.1	)	
Total net current and noncurrent deferred tax balances included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of the dates indicated are as follows (in millions):

 	December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	
Net current deferred tax assets	$	16.3	
 	 	$	3.3	
 	
Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities	(154.9	)	 	(119.4	)	
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(138.6	)	 	$	(116.1	)	

In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which these temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in making this assessment.  The Company has recorded valuation allowances against its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, which relate primarily to foreign net operating loss carryforwards.

74

Table of Contents

The Company has certain state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards. The tax effect of the Company's state net operating loss carryforwards, which may be carried forward between 5 and 20 years depending on the jurisdiction, is approximately $5.3 million as of December 31, 2013. The tax effect of the Company’s foreign net operating loss carryforwards is approximately $3.7 million as of December 31, 2013. These foreign net operating loss carryforwards are primarily related to the Company’s Canadian operations and begin to expire in 2015.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company has not made a provision for U.S. income taxes on unremitted foreign earnings because such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested outside the United States. Generally, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and certain other circumstances.
A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate related to pretax income from continuing operations to the effective tax rate is as follows:

 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
U.S. statutory federal rate applied to pretax income	35.0	 %	 	35.0	 %	 	35.0	 %	
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit	4.0	
 	 	3.4	
 	 	3.5	
 	
Foreign tax rate differential	(0.4	)	 	(0.4	)	 	0.1	
 	
Non-deductible expenses	2.4	
 	 	2.1	
 	 	1.7	
 	
Change in state tax rate	1.2	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	0.2	
 	
Domestic production activities deduction	(2.5	)	 	(1.6	)	 	(0.9	)	
Other	(0.8	)	 	1.2	
 	 	0.0	
 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	(0.4	)	 	(0.4	)	 	(0.8	)	
Effective income tax rate	38.5	 %	 	39.5	 %	 	38.8	 %	

An entity may only recognize or continue to recognize tax positions that meet a “more likely than not” threshold. In the ordinary course of business, there is inherent uncertainty in quantifying income tax positions. The Company assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits for all years subject to examination based on management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company has recognized the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in the Company’s financial statements. Management believes that the Company has not taken material tax positions that would be deemed to be “uncertain,” therefore, the Company has not established a liability for uncertain positions as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.
Note 15 - Segments and Related Information    
Segment Discussion

MasTec presents its continuing operations under five reportable segments: (1) Communications; (2) Oil and Gas; (3) Electrical Transmission; (4) Power Generation and Industrial and (5) Other. This structure is generally focused on broad end-user markets for MasTec's labor-based construction services.  All five reportable segments derive their revenues from the engineering, installation and maintenance of infrastructure, primarily in North America. 

The Communications segment performs engineering, construction and maintenance of communications infrastructure primarily related to wireless and wireline communications and install to the home, and to a lesser extent, infrastructure for electrical utilities. MasTec performs engineering, construction and maintenance services on oil and natural gas pipelines and processing facilities for the energy and utilities industries through its Oil and Gas segment.  The Electrical Transmission segment primarily serves the energy and utility industries through the engineering, construction and maintenance of electrical transmission lines and substations.  The Power Generation and Industrial segment primarily serves the energy and utility end markets and other end markets through the installation and construction of conventional and renewable power plants, related electrical transmission infrastructure, ethanol facilities and various types of industrial infrastructure.  The Other segment primarily includes small business units that perform construction services for a variety of end markets in Mexico and elsewhere internationally.  

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 1 - Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies. Intercompany revenues and costs among the reportable segments are de minimus and accounted for as if the sales were to third parties because these items are based on negotiated fees between the segments involved. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. Intercompany revenues and costs between entities within a reportable segment are eliminated to arrive at segment totals. Eliminations between segments are separately presented. Corporate results include amounts related to Corporate functions such as administrative costs, professional fees, and acquisition costs .  Segment results include certain allocations of centralized costs such as general liability, medical and workers' compensation insurance and certain information technology costs. Income tax expense is managed by Corporate on a consolidated basis and is not allocated to the reportable segments. 

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) is the measure of profitability used by management to manage its segments and, accordingly, in its segment reporting. As appropriate, the Company supplements the reporting of consolidated financial information determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP with certain non-U.S. GAAP financial measures, including EBITDA. The Company believes these non-

75

Table of Contents

U.S. GAAP measures provide meaningful information that helps investors understand the Company's financial results and assess its prospects for future performance. The Company uses EBITDA to evaluate its performance, both internally and versus that of its peers, because it excludes certain items that may not be indicative of the Company's reportable segment results, as well as items that can vary widely across different industries or among companies within the same industry. Segment EBITDA is calculated in a manner consistent with consolidated EBITDA. Corporate EBITDA in 2011 includes a $29 million gain from remeasurement of our equity interests in EC Source upon the Company's acquisition of the remaining equity interests in EC Source.

Summarized financial information for MasTec’s reportable segments is presented and reconciled to consolidated continuing operations financial information for total MasTec in the following tables (in millions):

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
Revenue:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Communications	$	1,962.6	
 	 	$	1,772.7	
 	 	$	1,635.1	
 	
Oil and Gas	1,628.8	
 	 	959.0	
 	 	774.3	
 	
Electrical Transmission	428.8	
 	 	312.2	
 	 	198.3	
 	
Power Generation and Industrial	294.3	
 	 	668.1	
 	 	219.6	
 	
Other	12.3	
 	 	16.7	
 	 	4.8	
 	
Eliminations	(2.0	)	 	(1.9	)	 	(0.8	)	
Consolidated revenue	$	4,324.8	
 	 	$	3,726.8	
 	 	$	2,831.3	

Revenue generated by utilities customers represented 6.9%, 10.9% and 8.9% of Communications segment revenue in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
EBITDA:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Communications	$	247.7	
 	 	$	192.0	
 	 	$	154.3	
 	
Oil and Gas	215.9	
 	 	99.4	
 	 	80.1	
 	
Electrical Transmission	41.2	
 	 	38.7	
 	 	28.7	
 	
Power Generation and Industrial	(16.3	)	 	32.0	
 	 	(3.2	)	
Other	0.5	
 	 	2.0	
 	 	0.4	
 	
Corporate	(61.4	)	 	(42.0	)	 	7.6	
 	
Consolidated EBITDA	$	427.6	
 	 	$	322.1	
 	 	$	267.9	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
Depreciation and Amortization:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Communications	$	36.8	
 	 	$	29.1	
 	 	$	24.5	
 	
Oil and Gas	80.9	
 	 	42.0	
 	 	30.7	
 	
Electrical Transmission	12.6	
 	 	11.0	
 	 	8.5	
 	
Power Generation and Industrial	6.7	
 	 	6.7	
 	 	7.7	
 	
Other	—	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	0.1	
 	
Corporate	3.9	
 	 	3.1	
 	 	2.7	
 	
Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization	$	140.9	
 	 	$	92.0	
 	 	$	74.2	

76

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	As of December 31,	
Assets:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Communications	$	973.6	
 	 	$	843.5	
 	 	$	827.5	
 	
Oil and Gas	1,058.4	
 	 	809.2	
 	 	497.7	
 	
Electrical Transmission	448.1	
 	 	311.2	
 	 	254.8	
 	
Power Generation and Industrial	324.5	
 	 	323.8	
 	 	269.4	
 	
Other	22.8	
 	 	6.9	
 	 	3.9	
 	
Corporate	79.8	
 	 	95.5	
 	 	89.1	
 	
Consolidated Assets	$	2,907.2	
 	 	$	2,390.1	
 	 	$	1,942.4	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
Capital Expenditures:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Communications	$	25.1	
 	 	$	19.2	
 	 	$	23.0	
 	
Oil and Gas	67.4	
 	 	40.3	
 	 	25.7	
 	
Electrical Transmission	17.6	
 	 	11.5	
 	 	9.3	
 	
Power Generation and Industrial	5.7	
 	 	5.6	
 	 	4.6	
 	
Other	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Corporate	10.3	
 	 	2.8	
 	 	8.4	
 	
Consolidated Capital Expenditures	$	126.1	
 	 	$	79.4	
 	 	$	71.0	

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA to consolidated income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes:

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
EBITDA Reconciliation:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
EBITDA	$	427.6	
 	 	$	322.1	
 	 	$	267.9	
 	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense, net	(46.4	)	 	(37.4	)	 	(34.5	)	
Depreciation and amortization	(140.9	)	 	(92.0	)	 	(74.2	)	
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	240.2	
 	 	$	192.7	
 	 	$	159.3	

A reconciliation of total assets for continuing operations to consolidated total assets as of the dates indicated is as follows:

 	As of December 31,	
Asset Reconciliation:	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Total assets of continuing operations	$	2,907.2	
 	 	$	2,390.1	
 	 	$	1,942.4	
 	
Current assets of discontinued operations	2.3	
 	 	18.6	
 	 	30.6	
 	
Long-term assets of discontinued operations	10.1	
 	 	7.6	
 	 	121.7	
 	
Total assets	$	2,919.6	
 	 	$	2,416.3	
 	 	$	2,094.7	
 	
Foreign Operations. MasTec operates throughout North America, primarily in the United States and Canada, as well as in parts of Latin America. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, revenues from continuing operations of $4.1 billion, $3.6 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively, were derived in the United States, and $268.1 million, $156.8 million and $91.5 million, respectively, were derived from foreign operations. Long-lived assets of the Company's continuing operations held in the United States include property and equipment, net, of $436.9 million, $337.5 million and $251.9 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Long-lived assets of the Company's continuing operations held in foreign countries, primarily in Canada, include property and equipment, net, of $51.2 million, $11.4 million and $11.1 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Intangible assets and goodwill, net, of the Company's continuing operations of $972.2 million, $933.1 million and $794.1 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, relate to businesses in the United States. Intangible assets and goodwill, net, of the Company's continuing operations of $92.7 million, $30.5 million and $31.4 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, relate to businesses in foreign countries.

77

Table of Contents

Significant Customers
Revenue concentration information for significant customers, as a percent of total consolidated revenue from continuing operations, is as follows:

 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	
Customer:	 	 	 	 	 	
AT&T	18%	 	18%	 	24%	
DIRECTV®	14%	 	17%	 	20%	
Enbridge, Inc.	18%	 	3%	 	0%	

The Company's relationship with AT&T is based upon master service agreements, other service agreements and construction/installation contracts for both AT&T's wireless and wireline infrastructure businesses. Revenue from AT&T is included in the Communications segment.  The Company's relationship with DIRECTV® is based upon an agreement to provide installation and maintenance services for DIRECTV®. Revenue from DIRECTV® is included in the Communications segment.  The Company's relationship with Enbridge, Inc. is based upon various construction contracts for natural gas pipelines. Revenue from Enbridge, Inc. is included in the Oil and Gas segment. 
Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies
In addition to the matters discussed below, MasTec is subject to a variety of legal cases, claims and other disputes that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its business. MasTec cannot provide assurance that it will be successful in recovering all or any of the potential damages it has claimed or in defending claims against it.
Legacy Litigation.
Sintel. The labor union representing the workers of Sistemas e Instalaciones de Telecomunicacion S.A. (“Sintel”), a former MasTec subsidiary that was sold in 1998, filed a claim that initiated an investigative action with the Audiencia Nacional, a Spanish federal court, against Telefonica and dozens of other defendants including current and former officers and directors of MasTec and Sintel, relating to Sintel’s 2000 bankruptcy. On June 17, 2013, MasTec, the workers and the prosecutor resolved the matter, resulting in the dismissal all of the charges and claims brought against MasTec and the MasTec defendants. The workers provided MasTec and MasTec defendants with a release and an acknowledgment that MasTec and MasTec defendants acted in good faith and did not cause Sintel's bankruptcy. On June 20, 2013, the Audiencia Nacional issued an order dismissing the charges and claims against MasTec and the MasTec defendants and finding another party guilty and liable of certain charges.  The Company resolved the matter in order to avoid significant legal fees and the potential liabilities resulting from the actions of other Spanish defendants for which MasTec may be financially responsible under a theory of subsidiary (or vicarious) liability, the uncertainty of a trial before a foreign tribunal such as the Audiencia Nacional and to eliminate management time devoted to this matter. MasTec recorded a pre-tax charge of $9.6 million in 2012 in connection with this matter and recorded an additional pre-tax charge of $2.8 million during the second quarter of 2013 in connection with its resolution.
Other Outstanding Litigation

SunLight Entities.  In 2011, Power Partners MasTec, LLC., a MasTec, Inc. subsidiary (“Power Partners”), entered into engineering, procurement, and construction agreements (“Contracts”) with special purpose entities, SunLight General Somerset Solar, LLC, SunLight General Morris Solar, LLC and SunLight General Sussex Solar, LLC (collectively, the “SunLight Entities”), respectively, to perform design and construction services for three public solar projects in New Jersey located in Somerset, Morris and Sussex Counties (the “Projects”). The initial contract price of each of the Projects was, subject to adjustment, approximately as follows: Somerset ($29 million), Morris ($36 million) and Sussex ($26 million). The Projects were funded on a project finance basis, including the proceeds of municipal bonds issued by county improvement authorities.

Power Partners and the SunLight Entities have commenced three separate arbitration proceedings against each other to address various disputes that presently exist between the parties on the three Projects. The parties allege, among other things, breach of contract against each other. Discovery is ongoing. The arbitrations began in January 2014. Power Partners has also filed municipal liens and construction liens for the work performed. The liens have been challenged, and the Company is currently appealing the trial court's adverse ruling to the New Jersey appellate court. Power Partners is vigorously pursuing its claims against the SunLight Entities and vigorously defending against claims by the SunLight Entities.
Other Commitments and Contingencies
Leases.  In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into non-cancelable operating leases for certain of its facility, vehicle and equipment needs, including related party leases. See Note 10 - Lease Obligations.
Letters of Credit.  In the ordinary course of business, the Company is required to post letters of credit for its insurance carriers, surety bond providers and in support of performance under certain contracts. Such letters of credit are generally issued by a bank or similar financial institution. The letter of credit commits the issuer to pay specified amounts to the holder of the letter of credit under certain conditions. If this were to occur, the Company would be required to reimburse the issuer of the letter of credit, which, depending upon the circumstances, could result in a charge to earnings. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $134.8 million and $120.8 million, respectively, of letters of credit issued under its credit facility. The Company is not aware of any material claims relating to outstanding letters of credit as of December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012.

78

Table of Contents

Performance and Payment Bonds.  In the ordinary course of business, MasTec is required by certain customers to provide performance and payment bonds for some of the Company’s contractual commitments related to projects in process. These bonds provide a guarantee to the customer that the Company will perform under the terms of a contract and that the Company will pay subcontractors and vendors. If the Company fails to perform under a contract or to pay subcontractors and vendors, the customer may demand that the surety make payments or provide services under the bond. The Company must reimburse the surety for any expenses or outlays it incurs. As of December 31, 2013, the estimated cost to complete projects secured by the Company’s $1.0 billion in performance and payment bonds was $297.1 million. As of December 31, 2012, the estimated cost to complete projects secured by the Company’s $1.1 billion in performance and payment bonds was $287.7 million.
Self-Insurance.  MasTec maintains insurance policies for workers’ compensation, general liability and automobile liability, which are subject to per claim deductibles. The Company also maintains excess umbrella coverage. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, MasTec’s liability for unpaid claims and associated expenses, including incurred but not reported losses related to its workers compensation, general liability and automobile liability insurance policies, was $50.8 million and $48.1 million, respectively, of which $31.3 million and $28.5 million, respectively, was reflected within non-current other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. MasTec also maintains an insurance policy with respect to employee group health claims, which is subject to annual per employee maximum losses. MasTec’s liability for employee group claims as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $2.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively.
The Company is required to post letters of credit and provide cash collateral to certain of its insurance carriers and to provide insurance-related surety bonds in certain states. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, these letters of credit amounted to $57.4 million and $53.2 million, respectively. In addition, cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers, which is included in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets, amounted to $1.4 million as of both December 31, 2013 and 2012. Outstanding surety bonds related to workers’ compensation self-insurance programs amounted to $10.9 million and $9.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Employment Agreements.  The Company has employment agreements with certain executives and other employees, which provide for compensation and certain other benefits and for severance payments under certain circumstances. Certain employment agreements also contain clauses that become effective upon a change of control of the Company. Upon the occurrence of any of the defined events in the various employment agreements, the Company would be obligated to pay certain amounts to the relevant employees, which vary with the level of the employees’ respective responsibility.
Collective Bargaining Agreements and Multi-Employer Plans.  Certain of MasTec’s subsidiaries are party to various collective bargaining agreements with unions representing certain of their employees. The agreements require the subsidiaries party to the agreements to pay specified wages, provide certain benefits to their union employees and contribute certain amounts to multi-employer pension plans and employee benefit trusts. The multi-employer plan contribution rates are determined annually and assessed on a “pay-as-you-go” basis based on union employee payrolls. The collective bargaining agreements expire at various times and have typically been renegotiated and renewed on terms similar to the ones contained in the expiring agreements.  The required amount of future contributions cannot be determined for future periods because the number of union employees employed at any given time, and the plans in which they participate, vary depending upon the location and number of ongoing projects and the need for union resources in connection with those projects.
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, subjects employers to substantial liabilities in the event of the employer’s complete or partial withdrawal from, or upon termination of, such plans. Under current law regarding employers who are contributors to multi-employer defined benefit plans, a plan’s termination, an employer’s voluntary withdrawal from, or the mass withdrawal of all contributing employers from, an underfunded multi-employer defined benefit plan requires participating employers to make payments to the plan for their proportionate share of the multi-employer plan’s unfunded vested liabilities. Furthermore, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 added new funding rules generally applicable to plan years beginning after 2007 for multi-employer plans that are classified as “endangered,” “seriously endangered,” or “critical” status. If plans in which the Company’s subsidiaries participate are in critical status, benefit reductions may apply and/or the Company could be required to make additional contributions if the plans are determined to be underfunded.
Based upon the information available to the Company from plan administrators as of December 31, 2013, several of the multi-employer pension plans in which the Company’s subsidiaries participate are underfunded. The Pension Protection Act requires that underfunded pension plans improve their funding ratios within prescribed intervals based on the level of their underfunding. In addition, if a multi-employer defined benefit plan fails to satisfy certain minimum funding requirements, the Internal Revenue Service may impose on the employers contributing to such plan a nondeductible excise tax of 5% on the amount of the accumulated funding deficiency. The Company’s subsidiaries have been notified that certain plans to which they contribute are in “critical” status and require additional contributions in the form of a surcharge on future benefit contributions required for future work performed by union employees covered by these plans. As a result, the Company's required contributions to these plans could increase in the future. The amount of additional funds the Company may be obligated to contribute in the future cannot be estimated, as such amounts will be based on future levels of work that require the specific use of those union employees covered by these plans.
On November 15, 2011, the Company, along with other members of the PLCA, voluntarily withdrew from Central States, a defined benefit multi-employer pension plan that is in critical status. In connection with this withdrawal, a $6.4 million withdrawal liability was established based on an estimate provided by the Central States administrator of such liability as of the date of withdrawal. The Company began paying installments towards this withdrawal liability in 2013, of which $5.4 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2013. The Company withdrew from Central States in order to mitigate its liability in connection with the plan; however, Central States has asserted that the PLCA members did not effectively withdraw in 2011 and are responsible for a withdrawal liability that includes 2011 contribution amounts. By letter dated March 14, 2013, Central States demanded $11 million in withdrawal liability from the Company, which included 2011 contribution amounts. The Company is vigorously opposing this demand because it believes that it legally and effectively withdrew from Central States on November 15, 2011. If Central States were to prevail in its assertion that the Company withdrew after that date, then the initial amount of the Company’s withdrawal liability would increase to approximately $11 million.  In addition, if Central States were to undergo a mass withdrawal, as defined by ERISA and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, within the three 

79

Table of Contents

year period commencing with the beginning of the calendar year during which the Company withdrew from the plan, there could be additional liability. The Company currently does not have plans to withdraw from any other multi-employer pension plan.
See Note 12 - Other Retirement Plans for details of the Company's participation in multi-employer plans.
Indemnities.  The Company generally indemnifies its customers for the services it provides under its contracts, as well as other specified liabilities, which may subject the Company to indemnity claims, liabilities and related litigation. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company was not aware of any material asserted or unasserted claims in connection with these indemnity obligations.
Other Guarantees.  In the ordinary course of its business, from time to time, MasTec guarantees the obligations of its subsidiaries, including obligations under certain contracts with customers, certain lease obligations and in some states, obligations in connection with obtaining contractors’ licenses.  MasTec also generally warrants the work it performs for a one to two year period following substantial completion of a project. MasTec has not historically accrued any reserves for potential warranty claims as they have been immaterial.
Concentrations of Risk. The Company is subject to certain risk factors, including, but not limited to: risks related to seasonality of its business, adverse weather conditions, economic downturns, technological and regulatory changes in the industries it serves; competition within its industry; the nature of its contracts, which do not obligate MasTec’s customers to undertake any infrastructure projects and may be canceled on short notice; collectibility of receivables; acquisition integration and financing; availability of qualified employees; recoverability of goodwill; potential exposures to environmental liabilities; exposure related to foreign operations; exposure from system or information technology interruptions; exposure to litigation; and exposure to multi-employer pension plan liabilities. The Company grants credit, generally without collateral, to its customers. Consequently, the Company is subject to potential credit risk related to changes in business and economic factors. However, MasTec generally has certain lien rights on that work and concentration of credit risk is limited due to the diversity of the customer base. The Company believes its billing and collection policies are adequate to minimize potential credit risk. The Company had approximately 510 customers as of December 31, 2013, which included some of the largest and most prominent companies in the communications and utilities industries. MasTec’s customers include public and private energy providers, pipeline operators, wireless service providers, satellite and broadband operators, local and long distance carriers and government entities. The industries served by MasTec’s customers include, among others: communications (including wireless, wireline and satellite communications) and utilities (including petroleum and natural gas pipeline infrastructure; electrical utility transmission and distribution; power generation; and industrial infrastructure). For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company derived 69%, 64% and 71%, respectively, of revenues from continuing operations from its top ten customers.
Note 17 - Related Party Transactions     
MasTec purchases, rents and leases equipment used in its business from a number of different vendors on a non-exclusive basis, including Cross Country Pipeline Supply, Inc. ("CCP"), in which MasTec invested $15 million for a 14.85% ownership interest effective November 8, 2013. Juan Carlos Mas, who is the brother of Jorge Mas, Chairman of MasTec's Board of Directors, and Jose Mas, MasTec's Chief Executive Officer, serves as the chairman of CCP. In addition, an entity owned by the Mas family, including Jorge and Jose Mas, is a minority shareholder of CCP. MasTec paid CCP approximately $1.3 million for equipment rentals, leases and servicing from the date of the Company's investment in CCP through December 31, 2013.
MasTec leases employees to a customer in which Jorge Mas and Jose Mas own a minority interest. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, MasTec charged to the customer approximately $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, receivables of $0.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, attributable to this arrangement were outstanding. The Company also provides satellite communication services to this customer. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, revenues relating to this customer were approximately $1.3 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, outstanding receivables from this arrangement totaled approximately $0.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively.
The Company charters an aircraft from a third party that leases two of its aircraft from entities in which Jorge Mas and Jose Mas have an ownership interest. MasTec made no payments in connection with this arrangement for the year ended December 31, 2013. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, MasTec paid this unrelated chartering company approximately $2,000 and $66,000, respectively.
MasTec leases a property located in Florida from Irma S. Mas, the mother of Jorge Mas and Jose Mas. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company paid lease payments of approximately $52,000, $44,000 and $48,000, respectively, in connection with this property.
Split Dollar and Deferred Bonus Agreements
On October 16, 2013, Jorge Mas, the Company and Jose Ramon Mas and Juan Carlos Mas, as trustees of the Jorge Mas Irrevocable Trust, dated June 1, 2012 (the “trust”) entered into a split dollar life insurance agreement that replaces a prior split dollar agreement with Jorge Mas. Under the split dollar agreement, MasTec is the sole owner of each of the policies subject to the agreement. The Company will make the premium payments under each of such policies. Upon the death of Jorge Mas or the survivor of Jorge Mas and his wife (collectively, the “insureds”) under the applicable policy, MasTec is entitled to receive a portion of the death benefit under such policy equal to the greater of (i) all premiums paid by the Company on such policy and (ii) the then cash value of such policy (excluding surrender charges or other similar charges or reductions) immediately before the triggering death. The balance of the death benefit is payable to the trust or other beneficiary designated by the trustees. In the event of the Company’s bankruptcy or dissolution, the trust shall have the assignable option to purchase any or all of the policies subject to the split dollar agreement from the Company. The purchase price for each policy shall be the greater of (x) all premiums paid by the Company on such policy or (y) the then cash value of such policy (excluding surrender charges or other similar charges or reductions). The total maximum face amount of the

80

Table of Contents

insurance for all policies subject to the split dollar agreement was capped at $200 million. The Company is designated as the named fiduciary under the split dollar agreement, and the policy may not be surrendered without the express written consent of the trust. The Company paid approximately $1.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million, respectively, in connection with the split dollar agreements for Jorge Mas for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Life insurance assets associated with the split dollar agreement for Jorge Mas are based on the value of premiums paid for the associated policy.
MasTec also has split dollar and deferred bonus agreements with Jose Mas. The split dollar agreement provides that one or more life insurance policies may be subject to the agreement. At this time, however, the only policy subject to the agreement is the one acquired pursuant to the original agreement, which is in an aggregate face amount of $11 million. MasTec is the sole owner and beneficiary of any policy subject to the agreement, and upon the death of the insured, MasTec is entitled to receive a portion of the death benefit equal to the greater of (i) the total premiums paid by MasTec on such policy, or (ii) the then cash value of such policy immediately before the death of the insured, excluding surrender charges. The split dollar policy may not be surrendered without the express written consent of Jose Mas. Upon termination of the agreement, Jose Mas has an option to purchase each policy, subject to the agreement for a purchase price equal to the greater of the amounts referenced above. MasTec will make the premium payments until the agreement is terminated, which occurs upon any of the following events: (i) bankruptcy or dissolution of MasTec, or (ii) a change in control of MasTec. The amount of deferred bonus that is payable upon termination of the split dollar agreement, which is triggered upon a change in control of MasTec, is equal to the sum of the following amounts, determined with respect to each policy subject to the split dollar agreement: the greater of (i) the total premiums paid by MasTec under the terms of such policy, or (ii) the then cash value of such policy immediately prior to the change in control, excluding surrender charges. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, MasTec did not make any payments in connection with the split dollar agreement for Jose Mas. The Company adjusts the value of life insurance assets associated with the split dollar agreements for Jose Mas each period based on their current cash surrender values.
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, life insurance assets associated with the split dollar agreements for Jorge and Jose Mas, which are included within other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets, totaled $10.2 million and $8.7 million, respectively.
Note 18 – Quarterly Information (Unaudited)
The following table presents unaudited quarterly operating results for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in millions, except per share data). The Company believes that all necessary adjustments have been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the quarterly results when read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 	2013 Quarter Ended	 	2012 Quarter Ended	
 	March 31	 	June 30	 	September 30	 	December 31	 	 March 31	 	June 30	 	September 30	 	December 31	
Revenue	$	918.6	
 	 	$	977.6	
 	 	$	1,269.4	
 	 	$	1,159.1	
 	 	$	738.3	
 	 	$	988.9	
 	 	$	1,067.3	
 	 	$	932.4	

Net income from continuing operations	$	19.3	
 	 	$	35.5	
 	 	$	49.9	
 	 	$	42.9	
 	 	$	11.7	
 	 	$	31.2	
 	 	$	36.1	
 	 	$	37.7	
 	
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations	(0.9	)	 	(0.5	)	 	(3.7	)	 	(1.3	)	 	2.5	
 	 	(1.1	)	 	(9.3	)	 	(1.4	)	
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests	—	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	(0.0	)	 	(0.0	)	 	(0.0	)	 	0.0	
 	
Net income attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	18.4	
 	 	$	34.9	
 	 	$	46.1	
 	 	$	41.5	
 	 	$	14.2	
 	 	$	30.1	
 	 	$	26.8	
 	 	$	36.3	
 	
Basic earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	0.25	
 	 	$	0.46	
 	 	$	0.65	
 	 	$	0.55	
 	 	$	0.15	
 	 	$	0.39	
 	 	$	0.47	
 	 	$	0.50	
 	
Discontinued operations	(0.01	)	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.05	)	 	(0.02	)	 	0.03	
 	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.12	)	 	(0.02	)	
Total basic earnings per share (a)	$	0.24	
 	 	$	0.46	
 	 	$	0.60	
 	 	$	0.54	
 	 	$	0.18	
 	 	$	0.37	
 	 	$	0.35	
 	 	$	0.48	
 	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	$	0.23	
 	 	$	0.42	
 	 	$	0.59	
 	 	$	0.50	
 	 	$	0.14	
 	 	$	0.38	
 	 	$	0.45	
 	 	$	0.46	
 	
Discontinued operations	(0.01	)	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.04	)	 	(0.02	)	 	0.03	
 	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.12	)	 	(0.02	)	
Total diluted earnings per share (a)	$	0.22	
 	 	$	0.41	
 	 	$	0.54	
 	 	$	0.49	
 	 	$	0.17	
 	 	$	0.37	
 	 	$	0.34	
 	 	$	0.45	
 	
(a) Earnings per share calculations may contain slight summation differences due to rounding.
During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company acquired certain businesses. In addition, the Company sold its Globetec business in 2013 and its DirectStar business in 2012. As a result, the quarterly results of 2013 may not be comparable with those of 2012. Other transactions affecting comparisons of the Company's quarterly results include: (i) $5.6 million of debt extinguishment charges that were recorded in the first quarter of 2013; (ii) $2.8 million of Sintel legal settlement charges that were recorded in the second quarter of 2013; and (iii) $9.6 million of Sintel legal settlement charges that were recorded in the third quarter of 2012. 

81

Table of Contents

Note 19 – Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Information
The 2011 Convertible Notes, 2009 Convertible Notes are, and, through March 29, 2013, the 7.625% Senior Notes were, fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured, unsubordinated, joint and several basis by certain of the Company's existing and future 100%-owned direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries that are each guarantors of the Company's 2013 Credit Facility or other outstanding indebtedness (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”).  The 4.875% Senior Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured unsubordinated, joint and several basis by the Company's 100%-owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the 2013 Credit Facility. Certain subsidiaries included in the Company's Guarantor Subsidiaries, which are minor individually and in the aggregate, do not guarantee the 4.875% Senior Notes. The Company's subsidiaries organized outside of the U.S. and certain domestic subsidiaries (collectively, the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”) do not guarantee any of these notes. The subsidiary guarantees are subject to release in certain customary circumstances including upon the sale of a majority of the capital stock or substantially all of the assets of the subsidiary guarantor; if the guarantee under our 2013 Credit Facility and other indebtedness is released or discharged (other than due to payment under such guarantee); or when the requirements for legal defeasance are satisfied or the obligations are discharged in accordance with the related indentures.
The following supplemental financial information sets forth the condensed consolidating balance sheets and the condensed consolidating statements of operations and comprehensive income and cash flows for the parent company (MasTec, Inc.), the Guarantor Subsidiaries on a combined basis, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on a combined basis and the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for the Company as reported on a consolidated basis. Eliminations represent adjustments to eliminate investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions between or among MasTec, Inc., the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.  Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method for this presentation.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in millions)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Revenue	$	—	
 	 	$	3,903.8	
 	 	$	425.6	
 	 	$	(4.6	)	 	$	4,324.8	
 	
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization	—	
 	 	3,321.3	
 	 	365.7	
 	 	(4.6	)	 	3,682.4	
 	
Depreciation and amortization	—	
 	 	120.1	
 	 	20.8	
 	 	—	
 	 	140.9	
 	
General and administrative expenses	2.1	
 	 	184.6	
 	 	28.7	
 	 	—	
 	 	215.4	
 	
Interest expense, net	—	
 	 	45.5	
 	 	0.9	
 	 	—	
 	 	46.4	
 	
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—	
 	 	5.6	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	5.6	
 	
Other (income) expense, net	—	
 	 	(6.1	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(6.1	)	
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	(2.1	)	 	$	232.8	
 	 	$	9.5	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	240.2	
 	
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes	0.8	
 	 	(91.9	)	 	(1.4	)	 	—	
 	 	(92.5	)	
Net (loss) income from continuing operations	$	(1.3	)	 	$	140.9	
 	 	$	8.1	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	147.7	
 	
Net loss from discontinued operations	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(6.5	)	 	—	
 	 	(6.5	)	
Equity in income from subsidiaries, net of tax	142.2	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(142.2	)	 	—	
 	
Net income (loss)	$	140.9	
 	 	$	140.9	
 	 	$	1.6	
 	 	$	(142.2	)	 	$	141.2	
 	
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.3	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.3	
 	
Net income (loss) attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	140.9	
 	 	$	140.9	
 	 	$	1.3	
 	 	$	(142.2	)	 	$	140.9	
 	
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	133.2	
 	 	$	140.9	
 	 	$	(6.2	)	 	$	(134.4	)	 	$	133.4	

82

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in millions)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Revenue	$	—	
 	 	$	3,563.2	
 	 	$	166.6	
 	 	$	(3.0	)	 	$	3,726.8	
 	
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization	—	
 	 	3,094.2	
 	 	148.0	
 	 	(3.0	)	 	3,239.2	
 	
Depreciation and amortization	—	
 	 	89.0	
 	 	3.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	92.0	
 	
General and administrative expenses	1.7	
 	 	147.4	
 	 	8.4	
 	 	—	
 	 	157.5	
 	
Interest expense (revenue), net	—	
 	 	37.4	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	37.4	
 	
Other expense, net	—	
 	 	7.8	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	—	
 	 	8.0	
 	
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	(1.7	)	 	$	187.4	
 	 	$	7.0	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	192.7	
 	
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes	0.7	
 	 	(75.6	)	 	(1.2	)	 	—	
 	 	(76.1	)	
Net (loss) income from continuing operations	$	(1.0	)	 	$	111.8	
 	 	$	5.8	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	116.6	
 	
Net loss from discontinued operations	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(9.2	)	 	—	
 	 	(9.2	)	
Equity in income from subsidiaries, net of tax	108.4	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(108.4	)	 	—	
 	
Net income (loss)	$	107.4	
 	 	$	111.8	
 	 	$	(3.4	)	 	$	(108.4	)	 	$	107.4	
 	
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.0	
 	
Net income (loss) attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	107.4	
 	 	$	111.8	
 	 	$	(3.4	)	 	$	(108.4	)	 	$	107.4	
 	
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	107.4	
 	 	$	112.4	
 	 	$	(1.5	)	 	$	(108.4	)	 	$	109.9	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Revenue	$	—	
 	 	$	2,740.6	
 	 	$	91.6	
 	 	$	(0.9	)	 	$	2,831.3	
 	
Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization	—	
 	 	2,373.1	
 	 	87.5	
 	 	(0.9	)	 	2,459.7	
 	
Depreciation and amortization	—	
 	 	72.0	
 	 	2.2	
 	 	—	
 	 	74.2	
 	
General and administrative expenses	2.5	
 	 	125.8	
 	 	4.3	
 	 	—	
 	 	132.6	
 	
Interest expense, net	—	
 	 	34.4	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	—	
 	 	34.5	
 	
Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in acquiree	—	
 	 	(29.0	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(29.0	)	
Other expense (income), net	—	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	(0.1	)	 	—	
 	 	0.0	
 	
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	(2.5	)	 	$	164.2	
 	 	$	(2.4	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	159.3	
 	
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes	1.0	
 	 	(64.4	)	 	1.6	
 	 	—	
 	 	(61.8	)	
Net (loss) income from continuing operations	$	(1.5	)	 	$	99.8	
 	 	$	(0.8	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	97.5	
 	
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	8.5	
 	 	—	
 	 	8.5	
 	
Equity in income from subsidiaries, net of tax	107.5	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(107.5	)	 	—	
 	
Net income (loss)	$	106.0	
 	 	$	99.8	
 	 	$	7.7	
 	 	$	(107.5	)	 	$	106.0	
 	
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.0	
 	
Net income (loss) attributable to MasTec, Inc.	$	106.0	
 	 	$	99.8	
 	 	$	7.7	
 	 	$	(107.5	)	 	$	106.0	
 	
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	106.0	
 	 	$	99.6	
 	 	$	6.1	
 	 	$	(107.5	)	 	$	104.2	

83

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS (in millions)

As of December 31, 2013	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets, including discontinued operations	$	—	
 	 	$	1,155.6	
 	 	$	150.3	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	1,305.9	
 	
Property and equipment, net	—	
 	 	420.2	
 	 	67.9	
 	 	—	
 	 	488.1	
 	
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	—	
 	 	932.8	
 	 	132.2	
 	 	—	
 	 	1,065.0	
 	
Net investments in and advances to (from) consolidated affiliates	1,006.8	
 	 	172.4	
 	 	(24.1	)	 	(1,155.1	)	 	—	
 	
Other long-term assets, including discontinued operations	9.3	
 	 	36.2	
 	 	15.1	
 	 	—	
 	 	60.6	
 	
Total assets	$	1,016.1	
 	 	$	2,717.2	
 	 	$	341.4	
 	 	$	(1,155.1	)	 	$	2,919.6	
 	
Liabilities and Equity	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	$	—	
 	 	$	772.1	
 	 	$	53.4	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	825.5	
 	
Long-term debt	—	
 	 	760.9	
 	 	4.5	
 	 	—	
 	 	765.4	
 	
Other liabilities	—	
 	 	236.5	
 	 	71.1	
 	 	—	
 	 	307.6	
 	
Total liabilities	$	—	
 	 	$	1,769.5	
 	 	$	129.0	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	1,898.6	
 	
Total equity	$	1,016.1	
 	 	$	947.7	
 	 	$	212.4	
 	 	$	(1,155.1	)	 	$	1,021.1	
 	
Total liabilities and equity	$	1,016.1	
 	 	$	2,717.2	
 	 	$	341.4	
 	 	$	(1,155.1	)	 	$	2,919.6	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
As of December 31, 2012	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets, including discontinued operations	$	—	
 	 	$	954.1	
 	 	$	95.5	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	1,049.6	
 	
Property and equipment, net	—	
 	 	326.6	
 	 	22.3	
 	 	—	
 	 	348.9	
 	
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	—	
 	 	890.7	
 	 	72.9	
 	 	—	
 	 	963.6	
 	
Net investments in and advances to (from) consolidated affiliates	855.0	
 	 	164.5	
 	 	(13.8	)	 	(1,005.7	)	 	—	
 	
Other long-term assets, including discontinued operations	7.7	
 	 	38.8	
 	 	7.7	
 	 	—	
 	 	54.2	
 	
Total assets	$	862.7	
 	 	$	2,374.7	
 	 	$	184.6	
 	 	$	(1,005.7	)	 	$	2,416.3	
 	
Liabilities and Equity	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	$	—	
 	 	$	675.1	
 	 	$	39.0	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	714.1	
 	
Long-term debt	—	
 	 	546.2	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	—	
 	 	546.3	
 	
Other liabilities	—	
 	 	263.4	
 	 	30.6	
 	 	—	
 	 	294.0	
 	
Total liabilities	$	—	
 	 	$	1,484.7	
 	 	$	69.7	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	1,554.4	
 	
Total equity	$	862.7	
 	 	$	890.0	
 	 	$	114.9	
 	 	$	(1,005.7	)	 	$	861.9	
 	
Total liabilities and equity	$	862.7	
 	 	$	2,374.7	
 	 	$	184.6	
 	 	$	(1,005.7	)	 	$	2,416.3	

84

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in millions)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(2.8	)	 	$	180.7	
 	 	$	22.5	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	200.4	
 	
Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid for acquisitions, net	$	—	
 	 	$	(45.0	)	 	$	(103.6	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(148.6	)	
Disposal of business, divested cash	—	
 	 	(3.0	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(3.0	)	
Capital expenditures	—	
 	 	(115.6	)	 	(10.7	)	 	—	
 	 	(126.3	)	
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	—	
 	 	15.9	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	15.9	
 	
(Payments for) proceeds from other investments, net	—	
 	
 	(1.2	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(1.2	)	
Net cash used in investing activities	$	—	
 	
 	$	(148.9	)	 	$	(114.3	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(263.2	)	
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from (repayments of) credit facility	$	—	
 	 	$	(80.7	)	 	$	(20.0	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(100.7	)	
Proceeds from senior notes, net	—	
 	 	250.0	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	250.0	
 	
Repayments of other borrowings and capital lease obligations	—	
 	 	(69.1	)	 	(1.6	)	 	—	
 	 	(70.7	)	
Excess tax benefits and proceeds from stock-based awards	8.3	
 	 	4.4	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	12.7	
 	
Payments of financing costs, including earn-outs	—	
 	 	(30.4	)	 	(2.0	)	 	—	
 	 	(32.4	)	
Net financing activities and advances (to) from consolidated affiliates	(5.5	)	 	(109.8	)	 	115.3	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	2.8	
 	 	$	(35.6	)	 	$	91.7	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	58.9	
 	
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	—	
 	 	(3.8	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(3.8	)	
Net effect of currency translation on cash	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	—	
 	 	12.7	
 	 	14.1	
 	 	—	
 	 	26.8	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—	
 	 	$	8.9	
 	 	$	14.1	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	23.0	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations	$	—	
 	 	$	8.9	
 	 	$	14.1	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	23.0	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(1.3	)	 	$	141.4	
 	 	$	32.4	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	172.5	
 	
Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid for acquisitions, net	$	—	
 	 	$	(118.1	)	 	$	(1.4	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(119.5	)	
Proceeds from disposal of business, net of cash divested	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	97.7	
 	 	—	
 	 	97.7	
 	
Capital expenditures	—	
 	 	(76.2	)	 	(3.5	)	 	—	
 	 	(79.7	)	
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	—	
 	 	7.4	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	7.4	
 	
(Payments for) proceeds from other investments, net	(0.2	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(0.2	)	
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(0.2	)	 	$	(186.9	)	 	$	92.8	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(94.3	)	
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from credit facility, net	$	—	
 	 	$	74.0	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	74.0	
 	
Repayments of other borrowings and capital lease obligations	—	
 	 	(42.5	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(42.5	)	
Repurchase of common stock	(75.0	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(75.0	)	
Excess tax benefits and proceeds from stock-based awards	5.0	
 	 	0.8	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	5.8	
 	
Payments of financing costs, including earn-outs	—	
 	 	(34.1	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(34.1	)	
Net financing activities and advances (to) from consolidated affiliates	71.5	
 	 	54.4	
 	 	(125.9	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	1.5	
 	 	$	52.6	
 	 	$	(125.9	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(71.8	)	
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	—	
 	 	7.1	
 	 	(0.7	)	 	—	
 	 	6.4	
 	
Net effect of currency translation on cash	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.1	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	—	
 	 	5.6	
 	 	14.7	
 	 	—	
 	 	20.3	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—	
 	 	$	12.7	
 	 	$	14.1	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	26.8	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	0.4	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	0.4	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations	$	—	
 	 	$	12.7	
 	 	$	13.7	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	26.4	

85

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in millions)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011	MasTec, Inc.	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	Eliminations	 	Consolidated
MasTec, Inc.	
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(0.9	)	 	$	33.6	
 	 	$	(12.0	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	20.7	
 	
Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid for acquisitions, net	$	(31.2	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(9.5	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(40.7	)	
Capital expenditures	—	
 	 	(70.9	)	 	(0.8	)	 	—	
 	 	(71.7	)	
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	—	
 	 	6.1	
 	 	0.1	
 	 	—	
 	 	6.2	
 	
(Payments for) proceeds from other investments, net	(0.2	)	 	4.6	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	4.4	
 	
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(31.4	)	 	$	(60.2	)	 	$	(10.2	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(101.8	)	
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from credit facility, net	$	—	
 	 	$	60.0	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	60.0	
 	
(Repayments of) proceeds from other borrowings and capital lease obligations	—	
 	 	(30.3	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(30.3	)	
Repurchase of common stock	(75.0	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(75.0	)	
Excess tax benefits and proceeds from stock-based awards	12.4	
 	 	7.8	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	20.2	
 	
Payments of financing costs, including earn-outs	—	
 	 	(51.3	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(51.3	)	
Net financing activities and advances (to) from consolidated affiliates	94.9	
 	 	(112.3	)	 	17.4	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	32.3	
 	 	$	(126.1	)	 	$	17.4	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	(76.4	)	
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	—	
 	 	(152.7	)	 	(4.8	)	 	—	
 	 	(157.5	)	
Net effect of currency translation on cash	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.2	
 	 	—	
 	 	0.2	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	—	
 	 	158.3	
 	 	19.3	
 	 	—	
 	 	177.6	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—	
 	 	$	5.6	
 	 	$	14.7	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	20.3	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	12.9	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	12.9	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations	$	—	
 	 	$	5.6	
 	 	$	1.8	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	7.4	

86

Table of Contents
 	 	
Item 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	
None
 	 	
Item 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted by us under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Our management has designed our disclosure controls and procedures to provide “reasonable assurance” of achieving our control objectives. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and are subject to certain limitations, including the exercise of judgment by individuals, the difficulty in identifying unlikely future events, and the difficulty in eliminating misconduct completely .
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer evaluated, with the participation of our management, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures did not include the disclosure controls and procedures of Data Cell Systems, Inc. ("Data Cell"), Big Country Energy Services, Inc. and its affiliated operating companies ("Big Country") and Energy Erectors, Inc. ("Energy Erectors"), which were effectively acquired on April 1, 2013, May 1, 2013 and August 1, 2013, respectively, and which are included in the 2013 consolidated financial statements. Data Cell, Big Country and Energy Erectors constituted 8% of total assets as of December 31, 2013 and 6% of revenues and 9% of net income, respectively, for the year then ended. Based on management’s evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2013.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in  Internal Control – Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and to our Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered by this report. In making its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls over financial reporting of Data Cell, Big Country and Energy Erectors, which recently acquired entities are more fully described above. Based on management’s evaluation and the criteria set forth by COSO, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.
BDO USA, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm which audits our financial statements, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 and has expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting.There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

87

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Shareholders
MasTec, Inc.
Coral Gables, Florida
We have audited MasTec, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). MasTec, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
As indicated in the accompanying “Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting,” management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Data Cell Systems, Inc. ("Data Cell"), Big Country Energy Services, Inc. and its affiliated operating companies ("Big Country") and Energy Erectors, Inc. ("Energy Erectors"), which were effectively acquired on April 1, 2013, May 1, 2013 and August 1, 2013, respectively, and which are included in the consolidated balance sheets of MasTec, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended. Data Cell, Big Country and Energy Erectors constituted 8% of total assets as of December 31, 2013 and 6% of revenues and 9% of net income, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of MasTec, Inc. also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Data Cell, Big Country or Energy Erectors.
In our opinion, MasTec, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of MasTec, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 and our report dated February 27, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Certified Public Accountants
Miami, Florida
February 27, 2014 

88

Table of Contents
 	 	
ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	
None.

PART III
 	 	
ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	
The information about directors required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and our controller, or persons performing similar functions. We have posted our code of ethics on our website ( www.mastec.com ) in the Investors section under the tab “Corporate Governance,” and it is available to any person upon request. We intend to post any amendments to, or any waivers from, a provision of the code of ethics that applies to the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or any other person performing a similar function, on our website. See also Item 1. “Business – Available Information.”
 	 	
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	
The information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 	 	
ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	
The following table sets forth information about our common stock that may be issued under all of our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013, which include: the MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan ("the 2013 Incentive Plan"); the MasTec, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "2011 ESPP"); the MasTec, Inc. Bargaining Units Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "2013 Bargaining Units ESPP); and individual option agreements. The 2013 Incentive Plan replaced the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees, as amended (together, the "2003 Plans"). Shares that remained available under the 2003 Plans became available under the 2013 Incentive Plan as of its effective date.

Plan Category	 	(a)
Number of Securities to be Issued Upon  Exercise of Outstanding Options,   
Warrants and Rights	 	(b)
Weighted Average 
Exercise Price of  
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights	 	(c)
Number of Securities 
Remaining Available for   Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in  Column (a))	 	
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	495,571	
 	 	$	11.17	
 	 	6,495,617	
 	(1) 	
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	N/A	
 	 	N/A	
 	 	N/A	
 	 	
Total	495,571	
 	 	 	 	6,495,617	

(1)	Under the 2013 Incentive Plan, 5,059,711 shares remain available for issuance. Under the 2011 ESPP and 2013 Bargaining Units ESPP, 435,906 shares and 1,000,000 shares, respectively, remain available for issuance.	
Summaries of Plans Not Approved by Our Shareholders
Deferred Fee Plan.The Deferred Fee Plan became effective on January 1, 2007. Under the terms of the Deferred Fee Plan, directors may elect to defer the receipt of cash and stock fees for their services as directors. Each director may elect the type of fees to be deferred, the percentage of such fees to be deferred, and the form in which the deferred fees and any earnings thereon are to be paid. Deferred cash fees may be directed to a deferred cash account or a deferred stock account (or both). Deferred stock fees may only be directed to a deferred stock account. Elections to defer fees remain in force, unless amended or revoked within the required time periods.
The deferred cash account will be credited with interest on the cash balance at the end of each calendar quarter. The interest rate is equal to the rate of interest payable by us on our revolving credit facility, as determined as of the first day of each calendar quarter. The deferred stock account will be credited with stock dividends (or with cash dividends that are converted to deferred stock credits pursuant to the plan.)

89

Table of Contents

Distribution of a director’s cash and stock accounts will begin on January 15 of the year following the directors’ termination of all services with us. Distributions from the deferred stock account will be made in cash. Distribution will either be made in a lump-sum payment or in up to five consecutive installments as elected by the director.
Individual Option Grants.We have entered into various option agreements with non-employee directors, advisors and other parties in connection with providing certain services, acquisitions and other matters. Such options have various vesting schedules and exercise prices and have been included in the equity compensation plan table above.
The other information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 	 	
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	
The information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 	 	
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	
The information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
PART IV
ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 	 	
(a)	1.    Financial Statements – the consolidated financial statements and the reports of the Independent Registered Public Accounting firms are listed on pages 55 through 97.	
2.    Financial Statement Schedules - Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
3.    Exhibits including those incorporated by reference:

Exhibits	 	Description (1)	
2.2	 	Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 24, 2012, by and among MasTec North America, Inc., DirectStar TV, LLC, Red Ventures, LLC and the other parties thereto, filed as Exhibit 2.2 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.	
3.1	 	Composite Articles of Incorporation of MasTec, Inc. filed as Exhibit 3.1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 25, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.	
3.2	 	Amended and Restated By-laws of MasTec, Inc., amended and restated as of January 22, 2010, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 28, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.1	 	Form of 4.0% Senior Convertible Note due 2014 filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 5, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.2	 	Indenture, dated June 5, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 5, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.3	 	First Supplemental Indenture, dated June 5, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 5, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.4	 	Form of 4.25% Senior Convertible Note due 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture) filed as Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 10, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.5	 	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated November 10, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 10, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.6	 	Form of 4.00% Senior Convertible Note due 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Third Supplemental Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.7	 	Third Supplemental Indenture, dated January 11, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.8	 	Form of 4.25% Senior Convertible Note due 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Fourth Supplemental Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.9	 	Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated January 11, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	

90

Table of Contents

 	 	 	
4.10	 	Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2013, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec, Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 18, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.11*	 	Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2013, by and among MasTec, Inc., the new guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.	
4.12*	 	Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 11, 2013, by and among MasTec, Inc., the new guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.	
10.1+	 	2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.2+	 	Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non–Employees as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.3+	 	Deferred Fee Plan for Directors dated December 19, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.38 to our Form 8–K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.4+	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Employees filed as Exhibit 10.7 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.5+	 	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Employees filed as Exhibit 10.8 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.6	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees filed as Exhibit 10.9 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.7	 	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees filed as Exhibit 10.10 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.8+	 	MasTec, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan filed as Exhibit 99.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.9+	 	Deferred Bonus Agreement between MasTec, Inc. and Jorge Mas dated October 28, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.71 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 28, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.10+	 	Split-Dollar Agreement between MasTec, Inc. and Jose Mas dated October 28, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.72 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 28, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.11+	 	Deferred Bonus Agreement between MasTec, Inc. and Jose Mas dated October 28, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.73 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 28, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.12	 	Purchase Agreement, dated November 3, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., Precision Acquisition, LLC, Precision Pipeline LLC, Precision Transport Company, LLC, PPL Management, Inc., Michael Daniel Murphy, Steven R. Rooney, Angela D. Murphy and Karen K. Rooney filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 4, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.13+	 	Employment Agreement executed on January 26, 2010 between MasTec, Inc. and Robert Apple filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 28, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.14	 	Fourth Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among NSORO, LLC, NSORO MasTec, LLC, and Darrell J. Mays Filed as Exhibit 10.43 to our Annual Report in Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 23, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.15+	 	MasTec, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan filed as Annex A to Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on March 23, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.16	 	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2010, by and among MasTec, Inc., EC Source Services, LLC and the other parties thereto, filed as Exhibit 10.44 to our Quarterly Report Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.17+	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Awards under the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report filed with the SEC on August 3, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.18+	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Awards under the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report filed with the SEC on November 3, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.19+	 	Amendment to the MasTec, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly Report filed with the SEC on November 3, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.20	 	Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer, and the lenders party thereto, filed as Exhibit 10.29 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, filed on June 22, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.21	 	Consolidated, Amended and Restated Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among the Guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.22	 	Security Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent filed as Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.23	 	Fourth Amended, Restated and Consolidated Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.24	 	Employment Agreement by and between MasTec, Inc. and C. Robert Campbell, dated September 8, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	

91

Table of Contents

 	 	 	
10.25	 	MasTec, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers Plan, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2012 as Annex A to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.26	 	Separation Agreement, dated December 31, 2012, by and between MasTec, Inc. and Ray Harris, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the with the SEC on January 4, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.27+	 	Employment Agreement, dated April 18, 2007, by and between MasTec, Inc. and Jose R. Mas, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 20, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.28+	 	Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2008, by and between MasTec, Inc. and Alberto de Cardenas, filed as Exhibit 10.53 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.29+	 	Split-Dollar Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2013, by and among MasTec, Inc., Jorge Mas, and Jose Ramon Mas and Juan Carlos Mas, as Trustees of the Jorge Mas Irrevocable Trust, dated June 1, 2012, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 31, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.30*	 	Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of October 29, 2013, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec North America, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer and a Lender, each of the other Lenders party thereto and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto.	
10.31+	 	MasTec, Inc. Bargaining Units ESPP, filed with the SEC on April 10, 2013 as Annex A to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.32+	 	MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan, filed with the SEC on April 10, 2013 as Annex B to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.33+*	 	Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement for Awards under the MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan.	
10.34+*	 	Form of Employee Restricted Stock Agreement for Awards under the MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan.	
10.35+*	 	Form of Non-Employee Stock Option Agreement for Awards under the MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan.	
10.36+*	 	Form of Non-Employee Restricted Stock Agreement for Awards under the MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan.	
10.37+	 	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between MasTec, Inc. and C. Robert Campbell, dated January 23, 2014, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 24, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.38+	 	Employment Agreement by and between MasTec, Inc. and George Pita, dated January 23, 2014, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 24, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein.	
12.1*	 	Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges	
21*	 	Subsidiaries of MasTec, Inc.	
23.1*	 	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.	
23.2*	 	Consent of Independent Valuation Firm.	
31.1*	 	Certifications required by Section 302(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
31.2*	 	Certifications required by Section 302(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
32.1*	 	Certifications required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
32.2*	 	Certifications required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
101.INS*	 	XBRL Instance Document	
101.SCH*	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema	
101.CAL*	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase	
101.DEF*	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.	
101.LAB*	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase	
101.PRE*	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase	
______________
 	 	
(1)	SEC file number for all Securities Exchange Act reports referenced in the exhibit list is 001 - 08106.	
 	 	
*	Filed herewith.	
 	 	
+	Management contract or compensation plan arrangement.	

92

Table of Contents

MASTEC, INC.
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in millions)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing Operations:	Balance at
Beginning
of Period	 	Charges to Cost and Expense	 	(Deductions)	 	Balance at
End of
Period	
Year ended December 31, 2013	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	11.3	
 	 	$	6.1	
 	(a) 	$	(1.3	)	(b) 	$	16.1	
 	
Provision for inventory obsolescence	2.0	
 	 	2.0	
 	(c) 	(1.4	)	(d) 	2.6	
 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	2.0	
 	 	0.2	
 	(e) 	(2.1	)	(f) 	0.1	
 	
Total	$	15.3	
 	 	$	8.3	
 	 	$	(4.8	)	 	$	18.8	
 	
Year ended December 31, 2012	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	7.7	
 	 	$	6.9	
 	(a) 	$	(3.3	)	(b) 	$	11.3	
 	
Provision for inventory obsolescence	2.2	
 	 	2.3	
 	(c) 	(2.5	)	(d) 	2.0	
 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	2.8	
 	 	0.5	
 	(e) 	(1.3	)	(f) 	2.0	
 	
Total	$	12.7	
 	 	$	9.7	
 	 	$	(7.1	)	 	$	15.3	
 	
Year ended December 31, 2011	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	8.4	
 	 	$	2.0	
 	(a) 	$	(2.7	)	(b) 	$	7.7	
 	
Provision for inventory obsolescence	0.4	
 	 	3.1	
 	(c) 	(1.3	)	(d) 	2.2	
 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	5.6	
 	 	0.4	
 	(e) 	(3.2	)	(f) 	2.8	
 	
Total	$	14.4	
 	 	$	5.5	
 	 	$	(7.2	)	 	$	12.7	

 	 	
(a)	Provision for doubtful accounts.	
 	 	
(b)	Write-offs and reversals of uncollectible accounts.	
 	 	
(c)	Provision for inventory obsolescence.	
 	 	
(d)	Inventory write-offs.	
 	 	
(e)	Increase in the foreign tax loss carryforward.	
 	 	
(f)	Utilization of tax loss carryforwards and other tax benefits.	

93

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Miami, State of Florida, on February 27, 2014.

 	 	
 	MASTEC, INC.	
 	 	
 	/s/ JOSE R. MAS        	
 	Jose R. Mas	
 	Chief Executive Officer	
 	(Principal Executive Officer)	
 	 	
 	/s/ GEORGE L. PITA	
 	George L. Pita	
 	Chief Financial Officer	
 	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	
    
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 27, 2014.

 	 	
/s/ JORGE MAS	Chairman of the Board of Directors	
Jorge Mas	 	
 	 	
/s/ JOSE R. MAS	Chief Executive Officer and Director	
Jose R. Mas	(Principal Executive Officer)	
 	 	
/s/ GEORGE L. PITA	Chief Financial Officer	
George L. Pita	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	
 	 	
/s/ ERNST N. CSISZAR	Director	
Ernst N. Csiszar	 	
 	 	
/s/ ROBERT J. DWYER	Director	
Robert J. Dwyer	 	
 	 	
/s/ JOHN VAN HEUVELEN	Director	
John Van Heuvelen	 	
 	 	
/s/ FRANK E. JAUMOT	Director	
Frank E. Jaumot	 	
 	 	
/s/ JULIA L. JOHNSON	Director	
Julia L. Johnson	 	
 	 	
/s/ DANIEL A. RESTREPO	Director	
Daniel A. Restrepo	 	
 	 	
/s/ JOSE S. SORZANO	Director	
Jose S. Sorzano	 	

94

Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 	 	 	
Exhibits	 	Description (1)	
2.2	 	Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 24, 2012, by and among MasTec North America, Inc., DirectStar TV, LLC, Red Ventures, LLC and the other parties thereto, filed as Exhibit 2.2 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.	
3.1	 	Composite Articles of Incorporation of MasTec, Inc. filed as Exhibit 3.1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 25, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.	
3.2	 	Amended and Restated By-laws of MasTec, Inc., amended and restated as of January 22, 2010, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 28, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.1	 	Form of 4.0% Senior Convertible Note due 2014 filed as Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 5, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.2	 	Indenture, dated June 5, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 5, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.3	 	First Supplemental Indenture, dated June 5, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 5, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.4	 	Form of 4.25% Senior Convertible Note due 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Supplemental Indenture) filed as Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 10, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.5	 	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated November 10, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 10, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.6	 	Form of 4.00% Senior Convertible Note due 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Third Supplemental Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.7	 	Third Supplemental Indenture, dated January 11, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.8	 	Form of 4.25% Senior Convertible Note due 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Fourth Supplemental Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.9	 	Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated January 11, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee filed as Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 14, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.10	 	Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2013, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec, Inc.’s subsidiaries party thereto, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 18, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.	
4.11*	 	Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2013, by and among MasTec, Inc., the new guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.	
4.12*	 	Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 11, 2013, by and among MasTec, Inc., the new guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.	
10.1+	 	2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.2+	 	Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non–Employees as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.3+	 	Deferred Fee Plan for Directors dated December 19, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10.38 to our Form 8–K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.4+	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Employees filed as Exhibit 10.7 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.5+	 	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Employees filed as Exhibit 10.8 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.6	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees filed as Exhibit 10.9 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.7	 	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the MasTec, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees filed as Exhibit 10.10 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.8+	 	MasTec, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan filed as Exhibit 99.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.9+	 	Deferred Bonus Agreement between MasTec, Inc. and Jorge Mas dated October 28, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.71 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 28, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.10+	 	Split-Dollar Agreement between MasTec, Inc. and Jose Mas dated October 28, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.72 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 28, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	

95

Table of Contents

 	 	 	
10.11+	 	Deferred Bonus Agreement between MasTec, Inc. and Jose Mas dated October 28, 2009 filed as Exhibit 10.73 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 28, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.12	 	Purchase Agreement, dated November 3, 2009, by and among MasTec, Inc., Precision Acquisition, LLC, Precision Pipeline LLC, Precision Transport Company, LLC, PPL Management, Inc., Michael Daniel Murphy, Steven R. Rooney, Angela D. Murphy and Karen K. Rooney filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 4, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.13+	 	Employment Agreement executed on January 26, 2010 between MasTec, Inc. and Robert Apple filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 28, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.14	 	Fourth Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among NSORO, LLC, NSORO MasTec, LLC, and Darrell J. Mays Filed as Exhibit 10.43 to our Annual Report in Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 23, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.15+	 	MasTec, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan filed as Annex A to Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on March 23, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.16	 	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 16, 2010, by and among MasTec, Inc., EC Source Services, LLC and the other parties thereto, filed as Exhibit 10.44 to our Quarterly Report Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 4, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.17+	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Awards under the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report filed with the SEC on August 3, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.18+	 	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Awards under the 2003 Employee Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employees filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report filed with the SEC on November 3, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.19+	 	Amendment to the MasTec, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly Report filed with the SEC on November 3, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.20	 	Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and an L/C Issuer, and the lenders party thereto, filed as Exhibit 10.29 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, filed on June 22, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.21	 	Consolidated, Amended and Restated Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among the Guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.22	 	Security Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent filed as Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.23	 	Fourth Amended, Restated and Consolidated Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, by and among MasTec, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent filed as Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.24	 	Employment Agreement by and between MasTec, Inc. and C. Robert Campbell, dated September 8, 2011 filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.25	 	MasTec, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers Plan, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2012 as Annex A to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.26	 	Separation Agreement, dated December 31, 2012, by and between MasTec, Inc. and Ray Harris, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the with the SEC on January 4, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.27+	 	Employment Agreement, dated April 18, 2007, by and between MasTec, Inc. and Jose R. Mas, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 20, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.	
10.28+	 	Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2008, by and between MasTec, Inc. and Alberto de Cardenas, filed as Exhibit 10.53 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.29+	 	Split-Dollar Agreement, dated as of October 16, 2013, by and among MasTec, Inc., Jorge Mas, and Jose Ramon Mas and Juan Carlos Mas, as Trustees of the Jorge Mas Irrevocable Trust, dated June 1, 2012, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 31, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.30*	 	Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of October 29, 2013, by and among MasTec, Inc., MasTec North America, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer and a Lender, each of the other Lenders party thereto and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto.	
10.31+	 	MasTec, Inc. Bargaining Units ESPP, filed with the SEC on April 10, 2013 as Annex A to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.32+	 	MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan, filed with the SEC on April 10, 2013 as Annex B to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.33+*	 	Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement for Awards under the MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan.	
10.34+*	 	Form of Employee Restricted Stock Agreement for Awards under the MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan.	
10.35+*	 	Form of Non-Employee Stock Option Agreement for Awards under the MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan.	
10.36+*	 	Form of Non-Employee Restricted Stock Agreement for Awards under the MasTec, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan.	
10.37+	 	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between MasTec, Inc. and C. Robert Campbell, dated January 23, 2014, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 24, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein.	
10.38+	 	Employment Agreement by and between MasTec, Inc. and George Pita, dated January 23, 2014, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 24, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein.	
12.1*	 	Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges	

96

Table of Contents

 	 	 	
21*	 	Subsidiaries of MasTec, Inc.	
23.1*	 	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.	
23.2*	 	Consent of Independent Valuation Firm.	
31.1*	 	Certifications required by Section 302(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
31.2*	 	Certifications required by Section 302(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
32.1*	 	Certifications required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
32.2*	 	Certifications required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
101.INS*	 	XBRL Instance Document	
101.SCH*	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema	
101.CAL*	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase	
101.DEF*	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.	
101.LAB*	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase	
101.PRE*	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase	
______________
 	 	
(1)	SEC file number for all Securities Exchange Act reports referenced in the exhibit list is 001 - 08106.	
 	 	
*	Filed herewith.	
 	 	
+	Management contract or compensation plan arrangement.	

97

Exhibit 4.11

SIXTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Sixth Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of September 30, 2013, among DYNAMIC TOWER SERVICES, INC., a Louisiana corporation and a subsidiary of the Company (as defined below) (“ DTS ”), GO GREEN SERVICES, LLC, a Texas limited liability company and a subsidiary of the Company (as defined below) (“ Go Green ” and, together with DTS, the “ New Guarantors ”), MASTEC, INC., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of November 10, 2009, providing for (i) the issuance by the Company from time to time of its senior debt securities evidencing its unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness, in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, in one or more series and (ii) the guaranty of such securities by the guarantors party thereto;
WHEREAS the Company has heretofore supplemented the Indenture by, among other things, executing and delivering to the Trustee (i) the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 5, 2009 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, relating to the Company’s original 4.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Original 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes ”), (ii) the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 10, 2009 (the “ Second Supplemental Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, relating to the Company’s original 4.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Original 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes ”), (iii) the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2011 (the “ Third Supplemental Indenture ”), by and among the Company the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, relating to the Company’s new 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2014 (the “ New 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes ” and, together with the Original 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes, the “ 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes ”), (iv) the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2011 (the “ Fourth Supplemental Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, relating to the Company’s new 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes due 2014 (the “ New 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes ” and, together with the Original 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes, the “ 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes ”), and (v) the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2013 (the “ Fifth Supplemental Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, relating to the Company’s 4.875% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “ Senior Notes ” and, together with the 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes and the 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes, the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS Section 4.04 of the First Supplemental Indenture, Section 4.04 of the Second Supplemental Indenture, Section 4.04 of the Third Supplemental Indenture, Section 4.04 of the Fourth Supplemental Indenture and Section 4.15 of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture each provide that under certain circumstances, the Company is required to cause each of the New Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which each of the New Guarantors shall unconditionally guarantee all the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, Section 6.01 of the First Supplemental Indenture, Section 6.01 of the Second Supplemental Indenture, Section 6.01 of the Third Supplemental Indenture, Section 6.01 of the Fourth Supplemental Indenture and Section 9.01 of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee, the Company and the New Guarantors are each authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the New Guarantors, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:
 	 	
1.	Defined Terms. Defined terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.	

2.	Agreement to Guarantee. Each of the New Guarantors hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing guarantors (if any), to (i) provide an unconditional guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in (A) Article Seventeen of the Indenture, (B) Article Eleven of the First Supplemental Indenture, (C) Article Eleven of the Second Supplemental Indenture, (D) Article Eleven of the Third Supplemental Indenture, (E) Article Eleven of the Fourth Supplemental Indenture and (F) Article Eleven of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture and (ii) be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a guarantor under the Indenture.	

3.	No Recourse against Others. No recourse for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of any obligor in this Indenture, or in any of the Notes or Guarantees or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the Company or of any Subsidiary or of any successor Person thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.	

4.	Notices. All notices or other communications to each of the New Guarantors shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture.	

5.	Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.	

- 2 -

 	 	
6.	Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.	

7.	Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.	

8.	Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.	

9.	Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.	

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

DYNAMIC TOWER SERVICES, INC.

By:     /s/ Robert E. Apple
Name: Robert E. Apple
Title:    President

GO GREEN SERVICES, LLC

By: /s/ Robert E. Apple
Name: Robert E. Apple
    Title:    Initial Manager

MASTEC, INC.

By:     /s/ Robert E. Apple
Name: Robert E. Apple
Title:    Chief Operating Officer

- 3 -

US BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:     /s/ Joshua A. Hahn
Name: Joshua A. Hahn
Title:    Vice President

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Exhibit 4.12

SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Seventh Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of November 11, 2013, among DATA CELL SYSTEMS, INC., a Texas corporation and a subsidiary of the Company (as defined below) (“ Data Cell ”), ENERGY ENVIRONMENTAL GROUP, INC., a Nevada corporation and a subsidiary of the Company (as defined below) (“ EEG ”), ENERGY ERECTORS, INC., a Florida corporation a subsidiary of the Company (as defined below) (“ Erectors ”), T&D POWER, INC., a Nevada corporation a subsidiary of the Company (as defined below) (“ T&D ” and, together with Data Cell, EEG and Erectors, the “ New Guarantors ”), MASTEC, INC., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of November 10, 2009, providing for (i) the issuance by the Company from time to time of its senior debt securities evidencing its unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness, in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, in one or more series and (ii) the guaranty of such securities by the guarantors party thereto;
WHEREAS the Company has heretofore supplemented the Indenture by, among other things, executing and delivering to the Trustee (i) the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 5, 2009 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, relating to the Company’s original 4.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Original 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes ”), (ii) the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 10, 2009 (the “ Second Supplemental Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, relating to the Company’s original 4.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Original 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes ”), (iii) the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2011 (the “ Third Supplemental Indenture ”), by and among the Company the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, relating to the Company’s new 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2014 (the “ New 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes ” and, together with the Original 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes, the “ 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes ”), (iv) the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 11, 2011 (the “ Fourth Supplemental Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, relating to the Company’s new 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes due 2014 (the “ New 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes ” and, together with the Original 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes, the “ 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes ”), (v) the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 18, 2013 (the “ Fifth Supplemental Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, relating to the Company’s 4.875% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “ Senior Notes ” and, together with the 4.25% Senior Convertible Notes and the 4.00% Senior Convertible Notes, the “ Notes ”), and (vi) the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2013 (the “ Sixth Supplemental Indenture ”), by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, relating to the joinder of certain subsidiaries of the Company as subsidiary guarantors;

WHEREAS Section 4.04 of the First Supplemental Indenture, Section 4.04 of the Second Supplemental Indenture, Section 4.04 of the Third Supplemental Indenture, Section 4.04 of the

Fourth Supplemental Indenture and Section 4.15 of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture each provide that under certain circumstances, the Company is required to cause each of the New Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which each of the New Guarantors shall unconditionally guarantee all the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, Section 6.01 of the First Supplemental Indenture, Section 6.01 of the Second Supplemental Indenture, Section 6.01 of the Third Supplemental Indenture, Section 6.01 of the Fourth Supplemental Indenture and Section 9.01 of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee, the Company and the New Guarantors are each authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the New Guarantors, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:
 	 	
1.	Defined Terms. Defined terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.	

2.	Agreement to Guarantee. Each of the New Guarantors hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing guarantors (if any), to (i) provide an unconditional guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in (A) Article Seventeen of the Indenture, (B) Article Eleven of the First Supplemental Indenture, (C) Article Eleven of the Second Supplemental Indenture, (D) Article Eleven of the Third Supplemental Indenture, (E) Article Eleven of the Fourth Supplemental Indenture and (F) Article Eleven of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture and (ii) be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a guarantor under the Indenture.	

3.	No Recourse against Others. No recourse for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of any obligor in this Indenture, or in any of the Notes or Guarantees or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the Company or of any Subsidiary or of any successor Person thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.	

4.	Notices. All notices or other communications to each of the New Guarantors shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture.	

5.	Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms,	

- 2 -

conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.
 	 	
6.	Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.	

7.	Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.	

8.	Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.	

9.	Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.	

- 3 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

DATA CELL SYSTEMS, INC.

By:    /s/ Robert E. Apple
Name: Robert E. Apple
Title:    President

ENERGY ENVIRONMENTAL GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ Robert E. Apple
Name: Robert E. Apple
Title:    Executive Vice President    

ENERGY ERECTORS, INC.

By: /s/ Robert E. Apple
Name: Robert E. Apple
Title:    Executive Vice President

T&D POWER, INC.

By:     /s/ Robert E. Apple
Name: Robert E. Apple
Title:    Executive Vice President

MASTEC, INC.

By: /s/ Robert E. Apple
Name: Robert E. Apple
Title:    Chief Operating Officer

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:     /s/ Donald T. Hurrelbrink
Name: Donald T. Hurrelbrink
Title:    Vice President

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Exhibit 10.30

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY dated as of October 29, 2013 (this “ Amendment ”), is among MASTEC, INC., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), MASTEC NORTH AMERICA, INC., a Florida corporation (together with the Company, collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacities as the Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer and a Lender, each of the other Lenders party hereto and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto.

RECITALS:

A.The Borrowers, the lenders party thereto prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment (the “Existing Lenders”), the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent have entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 22, 2011 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).
B.The Subsidiary Guarantors and the Administrative Agent have entered into a Consolidated, Amended and Restated Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement dated of even date with the Existing Credit Agreement (the “ Subsidiary Guaranty ”).
C.The Borrowers have requested to amend the Existing Credit Agreement in order to, among other things, extend the maturity date, increase the aggregate commitments thereunder and add a revolving credit facility under which borrowings in Canadian Dollars will be available.
D.Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto have agreed to so amend the Existing Credit Agreement.
In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1.    Amendments to Existing Credit Agreement.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth herein, (a) the Existing Credit Agreement (other than the Schedules attached thereto) is hereby amended such that, after giving effect to all such amendments, it shall read in its entirety as  Exhibit A  attached hereto (as so amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”) and (b)  Schedules 2.01  and  10.02  to the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended such that, after giving effect to all such amendments, they shall read in their entirety as  Exhibit B  attached hereto (it being understood that the remaining Schedules to the Existing Credit Agreement shall remain as they were on the Closing Date and shall continue, along with the amended Schedules 2.01  and  10.02 , as part of the Credit Agreement).

Section 2.     Amendments to Subsidiary Guaranty. Subject to the covenants, terms and conditions set forth herein and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth herein, the Subsidiary Guaranty is hereby amended as follows:

(a)    Section 1 of the Subsidiary Guaranty is hereby amended by adding the following proviso to the end of the definition of “Guaranteed Liabilities” set forth therein:

; provided that the Guaranteed Liabilities of a Subsidiary Guarantor shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Subsidiary Guarantor.

(b)    The Subsidiary Guaranty is hereby amended by adding the following Section 28 following Section 27 thereof:

1

28.    Keepwell. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor at the time this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or the grant of the security interest under the Loan Documents, in each case, by any Specified Loan Party, becomes effective with respect to any Swap Obligation, hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Loan Party with respect to such Swap Obligation as may be needed by such Specified Loan Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under the Loan Documents (including this Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement) in respect of such Swap Obligation (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations and undertakings under this  Section 28  voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor intends this Section to constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of, each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.

The amendments to the Subsidiary Guaranty are limited to the extent specifically set forth above and no other terms, covenants or provisions of the Loan Documents are intended to be affected hereby.

Section 3.    Increase in Aggregate Commitments; Reallocation of Commitments and Committed Loans.

(a)    Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment on the Amendment Effective Date (as defined below),(i) the Commitments and Applicable Percentages of each Lender will be as set forth on  Schedule 2.01  attached to the Credit Agreement, (ii) any outstanding Committed Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) under the Existing Credit Agreement shall (A) continue as Committed Loans under the Credit Agreement and shall be reallocated ratably between the Committed (USD) Facility and the Committed (MC) Facility among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages with respect to such Facilities and (B) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, continue as Eurocurrency Rate Loans under the Credit Agreement without terminating or restarting any Interest Period applicable thereto (it being understood that such Interest Period(s) shall continue in effect for the remaining duration thereof and the continuation or conversion of any such Loan shall be subject to  Section 2.02  of the Credit Agreement), (iii) any outstanding Swing Line Loans or Letters of Credit (each as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) under the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue as Swing Line Loans or Letters of Credit, as applicable, outstanding under the Committed (USD) Facility under the Credit Agreement and (iv) each Committed (USD) Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from (A) the L/C Issuer a risk participation in each such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage  times  the amount of such Letter of Credit and (B) the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in each such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage  times  the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Existing Credit Agreement or the Credit Agreement, (i) no other documents or instruments, including any Assignment and Assumption, shall be executed in connection with any assignments (all of which requirements are hereby waived) necessary to achieve the allocations of Commitments and Applicable Percentages on  Schedule 2.01  attached to the Credit Agreement (other than as contemplated by  Section 4  below) and such assignments shall be deemed to be made with all applicable representations, warranties and covenants as if evidenced by an Assignment and Assumption and (ii) the reallocation of Committed Loans contemplated by  Section 3(a)  above shall not give rise to any obligation of any Borrower to make any payment under  Section 3.05  of the Existing Credit Agreement or  Section 3.05  of the Credit Agreement.

(c)    On the Amendment Effective Date, the applicable Lenders shall make full cash settlement with one another (including with any Existing Lender whose commitments are being decreased or terminated), either directly or through the Administrative Agent, as the Administrative Agent may direct or approve, with respect to all assignments, reallocations and other changes in Commitments, such that after giving effect to such settlements each Lender shall have funded its Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Committed (USD) Loans and all Committed (MC) Loans.

Section 4.    Conditions Precedent.  The parties hereto agree that the amendments set forth in Sections 1 and 2 above, the commitment increase and reallocation described in  Section 3  above and the other agreements and undertakings of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be effective as of the date first set forth above (such date, the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a)    Documentation. The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles or electronic copies (including “PDF” and “TIFF” files) (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Amendment Effective Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Amendment Effective Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

2

(i)    a counterpart of this Amendment, duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the L/C Issuer and all of the Lenders;

(ii)    such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Amendment;

(iii)    such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iv)    a favorable opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver and Jacobson LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, and such local counsel to the Loan Parties as the Administrative Agent shall request, in each case addressed to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, as to such other matters concerning the Loan Parties, this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(v)    a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of this Amendment, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;

(vi)    a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company certifying (A) a calculation of the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap as of June 30, 2013, (B) that the Loan Party EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company ending September 30, 2013 represents at least 70% of Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for such period (including the amount and percentage of Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA contributed by each Loan Party for such period) and (C) that there is no Subsidiary that would constitute a Material Subsidiary as of the end of the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company ending September 30, 2013 that is not a Loan Party as of the Amendment Effective Date; and

(vii)    Uniform Commercial Code search results showing only those Liens as are acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

(b)    Assignments from Exiting Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed and completed Assignments and Assumptions from all Existing Lenders who elect not to continue as Lenders under the Credit Agreement assigning all interests of such Existing Lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement to Bank of America.
    
(c)    [Reserved].

(d)    Fees. Any fees required to be paid on or before the Amendment Effective Date shall have been paid.

(e)    Legal Fees and Expenses. Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Company shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by the Administrative Agent) to the extent invoiced in reasonable detail at least 2 Business Days prior to the Amendment Effective Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings ( provided  that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Company and the Administrative Agent and  provided further  that the Company shall not be required under this subsection (e) to pay the fees and expenses of (i) more than one principal outside counsel for the Administrative Agent, (ii) more than one outside counsel acting as regulatory counsel for the Administrative Agent or (iii) more than a single local counsel for the Administrative Agent in any relevant jurisdiction as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent (and which may include a single local counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions)).
    
Section 5.    Representations And Warranties.

(a)    In order to induce the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders as follows:

3

(i)    The representations and warranties of (A) each Borrower contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement and (B) each Loan Party contained in each other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, except that (x) if a qualifier relating to materiality, Material Adverse Effect or a similar concept applies, such representation or warranty is true and correct in all respects, (y) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except that if a qualifier relating to materiality, Material Adverse Effect or a similar concept applies, such representation or warranty is true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date), and (z) for purposes of this Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of  Section 5.05 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of  Section 6.01  of the Credit Agreement, as applicable.

(ii)    Since December 31, 2012, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(iii)    No Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment.

(b)    In order to induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders that this Amendment has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and duly executed and delivered by it, and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, except as may be limited by equitable principles relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws.

Section 6.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Ratification and Confirmation of Loan Documents. Each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby consents to, acknowledges and agrees to the amendments set forth herein and hereby confirms and ratifies in all respects the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party (including, without limitation, the continuation of such Person’s payment and performance obligations thereunder and the continuation and extension of the liens and security interests granted thereunder, in each case upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment and the amendments contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the expansion of the obligations for which such Person provides a guarantee and collateral security, as applicable) and the enforceability of each such Loan Document against such Person in accordance with its terms.

(b)    Fees and Expenses. The Company shall pay on demand all reasonable and documented costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and any other documents prepared in connection herewith, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent (subject to the limitations set forth in  Section 10.04(a)  of the Credit Agreement).

(c)    Headings. Section and subsection headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

(d)    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial; Etc. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction, and shall be further subject to the provisions of  Sections 10.14  and  10.15  of the Credit Agreement and, in the case of the Subsidiary Guarantors,  Sections 26  and  27  of the Subsidiary Guaranty.

(e)    Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or electronic transmission (including .pdf file) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

(f)    Entire Agreement. This Amendment, together with all the Loan Documents (collectively, the “Relevant Documents ”), sets forth the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior negotiations and agreements among the parties relating to such subject matter. No promise, condition, representation or warranty, express or implied, not set forth in the Relevant Documents shall bind any party hereto, and no such party has relied on any such promise, condition, representation or warranty. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that, except as otherwise expressly stated in the Relevant Documents, no representations, warranties or commitments, express or implied, have been made by any party to the other in relation to the subject matter hereof or thereof. None of the terms or conditions of this Amendment may be changed, modified, waived or canceled orally or otherwise except in writing in accordance with  Section 10.01  of the Credit Agreement.

4

(g)    Enforceability. Should any one or more of the provisions of this Amendment be determined to be illegal or unenforceable as to one or more of the parties hereto, all other provisions nevertheless shall remain effective and binding on the parties hereto.

(h)    Successors and Assigns. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (subject to  Section 10.06  of the Credit Agreement and, in the case of the Subsidiary Guarantors,  Section 18 of the Subsidiary Guaranty).

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow]

5

The following parties have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above.

BORROWERS:

MASTEC, INC.

By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Principal Accounting Officer

MASTEC NORTH AMERICA, INC.

By:  /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Principal Accounting Officer

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:

BOTTOM LINE SERVICES, LLC
By:  /s/ Robert E. Apple            
Name:      Robert E. Apple
Title: Investor Manager
CAM COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

DATA CELL SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  /s/ Robert E. Apple            
Name:     Robert E. Apple
Title: President
DYNAMIC TOWER SERVICES, INC.
By:  /s/ Robert E. Apple            
Name:     Robert E. Apple
Title: President
EC SOURCE AVIATION, LLC
By: /s/ Brian Bratton                
Name:     Brian Bratton
Title: President, EC Source Services, LLC, the sole
member of EC Source Aviation, LLC

EC SOURCE SERVICES, LLC
By: /s/ Brian Bratton                    
Name:     Brian Bratton
Title: President
ENERGY ENVIRONMENTAL GROUP, INC.
By:  /s/ Robert E. Apple            
Name:      Robert E. Apple
Title: Executive Vice President
ENERGY ERECTORS, INC.
By:  /s/ Robert E. Apple            
Name:      Robert E. Apple
Title: Executive Vice President
GO GREEN SERVICES, LLC
By:  /s/ Robert E. Apple            
Name:      Robert E. Apple

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

Title: Initial Manager
MASTEC RENEWABLES CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC.
By:  /s/ Robert E. Apple            
Name:      Robert E. Apple
Title: President
MASTEC RESIDENTIAL SERVICES, LLC
By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

MASTEC WIRELESS SERVICES, LLC
By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

MASTEC NETWORK SOLUTIONS, LLC
By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Vice President

OPTIMA NETWORK SERVICES, INC.
By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

POWER PARTNERS MASTEC LLC
By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

POWER PARTNERS MASTEC, INC.
By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Chief Financial Officer

PRECISION ACQUISITION, LLC
By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer, MasTec, Inc., the sole member of Precision Acquisition, LLC.

PRECISION PIPELINE LLC
By: /s/ Michael Daniel Murphy         
Name: Michael Daniel Murphy
Title: Vice President and Secretary

PRECISION TRANSPORT COMPANY, LLC
By: /s/ Michael Daniel Murphy         
Name: Michael Daniel Murphy
Title: Vice President and Secretary

PUMPCO, INC.
By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Vice President

T&D POWER, INC.
By:  /s/ Robert E. Apple            
Name:      Robert E. Apple
Title: Executive Vice President

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

THREE PHASE ACQUISITION CORP.
By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

THREE PHASE LINE CONSTRUCTION, INC.
By: /s/ T. Michael Love             
Name: T. Michael Love
Title: Treasurer

WANZEK CONSTRUCTION, INC.
By: /s/ C. Robert Campbell             
Name: C. Robert Campbell
Title: Vice President

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent

By: /s/ Laura Call             
Name: Laura Call
Title: Assistant Vice President

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

LENDERS:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender

By: /s/ David Guiterrez             
Name: David Guiterrez
Title: Senior Vice President

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

SUNTRUST BANK

By: /s/ Roberto Calvo             
Name: Roberto Calvo
Title: Vice President

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Brian E. Miner             
Name: Brian E. Miner
Title: Duly Authorized Signatory

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

BMO HARRIS BANK N.A.

By: /s/ Jennifer Guidi             
Name: Jennifer Guidi
Title: Director

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By: /s/ Britton S. Core             
Name: Britton S. Core
Title: Senior Vice President

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

BANK UNITED

By: /s/ Charles J. Klenk         
Name: Charles J. Klenk
Title: Senior Vice President

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY
By: /s/ Kelly Attayek         
Name: Kelly Attayek
Title: Banking Officer

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

COMPASS BANK
By: /s/ Peter R. Lewin             
Name: Peter R. Lewin
Title: Senior Vice President

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

FLORIDA COMMUNITY BANK N.A.
By: /s/ Jonathan Simoens         
Name: Jonathan Simoens
Title: SVP

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

BANCO DE SABADELL, S.A. – MIAMI BRANCH

By: /s/ Mauricio Llado    
Name: Mauricio Llado
Title: Executive Director
Corporate & Investment Banking Americas    

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

SIEMENS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

By: /s/ Maria Levy    
Name: Maria Levy
Title: Vice President

SIEMENS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

By: /s/ W. D. Jentsch        
Name: W.D Jentsch
Title: Vice President

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

SYNOVUS BANK

By: /s/ Michael Sawicki    
Name: Michael Sawicki
Title: Corporate Banking

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ John Gutekunst    
Name: John Gutekunst
Title: Vice President

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

ISRAEL DISCOUNT BANK OF NEW YORK

By: /s/ Christopher Meade    
Name: Christopher Meade
Title: Vice President

By: /s/ John White    
Name: John White
Title: Senior Vice President

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Subsidiary Guaranty
Signature Page

EXHIBIT A

Amended Credit Agreement

See attached.

Published CUSIP Number: 57632EAA3
Published Committed (USD) Facility CUSIP Number: 57632EAD7
Published Committed (MC) Facility CUSIP Number: 57632EAE5
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of August 22, 2011
among
MASTEC, INC.
and
CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES,
as Borrowers,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender
and L/C Issuer,
and
THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,
GE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
and
SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.,
as
Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers
GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION
and
SUNTRUST BANK,
as Co-Syndication Agents
BMO HARRIS BANK N.A.,
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
BBVA COMPASS
and
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Co-Documentation Agents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section                                     Page

ARTICLE I.
ASSIGNMENTS; AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT; DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
 	 	
1.01	Assignments; Amendment and Restatement    2	
 	 	
1.02	Defined Terms    3	
 	 	
1.03	Other Interpretive Provisions    45	
 	 	
1.04	Accounting Terms    45	
 	 	
1.05	Rounding    46	
 	 	
1.06	Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents    46	
 	 	
1.07	Change of Currency    47	
 	 	
1.08	Times of Day    47	
 	 	
1.09	Letter of Credit Amounts    47	
 	 	
1.10	Adjustments for Acquisitions and Dispositions    47	
ARTICLE II.
COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
 	 	
2.01	Committed Loans    48	
 	 	
2.02	Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans    48	
 	 	
2.03	Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances    51	
 	 	
2.04	Swing Line Loans    63	
 	 	
2.05	Prepayments    66	
 	 	
2.06	Termination or Reduction of Commitments    67	
 	 	
2.07	Repayment of Loans    67	
 	 	
2.08	Interest    68	
 	 	
2.09	Fees    69	
 	 	
2.10	Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate    70	
 	 	
2.11	Evidence of Debt    70	
 	 	
2.12	Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback    71	
 	 	
2.13	Sharing of Payments by Lenders    73	
 	 	
2.14	Company as Borrowing Agent; Joint and Several Liability    74	
 	 	
2.15	Increase in Commitments    77	
 	 	
2.16	Cash Collateral    80	
 	 	
2.17	Defaulting Lenders    82	
 	 	
2.18	Extensions of Maturity Date    85	
ARTICLE III.
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
88
 	 	
3.01	Taxes    88	
 	 	
3.02	Illegality    93	
 	 	
3.03	Inability to Determine Rates    93	
 	 	
3.04	Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans    94	

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section                                     Page
 	 	
3.05	Compensation for Losses    96	
 	 	
3.06	Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders    97	
 	 	
3.07	Survival    97	
ARTICLE IV.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
97
 	 	
4.01	[Reserved]    97	
 	 	
4.02	Conditions to all Credit Extensions    97	
ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
99
 	 	
5.01	Existence, Qualification and Power    99	
 	 	
5.02	Authorization; No Contravention    99	
 	 	
5.03	Governmental Authorization; Other Consents    99	
 	 	
5.04	Binding Effect    99	
 	 	
5.05	Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect    100	
 	 	
5.06	Litigation    101	
 	 	
5.07	No Default    101	
 	 	
5.08	Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments    101	
 	 	
5.09	Environmental Compliance    102	
 	 	
5.10	Insurance    102	
 	 	
5.11	Taxes    102	
 	 	
5.12	ERISA Compliance    102	
 	 	
5.13	Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties    104	
 	 	
5.14	Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act    104	
 	 	
5.15	Disclosure    104	
 	 	
5.16	Compliance with Laws    105	
 	 	
5.17	Taxpayer Identification Number; Other Identifying Information    105	
 	 	
5.18	Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc    105	
 	 	
5.19	Solvency    105	
 	 	
5.20	Casualty, Etc    106	

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section                                     Page
 	 	
5.21	Labor Matters    106	
 	 	
5.22	Collateral Documents    106	
 	 	
5.23	Anti-Terrorism Laws    106	
 	 	
5.24	Excluded Subsidiaries    107	

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section                                     Page

ARTICLE VI.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
107
 	 	
6.01	Financial Statements    107	
 	 	
6.02	Certificates; Other Information    108	
 	 	
6.03	Notices    111	
 	 	
6.04	Payment of Obligations    111	
 	 	
6.05	Preservation of Existence, Etc    111	
 	 	
6.06	Maintenance of Properties    112	
 	 	
6.07	Maintenance of Insurance    112	
 	 	
6.08	Compliance with Laws    112	
 	 	
6.09	Books and Records    112	
 	 	
6.10	Inspection Rights    112	
 	 	
6.11	Use of Proceeds    113	
 	 	
6.12	Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security    113	
 	 	
6.13	Compliance with Environmental Laws    118	
 	 	
6.14	Compliance with Senior Notes Documents and Convertible Notes Documents    118	
 	 	
6.15	Further Assurances    118	
 	 	
6.16	Material Contracts    119	
 	 	
6.17	Designation as Senior Debt    119	
 	 	
6.18	Acquired Surety Bond Obligations    119	
ARTICLE VII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
119
 	 	
7.01	Liens    119	
 	 	
7.02	Investments    122	
 	 	
7.03	Indebtedness    123	
 	 	
7.04	Fundamental Changes    125	
 	 	
7.05	Dispositions    127	
 	 	
7.06	Restricted Payments    128	
 	 	
7.07	Change in Nature of Business    129	
 	 	
7.08	Transactions with Affiliates    129	

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section                                     Page
 	 	
7.09	Burdensome Agreements    129	
 	 	
7.10	Use of Proceeds    129	
 	 	
7.11	Financial Covenants    130	
 	 	
7.12	Capital Expenditures    130	
 	 	
7.13	Amendments of Organization Documents    130	
 	 	
7.14	Accounting Changes    130	
 	 	
7.15	Prepayments, Etc    131	
 	 	
7.16	Amendment, Etc    131	
 	 	
7.17	[Reserved]    131	
 	 	
7.18	Sale and Leaseback Transactions    131	
 	 	
7.19	Designation of Senior Debt    131	
 	 	
7.20	Holding Company    132	
 	 	
7.21	Excluded Subsidiaries    132	
ARTICLE VIII.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
132
 	 	
8.01	Events of Default    132	
 	 	
8.02	Remedies Upon Event of Default    134	
 	 	
8.03	Application of Funds    135	
ARTICLE IX.
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
136
 	 	
9.01	Appointment and Authority    136	
 	 	
9.02	Rights as a Lender    137	
 	 	
9.03	Exculpatory Provisions    137	
 	 	
9.04	Reliance by Administrative Agent    138	
 	 	
9.05	Delegation of Duties    138	
 	 	
9.06	Resignation of Administrative Agent    139	
 	 	
9.07	Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders    140	
 	 	
9.08	No Other Duties, Etc    140	
 	 	
9.09	Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim    140	

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section                                     Page
 	 	
9.10	Collateral and Guaranty Matters    141	
 	 	
9.11	Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements    142	
ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS
143
 	 	
10.01	Amendments, Etc    143	
 	 	
10.02	Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication    145	
 	 	
10.03	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement    147	
 	 	
10.04	Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver    147	
 	 	
10.05	Payments Set Aside    150	
 	 	
10.06	Successors and Assigns    150	
 	 	
10.07	Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality    155	
 	 	
10.08	Right of Setoff    156	
 	 	
10.09	Interest Rate Limitation    157	
 	 	
10.10	Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness    157	
 	 	
10.11	Survival of Representations and Warranties    157	
 	 	
10.12	Severability    157	
 	 	
10.13	Replacement of Lenders    158	
 	 	
10.14	Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc    159	
 	 	
10.15	Waiver of Jury Trial    160	
 	 	
10.16	No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility    160	
 	 	
10.17	Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents    161	
 	 	
10.18	USA PATRIOT Act Notice    161	
 	 	
10.19	Judgment Currency    161	
 	 	
10.20	Designation as Senior Debt    162	
 	 	
10.21	Keepwell    162	

SCHEDULES
1.02        Existing Letters of Credit
2.01        Commitments and Applicable Percentages
5.05        Supplement to Interim Financial Statements
5.08(b)        Existing Liens
 	 	
5.08(c)	Owned Real Property	
 	 	
5.08(d)(i)	Leased Real Property (Lessee)	
 	 	
5.08(d)(ii)	Leased Real Property (Lessor)	
 	 	
5.08(e)	Existing Investments	
5.12(c)        Closing Date ERISA Events
5.12(d)        Closing Date Pension Plans
5.13        Subsidiaries; Other Equity Investments; Loan Parties
5.21        Labor Matters
6.12(f)        Excluded Subsidiaries
7.03        Existing Indebtedness
7.08        Existing Transactions with Affiliates
7.09        Existing Burdensome Agreements
10.02        Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS
Form of
A        Committed Loan Notice
B        Swing Line Loan Notice
C        Note
D        Compliance Certificate
E        Assignment and Assumption
F        Subsidiary Guaranty
G        Security Agreement
H        Pledge Agreement
I        Remaining Liquidity Certificate
J        Opinion Matters
K        Tax Compliance Certificate
L        Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap Certificate
M        Bankers’ Acceptance Request
N        Letter of Credit Report

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
This THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of August 22, 2011, among  MASTEC, INC ., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), certain Subsidiaries of the Company party hereto (each a “ Designated Borrower ” and, together with the Company, collectively, the “ Borrowers ” and, individually, a “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and, individually, a “ Lender ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A ., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.
WHEREAS, the Company, certain of its Affiliates party thereto as borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Fleet Capital Corporation (“ Fleet ”), as administrative agent, entered into that certain Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of January 22, 2002 (the “ Original Agreement ”), pursuant to which such lenders made a revolving credit facility with a letter of credit subfacility available to the Company and such Affiliates;
WHEREAS, (i) Fleet assigned all of its interests in the loans under the Original Agreement to Bank of America, (ii) Fleet resigned as administrative agent under the Original Agreement and (iii) Bank of America was appointed as successor administrative agent by the lenders party to the Original Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Company, certain of its Affiliates party thereto as borrowers, the lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent entered into that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “ First Amended and Restated Agreement ”), pursuant to which such lenders agreed to amend and restate the Original Agreement and continue the availability of the revolving credit facility and the letter of credit subfacility to the Company and such Affiliates;
WHEREAS, the Company, certain of its Affiliates party thereto as borrowers, the lenders party thereto (the “ Existing Lenders ”) and the Administrative Agent are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 29, 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Existing Agreement ”), pursuant to which such lenders agreed to amend and restate the First Amended and Restated Agreement and continue the availability of the revolving credit facility and the letter of credit subfacility to the Company and such Affiliates; and
WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Existing Agreement be further amended and restated as described herein, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are willing to make so amend and restate the Existing Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, subject to the terms and conditions herein, hereby amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I. 
ASSIGNMENTS; AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT; DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1

1.01    Assignments; Amendment and Restatement. In order to facilitate the amendment and restatement contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise to effectuate the desires of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree that:
(a)    Simultaneously with the Closing Date and after giving effect to any assignments on the Closing Date from Existing Lenders who elect not to continue as Lenders under this Agreement, the parties hereby agree that (i) the Commitments and Applicable Percentages of each of the Lenders shall be as set forth on Schedule 2.01 , and the outstanding principal amount of Revolver Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) under the Existing Credit Agreement shall be reallocated as outstanding Committed Loans hereunder in accordance with such Commitments and Applicable Percentages and the requisite assignments shall be deemed to be made in such amounts among the Lenders and from each Lender to each other Lender (including to Lenders who reduce their commitments in connection with this Agreement), with the same force and effect as if such assignments were evidenced by applicable Assignments and Acceptances (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) under the Existing Agreement or applicable Assignments and Assumptions hereunder, but without the payment of any related assignment fee and (ii) all Letters of Credit (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue as Letters of Credit outstanding under this Agreement.
(b)    The parties hereby consent to all reallocations and assignments of Commitments and Outstanding Amounts effected pursuant to  Section 1.01(a)  and subject to  Article IV  hereof, waive any requirement for any other document or instrument, including any Assignment and Acceptance (as defined in the Existing Agreement) under the Existing Credit Agreement or any Assignment and Assumption hereunder, necessary to give effect to any reallocation or assignment. On the Closing Date the Lenders shall make full cash settlement with each other (and with the Existing Lenders whose Commitments and Outstanding Amounts are being decreased) through the Administrative Agent, as the Administrative Agent may direct or approve, with respect to all assignments and reallocations in Commitments and Outstanding Amounts as reflected in this  Section 1.01  such that after giving effect to such settlements each Lender’s Applicable Percentage equals (with customary rounding) its Applicable Percentage of (i) the Outstanding Amount of all Committed Loans, (ii) the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans and (iii) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations.
(c)    The Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Existing Agreement which in any manner govern or evidence the obligations arising hereunder, the rights and interests of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and any terms, conditions or matters related to any thereof, shall be and hereby are amended and restated in their entirety by the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, and the terms and provisions of the Existing Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be superseded by this Agreement.
(d)    Notwithstanding this amendment and restatement of the Existing Agreement, including anything in this  Section 1.01 , and of any related “Loan Document” (as such term is defined in the Existing Credit Agreement and referred to herein, individually or collectively, as the “ Existing Loan Documents ”), (i) all of the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations owing by any Borrower

2

or any other Person under the Existing Agreement and other Existing Loan Documents (as amended and restated hereby) shall continue as indebtedness, liabilities and obligations hereunder and thereunder and shall be and remain secured by the Collateral Documents and (ii) neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document nor the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereunder or thereunder is intended to constitute a novation of the Existing Agreement or of any of the other Existing Loan Documents or any obligations thereunder.
1.02    Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
“70% Guaranty Threshold” has the meaning specified in Section 6.12(e).
“Acceptance Credit” means a commercial Letter of Credit in which the L/C Issuer engages with the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit to accept a time draft.
“Acceptance Documents” means such general acceptance agreements, drafts, applications, certificates and other documents as the L/C Issuer may require in connection with the creation of L/C Issued BAs.
“Acquisition” means, by any Person, the acquisition by such Person, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of (a) more than 50% of the voting Equity Interests of another Person (including the purchase of an option, warrant or convertible or similar type security to acquire such a controlling interest at the time it becomes exercisable by the holder thereof), whether by purchase of such Equity Interest or upon exercise of an option or warrant for, or conversion of securities into, such Equity Interest, or (b) assets of another Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, a division of such Person or a line or lines of business conducted by such Person.
“Act” has the meaning specified in Section 10.18.
“Additional Commitments” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).
“Additional Commitments Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(e) .
“Additional Commitments Amendment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(d).
“Additional Facility” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).
“Additional Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(c).
“Additional Revolving Tranche” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).
“Additional Term Loan Tranche” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).
“Additional Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).
“Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the consolidated EBITDA (measured (i) on the same basis as “Consolidated EBITDA” provided herein, but for the Company

3

and all of its Subsidiaries and (ii) after allocating corporate expenses to all Subsidiaries of the Company on a pro rata basis) of the Company and all its Subsidiaries.

“Administrative Agent” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
“Administrative Agent’s Office” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on  Schedule 10.02  with respect to such currency, or such other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Company and the Lenders.
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in the form approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
“Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.
“Aggregate (MC) Commitments” means the MC Commitments of all the Lenders.
“Aggregate (USD) Commitments” means the USD Commitments of all the Lenders.
“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement.
“Agreement Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.
“Amendment No. 1 Effective Date” means October 29, 2013.
“Anti-Terrorism Laws” means any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 and the Act.
“Applicable Percentage” means (a) in respect of the Committed (USD) Facility, with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate (USD) Commitments represented by such Lender’s USD Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in  Section 2.17 , and (b) in respect of the Committed (MC) Facility, with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate (MC) Commitments represented by such Lender’s MC Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to  Section 8.02  or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of any Facility shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender in respect of such Facility most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. From and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of each Facility is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on  Schedule 2.01  or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

4

“Applicable (USD) Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage in respect of the Committed (USD) Facility at such time.
“Applicable Rate” means the applicable percentage per annum set forth below determined by reference to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 6.02(a) :

Pricing Level	Consolidated Leverage Ratio	Commitment Fee	Eurocurrency
Rate Loans / Letter of Credit Fees (Financial Standby and Commercial)	BA Fees	Letter of Credit Fees (Performance Standby)	Base Rate Loans	
1	< 0.75 to1.00	0.200%	1.00%	0.75%	0.500%	0.00%	
2	≥ 0.75 to 1.00 but < 1.25 to 1.00	0.250%	1.25%	1.00%	0.625%	0.25%	
3	≥1.25 to 1.00 but < 2.00 to 1.00	0.300%	1.50%	1.25%	0.750%	0.50%	
4	≥ 2.00 to 1.00 but < 2.75 to 1.00	0.350%	1.75%	1.50%	0.875%	0.75%	
5	≥ 2.75 to 1.00	0.400%	2.00%	1.75%	1.000%	1.00%	

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in theConsolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to  Section 6.02(a) ;  provided ,  however , that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then, upon the request of the Required Lenders, Pricing Level 5 shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions of  Section 2.10(b) .
“Applicable Time” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in Canadian Dollars, the local time in the place of settlement for Canadian Dollars as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.
“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Arrangers” means, collectively, MLPFS, GECM and STRH in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers.
“Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

5

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by  Section 10.06(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of  Exhibit E  or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by MarkitClear or other electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a capital lease.
“Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.
“Available Liquidity” means, at any date of measurement thereof, the sum of (without duplication) (a) cash, Cash Equivalents (Available Liquidity) and readily marketable securities, in each case not subject to any Lien (including any Lien on Cash Collateral or Senior Convertibles Notes Cash Collateral, but excluding any other Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents and Liens permitted by  Section 7.01(j) ), then owned by the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries that would be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet of such Persons at such time,  plus  (b) the amount by which the Aggregate Commitments (other than any Commitment of any Defaulting Lender and any portion of the Aggregate Commitments which, if drawn, would result in the Company having secured Indebtedness under credit facilities in excess of the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap) in effect on such date exceeds the Total Outstandings.
“Availability Period” means (a) in respect of the Committed (USD) Facility, the period from the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date to the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date of termination of the Aggregate (USD) Commitments pursuant to  Section 2.06 , and (iii) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Committed (USD) Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to  Section 8.02  and (b) in respect of the Committed (MC) Facility, the period from the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date to the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date of termination of the Aggregate (MC) Commitments pursuant to  Section 2.06 , and (iii) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Committed (MC) Loans pursuant to  Section 8.02 .
“BA Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(j).
“Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
“Bank of America Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated July 13, 2011, among the Company, Bank of America and MLPFS.

6

“Bankers’ Acceptance” or “BA” means a Clean BA or an L/C Issued BA.
“Bankers’ Acceptance Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “bankers’ acceptance rate”. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
“Bankers’ Acceptance Request” means the written request for the issuance of Clean BAs in the form attached hereto as  Exhibit M .
“Base Capex Basket” means, with respect to any fiscal year, an amount equal to $150,000,000.
“Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” and (c) the Eurocurrency Rate plus 1.00%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
“Base Rate Committed (USD) Loan” means a Committed (USD) Loan that is a Base Rate Loan.
“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate. All Base Rate Loans shall be denominated in Dollars.
“Blocked Person” has the meaning specified in Section 5.23(b).
“Borrower” and “Borrowers” each has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
“Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
“Borrowing” means a Committed (USD) Borrowing, a Committed (MC) Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located and:
(a)    if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried

7

out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day;
(b)    if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in such currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and
(c)    if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Canadian Dollars in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars, or any other dealings in Canadian Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan (other than any interest rate settings), means any such day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.
“Business Interruption Insurance Assignment” means the Amended and Restated Collateral Assignment of Business Interruption Insurance to be executed by each Loan Party and pursuant to which such Loan Party shall assign in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, all of such Loan Party’s rights under any business interruption insurance policy owned by or in favor of such Loan Party, as security for the Obligations.
“Canadian Dollar” and “C$” mean the lawful currency of Canada.
“Canadian Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the Canadian Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Canadian Dollars with Dollars.
“Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of the Letter of Credit Sublimit and $50,000,000. The Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Letter of Credit Sublimit.
“Capital Expenditures” means, with respect to any Person for any period, any expenditure in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of any fixed or capital asset (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations);  provided  that Capital Expenditures shall not include expenditures for capital leases, purchase money obligations or Synthetic Lease Obligations, in each case permitted pursuant to  Section 7.03(g) , for Permitted Acquisitions permitted pursuant to  Section 7.02(f)  or expenditures to the extent made solely with (i) the net cash proceeds of a common equity contribution to, or issuance of common Equity Interests by, the Company (other than any portion of such net cash proceeds used for Restricted Payments pursuant to  Section 7.06(e) ) or (ii) net cash proceeds received from any Disposition pursuant to  Sections 7.05 (a) ,  (c) ,  (g) ,  (i)  or  (j) .
“Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to (a) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the L/C Issuer and the Committed (USD) Lenders, as

8

collateral for L/C Obligations or obligations of Committed (USD) Lenders to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to (i) the Administrative Agent and (ii) the L/C Issuer or (b) in the case of Section 2.16(a)(iv) , the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral for the Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Collateral Documents and other Liens permitted hereunder):
(a)    Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Colombian Pesos, Mexican Pesos, Pound Sterling, Euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Cash Equivalents of a Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business (including such Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Columbian Pesos, Mexican Pesos, Pound Sterling, Euros or other currency, as applicable, as are held as overnight bank deposits and demand deposits with any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a Lender or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System or is organized under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (e) of this definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000);  provided  that the country credit rating of any country issuing such currency shall be BBB- or higher by S&P or an equivalent rating or higher by another generally recognized rating agency providing country credit ratings;
(b)    (i) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;  provided  that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof or (ii) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by Canada or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;  provided  that (A) the full faith and credit of Canada or such member of the European Union, as the case may be, is pledged in support thereof, (B) all obligations of the type specified in this clause (ii) shall have a minimum rating of A-1 or AAA by S&P or P-1 or Aaa by Moody’s, in each case at the time of acquisition thereof and (C) the country credit rating of any country issuing or guaranteeing (or whose governmental agency issues or guarantees)

9

any obligation of the type specified in this clause (ii) shall be AA or higher by S&P or an equivalent rating or higher by another generally recognized rating agency providing country credit ratings;
(c)    time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a Lender or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System or is organized under the laws of Canada or any country that is a member of the European Union or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of Canada or any country that is a member of the European Union and a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (e) of this definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof;
(d)    repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (b) above entered into with any commercial bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above;
(e)    commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America and rated at least “Prime-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “A-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof;
(f)    securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above;
(g)    [Reserved]; and
(h)    Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions that have one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and have at least 95% of their assets invested continuously in Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.
“Cash Equivalents (Available Liquidity)” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Collateral Documents and other Liens permitted hereunder):
(a)    Dollars (including such Dollars as are held as overnight bank deposits and demand deposits with U.S. banks);

10

(b)    readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;  provided  that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof;
(c)    time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a Lender or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (e) of this definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof;
(d)    repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (b) above entered into with any commercial bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above;
(e)    commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America and rated at least “Prime-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “A-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof;
(f)    securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above;
(g)    [Reserved]; and
(h)    Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions that have one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and have at least 95% of their assets invested continuously in Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.
“Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement that is not prohibited by the terms hereof to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.
“Cash Management Bank” means any Person that, (a) at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement with a Loan Party, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, or (b) at the time it (or its Affiliate) becomes a Lender, is a party to a Cash Management Agreement with a Loan Party, in each case in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement.

11

“CFC” means a Person that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Code.
“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority;  provided  that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
“Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which:
(a)    the Existing Shareholders, collectively, cease to own and control legally and beneficially, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the equity securities of the Company entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Company on a fully-diluted basis;
(b)    any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than any Existing Shareholder becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “ option right ”)), directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the equity securities of the Company entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Company on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right); or
(c)    during any period of 18 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Company cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body.

12

“Clean Bankers’ Acceptance” or “Clean BA” means a negotiable time draft drawn on and accepted by the L/C Issuer pursuant to  Section 2.03(a)  to finance the purchase of inventory.
“Closing Date” means August 22, 2011.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
“Collateral” means all of the “Collateral” and “Mortgaged Property ” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Security Joinder Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, each Pledge Joinder Agreement, each Pledge Agreement Supplement, the Mortgages, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
“Commitment” means a MC Commitment or a USD Commitment, as the context may require.
“Committed Borrowing” means a Committed (USD) Borrowing or a Committed (MC) Borrowing.
“Committed (MC) Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed (MC) Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Committed (MC) Lenders pursuant to  Section 2.01(b) .
“Committed (USD) Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed (USD) Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Committed (USD) Lenders pursuant to  Section 2.01(a) .
“Committed (MC) Facility” means, at any time, the revolving credit facility provided in this Agreement pursuant to the Aggregate (MC) Commitments.
“Committed (USD) Facility” means, at any time, the revolving credit facility provided in this Agreement pursuant to the Aggregate (USD) Commitments.
“Committed Loans” means a Committed (USD) Loan or a Committed (MC) Loan.
“Committed (MC) Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).
“Committed (USD) Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a).
“Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Committed (MC) Borrowing, (b) a Committed (USD) Borrowing, (c) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (d) a

13

continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of  Exhibit A .
“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq .), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
“Company” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period plus  (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) interest expense for such period, (ii) the provision for Federal, state, local and foreign income Taxes payable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, (iv) charges included in Consolidated Net Income related to purchase accounting adjustments that are as required by FASB ASC Topic 805, (v) charges relating to stock based compensation which do not represent a cash item in such period or any future period, (vi) other charges which do not represent a cash item in such period or any future period;  provided  that such charges are approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; (vii)   without duplication, any cash distributions made by any Unrestricted Subsidiary to any Borrower, (viii) expenses incurred in connection with the prepayment, amendment, modification or refinancing of Indebtedness during such period, (ix) any non-capitalized transaction costs incurred during such period in connection with an actual incurrence of Indebtedness, during a refinancing thereof, issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, Acquisition, Disposition or recapitalization, in each case, to the extent permitted hereunder, (x) tender premiums, redemption premiums, fees, and other amounts and expenses incurred in connection with the tender for and/or redemption of Indebtedness incurred under  Section 7.03(j) , (xi) earn-out expenses resulting from Permitted Acquisitions in which the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary is required to treat such earn-out expenses as compensation costs, (xii) expenses arising from the impact of FASB ASC 470-50-40 on certain capitalized fees and costs, (xiii) any net loss incurred in such period from Swap Contracts and the application of FASB ASC Topic 815, (xiv) any net loss incurred in such period from currency translation losses, (xv) any loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments and (xvi) (A) other non-recurring or unusual charges, (B) cash charges paid in connection with corporate restructurings (including severance costs in connection with any reduction in the workforce of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (C) expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Company in good faith to result from actions with respect to which substantial steps have been, will be, or are expected to be, taken (in the good faith determination of the Company and evidenced by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company) within 12 months of such period;  provided  that the charges described in this clause (xvi) together with any adjustments made pursuant to  Section 1.10  shall only be permitted to be added back for such period to the extent such charges collectively do not increase Consolidated EBITDA by more than 5%; and  minus  (b) the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Federal, state, local and foreign income Tax credits of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such

14

period, (ii) any net gain incurred in such period from Swap Contracts and the application of FASB ASC Topic 815, (iii) any net gain incurred in such period from currency translation gains, (iv) any gain from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments and (v) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period;  provided  that, during any period that includes an Acquisition or Disposition such calculation shall be subject to the adjustments set forth in  Section 1.10 .
“Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including Obligations hereunder) and all obligations evidenced by bonds (other than surety bonds), debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (b) all purchase money Indebtedness, (c) all direct obligations arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, and similar instruments (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the due and payable penal sum under any surety bond called upon by the obligee thereof but excluding the penal sum of any surety bond not then due and payable), (d) all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business), (e) Attributable Indebtedness in respect of capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations, (f) without duplication, all Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (e) above of Persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (g) all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Interest Charges” means, for any period, for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) all cash interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with borrowed money or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, and (b) the portion of cash rent expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to such period under capital leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means, subject to Section 6.12(e)(ii), as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four prior fiscal quarters ending on such date  to  (b) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period;  provided  that, during any period that includes an Acquisition or Disposition such calculation shall be subject to the adjustments set forth in Section 1.10 .
“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, subject to Section 6.12(e)(ii), as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date (but excluding, to the extent outstanding and undrawn and included in the calculation of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness, the stated amount of all standby performance letters of credit as of such date),  to  (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended;  provided  that,

15

during any period that includes an Acquisition or Disposition such calculation shall be subject to the adjustments set forth in  Section 1.10 .
“Consolidated Net Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the amount which in accordance with GAAP would be set forth under the caption “Total Assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries less current liabilities, as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as applicable, for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 6.01(a)  or  (b) .
“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, but excluding: (a) any gain or loss arising from the sale of capital assets; (b) any gain or loss arising from any write-up or write-down of assets or liabilities during such period; (c) any portion of the net earnings of any Subsidiary which for any reason is unavailable for payment of Distributions to a Borrower; (d) any gain or loss arising from the acquisition of any Equity Interests of a Borrower; and (e) any gain or loss arising from extraordinary or non-recurring items, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the amount which in accordance with GAAP would be set forth under the caption “Total Assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as applicable, for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 6.01(a)  or  (b) .
“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Corporate Restructuring Initiative” means a series of transactions pursuant to which (a) MasTec North America, Inc., a Florida corporation (“ North America ”), will lend or contribute an amount not to exceed $130,000,000 in the aggregate to one of more of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such Restricted Subsidiaries may on-lend or contribute such amount to one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case on terms to be mutually agreed between or among North America and/or such Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, (b) North America and certain of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into one or more forward subscription agreements pursuant to which Persons making loans pursuant to the foregoing  clause (a)  will be required to subscribe for Equity Interests in the respective obligor in amounts corresponding to (and on a date substantially contemporaneous with) the payments of principal and interest to be made by such obligor on amounts borrowed by it pursuant to the foregoing clause (a) , in each case on terms to be mutually agreed between the applicable lender and obligor, such that following any such subscription payment by any such Person, the aggregate amount paid pursuant thereto shall ultimately have been transferred back, in the form of a payment of principal or interest, as the case may be, to such Person on a

16

substantially contemporaneous basis, and (c) the Restricted Subsidiaries of North America to which loans or contributions were made pursuant to the foregoing  clause (a)  will each make a distribution to the holders of their Equity Interests in an aggregate amount for any such Restricted Subsidiary equal to the principal amount lent to such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the foregoing  clause (a) plus  the amount contributed to such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the foregoing  clause (a)  such that following all such distributions, the aggregate amount lent or contributed by North America pursuant to the foregoing  clause (a)  shall ultimately have been transferred, in the form of a distribution, to North America or another Loan Party that is a Domestic Subsidiary on a substantially contemporaneous basis;  provided  that it is understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent may from time to time, in its sole discretion, agree to modifications of this definition that do not substantially alter the intended purpose of the proposed transactions.
“Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.
“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
“Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees and BA Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate  plus  (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans  plus  (iii) 2% per annum;  provided ,  however , that with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan  plus  2% per annum, (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate  plus  2% per annum and (c) when used with respect to BA Fees, a rate equal to (i) the Bankers’ Acceptance Rate  plus  (ii) the Applicable Rate plus  (iii) 2% per annum.
“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.17(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Company in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit, Bankers’ Acceptances or Swing Line Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Company, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be

17

specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Company, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Company that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided  that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Company), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity;  provided  that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a)  through  (d)  above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to  Section 2.17(b) ) as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Company, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and each other Lender promptly following such determination.
“Designated Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
“Designated Jurisdiction” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.
“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.
“Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
“Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in Canadian Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with Canadian Dollars.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.

18

“Earnout Obligation” means those contingent obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred in favor of a seller (or other third party entitled thereto) under or with respect to any Permitted Acquisition.
“Elevated Ratio Period” has the meaning specified in Section 7.11(b).
“Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under  Section 10.06(b)(iii) and (v)  (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under  Section 10.06(b)(iii) ).
“Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, common law, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, written and binding agreements with Governmental Authorities or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the environment, human health, safety or natural resources or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.
“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Company, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
“Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.
“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination ( provided ,  however  that debt securities that are or by their terms may be convertible or exchangeable into or for Equity Interests shall not constitute Equity Interests prior to conversion or exchange thereof).
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

19

“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the withdrawal of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan; (f) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (g) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.
“Eurocurrency Rate” means:
(a)    for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan,
(i)    in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“ LIBOR ”) or, if LIBOR is no longer published, a comparable or successor rate approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; and
(ii)    in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars, the rate per annum equal to the Canadian Dealer Offered Rate (“ CDOR ”) or, if CDOR is no longer published, a comparable or successor rate approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances (on a three hundred sixty-five (365) day basis) (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at or about 10:00 a.m. (Toronto, Ontario time) on the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or such other day as is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in such interbank market, as determined by the Administrative Agent;  provided  that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such other day as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; and
(b)    for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to LIBOR or a comparable or successor rate approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source

20

providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined two Business Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day;
provided that to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied to the applicable Interest Period in a manner consistent with market practice;  provided ,  further , that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent does not warrant, nor accept responsibility, nor shall it have any liability with respect to the administration, submission or any other matter related to LIBOR or any comparable or successor rate referenced in this definition above.
“Eurocurrency Rate Loan” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) of the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate.”  Committed (USD) Loans that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans must be denominated in Dollars. Committed (MC) Loans that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans may be denominated in Dollars or in Canadian Dollars. All Committed (MC) Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars must be Eurocurrency Rate Loans.
“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
“Excess Cash Flow” means, for any fiscal year of the Company, for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal year  minus  (b) Capital Expenditures (other than Capital Expenditures financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness permitted hereunder (other than Loans)) made in such fiscal year  minus  (c) Consolidated Interest Charges actually paid in cash during such fiscal year  minus  (d) all income Taxes actually paid in cash during such fiscal year  minus  (e) scheduled principal payments of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness during such fiscal year  minus  (f) permanent principal prepayments of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness during such fiscal year  plus  (or  minus , as applicable) (g) net changes in Working Capital between the first day and last day of such fiscal year, in each case as reflected on the financial statements delivered pursuant to  Section 6.01(a)  and the related Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to  Section 6.02(b)  for such fiscal year.
“Excess Cash Flow Basket” means, for any fiscal year, an amount equal to 75% of the Excess Cash Flow for the preceding fiscal year.
“Excluded Asset” means (a) any lease, license or contractto which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, or any license, consent, permit, variance, certification, authorization or approval of any Governmental Authority (or any Person acting on behalf of a Governmental Authority) of which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is the owner or beneficiary, or any of its rights or interests thereunder, if and for so long as the grant of a security interest therein shall constitute or result in (i) the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of the right, title or interest of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary therein, (ii) a breach or termination pursuant to the terms of, or a default under, such lease, license or contract or such license, consent, permit, variance, certification, authorization or approval, or (iii) in the case of any license, consent, permit,

21

variance, certification, authorization or approval of any Governmental Authority (or any Person acting on behalf of a Governmental Authority), the violation of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority;  provided , in each case, that (i) no asset or property shall be considered an Excluded Asset to the extent the restriction described in the foregoing clause (a) would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC or any other applicable law or principles of equity, or to the extent that any necessary consents or waivers have been obtained to allow the security interest in such asset or property notwithstanding such restriction, and (ii) the inclusion of an asset as an Excluded Asset shall not limit, impair or otherwise affect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in and lien upon any rights or interests of the Company or any other Loan Party in or to (x) monies due or to become due under any lease, license, consent, permit, variance, certification, authorization, approval or contract to which the Company or any other Loan Party is a party, or (y) any proceeds from the sale, license, lease or other dispositions of any such lease, license, consent, permit, variance, certification, authorization, approval or contract; (b) any property of which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is the owner in which the grant of a security interest or Lien therein, as determined in good faith by the Company and as described to the Administrative Agent in reasonable detail upon its request, results in adverse Tax or regulatory consequences to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or (c) any fee-owned or leasehold real property other than Material Real Property.
“Excluded Subsidiaries” has the meaning specified in Section 6.12(f).
“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a Lien to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (determined after giving effect to  Section 10.21 ,  Section 28  of the Subsidiary Guaranty and any other “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time the Guarantee of such Guarantor, or a grant by such Guarantor of a Lien, becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.
“Excluded Taxes” meansany of the following Taxes imposed on orwith respect to, or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to, the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), net worth, franchise Taxes and branch profits (or similar) Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender or the L/C Issuer, in which its applicable Lending Office is located or (ii) imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) imposing such Tax

22

(other than connections arising as a result of such recipient entering into, delivering, becoming a party to, performing its obligations under, receiving any payments under, receiving or perfecting a security interest under, or exercising or enforcing its rights under, any of the Loan Documents), (b) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Company under  Section 10.13 ), any United States withholding Tax that (i) is required to be imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender pursuant to the Laws in force at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender’s assignor immediately before such Foreign Lender became a party hereto (or such Foreign Lender immediately before the time of designation of the new Lending Office) was entitled to receive additional amounts from the relevant Borrower with respect to such United States withholding Tax pursuant to  Section 3.01(a)(ii) or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability to comply with clause (B) of  Section 3.01(e)(ii)  (other than as a result of a Change in Law occurring after the date on which such Foreign Lender became a party to this Agreement), (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender, any increase in the United States withholding Taxes required to be imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender occurring after the date on which such Foreign Lender became a party hereto (or designated a new Lending Office), other than as a result of a Change in Law occurring after the date on which such Foreign Lender became a party hereto (or designated a new Lending Office) (d) any United States Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, and (e) any United States Federal backup withholding Tax.
“Executive Order No. 13224” means Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.
“Existing Letters of Credit” means those letters of credit described on Schedule 1.02.
“Existing Shareholders” means (a) the estate of Jorge L. Mas, Jorge Mas and any spouse or lineal descendant of Jorge L. Mas or Jorge Mas or any spouse of any such lineal descendant and (b) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of the Persons referred to in clause (a).
“Extended MC Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a)(ii).
“Extended USD Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a)(ii).
“Extending Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a)(ii).
“Extension” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a).
“Extension Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a).
“Facility” means the Committed (USD) Facility or the Committed (MC) Facility, as the context may require.

23

“FASB ASC” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations thereunder or any official interpretations thereof, and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or official practices adopted pursuant to any published intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such sections of the Code.
“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day;  provided  that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
“Fee Letters” means, collectively, the Bank of America Fee Letter, the GE Fee Letter and the SunTrust Fee Letter.
“Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code  (including such a Lender when acting in the capacity of the L/C Issuer).
“Foreign Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) consolidated funded Indebtedness (measured on the same basis as “Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” provided herein, but with respect to the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries only) as of such date of the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, to (b) consolidated EBITDA (measured on the same basis as “Consolidated EBITDA” provided herein, but with respect to the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries only) of the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended;  provided  that, during any period that includes an Acquisition or Disposition relating to a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary such calculation shall be subject to the adjustments set forth in  Section 1.10 .
“Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, a State thereof or the District of Columbia.
“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

24

“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Committed (USD) Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage of Swing Line Loans other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Committed (USD) Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied, subject to  Section 1.04(b) .
“GE Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated July 13, 2011, among the Company, GECC and GECM.
“GECC” means General Electric Capital Corporation and its successors.
“GECM” means GE Capital Markets, Inc. and its successors.
“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise,

25

of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
“Guarantors” means, collectively, (a) the Subsidiary Guarantors and (b) with respect to the payment and performance by each Specified Loan Party of its obligations hereunder or the Subsidiary Guaranty with respect to all Swap Obligations, each Borrower.
“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated or subject to liability pursuant to any Environmental Law.
“Hedge Bank” means any Person that, (a) at the time it enters into aSwap Contract not prohibited under  Article VII , is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, or (b) at the time it (or its Affiliate) becomes a Lender, is a party to a Swap Contract not prohibited under  Article VII , in each case, in its capacity as a party to such Swap Contract.
“Honor Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(d)(i).
“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary.
“Incremental OID” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(b).
“Incremental Yield Differential” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(b).
“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
(a)    all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
(b)    all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
(c)    net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
(d)    all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, not past due for more than 90 days after the date on which such trade account payable was created or which are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established and reported in accordance with GAAP);

26

(e)    indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
(f)    capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations;
(g)    all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference  plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and
(h)    all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any capital lease or Synthetic Lease Obligation as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.
“Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
“Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).
“Indemnity Agreement” means (i) that certain General Agreement of Indemnity dated as of August 19, 2010 by and among Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, the Company and certain Subsidiaries thereof, (ii) that certain General Agreement of Indemnity dated as of July 31, 2008 by and among Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, the Company and certain Subsidiaries thereof or (iii) any additional or replacement General Agreement of Indemnity or other indemnity agreement by and among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the applicable Surety containing terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.
“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07.
“Intercreditor Agreement” means (i) that certain Intercreditor Collateral Agreement dated as of January 5, 2010 by and between Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Intercreditor and Collateral Agreement dated as of August 18, 2011 and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof or (ii) any additional or replacement intercreditor agreement between the Administrative Agent and any Surety containing terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable

27

discretion, as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.
“Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date;  provided ,  however , that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.
“Interest Period” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Company in its Committed Loan Notice or such other period that is twelve months or less requested by the Company and consented to by all the applicable Lenders;  provided  that:
(i)    any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
(ii)    any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
(iii)    no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
“IP Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 5.18.
“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
“ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

28

“Issuer Documents” means (i) with respect to any Letter of Credit or Acceptance Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Company (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit or Acceptance Credit, and (ii) with respect to any Clean BA, the Bankers’ Acceptance Request made by the Company to the L/C Issuer relating to such Clean BA.
“Judgment Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.
“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
“L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Committed (USD) Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable (USD) Percentage. All L/C Advances shall be denominated in Dollars.
“L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from (i) a drawing under any Letter of Credit (other than an Acceptance Credit) or (ii) a payment of a Bankers’ Acceptance upon presentation, in each case which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Committed (USD) Borrowing. All L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars.
“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
“L/C Issued BA” means a negotiable time draft, drawn by the beneficiary under an Acceptance Credit and accepted by the L/C Issuer under presentation of documents by the beneficiary of an Acceptance Credit pursuant to  Section 2.03 , in the standard form for bankers’ acceptances of the L/C Issuer.
“L/C Issuer” means, individually or collectively as the context may indicate, (a) Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances hereunder, or any successor to Bank of America in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances hereunder and (b) any other Lender, selected by the Company in consultation with the Administrative Agent, which consent to its appointment by the Company as an issuer of Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances hereunder in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances hereunder,  provided  that at no time shall there be more than three L/C Issuers without the consent of the Administrative Agent.
“L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit,  plus  the sum of the maximum aggregate amount which is, or at any time thereafter may become, payable by the L/C Issuer under all then outstanding Bankers’ Acceptances,  plus  the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of

29

Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.09. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
“Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, unless the context requires otherwise, includes the Swing Line Lender.
“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Company and the Administrative Agent.
“Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued hereunder and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit (including an Acceptance Credit) or a standby letter of credit. Letters of Credit may be issued in Dollars or in Canadian Dollars.
“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer and, in the case of any Acceptance Credit, shall include the related Acceptance Documents.
“Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).
“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a)$450,000,000, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, and (b) the Aggregate (USD) Commitments. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate (USD) Commitments.
“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
“Loan” means a Committed Loan, a Swing Line Loan or an Additional Loan.
“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each Note, the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, each Issuer Document, any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of  Section 2.16  of this Agreement, the Fee Letters, the Subsidiary Guaranty, each Subsidiary Guaranty Joinder Agreement and each Additional Commitments Amendment.

30

“Loan Party EBITDA” means, for any period, the consolidated EBITDA (measured (i) on the same basis as “Consolidated EBITDA” but only for those entities that constituting Loan Parties and only on the basis of their own operations and not those of their Subsidiaries and (ii) after allocating corporate expenses to all Subsidiaries of the Company on a pro rata basis) of all entities that constituted Loan Parties at all times during such period.

“Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Company, each Designated Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor.
“London Banking Day” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the Loan Parties taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.
“Material Contract” means, with respect to any Person, an agreement to which such Person is a party (other than the Loan Documents) (a) which is deemed to be a material contract as provided in Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933 or (b) for which breach, termination, cancellation, nonperformance or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
“Material Real Property” means any parcel of real property owned in fee by a Loan Party with a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000.
“Material Subsidiary” means, subject to Section 6.12(g), any Domestic Subsidiary that, or each Domestic Subsidiary that together with its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, contributed 15% or more of the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and all Subsidiaries (measured on the same basis as “Consolidated EBITDA” provided herein) for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company with respect to which the Administrative Agent shall have received financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to  Sections 6.01(a)  or  (b) ;  provided  that, during any period that includes an Acquisition or Disposition such calculation shall be subject to the adjustments set forth in  Section 1.10 .
“Maturity Date” means October 29, 2018; provided, however, that, (a) if, on any day during the six (6) month period prior to any Senior Convertible Notes Maturity Date, Available Liquidity minus  the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes ,  together with interest thereon, due during such six (6) month period (determined as of such date, and referred to herein as the “ Remaining Liquidity ”) is less than $50,000,000, the “Maturity Date” shall be the later of (x) such date of measurement and (y) the 92nd day prior to the earliest Senior Convertible Notes Maturity Date to occur during such six (6) month period (any such event, a “ Springing Maturity Date ”), except that, in the event that after the occurrence of a Springing Maturity Date but prior to

31

such 92nd day, if the Remaining Liquidity is equal to or greater than $50,000,000 at any time during such interim period prior to such 92nd day (and for so long as such amount is maintained), the Springing Maturity Date shall not apply and (b) if any “Maturity Date” or any “Springing Maturity Date”, as the case may be, is not a Business Day, such Maturity Date or Springing Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.
“MC Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make Committed (MC) Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to  Section 2.01(b)  in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on  Schedule 2.01 under the caption “MC Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
“MLPFS” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and its successors.
“Mortgages” means any mortgage, deed of trust, trust deed or other equivalent document now or hereafter encumbering any fee-owned real property of any Loan Party in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as security for any of the Obligations, each of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Company.
“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
“Multiple Employer Plan” means a Plan which has two or more contributing sponsors (including the Company or any ERISA Affiliate) at least two of whom are not under common control, as such a plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA.
“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
“Note” means a promissory note made by a Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender to such Borrower, substantially in the form of  Exhibit C .
“Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, Letter of Credit, Bankers’ Acceptances, Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding; provided  that the “Obligations” of a Guarantor shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor.

32

“OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.
“Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, other than Excluded Taxes.
“Outstanding Amount” means (i) with respect to Committed Loans on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Committed Loans occurring on such date; (ii) with respect to Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Swing Line Loans occurring on such date; and (iii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Company of Unreimbursed Amounts.
“Overnight Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in Canadian Dollars, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in Canadian Dollars, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of Bank of America in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.
“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d).
“Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d).
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
“Pension Act” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

33

“Pension Funding Rules” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Section 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.
“Pension Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (including a Multiple Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by the Company and any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.
“Permitted Acquisition” means any Acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as to which the following conditions are satisfied:
(a)    immediately before and immediately after giving pro forma effect to any such Acquisition (including any assumption or incurrence of Indebtedness in connection therewith), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(b)    if the total cash and noncash consideration (including the fair market value of all Equity Interests issued or transferred to the sellers thereof, the aggregate amounts paid or to be paid under noncompete, consulting and other affiliated agreements with, the sellers thereof, all write-downs of property and reserves for liabilities with respect thereto and all assumptions of debt, liabilities and other obligations in connection therewith, but excluding all indemnities, earnouts and other contingent payment obligations (based on projected earnings) to the sellers thereof) paid by or on behalf of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any such Acquisition or series of related transactions is equal to or greater than $50,000,000, then immediately after giving effect to such Acquisition (including any assumption or incurrence of Indebtedness in connection therewith), (i) the pro forma Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.25 to 1.00 (or during any Elevated Ratio Period, 3.75 to 1.00) (to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 6.01(a)  or  (b)  as though such Acquisition had been consummated and such Indebtedness assumed or incurred as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby) and (ii) the Available Liquidity will not be less than $50,000,000;
(c)    the Company shall have determined whether any such newly-created or acquired Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary (to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 6.01(a)  or  (b)  as though such Acquisition had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby), and any such newly-created or acquired Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary and any such Person owning the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, shall comply with the requirements of  Section 6.12 , including, for the avoidance of doubt, the 70% Guaranty Threshold and the other provisions of Section 6.12(e)  as if such Subsidiary became a Loan Party immediately upon such creation or acquisition;
(d)     such Acquisition is not “hostile” or contested;

34

(e)     the representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties (including any newly-acquired or formed entities required to be Loan Parties) in any Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as if made as of the date of such Acquisition (after giving pro forma effect thereto);
(f)    the material lines of business of the Person to be (or the property of which is to be) so purchased or otherwise acquired shall be similar, related or incidental to one or more of the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(g)    the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall have delivered or caused to be delivered or otherwise made available to the Administrative Agent, not later than the closing date of such Acquisition, in each case to the extent already available to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, the results of any due diligence investigation of the target performed by or on behalf of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, any environmental assessment reports performed by or on behalf of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary if any real property is to be acquired, copies of the Acquisition documents, and historical financial statements of the target since inception but no longer than the 3 previous years; and
(h)    the Company shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the Company signed by a Responsible Officer certifying to the Administrative Agent compliance with the conditions specified in clauses (a) through (e) above, together with all relevant financial information for the Person or assets to be acquired reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent prior to such  Acquisition.
“Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof;  provided  that (i) the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (ii) such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness shall have a weighted average life to maturity that is no earlier than the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (iii) such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness shall not be subject to any financial covenant which is more restrictive than the financial covenants in the Loan Documents and (iv) at the time of and after giving effect to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, no Default shall exist.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
“Plan” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, maintained for employees of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or any such Plan to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate is required to contribute on behalf of any of its employees, other than a Multiple Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan.
“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

35

“Pledge Agreement” means the Fourth Amended, Restated and Consolidated Pledge Agreement of even date herewith executed by the Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of  Exhibit H , as supplemented from time to time by execution and delivery of Pledge Joinder Agreements and Pledge Agreement Supplements.
“Pledge Agreement Supplement” means each Pledge Agreement Supplement, substantially in the form thereof attached to the Pledge Agreement, executed and delivered by a Loan Party pursuant to  Section 6.12  or otherwise.
“Pledge Joinder Agreement” means each Pledge Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form thereof attached to the Pledge Agreement, executed and delivered by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to  Section 6.12  or otherwise.
“Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
“Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, at any time, each Loan Party with total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or that qualifies at such time as an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time under §1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
“Real Estate Support Documents” means, with respect to any real property constituting Collateral, such warehousemen and bailee letters, third party consents, intercreditor agreements, mortgagee title insurance policies (in amounts and with endorsements reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), surveys, appraisals, environmental reports, flood hazard certifications and, evidence of flood insurance (if such insurance is required under  Section 6.07  or is otherwise required by applicable Law), leases to which the applicable Loan Party is a party thereto, landlord consents or waivers, and such other mortgage-related documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
“Reconciliation” means, with respect to any financial statement referred to in Section 4.01(e) ,  6.01(a)  or  6.01(b)  (the “ Base Financials ”), the comparable financial statement prepared by the chief financial officer of the Company presenting on a consolidated basis the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as derived from the Base Financials.
“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c).
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
“Remaining Liquidity” has the meaning specified in the definition of Maturity Date.
“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

36

“Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.
“Required (MC) Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the Outstanding Amount of Committed (MC) Loans  plus  the aggregate unused MC Commitments. The aggregate Outstanding Amount of Committed (MC) Loans and unused MC Commitment of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required (MC) Lenders at any time.
“Required (USD) Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Committed (USD) Loans  plus  the aggregate outstanding amount of participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans  plus  the aggregate unused USD Commitments. The Committed (USD) Loans, the participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans and unused USD Commitment of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required (USD) Lenders at any time;  provided  that, the amount of any participation in any Swing Line Loan and Unreimbursed Amounts that such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated to and funded by another Committed (USD) Lender shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the Swing Line Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, in making such determination.
“Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having Total Credit Exposures representing more than 50% of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders. The Total Credit Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time; provided  that  the amount of any participation in any Swing Line Loan and Unreimbursed Amounts that any Defaulting Lender which is a Committed (USD) Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated to and funded by another Committed (USD) Lender shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the Swing Line Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, in making such determination.
“Responsible Officer” means the chairman of the board of directors, the president, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the chief operating officer, the corporate controller, the treasurer or the cash manager of, or in-house legal counsel to, a Loan Party, and any other officer of a Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a written notice to the Administrative Agent, and solely for purposes of the delivery of incumbency certificates pursuant to  Section 4.01 , the secretary or any assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition,

37

cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Company’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof).
“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not listed on Schedule 5.13  as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or has not been designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with  Section 6.12  hereof.
“Revaluation Date” means (a) with respect to any Committed (MC) Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars pursuant to  Section 2.02 , and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine or the Required (MC) Lenders shall require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance denominated in Canadian Dollars, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance denominated in Canadian Dollars, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance having the effect of increasing the amount thereof (solely with respect to the increased amount), (iii) each date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance denominated in Canadian Dollars, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer shall determine or the Required (USD) Lenders shall require.
“Sale Leaseback Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 7.18.
“Same Day Funds” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in Canadian Dollars, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in Canadian Dollars.
“Sanction(s)” means any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
“Secured Cash Management Agreement” means any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Cash Management Bank.
“Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Swap Contract permitted under Article VII that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.
“Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to  Section 9.05 , and the other Persons the

38

Obligations owing to which are or are purported to be secured by the Collateral under the terms of the Collateral Documents.
“Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement of even date herewith executed by the Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of  Exhibit G , as supplemented from time to time by execution and delivery of Security Joinder Agreements.
“Security Joinder Agreement” means each Security Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form thereof attached to the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by a Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.12  or otherwise.
“Senior Convertible (4.00%) Notes” means those certain unsecured notes of the Company due December 15, 2014 and issued pursuant to the Senior Convertible Notes Indenture in the initial aggregate principal amount of $115,000,000 and, as of the Closing Date, in an aggregate principal amount of $114,972,000, and any exchange notes issued in exchange therefor.
“Senior Convertible (4.25%) Notes” means those certain unsecured notes of the Company due June 15, 2014 and issued pursuant to the Senior Convertible Notes Indenture in the initial aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 and, as of the Closing Date, in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000, and any exchange notes issued in exchange therefor.
“Senior Convertible Notes” means, collectively, the Senior Convertible (4.00%) Notes and the Senior Convertible (4.25%) Notes.
“Senior Convertible Notes Cash Collateral” means Cash Collateral provided pursuant to Section 2.16(a)(iv) .
“Senior Convertible Notes Documents” means, collectively, the Senior Convertible Notes Indenture, all supplemental indentures thereto, the Senior Convertible (4.00%) Notes, the Senior Convertible (4.25%) Notes and all other material agreements executed in connection therewith.
“Senior Convertible Notes Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Convertible Notes and any Permitted Refinancings thereof.
“Senior Convertible Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated as of June 5, 2009 providing for the issuance of the Senior Convertible (4.00%) Notes and the Senior Convertible (4.25%) Notes.
“Senior Convertible Notes Maturity Date” means, (a) in the case of the Senior Convertible (4.00%) Notes, the maturity date of the Senior Convertible (4.00%) Notes and, (b) in the case of the Senior Convertible (4.25%) Notes, the maturity date of the Senior Convertible (4.25%) Notes.
“Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period” means the period commencing 92 days prior to any Senior Convertible Notes Maturity Date and ending on the date that the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Convertible Notes, together with interest thereon, due on or prior to such Senior Convertible Notes Maturity Date are fully and finally repaid.

39

“Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period Threshold” means, with respect to any Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Aggregate Commitments and (B) the Aggregate Commitments  minus  the portion of the Aggregate Commitments which, if drawn, would result in the Company having secured Indebtedness under credit facilities in excess of the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap  minus  the outstanding principal amount of all Senior Convertible Notes, together with interest thereon, due during or at the end of such Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period  minus  $50,000,000  plus  the amount of any Senior Convertible Notes Cash Collateral.
“Senior Notes” means those certain 4.875% unsecured notes of the Company due 2023 and issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture in the initial aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000 and, as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, in an aggregate principal amount of $400,000,000.
“Senior Notes Documents” means, collectively, the Senior Notes Indenture, all supplemental indentures thereto, the Senior Notes and all other material agreements executed in connection therewith.
“Senior Notes Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Notes and any Permitted Refinancings thereof.
“Senior Notes Indenture” means that certain Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 18, 2013 to the Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated as of June 5, 2009.
“Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap” means, as of any date of determination, the maximum amount of secured Indebtedness under credit facilities permitted to be incurred under the Senior Notes Indenture on such date.
“Single Employer Pension Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (excluding a Multiple Employer Plan or a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by the Company and any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.
“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person's property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts

40

and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
“Specified Loan Party” means any Loan Party that is not an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act (determined prior to giving effect to  Section 10.21 of the Credit Agreement or  Section 28  of the Subsidiary Guaranty, as applicable).
“Spot Rate” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made;  provided that the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and  provided further  that the L/C Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance denominated in Canadian Dollars.
“STRH” means SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. and its successors.
“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.
“Subsidiary Guarantors” means, collectively, each Subsidiary (whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired) who is a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty and has otherwise satisfied all of the conditions required of it under  Section 6.12 .
“Subsidiary Guaranty” meansthe Consolidated, Amended and Restated Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement of even date herewith executed by the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of  Exhibit F , as supplemented from time to time by execution and delivery of Subsidiary Guaranty Joinder Agreements.
“Subsidiary Guaranty Joinder Agreement” means each Subsidiary Guaranty Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form thereof attached to the Subsidiary Guaranty, executed and delivered by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to  Section 6.12  or otherwise.
“SunTrust” means SunTrust Bank and its successors.

41

“SunTrust Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated July 13, 2011, among the Company, SunTrust and STRH.
“Surety” means (i) Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America and its successors and permitted assigns or (ii) any Person who replaces or supplements the Person identified in clause (i) under the applicable Surety Credit Documents as executor or procurer of bonds pursuant to such Surety Credit Documents, and their co-sureties and reinsurers, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
“Surety Bond Obligations” means obligations to the issuers of surety bonds for the account of the Company or a Subsidiary, which for all purposes herein shall be calculated based on the estimated cost to complete the applicable projects taking into consideration the progress made on any such projects and not the face value or penal sum of such surety bonds.
“Surety Credit Documents” has the meaning specified in the applicable Intercreditor Agreement (such incorporation to include the defined terms contained in the definition of Surety Credit Documents contained in such Intercreditor Agreement).
“Surety Priority Collateral” has the meaning specified in the applicable Intercreditor Agreement (such incorporation to include the defined terms contained in the definition of Surety Priority Collateral contained in such Intercreditor Agreement).
“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
“Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such

42

Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
“Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04 .
“Swing Line Lender” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.
“Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).
“Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of  Exhibit B .
“Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $75,000,000, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, and (b) the Aggregate (USD) Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate (USD) Commitments.
“Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Threshold Amount” means$40,000,000.
“Total Credit Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the sum of the unused Commitments of such Lender at such time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of its outstanding Loans and the amount of such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations, Bankers’ Acceptances and Swing Line Loans at such time.
“Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.
“Total (USD) Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Committed (USD) Loans, Swing Line Loans and all L/C Obligations.
“Type” means, with respect to a Committed Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

43

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided  that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
“UCP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.
“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(d)(i).
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (a) each Subsidiary of the Company listed as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” on Part (d) of  Schedule 5.13 , (b) each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company after the date hereof (whether by reason of being newly created, by acquisition or otherwise) if, at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, the Company notifies the Administrative Agent that such Person shall be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement in accordance with  Section 6.12(i)  (in which case all Investments made in such Person by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with its becoming a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Investments in an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of  Section 7.02  and all arrangements between such Person and the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time it becomes an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be subject to  Section 7.08 ), (c) each Subsidiary that is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.12(i) ;  provided  that in the case of (b) and (c), such designation shall be deemed to be an Investment on the date of such designation in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Company’s direct or indirect equity ownership percentage of the net worth of such designated Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such designation (such net worth to be calculated without regard to any guarantee provided by such designated Restricted Subsidiary) and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness owed by such designated Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary immediately prior to such designation, all calculated except as set forth in the parenthetical to clause (i), on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and (d) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;  provided  that, for the sake of clarity, (x) each Loan Party is  ipso facto  a Restricted Subsidiary, (y) if any Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Loan Party it shall automatically and simultaneously be deemed a Restricted Subsidiary without any required action on behalf of the Company or any other Person and (z) each Subsidiary shall be deemed a Restricted Subsidiary unless it shall have been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Agreement.
“USD Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed (USD) Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to  Section 2.01(a) , (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on  Schedule 2.01 under the caption “USD Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and

44

Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

“Wholly-Owned” means, with respect to any direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Person, that 100% of the Equity Interests with ordinary voting power issued by such Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares and investment by foreign nationals mandated by applicable Law) is beneficially, owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

“Working Capital” means,as of any date of determination, for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the excess (if any) of consolidated current assets  over consolidated current liabilities, in each case as calculated in accordance with GAAP and set forth on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date.
1.03    Other Interpretive Provisions.  With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
(a)    The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ hereto ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
(b)    In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”
(c)    Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

45

1.04    Accounting Terms. (a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements,  except  as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 and FASB ASC 470-20 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.
(b)    Changes in GAAP. If at any time any change in GAAP (including any change required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the FASB or its successors) would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Company or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Company shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders);  provided that  (i) until so amended, (A) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (B) the Company shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP and (ii) any operating lease that is treated as a capital lease as a result of a change in GAAP shall be treated as an operating lease for all purposes under this Agreement.
(c)    Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. All references herein to consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries or the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or to the determination of any amount for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as the case may be, or any similar reference shall, in each case, be deemed to include each variable interest entity that the Company is required to consolidate pursuant to  FASB ASC 810  as if such variable interest entity were a Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as defined herein.
1.05    Rounding.   Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
1.06    Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents.  (a) The Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of Credit Extensions and Outstanding Amounts denominated in Canadian Dollars. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the

46

next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by Loan Parties hereunder or calculating financial covenants hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable.
(b)    Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Committed (MC) Borrowing, the conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Committed (MC) Borrowing, Eurocurrency Rate Loan, Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance is denominated in Canadian Dollars, such amount shall be the Canadian Dollar Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of Canadian Dollars, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be.
1.07    Change of Currency.  Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.
1.08    Times of Day.  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
1.09    Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, (a) the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time;  provided ,  however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time and (b) the amount of any Bankers’ Acceptance at any time shall be deemed to be the face value of such Bankers’ Acceptance without respect to any discounts.
1.10    Adjustments for Acquisitions and Dispositions. For each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending following the date of any Acquisition or Disposition, for purposes of determining consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated EBITDA, Foreign Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, the consolidated results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Company and its Subsidiaries or the Loan Parties, as the case may be, shall include the results of operations of the Person or assets subject to such Acquisition or exclude the results of operations of the Person or assets subject to such Disposition, as the case may be, on a historical pro forma basis to the extent information in sufficient detail concerning such historical results of such Person or assets is reasonably available, and which amounts shall include expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Company in good faith to result from actions with respect to which substantial steps have been, will be, or are expected to be, taken (in the good faith determination of the Company and evidenced by a certificate of a Responsible

47

Officer of the Company) within 12 months after such transaction; provided that such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-savings synergies, together with any amounts included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (xvi) thereof, may only be included to the extent such charges collectively do not increase Consolidated EBITDA by more than 5%.
ARTICLE II.    
COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
2.01    Committed Loans.
(a)    Committed (USD) Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Committed (USD) Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Committed (USD) Loan ”) to the Borrowers, in Dollars, from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period with respect to the Committed (USD) Facility, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s USD Commitment;  provided ,  however , that after giving effect to any Committed (USD) Borrowing, (i) the Total (USD) Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate (USD) Commitments, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed (USD) Loans of any Lender,  plus such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations,  plus such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s USD Commitment and (iii) during any Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period, the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period Threshold. Within the limits of each Committed (USD) Lender’s USD Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this  Section 2.01(a) , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this  Section 2.01(a) . Committed (USD) Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
(b)    Committed (MC) Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Committed (MC) Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Committed (MC) Loan ”) to the Borrowers, in Dollars or Canadian Dollars, from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period with respect to the Committed (MC) Facility, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s MC Commitment;  provided ,  however , that after giving effect to any Committed (MC) Borrowing, (i) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Committed (MC) Loans shall not exceed the Aggregate (MC) Commitments, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed (MC) Loans of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s MC Commitment and (iii) during any Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period, the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period Threshold. Within the limits of each Committed (MC) Lender’s MC Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this  Section 2.01(b) , prepay under  Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this  Section 2.01(b) . Committed (MC) Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

48

2.02    Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans.
(a)    Each Committed Borrowing, each conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Company’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone or in the form of a Committed Loan Notice. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurocurrency Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans;  provided ,  however , that if the Company wishes to request Eurocurrency Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period”, the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Lenders under the applicable Facility of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 12:00 noon, three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Company (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the applicable Lenders. Each telephonic notice by the Company pursuant to this  Section 2.02(a)  must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in  Sections 2.03(d)  and  2.04(c) , each Committed Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Company is requesting a Committed (USD) Borrowing, a Committed (MC) Borrowing, a conversion of Committed (USD) Loans or Committed (MC) Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto, (vi) if applicable, the currency of the Committed (MC) Loans to be borrowed, and (vii) if applicable, the Designated Borrower. If the Company fails to specify a currency in a Committed Loan Notice requesting a Committed (MC) Borrowing, then the Committed (USD) Loans so requested shall be made in Dollars. If the Company fails to specify a Type of Committed Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Company fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans;  provided ,  however , that in the case of a failure to timely request a continuation of Committed (MC) Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, such Loans shall be continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans in Canadian Dollars with an Interest Period of one month. Any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Company requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify

49

an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. No Committed (MC) Loan may be converted into or continued as a Committed (MC) Loan denominated in a different currency, but instead must be prepaid in the original currency of such Committed (MC) Loan and reborrowed in the other currency.
(b)    Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice for a Facility, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender under such Facility of the amount (and, if applicable, the currency) of its Applicable Percentage under such Facility of the applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Company, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender under the applicable Facility of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuations of Committed (MC) Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, in each case as described in the preceding subsection. In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender under the applicable Facility shall make the amount of its Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the applicable currency not later than 1:00 p.m., in the case of any Loan denominated in Dollars, and not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of any Committed (MC) Loan in Canadian Dollars, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in  Section 4.02  (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension,  Section 4.01 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Company or the other applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of such Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Company;  provided ,  however , that if, on the date a Committed Loan Notice with respect to a Committed (USD) Borrowing is given by the Company, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing,  first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and,  second , shall be made available to the applicable Borrower as provided above.
(c)    Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans  (whether in Dollars or Canadian Dollars)  without the consent of the Required Lenders , and the Required Lenders may demand that any or all of the then outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars be redenominated into Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent thereof on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto .
(d)    The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

50

(e)    After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than ten Interest Periods in effect with respect to Committed Loans.
2.03    Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances.
(a)    Letter of Credit – BA Commitment.
(i)    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Committed (USD) Lenders set forth in this  Section 2.03 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit and Clean BAs denominated in Dollars or in Canadian Dollars for the account of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit and to make payments under Bankers’ Acceptances and (3) with respect to Acceptance Credits, to create L/C Issued BAs in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof; and (B) the Committed (USD) Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances issued for the account of the Company or its Subsidiaries and any drawings or payments thereunder;  provided  that (A) after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension, (v) the Total (USD) Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate (USD) Commitments, (w) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed (USD) Loans of any Lender,  plus  such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus  such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s USD Commitment, (x) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (y) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances denominated in Canadian Dollars shall not exceed the Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit Sublimit and (z) during any Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period, the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period Threshold and (B)  as to Clean BAs and Acceptance Credits, the Bankers’ Acceptance created or to be created thereunder shall be an eligible bankers’ acceptance under Section 13 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. § 372) . Each request by the Company for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance shall be deemed to be a representation by the Company that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Company may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed and Bankers’ Acceptances that have matured and been reimbursed. The Company agrees to promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the designation of any Lender as an L/C Issuer. All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto, and from and after the Closing Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.

51

(ii)    The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance, if:
(A)    subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required (USD) Lenders have approved such expiry date;
(B)    the maturity date of any Bankers’ Acceptance would occur earlier than 30 or later than 180 days from date of issuance or in any event later than 60 days before the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless the Required (USD) Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
(C)    the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit, or the maturity date of any Bankers’ Acceptance (including any L/C Issued BA issued under a Letter of Credit), would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Committed (USD) Lenders have approved such expiry date.
(iii)    The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance, if:
(A)    any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing the Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances generally or the Letter of Credit or any Bankers’ Acceptances in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
(B)    the issuance of the Letter of Credit or any related Bankers’ Acceptance would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer, applicable to letters of credit generally, or the creation of any Bankers’ Acceptance would cause the L/C Issuer to exceed the maximum amount of outstanding bankers’ acceptances permitted by law;
(C)    except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000, in the case of a commercial Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance, or $250,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;
(D)    such Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Canadian Dollars;

52

(E)    the L/C Issuer does not as of the issuance date of such requested Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance  issue Letters of Credit  or Bankers’ Acceptances  in the requested currency;
(F)    any Committed (USD) Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Company or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to  Section 2.17(a)(iv )) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which the L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion;
(G)    such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or
(H)    such Bankers’ Acceptance is to be used for a purpose other than as described in the last sentence of  Section 2.03(c)(i) .
(iv)    The L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance if the L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue the Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance in its amended form under the terms hereof.
(v)    The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue the Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance.
(vi)    The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Committed (USD) Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit  or Bankers’ Acceptances  issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in  Article IX  with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit  and Bankers’ Acceptances  issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit  and Bankers’ Acceptances  as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in  Article IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.
(b)    Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.
(i)    Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Company delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company. Such Letter of Credit Application may be sent

53

by facsimile, by United States mail, by overnight courier, by electronic transmission using the system provided by the L/C Issuer, by personal delivery or by any other means acceptable to the L/C Issuer. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their reasonable discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount and currency thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Company shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.
(ii)    Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Company and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Committed (USD) Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in  Article IV  shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer's usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Committed (USD) Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage  times  the amount of such Letter of Credit.
(iii)    If the Company so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its reasonable discretion, agree to issue a standby Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”);  provided  that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date

54

of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Company shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Committed (USD) Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided ,  however , that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of  Section 2.03(a)  or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required (USD) Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Committed (USD) Lender or the Company that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in  Section 4.02  is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.
(iv)    Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.
(c)    Procedure for Issuance of Clean Bankers’ Acceptances.
(i)    Each Clean Bankers’ Acceptance shall be issued upon the request of the Company delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Bankers’ Acceptance Request, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company. Bankers’ Acceptances Requests may be delivered and accepted electronically. Such Bankers’ Acceptance Request must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (or such later date and time as the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its reasonable discretion) of the proposed issuance date. Each Bankers’ Acceptance Request shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Clean Bankers’ Acceptance (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount and currency thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the shipping information; (E) a description of the inventory; and (F) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably require. Each Clean Bankers’ Acceptance shall be in a minimum increment of $100,000, shall be endorsed in blank, shall cover the purchase of inventory, shall mature on a Business Day up to one hundred eighty (180) days after the date thereof, and shall not be payable prior to its stated maturity date.
(ii)    Promptly after receipt of any Bankers’ Acceptance Request, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Bankers’ Acceptance Request from the Company and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy

55

thereof. Upon receipt by the L/C Issuer of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Clean Bankers’ Acceptance for the account of the Company, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Clean Bankers’ Acceptance, each Committed (USD) Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Clean Bankers’ Acceptance in an amount equal to the product of such Committed (USD) Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage times the amount of such Clean Bankers’ Acceptance.
(iii)    In the event that the L/C Issuer presents a draft on a matured Clean Bankers’ Acceptance for payment and the Company, at the time of such presentment, does not have funds on deposit in its account at the Administrative Agent sufficient to pay the entire amount of the draft (including any charges or expenses paid or incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with such draft), the Administrative Agent shall deem such amount to be an Unreimbursed Amount and proceed in accordance with the provisions of  Section 2.03(d)(iii)  which relate to a Bankers’ Acceptance not paid on maturity.
(d)    Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.
(i)    Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing or, with respect to any Acceptance Credit, presentation of documents, under such Letter of Credit, or any presentation for payment of a Bankers’ Acceptance, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Company and the Administrative Agent thereof. In the case of a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance denominated in Canadian Dollars, the Company shall reimburse the L/C Issuer in Canadian Dollars, unless (A) the L/C Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in Dollars, or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the Company shall have notified the L/C Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Company will reimburse the L/C Issuer in Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing under a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance denominated in Canadian Dollars, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Company of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. Not later than 12:00 noon on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance to be reimbursed in Dollars, or the Applicable Time on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance to be reimbursed in Canadian Dollars (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Company shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing or Bankers’ Acceptance, as applicable, and in the applicable currency. In the event that (A) a drawing or payment denominated in Canadian Dollars is to be reimbursed in Dollars pursuant to the second sentence in this  Section 2.03(d)(i)  and (B) the Dollar amount paid by the Company, whether on or after the Honor Date, shall not be adequate on the date of that payment to purchase in accordance with normal banking procedures a sum denominated in Canadian Dollars equal to the drawing or payment, the Company agrees, as a separate and independent

56

obligation, to indemnify the L/C Issuer for the loss resulting from its inability on that date to purchase Canadian Dollars in the full amount of the drawing or payment. If the Company fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Committed (USD) Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing or presentation (expressed in Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent thereof in the case of a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance denominated in Canadian Dollars) (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage thereof. In such event, the Company shall be deemed to have requested a Committed (USD) Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in  Section 2.02  for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate (USD) Commitments and the conditions set forth in  Section 4.02  (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this  Section 2.03(d)(i)  may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided  that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
(ii)    Each Committed (USD) Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(d)(i) make funds available (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the L/C Issuer, in Dollars, at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments in an amount equal to its Applicable (USD) Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent (which shall not be earlier than the Business Day immediately following the date such notice is given), whereupon, subject to the provisions of  Section 2.03(d)(iii) , each Committed (USD) Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed (USD) Loan to the Company in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer in Dollars.
(iii)    With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Committed (USD) Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in  Section 4.02  cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Company shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Committed (USD) Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to  Section 2.03(d)(ii)  shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this  Section 2.03 .
(iv)    Until each Committed (USD) Lender funds its Committed (USD) Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this  Section 2.03(d)  to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit or payments made on any Bankers’ Acceptance, interest

57

in respect of such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.
(v)    Each Committed (USD) Lender’s obligation to make Committed (USD) Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit and payments made on Bankers’ Acceptances, as contemplated by this  Section 2.03(d) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Company, any Subsidiary or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing;  provided ,  however , that each Committed (USD) Lender’s obligation to make Committed (USD) Loans pursuant to this  Section 2.03(d)  is subject to the conditions set forth in  Section 4.02  (other than delivery by the Company of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Company to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance, together with interest as provided herein.
(vi)    If any Committed (USD) Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this  Section 2.03(d)  by the time specified in  Section 2.03(d)(ii) , then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed (USD) Loan included in the relevant Committed (USD) Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Committed (USD) Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(e)    Repayment of Participations.
(i)    At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance and has received from any Committed (USD) Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with  Section 2.03(d) , if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Company or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable (USD) Percentage thereof in Dollars and in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

58

(ii)    If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to  Section 2.03(d)(i)  is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05  (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Committed (USD) Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable (USD) Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Committed (USD) Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
(f)    Obligations Absolute.The obligation of the Company to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and each payment under any Bankers’ Acceptance and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
(i)    any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;
(ii)    the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Company or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit  or Bankers’ Acceptance  (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit  or Bankers’ Acceptance  or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
(iii)    any draft, demand, certificate or other document or endorsement presented under or in connection with  such Letter of Credit  or Bankers’ Acceptance  proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit  or obtain payment under any Bankers’ Acceptance ;
(iv)    waiver by the L/C Issuer of any requirement that exists for the L/C Issuer’s protection and not the protection of the Company or any waiver by the L/C Issuer which does not in fact materially prejudice the Company;
(v)    honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance requires that demand be in the form of a draft;
(vi)    any payment made by the L/C Issuer in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under such Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance if presentation after such date is authorized by the UCC, the ISP or the UCP, as applicable;

59

(vii)    any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit or Banker’s Acceptance, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;
(viii)    any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of Canadian Dollars to the Company or any Subsidiary or in the relevant currency markets generally; or
(ix)    any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Company or any Subsidiary.
The Company shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto, and each Bankers’ Acceptance, that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Company’s instructions or other irregularity, the Company will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Company shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
(g)    Role of L/C Issuer.Each Lender and the Company agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit or making any payment under a Bankers’ Acceptance, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Committed (USD) Lenders or the Required (USD) Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit, Bankers’ Acceptance or Issuer Document. The Company hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance;  provided ,  however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Company’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (viii) of  Section 2.03(f) ;  provided ,  however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Company, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Company which the Company proves were caused by the L/

60

C Issuer's willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer's willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit or to honor any Bankers’ Acceptance presented for payment in strict compliance with its terms and conditions.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument endorsing, transferring or assigning or purporting to endorse, transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason. The L/C Issuer may send a Letter of Credit or conduct any communication to or from the beneficiary via the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (“SWIFT”) message or overnight courier, or any other commercially reasonable means of communicating with a beneficiary.
(h)    Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Company when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the UCP shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible to the Company for, and the L/C Issuer’s rights and remedies against the Company shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of the L/C Issuer required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit, Bankers’ Acceptance or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where the L/C Issuer or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP or UCP, as applicable, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade - International Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance chooses such law or practice.
(i)    Letter of Credit Fees. The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Committed (USD) Lender in accordance, subject to  Section 2.17 , with its Applicable (USD) Percentage, in Dollars, a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate  times  the Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with  Section 1.09 . Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required (USD) Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

61

(j)    BA Fees. The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Committed (USD) Lender in accordance, subject to  Section 2.17 , with its Applicable (USD) Percentage a Bankers’ Acceptance fee (the “ BA Fee ”) equal to the Bankers’ Acceptance Rate plus  the Applicable Rate  times  the Dollar Equivalent of the daily maximum stated amount of all outstanding Bankers’ Acceptances. BA Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Bankers’ Acceptance, on the Maturity Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears . If there is any change in the Bankers’ Acceptance Rate or the Applicable Rate for Bankers’ Acceptances during any quarter, the maximum stated amount of all outstanding Bankers’ Acceptances shall be computed and multiplied by the Bankers’ Acceptance Rate or Applicable Rate, as applicable, separately for each period during such quarter that such Bankers’ Acceptance Rate or Applicable Rate, as applicable, was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required (USD) Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all BA Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.
(k)    Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer.The Company shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account, in Dollars, a fronting fee (i) with respect to each commercial Letter of Credit, at the rate specified in the Bank of America Fee Letter with respect to such Letters of Credit issued by Bank of America and with respect to such Letters of Credit issued by any other L/C Issuer at a rate determined by the Company and such L/C Issuer, computed on the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such Letter of Credit, and payable upon the issuance thereof, (ii) with respect to any amendment of a commercial Letter of Credit increasing the amount of such Letter of Credit, at the rate specified in the Bank of America Fee Letter with respect to Letters of Credit issued by Bank of America and with respect to Letters of Credit issued by any other L/C Issuer at a rate separately agreed between the Company and such L/C Issuer, computed on the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such increase, and payable upon the effectiveness of such amendment, and (iii) with respect to each standby Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum specified in the Bank of America Fee Letter with respect to such Letters of Credit issued by Bank of America and with respect to such Letters of Credit issued by any other L/C Issuer at a rate determined by the Company and such L/C Issuer, computed on the Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with  Section 1.09 . In addition, the Company shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account, in Dollars, the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
(l)    Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

62

(m)    Letters of Credit/Bankers’ Acceptances Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Company shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance, as applicable. The Company hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptances for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Company, that the Company’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries and that such issuance for the benefit of a Subsidiary constitutes an Investment by the Company in such Subsidiary that must comply with Section 7.02 .
(n)    Letters of Credit Reports. For so long as any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance issued by an L/C Issuer (other than Bank of America) is outstanding, such L/C Issuer shall deliver to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after each calendar month, and on each date that an L/C Credit Extension occurs with respect to any such Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance, a report in the form of  Exhibit N , appropriately completed with the information for every outstanding Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance issued by such L/C Issuer. The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such report and provide a copy thereof to any Lender following such Lender’s request.
2.04    Swing Line Loans.
(a)    The Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Committed (USD) Lenders set forth in this  Section 2.04 , shall make loans in Dollars (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Company from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period with respect to the Committed (USD) Facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable (USD) Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Committed (USD) Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s USD Commitment;  provided , however , that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total (USD) Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate (USD) Commitments, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed (USD) Loans of any Lender,  plus  such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations,  plus  such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s USD Commitment and (iii) during any Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period, the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period Threshold, and  provided ,  further , that the Company shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company may borrow under this  Section 2.04 , prepay under Section 2.05 , and reborrow under this  Section 2.04 . Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Committed (USD) Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage  times  the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

63

(b)    Borrowing Procedures. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Company’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Committed (USD) Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of  Section 2.04(a) , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in  Article IV  is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Company.
(c)    Refinancing of Swing Line Loans.
(i)    The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Company (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Committed (USD) Lender make a Base Rate Committed (USD) Loan in an amount equal to such Lender's Applicable (USD) Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of  Section 2.02 , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Aggregate (USD) Commitments and the conditions set forth in  Section 4.02 . The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Company with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Committed (USD) Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable (USD) Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to  Section 2.04(c)(ii) , each Committed (USD) Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Committed (USD) Loan to the Company in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.
(ii)    If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Committed (USD) Borrowing in accordance with  Section 2.04(c)(i) , the request for Base

64

Rate Committed (USD) Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Committed (USD) Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Committed (USD) Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to  Section 2.04(c)(i)  shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.
(iii)    If any Committed (USD) Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this  Section 2.04(c)  by the time specified in  Section 2.04(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Committed (USD) Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed (USD) Loan included in the relevant Committed (USD) Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(iv)    Each Committed (USD) Lender’s obligation to make Committed (USD) Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this  Section 2.04(c)  shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Company or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing;  provided ,  however , that each Committed (USD) Lender’s obligation to make Committed (USD) Loans pursuant to this  Section 2.04(c)  is subject to the conditions set forth in  Section 4.02 . No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Company to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.
(d)    Repayment of Participations.
(i)    At any time after any Committed (USD) Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable (USD) Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.
(ii)    If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in  Section 10.05  (including pursuant to any settlement

65

entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Committed (USD) Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable (USD) Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Committed (USD) Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
(e)    Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Company for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Committed (USD) Lender funds its Base Rate Committed (USD) Loan or risk participation pursuant to this  Section 2.04  to refinance such Lender’s Applicable (USD) Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable (USD) Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.
(f)    Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender. The Company shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.
2.05    Prepayments.  (a) Each Borrower may, upon notice from the Company to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty;  provided  that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Committed Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurocurrency Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s ratable portion of such prepayment (based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage in respect of the relevant Facility). If such notice is given by the Company, the applicable Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 . Subject to  Section 2.17 , each such prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages in respect of each of the relevant Facilities.
(b)    The Company may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty;  provided  that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by

66

the Company, the Company shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.
(c)    If at any time the Total (USD) Outstandings exceed an amount equal to the Aggregate (USD) Commitments then in effect, the Borrowers shall prepay Loans in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Outstanding Amount as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed the Aggregate (USD) Commitments then in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Collateralization shall not cure or eliminate the Company’s obligation to prepay Loans in an amount necessary such that Total (USD) Outstandings would not exceed the Aggregate (USD) Commitments.
(d)    If for any reason the Outstanding Amount of all Committed (MC) Loans at any time exceeds the Aggregate (MC) Commitments at such time, the Borrowers shall prepay Committed (MC) Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.
2.06    Termination or Reduction of Commitments. The Company may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate (USD) Commitments or the Aggregate (MC) Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate (USD) Commitments or the Aggregate (MC) Commitments;  provided  that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon three Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the Company shall not terminate or reduce (A) the Aggregate (USD) Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total (USD) Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate (USD) Commitments or (B) the Aggregate (MC) Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Committed (MC) Loans would exceed the Aggregate (MC) Commitments, and (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate (USD) Commitments, the Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit Sublimit, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Aggregate (USD) Commitments, such Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate (USD) Commitments or the Aggregate (MC) Commitments. The amount of any such Aggregate (USD) Commitment reduction shall not be applied to the Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit Sublimit, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Company, except as otherwise provided in clause (iv) above. Any reduction of the Aggregate (USD) Commitments shall be applied to the USD Commitment of each Lender according to its Applicable (USD) Percentage. Any reduction of the Aggregate (MC) Commitments shall be applied to the MC Commitment of each Lender according to its Applicable Percentage with respect to the Committed (MC) Facility. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate (USD) Commitments or Aggregate (MC) Commitments, as the case may be, shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
2.07    Repayment of Loans.  (a) Each Borrower shall repay to the Committed (USD) Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Committed (USD) Loans made to such Borrower outstanding on such date.

67

(b)    Each Borrower shall repay to the Committed (MC) Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Committed (MC) Loans made to such Borrower outstanding on such date.
(c)    The Company shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date.
2.08    Interest.  (a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period  plus  the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate  plus  the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate  plus  the Applicable Rate.
(b)    (i)    If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(ii)    If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by any Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required (USD) Lenders (in the case of the Committed (USD) Facility) or the Required (MC) Lenders (in the case of the Committed (MC) Facility), as the case may be, such overdue amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(iii)    Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default under Section 8.01(f)  or  (g) , and upon the request of the Required (USD) Lenders (in the case of the Committed (USD) Facility) or the Required (MC) Lenders (in the case of the Committed (MC) Facility), as the case may be, while any other Event of Default exists, the Borrowers shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(iv)    Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
(c)    Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
(d)    For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), (i) whenever a rate of interest or fee rate hereunder is calculated on the basis of a year (the “deemed year”) that contains fewer days than

68

the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation, such rate of interest or fee rate shall be expressed as a yearly rate by multiplying such rate of interest or fee rate by the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation and dividing it by the number of days in the deemed year, (ii) the principle of deemed reinvestment of interest shall not apply to any interest calculation hereunder and (iii) the rates of interest stipulated herein are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields.
2.09    Fees. In addition to certain fees described in subsections (i), (j) and (k) of Section 2.03:
(a)    Commitment Fee. (i) The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Committed (USD) Lender in accordance with its Applicable (USD) Percentage, a commitment fee in Dollars equal to the Applicable Rate  times  the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate (USD) Commitments exceed the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Committed (USD) Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations, subject to adjustment as provided in  Section 2.17 . The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period with respect to the Committed (USD) Facility, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in  Article IV  is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of such Availability Period. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. For the avoidance of doubt, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans will not be considered when calculating the commitment fee above.
(ii)    The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Committed (MC) Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage in respect of the Committed (MC) Facility, a commitment fee in Dollars equal to the Applicable Rate  times  the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate (MC) Commitments exceed the Outstanding Amount of Committed (MC) Loans, subject to adjustment as provided in  Section 2.17 . The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period with respect to the Committed (MC) Facility, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in  Article IV  is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of such Availability Period. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.
(b)    Other Fees. (i) The Company shall pay to the Arrangers and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts, in Dollars, fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the applicable Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

69

(ii)    The Company shall pay to the Lenders, in Dollars, such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
2.10    Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate. (a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans (including Base Rate Loans determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate) shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided  that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to  Section 2.12(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(b)    If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Company or for any other reason, the Company or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Company as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, each Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under  Section 2.03(d)(iii) ,  2.03(i) ,  2.03(j)  or  2.08(b)  or under  Article VIII . The Borrowers’ obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
2.11    Evidence of Debt.  (a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender to a Borrower made through the Administrative Agent, such Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans to such Borrower in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to a

70

Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount, currency and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
(b)    In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
2.12    Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.  (a) General. All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and except with respect to principal of and interest on Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder with respect to principal and interest on Committed (MC) Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in Canadian Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent on the dates specified herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may require (upon reasonable notice) that any payments due under this Agreement be made in the United States. If, for any reason, any Borrower is prohibited by any Law from making any required payment hereunder in Canadian Dollars, such Borrower shall make such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the Canadian Dollars payment amount. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage in respect of the relevant Facility (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent (i) after 2:00 p.m., in the case of payments in Dollars, or (ii) after the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of payments in Canadian Dollars, shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by any Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
(b)    (i)    Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with  Section 2.02  (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in

71

accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to such Borrower to the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by such Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If such Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by such Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(ii)    Payments by Borrowers; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the applicable Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to it to the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Overnight Rate.
A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
(c)    Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender to any Borrower as provided in the foregoing provisions of this  Article II , and such funds are not made available to such Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in  Article IV  are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall promptly (if possible, on the same day) return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
(d)    Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Committed Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit, Swing Line Loans and Bankers’ Acceptances and to make payments pursuant to  Section 10.04(c)  are several and not joint. The

72

failure of any Lender to make any Committed Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under  Section 10.04(c)  on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Committed Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 10.04(c) .
(e)    Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
2.13    Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) Obligations in respect of any of the Facilities due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations in respect of the Facilities due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations in respect of the Facilities due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b) Obligations in respect of any of the Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations in respect of the Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations in respect of the Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such time, then, in each case under clauses (a) and (b) above, the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (A) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (B) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Committed Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of Obligations in respect of the Facilities then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be,  provided  that:
(i)    if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
(ii)    the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by a Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in  Section 2.17 , or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Committed Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans

73

to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
Each Borrowerconsents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.
2.14    Company as Borrowing Agent; Joint and Several Liability.
(a)    Because the operations and business activities of the Borrowers are highly integrated and interdependent, at any particular time it is in the mutual best interest of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrowers for the Company, through one or more of its Responsible Officers, to deliver all Requests for Credit Extension and all other such notices, and to take all other action of a Responsible Officer in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, whether on behalf of the Company or any other Borrower, and to determine which of the Borrowers will directly receive the proceeds of a Loan. Each of the Borrowers hereby directs the Administrative Agent to disburse the proceeds of each Loan as directed by the Company through a Responsible Officer, and such distribution will, in all circumstances, be deemed to be made to the Borrower to which such proceeds are directed. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably designates, appoints, authorizes and directs the Company (including each Responsible Officer of the Company) to act on behalf of such Borrower for the purposes set forth in this  Section 2.14 , and to act on behalf of such Borrower for purposes of giving notice to the Administrative Agent of requests for Borrowings, conversions, continuations and for otherwise giving and receiving notices and certifications under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and otherwise for taking all other action contemplated to be taken by the Company (including each Responsible Officer of the Company) hereunder or under any other Loan Document. Each Borrower further appoints the Company as its agent for any service of process. The Administrative Agent is entitled to rely and act on the instructions of the Company, by and through any Responsible Officer, on behalf of each Borrower. Without limiting the provisions of  Section 10.04 , each Borrower covenants and agrees to assume liability for and to protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender from any and all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, causes of action, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), which may be incurred by, imposed or asserted against the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, howsoever arising or incurred because of, out of or in connection with the disbursements of Loans and Credit Extensions in accordance with this  Section 2.14 ;  provided ,  however , the liability of the Borrowers pursuant to this indemnity shall not extend to any liability, obligation, damage, penalty, claim, cause of action, cost, charge or expense of any Person (i) determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender or (ii) result from a claim brought by any Borrower or any other Loan Party against any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender for breach in bad faith of such Person’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if such Borrower or such other Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by

74

a court of competent jurisdiction; providedfurther that the reimbursement of fees, charges and disbursements of counsel shall be limited to one counsel and one local counsel and one applicable regulatory counsel and local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for the Persons indemnified pursuant to this  Section 2.14(a) . The Company shall maintain detailed accounting and records of all disbursements and payments made to each Borrower with respect to proceeds of Loans. Not in any way in limitation of any other provisions set forth herein, such books and records may be reviewed and copied by the Administrative Agent at the Company’s expense at reasonable intervals and upon reasonable notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Company.
(b)    Each Borrower shall be jointly and severally liable for all Obligations.For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Borrowers agrees and understands that it shall be jointly and severally liable for the Obligations as described in the preceding sentence, without regard to the identity of the Borrower in whose name any Loan is made or other Obligation is incurred.
(c)    It is the intention of the parties that with respect to each Borrower, its obligations under Section 2.14(b)  shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of, and each Borrower hereby expressly waives, to the extent permitted by law, any defense to its Obligations under this Agreement and all the other Loan Documents to which it is a party by reason of:
(i)    any lack of legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, of any of the Notes, of any other Loan Document, or of any other agreement or instrument creating, providing security for, or otherwise relating to any of the Obligations (the Loan Documents and all such other agreements and instruments being collectively referred to as the “ Related Agreements ”);
(ii)    any action taken under any of the Related Agreements, any exercise of any right or power therein conferred, any failure or omission to enforce any right conferred thereby, or any waiver of any covenant or condition therein provided;
(iii)    any acceleration of the maturity of any of the Obligations (whether of such Borrower or of any other Borrower) or of any other obligations or liabilities of any Person under any of the Related Agreements;
(iv)    any release, exchange, non-perfection, lapse in perfection, disposal, deterioration in value, or impairment of any security for any of the Obligations (whether of such Borrower or of any other Borrower) or for any other obligations or liabilities of any Person under any of the Related Agreements;
(v)    any dissolution of any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other party to a Related Agreement, or the combination or consolidation of any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other party to a Related Agreement into or with another entity or any transfer or disposition of any assets of any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other party to a Related Agreement;
(vi)    any extension (including extensions of time for payment), renewal, amendment, restructuring or restatement of, any acceptance of late or partial payments under,

75

or any change in the amount of any borrowings or any credit facilities available under, this Agreement, any of the Notes or any other Loan Document or any other Related Agreement, in whole or in part;
(vii)    the existence, addition, modification, termination, reduction or impairment of value, or release of any other guaranty (or security therefor) of any of the Obligations (whether of such Borrower or of any other Borrower);
(viii)    any waiver of, forbearance or indulgence under, or other consent to any change in or departure from any term or provision contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other Related Agreement, including without limitation any term pertaining to the payment or performance of any of the Obligations (whether of such Borrower or of any other Borrower) or any of the obligations or liabilities of any party to any other Related Agreement; or
(ix)    any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of any other Borrower) which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of such Borrower, or might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable defense available to, or discharge of, a surety or a guarantor, including any right to require or claim that resort be had to any Borrower or any other Loan Party or to any collateral in respect of the Obligations.
(d)    Each Borrower hereby waives to the extent permitted by law notice of the following events or occurrences: (i) the Secured Parties’ heretofore, now or from time to time hereafter making Loans and otherwise loaning monies or giving or extending credit to or for the benefit of any other Borrower or any other Loan Party, or otherwise entering into arrangements with any Loan Party giving rise to Obligations, whether pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes or any other Loan Document or Related Agreement or any amendments, modifications, or supplements thereto, or replacements or extensions thereof; (ii) presentment, demand, default, non-payment, partial payment and protest; and (iii) any other event, condition, or occurrence described in  Section 2.14(c) . Each Borrower agrees that each Secured Party may heretofore, now or at any time hereafter do any or all of the foregoing in such manner, upon such terms and at such times as each Secured Party, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems advisable, without in any way or respect impairing, affecting, reducing or releasing such Borrower from its Obligations, and each Borrower hereby consents to each and all of the foregoing events or occurrences.
(e)    The Obligations of each Borrower under this Section 2.14 are independent, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against any Borrower whether action is brought against any other Borrower or whether any other Borrower is joined in any such action or actions; and each Borrower waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder.
(f)    Each Borrower represents and warrants that the request for joint handling of the Loans and other Obligations made hereunder was made because (i) such Borrower expects to derive benefit, directly or indirectly, from such availability because the successful operation of the Borrowers is dependent on the continued successful performance of the functions of the group and

76

(ii) the credit extended under this Agreement will enhance the overall financial strength and stability of the Borrowers’ consolidated group of companies.
(g)    Each Borrower represents and warrants that (i) it has established adequate means of obtaining from other Borrowers on a continuing basis financial and other information pertaining to the business, operations and condition (financial and otherwise) of other Borrowers and their respective property, and (ii) it now is and hereafter will be completely familiar with the business, operations and condition (financial and otherwise) of other Borrowers, and their property. Each Borrower hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Secured Party to disclose to such Borrower any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of other Borrowers, or the property of other Borrowers, whether now or hereafter known by such Secured Party during the life of this Agreement.
(h)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained herein or in any other Loan Document to which any Borrower is a party, each Borrower waives any right to assert against any Secured Party as a defense, counterclaim, set-off, recoupment or cross claim in respect of its Obligations, any defense (legal or equitable) or other claim which such Borrower may now or at any time hereafter have against any other Loan Party or any or all of the Secured Parties without waiving any additional defenses, set-offs, counterclaims or other claims otherwise available to such Borrower.
(i)    Each Borrower hereby unconditionally subordinates all present and future debts, liabilities or obligations now or hereafter owing to such Borrower (a) of any other Borrower, to the payment in full of the Obligations, and (b) of each other Person now or hereafter constituting a Loan Party, to the payment in full of the obligations of such Loan Party owing to any Secured Party and arising under the Loan Documents or any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement. All amounts due under such subordinated debts, liabilities, or obligations shall, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, be collected and, upon request by the Administrative Agent, paid over forthwith to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties on account of the Obligations or such other obligations, as applicable, and, after such request and pending such payment, shall be held by such Borrower as agent and bailee of the Secured Parties separate and apart from all other funds, property and accounts of such Borrower.
2.15    Increase in Commitments.
(a)    Request for Increase. Upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), at any time after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Company may request additional Commitments (each an “ Additional Commitment ” and all of them, collectively, the “ Additional Commitments ”);  provided  that (x) after giving effect to any such addition, the aggregate amount of Additional Commitments that have been added pursuant to this  Section 2.15  shall not exceed $250,000,000, and (y) any such addition shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $25,000,000 or any whole multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire remaining amount by which Commitments may be increased pursuant to this Section. Any loans made in respect of any such Additional Commitments (the “ Additional Loans ”) may be made, at the option of the Company, by either (i) increasing the USD Commitments with the same terms

77

(including pricing) as the existing Committed (USD) Facility, (ii) creating a new tranche of revolving loans (an “ Additional Revolving Tranche ”) or (iii) creating a new tranche of term loans (an “ Additional Term Loan Tranche ” and, together with each Additional Revolving Tranche, the “ Additional Facilities ”).
(b)    Ranking and Other Provisions. Each Additional Facility (i) shall rank either pari passu or junior in right of payment and security with respect to each of the Committed (USD) Facility and the Committed (MC) Facility (and any Additional Facility which is junior in right of payment and/or security shall have customary second lien, subordination, standstill and other provisions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), (ii) in the case of an Additional Term Loan Tranche, shall have a weighted average life and contain terms as to prepayments and amortization that are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (iii) shall not mature earlier than the Maturity Date, (iv) shall not contain additional or different covenants or financial covenants which are more restrictive than the covenants in the Loan Documents at the time of the creation of such Additional Facility unless either such covenants benefit all of the Lenders or are otherwise consented to by the Required Lenders and, in the case of any Additional Revolving Tranche, the Required (USD) Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (v) except as set forth herein, shall have such terms (including pricing) as may be agreed by the Borrower and the Lenders providing such Additional Facility;  provided  that with respect to any Additional Facility ranking pari passu in right of payment and security with each of the Committed (USD) Facility and the Committed (MC) Facility, if the initial yield on the loans made under such Additional Facility (as determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the sum of (x) the margin above the Eurocurrency Rate on such loans, (y) if such loans are initially made at a discount or the Lender making the same receives an upfront fee (other than any customary arrangement or similar fees that are paid to the arranger of such loans in its capacity as such) directly or indirectly from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the amount of such discount of fee, expressed as a percentage of such loans, being referred to herein as “ Incremental OID ”), the amount of such Incremental OID divided by the lesser of (A) the average life to maturity of such loans and (B) four, and (z) the greater of (A) any amount by which the minimum Eurocurrency Rate applicable to such loans exceeds the minimum Eurocurrency Rate then applicable to the Commitments under the Committed (USD) Facility and the Committed (MC) Facility, and (B) any amount by which the minimum Base Rate applicable to such loans exceeds the minimum Base Rate applicable to the Commitments under the Committed (USD) Facility and the Committed (MC) Facility) exceeds the sum of (1) the Applicable Rate then in effect for Eurocurrency Loans and (2) the upfront fees with respect to the Commitments paid on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date divided by four, by more than 50 basis points (the amount of such excess above 50 basis points being referred to herein as the “ Incremental Yield Differential ”), then the Applicable Rate then in effect for each of the Committed (USD) Facility and the Committed (MC) Facility shall automatically be increased by the Incremental Yield Differential, effective upon the creation of such Additional Facility.
(c)    Notices; Lender Elections. Each notice from the Company pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the Additional Commitments. Additional Commitments (or any portion thereof) may be made by any existing Lender or by any other bank or financial institution that is an Eligible Assignee (any such bank or other financial institution, together with any existing Lenders providing any Additional Commitments, the “ Additional

78

Lenders”), in each case on terms permitted in this Section and otherwise on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. At the time of the sending of such notice, the Company (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders). Each existing Lender shall be afforded an opportunity, but shall not be obligated to provide any Additional Commitments, unless it so agrees. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to provide an Additional Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable (USD) Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to provide an Additional Commitment. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase, the Company may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(d)    Additional Commitments Amendment. Commitments in respect of any Additional Commitments shall become Commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Additional Commitments Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Company, the other Loan Parties, each Additional Lender and the Administrative Agent. An Additional Commitments Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such technical amendments (including tranche voting rights) to any Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section, so long as not materially adverse to the existing Lenders. Upon execution, the Administrative Agent shall provide a copy of any Additional Commitments Amendment to all Lenders. No Additional Commitments shall increase the Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit Sublimit, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit without the written consent of the Required (USD) Lenders and the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, except that, in connection with any Additional Commitments made pursuant to clause (i) of the last sentence of  Section 2.15(a) , the Letter of Credit Sublimit and/or the Swing Line Sublimit may be increased proportionally (or by a lesser amount) with the written consent of the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, without the requirement of any consent from any other Lender.
(e)    Effective Date and Allocations. If any Additional Commitments are added in accordance with this  Section 2.15 , the Administrative Agent and the Company shall determine the effective date (the “ Additional Commitments Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such addition. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Additional Lenders of the final allocation of such addition and the Additional Commitments Effective Date.
(f)    Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase. The effectiveness of any Additional Commitments Amendment shall be subject to the Administrative Agent’s receipt of each of the following (each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent): (i) the applicable Additional Commitments Amendment; (ii) a certificate of each Loan Party signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of such Loan Party approving or consenting to the Additional Commitments Amendment and the Additional Commitments provided thereby,

79

and in the case of each Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to the Additional Commitments Amendment and the Additional Commitments provided thereby, (A) the representations and warranties of each Borrower contained in  Article V  and each Loan Party contained in each other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such Additional Commitments Effective Date, except that (1) if a qualifier relating to materiality, Material Adverse Effect or a similar concept applies, such representation or warranty is true and correct in all respects, (2) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except that if a qualifier relating to materiality, Material Adverse Effect or a similar concept applies, such representation or warranty is true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date) and (3) for purposes of this  Section 2.15 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of  Section 5.05  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of  Section 6.01 , and (B) no Default exists or will result from the Additional Loans or from the application of the proceeds thereof; and (iii) a favorable opinion of counsel for the Loan Parties, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including the Additional Lenders) and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Borrowers shall prepay any Committed (USD) Loans outstanding on the Additional Commitments Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to  Section 3.05 ) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Committed (USD) Loans ratable with any revised Applicable (USD) Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the USD Commitments under this Section and the Borrowers may use advances from the Lenders having new or increased commitments for such prepayment.
(g)    Effect of Additional Commitments Amendment. On each Additional Commitments Effective Date, each Lender or Eligible Assignee which is providing an Additional Commitment (i) shall become a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) shall have an Additional Commitment which shall become a “Commitment” hereunder. Each Additional Loan made pursuant to such Additional Commitment shall be a “Loan” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(h)    Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.
2.16    Cash Collateral.
(a)    Certain Credit Support Events. (i) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer (A) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit or made any payment under any Bankers’ Acceptances and such drawing or payment has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (B) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Company shall, in each case, within one Business Day of receipt of such request, Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations.
(ii)    At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, the Company shall, within one Business Day of receipt of such request, deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover all Fronting Exposure (only to the extent any Fronting Exposure exists

80

after giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).
(iii)    In addition, if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances denominated in Canadian Dollars at such time exceeds 105% of the Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Company shall Cash Collateralize such L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Outstanding Amount as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the Canadian Dollar Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect.
(iv)    In addition, during any Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period, the Company may Cash Collateralize the Obligations in order to increase the Senior Convertible Notes Preference Period Threshold during such period.
(b)    Grant of Security Interest. All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked deposit accounts at Bank of America. The cash (together with any interest accrued thereon) held in such cash collateral account may be invested, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, in Cash Equivalents. The Company, and to the extent provided by any Lender, such Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) (i) in the case of Cash Collateral (other than Senior Convertible Notes Cash Collateral), the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender) and (ii) in the case of Senior Convertible Notes Cash Collateral, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.16(c) . If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the applicable Fronting Exposure and other obligations secured thereby (including by reason of exchange rate fluctuations), the Company or the relevant Defaulting Lender will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.
(c)    Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) Cash Collateral (other than Senior Convertible Notes Cash Collateral) provided under any of this  Section 2.16  or Sections 2.03 ,  2.05 ,  2.17  or  8.02  in respect of Letters of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptances shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein and (ii) Senior Convertible Notes Cash Collateral in respect of the Obligations shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the Obligations in accordance with  Section 8.03 .

81

(d)    Release. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or to secure other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 10.06(b)(vi) )) or (ii) the Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that there exists excess Cash Collateral;  provided ,  however , (x) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default (and following application as provided in this  Section 2.16  may be otherwise applied in accordance with  Section 8.03 ), (y) the Person providing Cash Collateral and the L/C Issuer may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations and (z) that no release of Cash Collateral pursuant to this subsection (d) shall impair the Lien on such Cash Collateral arising under any Collateral Document. Senior Convertibles Notes Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) shall be released (i) promptly following full and final payment of all Senior Convertible Notes Indebtedness or, to the extent the Company elects to have the Administrative Agent make the full and final payment of the Senior Convertible Notes Indebtedness using proceeds of Loans and/or the Senior Convertible Notes Cash Collateral, simultaneously with such payment or (ii) promptly following the Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that there exists excess Cash Collateral;  provided ,  however , (x) that Senior Convertibles Notes Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default (and may be applied in accordance with  Section 8.03 ), (y) the Person providing Senior Convertible Notes Cash Collateral and the L/C Issuer may agree that Senior Convertible Notes Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations and (z) that no release of Senior Convertibles Cash Collateral pursuant to this subsection (d) shall impair the Lien on such Cash Collateral arising under any Collateral Document.
2.17    Defaulting Lenders.
(a)    Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, without in any way limiting the Loan Parties’ rights against such Lender, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:
(i)    Waivers and Amendments. That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Required (USD) Lenders”, “Required (MC) Lenders” and  Section 10.01 .
(ii)    Reallocation of Payments. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to  Article VIII  or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to  Section 10.08 ), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows:  first , to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro

82

rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder;  third , to Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to that Defaulting Lender in accordance with  Section 2.16 ;  fourth , as the Company may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent;  fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Company, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy that Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to that Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances issued under this Agreement, in accordance with  Section 2.16 ;  sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement;  seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Company as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Company against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and  eighth , to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction;  provided  that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptances were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in  Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Obligations owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders under the applicable Facility on a pro rata basis (and ratably among all applicable Facilities computed in accordance with the Defaulting Lenders’ respective funding deficiencies) prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender under the applicable Facility until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) . Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this  Section 2.17(a)(ii)  shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
(iii)    Certain Fees.
(A)    No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to  Section 2.09(a)  for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Company shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

83

(B)    Each Defaulting Lender which is a Committed (USD) Lender shall beentitled to receive Letter of Credit Fees and BA Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Applicable (USD) Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptances, as the case may be, for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to  Section 2.16 .
(C)    With respect to any Letter of Credit Fee or BA Fee, as the case may be, not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (B) above, the Company shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender which is a Committed (USD) Lender that portion of any such Letter of Credit Fee or BA Fee, as the case may be, otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to the applicable L/C Issuer the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.
(iv)    Reallocation of Applicable (USD) Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure. All or any part of that Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders which are Committed (USD) Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable (USD) Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s USD Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in  Section 4.02  are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Company shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Company shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate principal amount of any Non-Defaulting Lender’s Committed (USD) Loans plus such Non-Defaulting Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s USD Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.
(v)    Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swing Line Loans. If the reallocation described in clause (a)(iv)  above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Company shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under applicable Law, (x) first, prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lenders’ Fronting Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuers’ Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in  Section 2.17 .
(b)    Defaulting Lender Cure.If the Company, the Administrative Agent and, in the case that a Defaulting Lender is a Committed (USD) Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Lender under any Facility is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective

84

date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders under such Facility or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Committed Loans under such Facility and, in the case of the Committed (USD) Facility, the funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Swing Line Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders under such Facility in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to  Section 2.17(a)(iv) ), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender;  provided  that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Company while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and  provided ,  further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
2.18    Extensions of Maturity Date.
(a)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, an “ Extension Offer ”) made from time to time by the Company to all Lenders of any tranche of MC Commitments or USD Commitments with a like maturity date, in each case on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the respective tranche of MC Commitments or USD Commitments with a like maturity date, as the case may be) and on the same terms to each such Lender, each Borrower is hereby permitted to consummate from time to time transactions with individual Lenders that accept the terms contained in such Extension Offers to extend the maturity date of each such Lender’s MC Commitments or USD Commitments, as the case may be, of such tranche and otherwise modify the terms of such Commitments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Extension Offer (including, without limitation, by increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Commitments (and related outstandings)) (each, an “ Extension ”, and each group of MC Commitments or USD Commitments, as applicable, in each case as so extended, as well as the original MC Commitments and the original USD Commitments (in each case not so extended), being a separate “tranche”; any Extended MC Commitments shall constitute a separate tranche of MC Commitments from the tranche of MC Commitments from which they were converted and any Extended USD Commitments shall constitute a separate tranche of USD Commitments from the tranche of USD Commitments from which they were converted), so long as the following terms are satisfied:
(i)    no Default exists at the time the offering document in respect of an Extension Offer is delivered to the Lenders or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such Extension;
(ii)    except as to interest rates, fees and final maturity (which shall be determined by the Borrower and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the MC Commitment or USD Commitment, as the case may be, of any Lender that agrees to an Extension with respect to such Commitment (each, an “ Extending Lender ”) extended pursuant to an Extension (each, an “ Extended MC Commitment ” or “ Extended USD Commitment ”, as applicable), and the related outstandings, shall be a MC Commitment (or related outstandings, as the case may be) or a USD Commitment (or related outstandings, as the case may be), as applicable, with

85

the same terms as the original MC Commitments (and related outstandings) or the original USD Commitments (and related outstandings), as applicable;  provided  that:
(A)    the borrowing and repayment (except for (1) payments of interest and fees at different rates on Extended MC Commitments (and related outstandings) or Extended USD Commitments (and related outstandings), (2) repayments required upon the maturity date of the non-extending MC Commitments or USD Commitments and (3) repayment made in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments) of Loans with respect to Extended MC Commitments or Extended USD Commitments after the applicable Extension date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other MC Commitments or USD Commitments, as the case may be;
(B)    all Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances shall be participated on a pro rata basis by all Lenders with USD Commitments in accordance with their Applicable (USD) Percentages;
(C)    the permanent repayment of Loans with respect to, and termination of, Extended MC Commitments or Extended USD Commitments after the applicable Extension date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other MC Commitments or USD Commitments, as the case may be, except that the Borrowers shall be permitted to permanently repay and terminate commitments of any such tranche on a better than a pro rata basis as compared to any other tranche with a later maturity date than such tranche; and
(D)    assignments and participations of Extended MC Commitments or Extended USD Commitments and extended Loans related thereto shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to MC Commitments and Loans related thereto or USD Commitments and Loans related thereto, as applicable;
(iii)    if the aggregate principal amount of MC Commitments or USD Commitments, as the case may be, in respect of which Committed (MC) Lenders or Committed (USD) Lenders, as the case may be, shall have accepted the relevant Extension Offer shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of MC Commitments or USD Commitments, as the case may be, offered to be extended by the Company pursuant to such Extension Offer, then the MC Commitments or USD Commitments, as the case may be, of such Committed (MC) Lenders or Committed (USD) Lenders, as the case may be, shall be extended ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts (but not to exceed actual holdings of record) with respect to which such Committed (MC) Lenders or Committed (USD) Lenders, as the case may be, have accepted such Extension Offer; and
(iv)    all documentation in respect of such Extension shall be consistent with the foregoing.

86

(b)    With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute prepayments for purposes of  Section 2.05  and (ii) unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent, each Extension Offer shall be in a minimum principal amount (to be specified in the relevant Extension Offer) for the applicable tranche to be extended of (A) $30,000,000 with respect to MC Commitments and (B) $200,000,000 with respect to USD Commitments (in each case, or, if less, the remaining amount of such tranche). The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended MC Commitments and/or Extended USD Commitments on the such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section.
(c)    No consent of any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be required to effectuate any Extension, other than (i) the consent of each Lender agreeing to such Extension with respect to one or more of its MC Commitments and/or USD Commitments (or a portion thereof) and (ii) with respect to any Extension of the USD Commitments, the consent of the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. All Extended MC Commitments, Extended USD Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other applicable Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Borrowers as may be necessary in order to establish new tranches or sub-tranches in respect of MC Commitments or USD Commitments so extended and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in connection with the establishment of such new tranches or sub-tranches, in each case on terms consistent with this Section. In addition, if so provided in such amendment and with the consent of the L/C Issuer, participations in Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances expiring on or after the Maturity Date in respect of the Committed (USD) Facility shall be re-allocated from Lenders holding USD Commitments to Lenders holding Extended USD Commitments in accordance with the terms of such amendment;  provided , however , that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding USD Commitments, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such USD Commitments and the terms of such participation interests (including, without limitation, the commission applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly. Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any Extension, to the extent reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, the respective Loan Parties shall (at their expense) amend (and the Administrative Agent is hereby directed to amend) any Mortgage that has a maturity date prior to the then latest maturity date so that such maturity date is extended to the then latest maturity date hereunder (or such later date as may be advised by outside counsel to the Administrative Agent).
(d)    In connection with any Extension, the Company shall provide the Administrative Agent at least 20 Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and shall agree to such procedures (including, without limitation, regarding timing, rounding and other adjustments to ensure reasonable administrative management

87

of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension), if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section, and such reasonable increases in the annual administrative agency fee as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to fairly compensate the Administrative Agent for the additional administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension.
ARTICLE III.    
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
3.01    Taxes.
(a)    Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes.
(i)    Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the respective Borrowers hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Laws be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes. If, however, applicable Laws require any Borrower or the Administrative Agent to withhold or deduct any Tax, such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such Laws as determined by the Company or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below.
(ii)    If any Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States Federal backup withholding and withholding Taxes, from any payment, then (A) the Administrative Agent (acting on its own behalf and on behalf of such Borrower) shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by the Administrative Agent and the Company to be required based upon the information and documentation they have received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) the Administrative Agent (acting on its own behalf and on behalf of such Borrower) shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by such Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.
(b)    Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, each Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws.
(c)    Tax Indemnifications. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above:
(i)    (A)     Each Borrower shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 30 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes

88

(including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) withheld or deducted by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent or paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable out of pocket expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.
(B)    Each Borrower shall also, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 30 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender or the L/C Issuer for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required by clause (ii) of this subsection.
(C)    A certificate prepared in good faith as to the amount of any such payment or liability delivered to the Company on behalf of the relevant Borrower by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(ii)    Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, each Lender and the L/C Issuer shall, and does hereby, indemnify each Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 30 days after demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities, penalties, interest and expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Borrower or the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against any Borrower or the Administrative Agent by any Governmental Authority as a result of the failure by such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation required to be delivered by such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to such Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (e). Each Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii). The agreements in this clause (ii) shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.    
(d)    Evidence of Payments. Upon request by the Company on behalf of any Borrower or upon the request by the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, after any payment of Taxes by such Borrower or by the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this  Section 3.01 , the Company on behalf of such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Company on behalf of such Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other

89

evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

90

(e)    Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation.
(i)    Each Lender and the L/C Issuer shall deliver to the Company and to the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable Laws or when reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or by the Taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Company or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not payments made by the respective Borrowers hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender or the L/C Issuer by the respective Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s status for withholding Tax purposes in the applicable jurisdictions.
(ii)     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
(A)    The L/C Issuer and any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient), on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as will enable such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and
(B)    Each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Company on behalf of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
(i)    executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,
(ii)    executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto,

91

(iii)    executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, and all required supporting documentation,
(iv)    in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of  Exhibit K  to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of such Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, or
(v)    to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner with respect to an interest in any Loan, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of  Exhibit K , Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of  Exhibit K  on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner .
(C)    any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Company on behalf of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent) executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws to permit such Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.
(iii)    The L/C Issuer and each Lender shall promptly (A) notify the Company and the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction and (B) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any jurisdiction that any Borrower or the Administrative Agent make any withholding or deduction for Taxes from amounts payable to such Lender.

92

(iv)    If any payment made pursuant to this Agreement to any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation under this Agreement would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such recipient were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), each such Lender, the L/C Issuer or other recipient shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Company and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such recipient has complied with such recipient’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (iv), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
Each Lender, the L/C Issuer and any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation under this Agreement agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update and deliver to the Company and Administrative Agent such form or certification or promptly notify the Company and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(f)    Treatment of Certain Refunds. Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender or the L/C Issuer, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines, in its sole discretion  exercised in good faith , that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Borrower or with respect to which any Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to such Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund),  provided  that each Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer in the event the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection, in no event will the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer be required to pay any amount to any Borrower pursuant to this subsection the payment of which would place Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Person would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid.

93

This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to any Borrower or any other Person.
(g)    Survival of Section 3.01. The agreements in this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation and/or the replacement of the Administrative Agent, and any assignment of its rights by, or the replacement of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.
3.02    Illegality.  If any Lender reasonably determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate (whether denominated in Dollars or Canadian Dollars), or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars or Canadian Dollars in the applicable interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Company through the Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies or, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in Dollars, to convert Base Rate Committed (USD) Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Company that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable and such Loans are denominated in Dollars, convert all such Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
3.03    Inability to Determine Rates. If the Required (USD) Lenders, in the case of the Committed (USD) Facility, or the Required (MC) Lenders, in the case of the Committed (MC) Facility, reasonably determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan under such Facility or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) deposits (whether

94

in Dollars or Canadian Dollars) are not being offered to banks in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan (whether denominated in Dollars or Canadian Dollars) or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Company and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders under the appropriate Facility to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurocurrency Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required (USD) Lenders or Required (MC) Lenders, as the case may be) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Company may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies (to the extent of the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods) under the appropriate Facility or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans under the appropriate Facility in the amount specified therein;  provided  that, in the case of a pending request for a Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Committed (MC) Lenders may alternatively establish a mutually acceptable alternative rate.
3.04    Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans.
(a)    Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:
(i)    impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e) ) or the L/C Issuer;
(ii)    subject any Lender or the L/C Issuer to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Bankers’ Acceptance, any participation in a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance or any Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by  Section 3.01  and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer); or
(iii)    impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance or participation therein;

95

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan the interest on which is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Company will pay (or cause the applicable Designated Borrower to pay) to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b)    Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the L/C Issuer reasonably determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit, Bankers’ Acceptances or Swing Line Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptances issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Company will pay (or cause the applicable Designated Borrower to pay) to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c)    Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Company shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company shall pay (or cause the applicable Designated Borrower to pay) such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof.
(d)    Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation,  provided  that no Borrower shall be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Company of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

96

(e)    Additional Reserve Requirements. The Company shall pay (or cause the applicable Designated Borrower to pay) to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as reasonably determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive, which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan;  provided  the Company shall have received at least 10 Business Days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional costs from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 Business Days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional costs shall be due and payable 10 Business Days from receipt of such notice.
(f)    Certain Limitations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no Lender or L/C Issuer shall demand compensation for any increased cost or reduction pursuant to this  Section 3.04  if it shall not at the time be the general policy or practice of such Lender or L/C Issuer to demand such compensation from similarly situated customers under comparable provisions of similar agreements;  provided  that nothing in this Section shall require any Lender or any L/C Issuer to disclose any confidential information related to similarly situated customers, comparable provisions of similar agreements or otherwise.
3.05    Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Company shall promptly compensate (or cause the applicable Designated Borrower to compensate) such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
(a)    any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);
(b)    any failure by any Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Company or the applicable Designated Borrower;
(c)    any failure by any Borrower to make payment of any Loan or drawing under any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance (or interest due thereon) denominated in Canadian Dollars on its scheduled due date or any payment thereof in a different currency; or
(d)    any assignment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Company pursuant to  Section 10.13 ;
including any loss of anticipated profits, any foreign exchange losses and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan, from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained or from the performance of any foreign exchange contract. The Company shall also pay (or cause the applicable Designated

97

Borrower to pay) any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.
For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Company (or the applicable Designated Borrower) to the Lenders under this  Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the offshore interbank market for such currency for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded.
3.06    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
(a)    Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to  Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to  Section 3.02 , then at the request of the Company such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to  Section 3.01  or  3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to  Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Company hereby agrees to pay (or to cause the applicable Designated Borrower to pay) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.
(b)    Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to  Section 3.01  and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with  Section 3.06(a) , the Company may replace such Lender in accordance with  Section 10.13 .
3.07    Survival. All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and resignation of the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE IV.    
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
4.01    [Reserved].
4.02    Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender and each L/C Issuer to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

98

(a)    The representations and warranties of (i) each Borrower contained in Article V and (ii) each Loan Party contained in each other Loan Document or in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except that (A) if a qualifier relating to materiality, Material Adverse Effect or a similar concept applies, such representation or warranty shall be required to be true and correct in all respects, (B) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date (except that if a qualifier relating to materiality, Material Adverse Effect or a similar concept applies, such representation or warranty shall be required to be true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date), and (C) for purposes of this  Section 4.02 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of  Section 5.05  shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of  Section 6.01 .
(b)    No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or the application of the proceeds thereof.
(c)    The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.
(d)    In the case of a Credit Extension to be denominated in Canadian Dollars, there shall not have occurred any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls which in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, the Required (MC) Lenders (in the case of any Loans to be denominated in Canadian Dollars) or the L/C Issuer (in the case of any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance to be denominated in Canadian Dollars) would make it impracticable for such Credit Extension to be denominated in Canadian Dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither any Lender nor the L/C Issuer shall be absolved from any obligation to honor any Request for Credit Extension as a result of this  Section 4.02(d)  unless any of the Administrative Agent, the Required (MC) Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, is generally electing not to make extensions of credit of the type referred to herein to similarly situated customers under similar agreements as a result of one or more of the events described herein;  provided  that nothing in this Section shall require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer to disclose any confidential information related to similarly situated customers, comparable provisions of similar agreements or otherwise.
Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) submitted by the Company shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a)  and  (b)  have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.
ARTICLE V.    
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:

99

5.01    Existence, Qualification and Power. Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.02    Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person's Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law; except in each case referred to in clause (b) or (c), to the extent that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.03    Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except for (a) the authorizations, approvals, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect or (b) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and the recording of Mortgages pursuant to the Loan Documents.
5.04    Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws.
5.05    Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.
(a)    The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities,

100

direct or contingent, of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for Taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.
(b)    The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries dated June 30, 2011, and the related consolidated statement of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.  Schedule 5.05  sets forth all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of such financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, including liabilities for Taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.
(c)    Any Reconciliations delivered with respect to the financial statements described in clauses (a) and (b) above (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of the financial statements described in clause (b), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.
(d)    Since December 31, 2012, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(e)    The consolidated forecasted balance sheet and statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to  Section 6.01(c)  were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Company’s best estimate of its future financial condition and performance (it being understood that projected financial information is as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, that no assurance can be given that any particular projected financial information will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any of such projected financial information may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).
5.06    Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their respective properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

101

5.07    No Default. Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to (a) any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) any Senior Notes Document or Senior Convertible Notes Document (including the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap). No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
5.08    Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments.
(a)    The Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)    Schedule 5.08(b) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Liens on the property or assets of the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, showing as of the date hereof the lienholder thereof, the principal amount of the obligations secured thereby and the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary subject thereto. The property of the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens set forth on  Schedule 5.08(b) , and as otherwise permitted by  Section 7.01 .
(c)    Schedule 5.08(c) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all real property owned by the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date hereof, showing as of the date hereof the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, record owner and book and estimated fair value thereof. The Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has good, marketable and insurable fee simple title to the real property owned by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens created or permitted by the Loan Documents.
(d)    (i) Schedule 5.08(d)(i) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all leases of real property with an annual rental expense exceeding $100,000 under which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is the lessee as of the date hereof, showing as of the date hereof the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, lessor, lessee, expiration date and annual rental cost thereof. Each such lease is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the lessor thereof, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
(ii)    Schedule 5.08(d)(ii) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all leases of real property under which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is the lessor as of the date hereof, showing as of the date hereof the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, lessor, lessee, expiration date and annual rental cost thereof. Each such lease is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the lessee thereof, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
(e)    Schedule 5.08(e) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Investments held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof, showing as of the date hereof the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.

102

5.09    Environmental Compliance. The Company has reasonably concluded that existing Environmental Laws and claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on their respective businesses, operations and properties could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.10    Insurance. The properties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Company, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary operates and as otherwise required by the applicable provisions of this Agreement or any Collateral Document.
5.11    Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other material Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other material Taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed Tax assessment in writing against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary is party to any Tax sharing agreement.
5.12    ERISA Compliance.
(a)    Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state laws. Each Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service, or is entitled to rely upon an opinion letter or advisory opinion issued by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to a prototype plan document, to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the trust related thereto has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from Federal income Tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the Internal Revenue Service. To the best knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.
(b)    There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)    (i) Other than those listed on Schedule 5.12(c) hereto, no ERISA Event has occurred, and neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate is aware of any fact, event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to constitute or result in an ERISA Event with respect to any Pension Plan; (ii) the Company and each ERISA Affiliate has met all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of each Single Employer Pension Plan (and to the actual knowledge

103

of the Company and its ERISA Affiliates, in respect of each Multiemployer Plan and Multiple Employer Plan) and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the Pension Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained with respect to any Single Employer Pension Plan (and to the actual knowledge of the Company and its ERISA Affiliate, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and Multiple Employer Plan); (iii) as of the most recent valuation date for any Single Employer Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is 60% or higher and neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of the most recent valuation date; (iv) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the payment of premiums, and there are no premium payments which have become due that are unpaid; (v) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; and (vi) no Pension Plan has been terminated by the plan administrator thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan.
(d)    Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to, or has any unsatisfied obligation to contribute to, or liability under, any active or terminated Pension Plan other than (A) on the Closing Date, those listed on  Schedule 5.12(d)  hereto and (B) thereafter, Pension Plans not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.
(e)    With respect to each scheme or arrangement mandated by a government other than the United States (a “ Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement ”) and with respect to each employee benefit plan maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Loan Party that is not subject to United States law (a “ Foreign Plan ”):
(ii)    any employer and employee contributions required by law or by the terms of any Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement or any Foreign Plan have been made, or, if applicable, accrued, in accordance with normal accounting practices, except to the extent that the failure to comply with such law or such terms could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(ii)    the fair market value of the assets of each funded Foreign Plan, the liability of each insurer for any Foreign Plan funded through insurance or the book reserve established for any Foreign Plan, together with any accrued contributions, is sufficient to procure or provide for the accrued benefit obligations, as of the date hereof, with respect to all current and former participants in such Foreign Plan according to the actuarial assumptions and valuations most recently used to account for such obligations in accordance with applicable generally accepted accounting principles, except to the extent that such insufficiency could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(iii)    each Foreign Plan required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, except to the extent that such failure to register or maintain good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

104

5.13    Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties. As of the Closing Date, the Company has no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of  Schedule 5.13 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by the Persons in the amounts specified on Part (a) of  Schedule 5.13  free and clear of all Liens except those created under the Collateral Documents and Liens permitted by  Section 7.01(c) . As of the Closing Date, the Company has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of  Schedule 5.13 . All of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Company have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. Unissued Equity Interests in the Company in an amount sufficient for the complete conversion of the Senior Convertible Notes have been authorized. Set forth on Part (c) of  Schedule 5.13  is a complete and accurate list of all Loan Parties as of the Closing Date, showing as of the Closing Date (as to each Loan Party) the jurisdiction of its incorporation, the address of its principal place of business and its U.S. taxpayer identification number or, in the case of any non-U.S. Loan Party that does not have a U.S. taxpayer identification number, its unique identification number issued to it by the jurisdiction of its incorporation. Set forth on Part (d) of  Schedule 5.13  is a complete and accurate list of all Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Loan Parties) and all Unrestricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. The copy of the charter of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto provided pursuant to  Section 4.01(a)(v)  is a true and correct copy of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect.
5.14    Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.
(a)    No Borrower is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.
(b)    None of the Company, any Person Controlling the Company, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
5.15    Disclosure. The Company has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other written information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, taken as a whole and in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;  provided  that, for the avoidance of doubt, no actual or purported oral statement shall be deemed to modify or qualify any written statement and  provided further  that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrowers represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that projected financial information is as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, projected

105

financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrowers, that no assurance can be given that any particular projected financial information will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any of such projected financial information may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).
5.16    Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.17    Taxpayer Identification Number; Other Identifying Information. The true and correct U.S. taxpayer identification number of the Company and each Designated Borrower is set forth on  Schedule 10.02 .
5.18    Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.  To the best knowledge of the Company and except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person and (ii) no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.19    Solvency. The Company is, together with its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, Solvent, and the Loan Parties are, on a consolidated basis, Solvent.
5.20    Casualty, Etc.  Neither the businesses nor the properties of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.21    Labor Matters. Except as specifically disclosed on Schedule 5.21, there are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the last five years.
5.22    Collateral Documents. The provisions of the Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid

106

and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01) on all right, title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings completed prior to the Closing Date and as contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Documents, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect or protect such Liens.
5.23    Anti-Terrorism Laws.
(a)    Neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.
(b)    Neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is any of the following (each a “ Blocked Person ”): (i) a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224; (ii) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224; (iii) a Person with which any bank or other financial institution is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law; (iv) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224; (v) a Person that is named as a “specially designated national” on the most current list published by OFAC at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; (vi) a Person who is affiliated with a Person listed above; or (vii) an agency of the government of, an organization directly or indirectly controlled by, or a Person resident in, a country on any official list maintained by OFAC.
(c)    Neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) has any of its assets in a Blocked Person, (iii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, or (iv) derives any of its operating income from investments in or transactions with a Blocked Person.
(d)    Neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, is an individual or entity currently the subject of any Sanctions, nor is any Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction.
5.24    Excluded Subsidiaries. None of the Excluded Subsidiaries is currently engaged in any business activity or owns any assets, except as set forth on  Schedule 6.12(f) .
ARTICLE VI.    
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than any contingent obligation in respect of which no claim has been made) hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance shall remain

107

outstanding, the Company shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 , and  6.03 ) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to:
6.01    Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(k)    as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or, if earlier, 15 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC (giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC so long as the Company provides the Administrative Agent, prior to the date of any such extension, with a reasonably detailed written explanation of its reason for seeking such extension)), (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of BDO USA, LLP or another independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, (ii) to the extent there are any Unrestricted Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, a Reconciliation with respect to each of the financial statements described in the foregoing clause (i), all in reasonable detail, such consolidated statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and (iii) a report summarizing contracts in progress as at the end of such fiscal year;
(l)    as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company (or, if earlier, 5 days after the date required to be filed with the SEC (giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC so long as the Company provides the Administrative Agent, prior to the date of any such extension, with a reasonably detailed written explanation of its reason for seeking such extension)), (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statement of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Company’s fiscal year then ended, and the related consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the portion of the Company’s fiscal year then ended, in each case setting forth in each case in comparative form, as applicable, the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, such consolidated statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes, (ii) to the extent there are any Unrestricted Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, a Reconciliation with respect to each of the financial statements described in

108

the foregoing clause (i), all in reasonable detail, such consolidated statements to be certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and (iii) a report summarizing contracts in progress as at the end of such fiscal quarter; and
(m)    as soon as available, but in any event no later than the date on which the financial statements referred to in  Section 6.01(a)  are required to be delivered for any fiscal year of the Company, forecasts prepared by management of the Company of consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a quarterly basis for the immediately following such fiscal year (including the fiscal year in which the Maturity Date occurs).
As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 6.02(c), the Company shall not be separately required to furnish such information under clause (a) or (b) above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Company to furnish the information and materials described in clauses (a) and (b) above at the times specified therein.
6.02    Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (in the case of clauses (a), (f), (g), (h) and (i), in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent):
(e)    concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company (which delivery may, unless the Administrative Agent, or a Lender requests executed originals, be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes);
(f)    promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of the Company by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;
(g)    promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Company, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Company may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
(h)    promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement, in each case, evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $25,000,000 (including, without limitation, copies of all material notices

109

and other information delivered to or received from the Surety) and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to  Section 6.01  or any other clause of this  Section 6.02 ;
(i)    promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(j)    if during any fiscal quarter of any fiscal year of the Company the Total Outstandings exceeded $550,000,000, as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of such fiscal quarter, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company substantially in the form of  Exhibit L  setting forth a calculation of the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap as of the end of such fiscal quarter;
(k)    if during any calendar month the Total Outstandings exceeded $550,000,000 and as of the end of such month the Aggregate Commitments exceeded the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap, as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the Administrative Agent’s request therefor, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company substantially in the form of  Exhibit L  setting forth a calculation of the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap as of the end of such calendar month;
(l)    for so long as any Senior Convertible Note remains outstanding, on the Business Day closest to the date which is six (6) months prior to any Senior Convertible Notes Maturity Date and within 15 Business Days of the end of each calendar month prior to the date that is 92 days prior to any Senior Convertible Notes Maturity Date, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company substantially in the form of  Exhibit I  setting forth a calculation of the Remaining Liquidity as of such date; and
(m)    promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(c) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Company posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Company’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on  Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent);  provided  that the Company shall deliver paper copies or soft copies (i.e. by electronic mail) of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon its request to the Company to deliver such paper copies or soft copies. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Company with

110

any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or an Arranger will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrowers hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, SyndTrak or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to any of the Borrowers or their respective Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. Each Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”, such Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to such Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in  Section 10.07 ); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information”.
6.03    Notices. Reasonably promptly (and in any event within 5 Business Days) after any Loan Party obtains knowledge thereof notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (it being agreed that notice to the Lenders may be accomplished by the Administrative Agent posting such information on the Platform to the extent requested by the Company):
(e)    of the occurrence of any Default;
(f)    of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including a Material Adverse Effect that has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, from (i) a breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Company or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;
(g)    of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;
(h)    of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any determination by the Company referred to in  Section 2.10(b) ;

111

(i)    of any default under any Senior Notes Document or any Senior Convertible Notes Document; and
(j)    of the addition of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Indemnitor under the Indemnity Agreement and of the occurrence of (i) any Default under and as defined in the Indemnity Agreement or (ii) of any fact, condition or event that only with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, would become a Default under and as defined in the Indemnity Agreement.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Company setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Company has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to  Section 6.03(a)  shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached. Each notice pursuant to  Section 6.03(f)  shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of any Surety Credit Documents that have been breached.
6.04    Payment of Obligations. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable (a) all Federal income, state income and other material Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary; and (b) all lawful material claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property.
6.05    Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by  Section 7.04  or  7.05 , except to the extent a failure to maintain good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.06    Maintenance of Properties. Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof.
6.07    Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Company, (a) insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self insurance compatible with the following standards) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and providing for not less than 30 days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance and otherwise in compliance with any

112

applicable provisions of any Collateral Document (it being understood that such insurance shall include Federal flood insurance for all real property constituting Collateral that is located in a flood hazard area) and (b) business interruption insurance in an amount not less than $3,000,000 per occurrence and providing for not less than 30 days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance.
6.08    Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;  provided  that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall comply with all Laws, orders, writs, injunctions and decrees described in  Section 5.23  in all respects.
6.09    Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
6.10    Inspection Rights. Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the expense of the Company and at such reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to the Company and to permit the Administrative Agent to access property to conduct an environmental assessment or request an environmental questionnaire if an Event of Default has occurred or the Administrative Agent has a reasonable basis to believe that a material environmental liability exists;  provided ,  however , that (a) representatives and independent contractors of each Lender may accompany the representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent on each such visit and inspection and participate therein, but at such Lender’s own expense, (b) unless an Event of Default exists, only one such visit, inspection, examination or discussion may be conducted per fiscal year and (c) when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing as often as may be reasonably desired at the expense of the Company at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.
6.11    Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions (a) for working capital, Capital Expenditures permitted by  Section 7.12  and other general corporate purposes not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document, (b) to finance Permitted Acquisitions and (c) to repay, prepay, redeem or repurchase the Senior Notes Indebtedness, any Senior Convertible Notes Indebtedness or any Indebtedness to the extent that such repayment, prepayment, redemption or repurchase is permitted by  Section 7.15 .
6.12    Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security.

113

(a)    The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary that is or is required to be a Loan Party to, from time to time, take such actions and execute and deliver such documents and instruments as the Administrative Agent shall require to ensure that the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties shall have received currently effective duly executed Collateral Documents pledging and granting security interests or other Liens acceptable to the Administrative Agent on substantially all of the assets of each Loan Party, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including: (i) all Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (limited, in the case of each entity that is a CFC (which shall include for this purpose any Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in one or more entities that are CFCs), to a pledge of 66% of the voting Equity Interests of each such first-tier Foreign Subsidiary to the extent the pledge of any greater percentage would result in adverse Tax consequences to the Company); (ii) all Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary to any Loan Party; (iii) all of the other present and future property and assets, real and personal, of each Loan Party, including, but not limited to, machinery and equipment, inventory and other goods, accounts receivable, owned real estate, leaseholds, fixtures, bank accounts, general intangibles, financial assets, investment property, license rights, patents, trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, chattel paper, insurance proceeds, contract rights, hedge agreements, documents, instruments, indemnification rights, Tax refunds and cash; and (iv) all proceeds and products of the property and assets described in clauses (i) through (iii) above (each term used in this sentence that is defined in Article 9 of the UCC shall have the meaning therein defined), but excluding all Excluded Assets.
(b)    The security interests and Liens referenced in the foregoing subsection (a) shall be evidenced by and subject to the terms of (i) the Collateral Documents executed on the Closing Date, and (ii) such other security agreements, pledge agreements, deeds of trust, mortgages or other documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;  provided  that under no circumstances shall any Loan Party be required to take any actions with respect to real property that is not Material Real Property.
(c)    Each of the Collateral Documents shall (i) constitute valid and enforceable perfected security interests and mortgages superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons (other than Liens permitted pursuant to  Section 7.01 , except  Section 7.01(n) ) and shall be subject to no Liens (other than Liens permitted pursuant to  Section 7.01 ), and (ii) be duly recorded or filed (or memoranda or other appropriate record thereof recorded or filed) in such manner and in such places as are required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent required to be granted pursuant thereto and, in each case, all Taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall be paid in full by the Company;  provided  that no perfection actions will be required with respect to any Collateral for which the cost of perfecting a security interest in such Collateral exceeds the practical benefit to the Secured Parties as reasonably determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent (it being acknowledged that no Loan Party shall be required to (i) record the Administrative Agent’s Lien on the certificate of title with respect to any motor vehicles, trailers, mobile homes, manufactured homes, boats or rolling stock that constitute Collateral to the extent any such Collateral has a fair market value of less than $25,000, (ii) take any perfection actions with respect to letter of credit rights or commercial tort claims that constitute Collateral, in either case to the extent any such Collateral is in an individual amount of

114

less than $250,000 and (iii) take any perfection actions with respect to real property that is not Material Real Property). For the avoidance of doubt, a discretionary waiver by the Administrative Agent of any perfection requirements under this clause (c) shall have no effect on any determination with respect to which Subsidiaries must or may be Loan Parties, Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to clauses (d) through (i) of this  Section 6.12 .
(d)    Subject to the proviso at the end of this clause (d), if any Person becomes (I) a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), whether upon formation or acquisition or upon the Company’s re-designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, or (II) a Material Subsidiary, the Company will (x) promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, (y) as soon as practicable but in any event within 60 days of such Person becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary or Material Subsidiary (or, such longer period as may be approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent each of the following documents (collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantor Deliverables ”):
(i)    a Subsidiary Guaranty Joinder Agreement duly executed by such Subsidiary;
(ii)    a Security Joinder Agreement duly executed by such Subsidiary (with all schedules thereto appropriately completed);
(iii)    to the extent required to grant the security interest described in Section 6.12(a)(i), (A) a Pledge Joinder Agreement duly executed by such Subsidiary with respect to any Equity Interests it owns in any Subsidiary (with all schedules thereto appropriately completed), (B) a Pledge Joinder Agreement or Pledge Agreement Supplement, as appropriate, duly executed by each Loan Party that owns any Equity Interest in such Subsidiary (with all schedules thereto appropriately completed), and (C) to the extent any of such Equity Interests constitutes a security under Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, (x) the certificates representing such Equity Interests and (y) duly executed, undated stock powers or other appropriate powers of assignment in blank affixed thereto;
(iv)    Mortgages with respect to such Subsidiary’s Material Real Property duly executed by such Subsidiary, together with such Real Estate Support Documents prepared or customarily prepared in connection with such Mortgages as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;
(v)    Uniform Commercial Code financing statements naming such Subsidiary as “Debtor” and naming the Administrative Agent as “Secured Party”, in form, substance and number sufficient in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and its special counsel to be filed in all Uniform Commercial Code filing offices and in all jurisdictions in which filing is necessary or advisable to perfect in favor of the Administrative Agent the Liens on the Collateral conferred under the Collateral Documents to the extent such Liens may be perfected by Uniform Commercial Code filings;
(vi)    current copies of the Organization Documents of such Subsidiary and resolutions of the board of directors, or equivalent governing body, of such Subsidiary,

115

together with such other documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing (or the local equivalent) of such Subsidiary, the authorization of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and any other legal matters relating to such Subsidiary, the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby;
(vii)    an acknowledgment to the Intercreditor Agreement duly executed by such Subsidiary; and
(viii)    if requested by the Administrative Agent, opinions of counsel to the applicable Loan Parties and such Subsidiary with respect to the documents delivered and the transactions contemplated by this  Section 6.12(d)  substantially similar in form and substance to the opinion of counsel delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to  Section 4.01 (a)(vi) ;
provided, however, that so long as the 70% Guaranty Threshold is otherwise satisfied without such Subsidiary becoming a Loan Party, and either (x) (A) such Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary or a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in one or more entities that are CFCs and (B) and the execution of such agreement would result in an adverse Tax consequence to the Company or (y) such Subsidiary is a not a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, then, the Company may elect not to join such Subsidiary as a Loan Party and the Subsidiary Guarantor Deliverables will not be required with respect to such Subsidiary, in each case unless and until such time as such Subsidiary becomes or is otherwise required to become a Loan Party in accordance with  Section 6.12(e) .

(e)    (i)     Notwithstanding the foregoing (but subject to the exception in Section 6.12(e)(ii) below), if as of the end of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company, the Loan Party EBITDA for such period does not represent at least 70% of the Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for such period (the “ 70% Guaranty Threshold ”), then the Company shall (A) promptly notify the Administrative Agent that the 70% Guaranty Threshold is not satisfied and (B) as soon as practicable but in any event, within 60 days after the delivery of the Compliance Certificate for such period pursuant to  Section 6.02(a) (or such longer period as may be approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), cause one or more Subsidiary that is not then a Loan Party (including, if necessary, one or more Wholly-Owned or non-Wholly-Owned Foreign Subsidiaries or Wholly-Owned or non-Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries (including Domestic Subsidiaries substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in one or more entities that are CFCs), without regard to any adverse Tax consequences which may result therefrom) to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and satisfy the Subsidiary Guarantor Deliverables, as if such Subsidiaries were Material Subsidiaries, such that upon such Subsidiaries becoming Subsidiary Guarantors, the 70% Guaranty Threshold would have been satisfied for such period, as evidenced in a certificate of a Responsible Officer setting forth the calculation of Loan Party EBITDA and Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. No Loan Party shall be included in the calculation of Loan Party EBITDA unless the Administrative Agent has received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it (following due diligence to be completed at the Company’s expense) that the Administrative Agent will be able to enforce and collect on its

116

perfected security interests (including collectability from account debtors in the applicable foreign jurisdictions) in the assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Foreign Guarantor with practical results generally consistent with enforcement and collection by a lender in the United States. The Loan Parties shall in good faith satisfy the terms of this  Section 6.12(e)  by using commercially reasonable efforts to, to the extent the 70% Guaranty Threshold is satisfied by Foreign Subsidiaries being included as Loan Parties, include first those Foreign Subsidiaries not (or least) subject to prior Liens under  Section 7.03(i)  and not (or least) subject to legal impediments to perfecting or enforcing liens on Collateral in ways comparable to Domestic Subsidiaries.
(ii)    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.12(e)(i) above, the Company shall not be deemed to have violated the requirements of  Section 6.12(e)  based on the inability of a Foreign Subsidiary to provide a first priority security interest as a matter of law in the applicable jurisdiction or because of the existence of preexisting Liens incurred by such Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.01(n)  causing the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent to be second priority Liens, however, in such case, the results of operations of such Foreign Subsidiary shall not be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants set forth in  Section 7.11 . For the avoidance of doubt, the Consolidated Funded Indebtedness and Consolidated Interest Charges of such Subsidiary shall continue to be included in computations under  Section 7.11 , and any Subsidiary included in the calculation of Loan Party EBITDA shall be required to deliver a Subsidiary Joinder Guaranty notwithstanding its inability to provide a first priority lien on its assets either as a matter of law or because of the existence of preexisting Liens incurred pursuant to  Section 7.01(n) .
(iii)     In the event that the Company determines that there is a reasonable expectation that the 70% Guaranty Threshold may not have been met as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter, it shall promptly give notice of such fact to the Administrative Agent and during the period beginning with the Company’s notification to the Administrative Agent and ending on the date reasonably agreed to by the Company and the Administrative Agent, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to amend the terms of this Agreement in order to eliminate or mitigate any adverse impact on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of designating a Foreign Subsidiary as a Loan Party in order to satisfy the 70% Guaranty Threshold;  provided ,  however , that the failure of the parties to come to an agreement on such points will not constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the requirements of  Sections 6.12(d) or (e) .
(f)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time aSubsidiary that is not a Loan Party becomes a guarantor of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents) of any Loan Party, then the Company shall (i) promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and (ii) as soon as practicable but in any event within 60 days after such Subsidiary becomes such a guarantor (or such longer period as may be approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), cause such Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and to deliver the Subsidiary Guarantor Deliverables as if such Subsidiary were a Material Subsidiary;  provided  that the foregoing shall not apply to the Subsidiaries listed on  Schedule 6.12(f) (“ Excluded Subsidiaries ”)

117

notwithstanding the fact that such Subsidiaries guarantee the Senior Notes and/or the Senior Convertible Notes.
(g)    [Reserved].
(h)    Without limitation of the foregoing, the Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary that is or is required to be a Loan Party to, at the expense of the Company, make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent from time to time such vouchers, invoices, schedules, assignments, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, Real Estate Support Documents, reports and other assurances or instruments and take such further steps relating to the collateral covered by any of the Collateral Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require from time to time;  provided ,  however  that the Company shall only be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver any warehousemen letters, bailee letters, landlord consents or other third party consents in the event such consents are required by the Administrative Agent. Furthermore, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent such opinions of counsel, title insurance and other documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent from time to time to assure itself that this Section has been complied with. The Company shall reimburse the Administrative Agent immediately upon demand for all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with any of the foregoing security, including but not limited to filing and recording fees and costs of appraisals, audits and title insurance ( provided  that the Company shall not be required under this clause (h) to pay the fees and expenses of (i) more than one principal outside counsel for the Administrative Agent, (ii) more than one outside counsel acting as regulatory counsel for the Administrative Agent or (iii) more than a single local counsel for the Administrative Agent in any relevant jurisdiction as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent (and which may include a single local counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions)).
(i)    The Company may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary (as used in this clause (i) a “ Proposed Re-Designated Subsidiary ”) that is not a Borrower or a Material Subsidiary and has not previously been an Unrestricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is also a Subsidiary Guarantor, release it from its Subsidiary Guaranty; in each case, so long as (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) no such Proposed Re-Designated Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if any of its Subsidiaries is a Restricted Subsidiary or a Loan Party (in either case unless such Subsidiaries are also Proposed Re-Designated Subsidiaries being designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries simultaneously therewith), (iii) immediately after giving effect to such designation the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in compliance, on a historical pro forma basis, with the covenants set forth in  Section 7.11 , (iv) to the extent such Proposed Re-Designated Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor, (A) after giving pro forma effect to the release of such Proposed Re-Designated Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Guarantor, the 70% Guaranty Threshold would continue to have been met as of the four quarter period most recently ended, and (B) of the remaining Wholly-Owned Loan Parties, those that were Loan Parties as of the Closing Date must have, by themselves, (without the Proposed Re-Designated Subsidiary) satisfied the 70% Guaranty Threshold as of the Closing Date, (v) such Proposed Re-Designated Subsidiary would not constitute

118

a Material Subsidiary as of the end of the period of twelve consecutive months most recently ended (such determination being made on the consolidated EBITDA for such twelve month period), (vi) any direct or indirect Borrowings by any such Proposed Re-Designated Subsidiary under this Agreement shall have been repaid prior to such designation, and (vii) prior to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating compliance with the preceding clauses (iii) through (vi).
6.13    Compliance with Environmental Laws.  Except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, comply, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Environmental Laws;  provided ,  however , that neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.
6.14    Compliance with Senior Notes Documents and Convertible Notes Documents.  Perform and observe all the terms and provisions of the Senior Notes Documents and the Senior Convertible Notes Documents to be performed or observed by it.
6.15    Further Assurances.  Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, (a) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (i) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject any Loan Party’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s properties, assets, rights or interests to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder (subject to the proviso set forth in  Section 6.12(c) ) and (iv) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary is or is to be a party and the Collateral covered thereby.
6.16    Material Contracts.  Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, perform and observe all the terms and provisions of each Material Contract to be performed or observed by it.

119

6.17    Designation as Senior Debt.  Designate all Obligations as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” (or any similar term) under, and defined in, any documentation evidencing any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in which such concept is applicable.
6.18    Acquired Surety Bond Obligations. To the extent any Surety Bond Obligations that are secured by Liens are acquired after the Closing Date pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, the Company or relevant Subsidiary with respect to such Surety Bond Obligations shall uses commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Liens (whether in the form of subrogation rights or otherwise and whether or not perfected) permitted under  Section 7.01(o)   to be terminated or replaced by Liens governed by Surety Credit Documents and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement within two hundred seventy (270) days of the date of the Permitted Acquisition in connection with which such Surety Bond Obligations were acquired.
ARTICLE VII.    
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than any contingent obligation in respect of which no claim has been made) hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance shall remain outstanding, the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, and solely in the case of Section 7.20 , the Company shall not:
7.01    Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:
(a)    Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
(b)    Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 5.08(b) and any renewals or extensions thereof,  provided  that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except as contemplated by  Section 7.03(d) , (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by  Section 7.03(d) ;
(c)    Liens for Taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
(d)    statutory and common law liens of landlords and carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

120

(e)    pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;
(f)    deposits to secure the performance of tenders, bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers’ acceptances, appeal bonds, government contracts, and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(g)    easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, municipal and zoning ordinances and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
(h)    Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) ;
(i)    Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(g); provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value (as determined by the Company in good faith), whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;
(j)    normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks and other depositary institutions and Liens of a collecting bank arising under the UCC on checks and other items of payment in the course of collection;
(k)    [Reserved];
(l)    (i) Liens in favor of the Surety on the Surety Priority Collateral arising pursuant to any of the Surety Credit Documents so long as such Liens remain subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, and (ii) Liens securing any other Surety Bond Obligations permitted under  Section 7.03(o)(ii)  provided that to the extent such Surety Bond Obligations exceed $200,000,000 in the aggregate at any time, such Liens are either terminated or made subject to an Intercreditor Agreement within one hundred eighty (180) days (or such longer period (not to exceed an additional 90 days) as may be approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after the date of the Permitted Acquisition giving rise to such Liens;
(m)    [Reserved];
(n)    Subject to compliance with Section 6.12 in respect of Loan Parties, Liens on the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness permitted under  Section 7.03(i) ;
(o)    Liens on cash set aside with respect to any Indebtedness in connection with a prepayment permitted hereunder (subject, in the case of the Senior Notes Indebtedness, the Senior

121

Convertible Notes Indebtedness and any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(j), to satisfaction of the requirements of  Section 7.15  as if such cash defeasance constituted a prepayment on the date of such defeasance), or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case, to the extent but only to the extent that such cash or government securities pre-fund the payment of principal and/or interest on such Indebtedness and are held in a collateral or escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose;  provided  that such Indebtedness is permitted to be defeased under the terms thereof at the time such cash is set aside or securities are purchased;
(p)    leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(q)    Liens of lessors in any property subject to any operating lease, including Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements or similar filings made in respect of such leases;
(r)    Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary or becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower;  provided  that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or Investment and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or such Subsidiary or acquired by the Company or such Subsidiary, and the applicable Indebtedness secured by such Lien is permitted under  Section 7.03(h) ;
(s)    Liens in favor of any Loan Party;
(t)    Liens securing reimbursement obligations in an aggregate amount not exceeding $50,000,000 with respect to bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;
(u)    Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(v)    Liens on Cash or Cash Equivalents encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount incurred pursuant to this clause (v) not exceeding $50,000,000, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Swap Contracts permitted pursuant to  Section 7.03(f) ;
(w)    Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date;
(x)    Liens solely on cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with an Investment permitted hereunder;

122

(y)    any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; provided  that such encumbrance or restriction does not prohibit the granting of a Lien by a Loan Party on any Collateral and any entity formed as part of such joint venture remains subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the extent provided herein;
(z)    Liens on cash reserves securing Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of surety bonds permitted by  Section 7.03(o)(i) ;  provided  that the aggregate amount of all such deposits and cash reserves provided by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of surety bonds permitted by  Section 7.03(o)(i)  shall not, at any time, exceed $35,000,000; and
(aa)    other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations in aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $35,000,000 or assets of comparable value.
7.02    Investments. Make any Investments, except:
(a)    Investments in the form of Cash Equivalents;
(b)    advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries for travel, entertainment, relocation and other matters that are reasonably expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP;
(c)    (i) Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof and set forth on  Schedule 5.08(e) , (ii) additional Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in Loan Parties and (iii) additional Investments by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties, other than, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii), Investments in Excluded Subsidiaries;
(d)    Investments existing on the date hereof (other than those referred to in Section 7.02(c)(i)) and set forth on  Schedule 5.08(e) ;
(e)    Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;
(f)    Guarantees permitted by Section 7.03(e) and guarantees of obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that do not constitute Indebtedness that are otherwise permitted under this Agreement;
(g)    Permitted Acquisitions;
(h)    Investments made as part of the Corporate Restructuring Initiative;
(i)    so long as no Default then exists or would result therefrom, other Investments so long as the aggregate amount of such Investments at the time of incurrence (after giving effect to

123

such Investment) does not exceed the sum of (i) 10% of the Consolidated Total Assets plus (ii) the Excess Cash Flow Basket for each fiscal year ending after the Closing Date;
(j)    stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments;
(k)    [Reserved];
(l)    Swap Contracts permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(f);
(m)    loans to employees and officers of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding in respect of the Company and all Restricted Subsidiaries taken together;
(n)    Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of consideration received in connection with a Disposition permitted by  Section 7.05 ;
(o)    Investments of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time such Person merges or consolidates with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case, in compliance with this Agreement; provided  that such Investments were not made by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation; and
(p)    repurchases of any Indebtedness to the extent such repurchase is permitted by this Agreement.
7.03    Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a)    Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
(b)    the Senior Notes Indebtedness;
(c)    the Senior Convertible Notes Indebtedness;
(d)    Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.03 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;
(e)     (i) Guarantees of the Company or any Loan Party in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of the Company or any other Loan Party and (ii) Guarantees of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;
(f)    obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing or arising under any Swap Contract,  provided  that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for

124

purposes of speculation; and (ii) in the case of any Secured Hedge Agreement, such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;
(g)    Indebtedness in respect of capital leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in  Section 7.01(i) ;  provided ,  however , that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness outstanding at the time of such incurrence (after giving effect to such Indebtedness) shall not exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such incurrence and any Permitted Refinancings thereof;
(h)    Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after the date hereof pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company (other than Indebtedness incurred solely in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Subsidiary of the Company) and any Permitted Refinancings thereof;  provided that immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Company will be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in  Section 7.11  (to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 6.01(a)  or  (b) as though such Indebtedness had been incurred as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby);
(i)    Indebtedness (which may be secured or unsecured) of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , and subject to other applicable restrictions under  Section 6.12 , that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness outstanding at the time of such incurrence shall not exceed the greater of (i) $35,000,000 and (ii) an amount equal to the maximum amount of Indebtedness that would not cause the Foreign Leverage Ratio to exceed 3.00 to 1.00 on the date of incurrence and any Permitted Refinancings thereof;
(j)    unsecured Indebtedness; provided, however, that (i) immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Company will be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in  Section 7.11  (to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 6.01(a)  or  (b)  as though such Indebtedness had been incurred as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby), (ii) such Indebtedness shall not mature earlier than the Maturity Date and (iii) such Indebtedness shall not be subject to any financial covenant which is more restrictive than the financial covenants in the Loan Documents at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness;
(k)    Indebtedness (which is unsecured if owed by a Loan Party) owed (i) to a Loan Party or (ii) to any other Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted as an Investment pursuant to Section 7.02 ;
(l)    Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

125

(m)    indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations (including any Earnout Obligations), in each case, on customary terms incurred or assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or permitted Disposition of any business or assets of any Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary;
(n)    customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business;
(o)    (i) obligations of any Borrower and or Restricted Subsidiary under the Surety Credit Documents so long as such obligations remain subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, and (ii) any Surety Bond Obligations (including Surety Bond Obligations of any Person with which such Subsidiary is merged or consolidated pursuant to the applicable Permitted Acquisition) that are acquired subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition,  provided  such Surety Bond Obligations are in existence at the time of the applicable Permitted Acquisition and  provided  further to the extent that such Surety Bond Obligations exceed $200,000,000 in the aggregate at any time, the Liens securing such Surety Bond Obligations are either terminated or made subject to an Intercreditor Agreement within one hundred eighty (180) days (or such longer period (not to exceed an additional 90 days) as may be approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after the date of the Permitted Acquisition giving rise to such Surety Bond Obligations;
(p)    Indebtedness created, incurred, assumed or suffered to exist as part of the Corporate Restructuring Initiative; and
(q)    other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding.
7.04    Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom and all representations and warranties hereunder would remain true and correct after giving effect to such transactions:
(a)    any Restricted Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with (i) the Company; provided that the Company shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries;  provided  that (A) when any Designated Borrower is merging into or consolidating with another Restricted Subsidiary, the Designated Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (B) when any Subsidiary Guarantor is merging into or consolidating with another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Designated Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person (unless simultaneously with the consummation of the closing of such merger or consolidation the Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor  in which case the Restricted Subsidiary may be permitted to be the continuing or surviving Person);
(b)    any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;  provided

126

that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then the transferee must either be the Company or another Loan Party; and
(c)    in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it;  provided  that (i) the Person surviving such merger or consolidation shall be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) in the case of any such merger or consolidation to which any Designated Borrower is a party, the Designated Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (iii) in the case of any such merger or consolidation not described in the foregoing clause (ii) to which any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party, the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person (unless simultaneously with the consummation of the closing of such merger or consolidation the other merging or consolidating Person shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and shall deliver all of the documentation required by  Section 6.12(d) , in which case such merging or consolidating Person may be permitted to be the continuing or surviving Person).
(d)    each of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it;  provided  that such merger or consolidation is a permitted Investment under  Section 7.02(g)  or  (i)  (and, if under  Section 7.02(i) , such merger or consolidation is part of a transaction or series of transactions that would satisfy the requirements set forth in the definition of “Permitted Acquisition”, if such merger or consolidation were an Acquisition, and does not conflict with any other provision of this Agreement) and  provided further , however , that in each case, immediately after giving effect thereto (i) in the case of any such merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party, the Company is the surviving Person and (ii) in the case of any merger or consolidation to which the Company is not a party, (A) the Person surviving such merger or consolidation shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) in the case of any such merger or consolidation to which any Designated Borrower is a party, the Designated Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (C) in the case of any such merger or consolidation not described in the foregoing clause (B) to which any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party, the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person (unless simultaneously with the consummation of the closing of such merger or consolidation the other merging or consolidating Person shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and shall deliver all of the documentation required by  Section 6.12(d) , in which case such merging or consolidating Person may be permitted to be the continuing or surviving Person).
7.05    Dispositions. Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:
(a)    Dispositions of obsolete, worn out, excess, surplus or idle property or property no longer used in the business of such Person, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;
(b)    Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(c)    Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds

127

of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;
(d)    Dispositions of property by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary);  provided  that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party, the transferee thereof must either be the Company or another Loan Party;
(e)    Dispositions permitted by Section 7.04;
(f)    Dispositions made as part of the Corporate Restructuring Initiative;
(g)    Dispositions by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05 ;  provided  that at the time of such Disposition, (i) no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition ,  and (ii) the aggregate book value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (g) (after giving effect to such Disposition) after the Closing Date shall not exceed an amount equal to 15% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such Disposition and  provided further  that no Disposition under this clause (g) may be made to any Excluded Subsidiary;
(h)    non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of IP Rights in the ordinary course of business and substantially consistent with past practice, and leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(i)    Dispositions of non-core assets acquired in a Permitted Acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries within 18 months of such Permitted Acquisition;  provided  that such non-core assets, in the aggregate, do not exceed 40% of the consolidated net assets (measured using the definition of “Consolidated Net Assets”  mutatis mutandis  and measured as of the date of such Permitted Acquisition) acquired pursuant to such Permitted Acquisition;
(j)    any settlement of or payment in respect of, or series of settlements or payments in respect of, any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(k)    Dispositions of property constituting the making of Investments permitted under Section 7.03 and Dispositions of property constituting the making of Restricted Payments permitted by  Section 7.06 ;
(l)    the sale of past due accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business consistent with the practices of similarly situated companies; and
(m)    Sale Leaseback Transactions permitted by Section 7.18.
provided, however, that any Disposition pursuant to clauses (a) through (m) shall be for fair market value.

128

7.06    Restricted Payments. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:
(a)    each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Company, any other Loan Party and any other Person that owns an Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;
(b)    the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common stock or other common Equity Interests of such Person;
(c)    the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests issued by it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock or other common Equity Interests;
(d)    the Company may repay, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy the Senior Convertible Notes to the extent permitted by  Section 7.15 ;
(e)    the Company may make Restricted Payments,if after giving effect thereto the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments paid or made after the Closing Date would be less than the sum of $175,000,000 plus 50% of Consolidated Net Income (or  minus  50% if negative) for each fiscal year ending after the Closing Date  plus  100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company with respect to the sale or issuance of any Equity Interest in the Company after the Closing Date (other than any proceeds described in the foregoing clause (c) or any proceeds used for Capital Expenditures)  plus  an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of any Senior Convertible Notes Indebtedness converted into Equity Interests in the Company after the Closing Date;  provided  that Administrative Agent shall have received a written certificate of a Responsible Officer in reasonable detail confirming that such Restricted Payment complies with the terms of this  Section 7.06(e)  prior to declaration and payment thereof which certification shall be true and complete in all material respects on the date of payment thereof; and
(f)    each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments as part of the Corporate Restructuring Initiative.
7.07    Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by it on the Closing Date and any business or activities which are similar, related or incidental thereto.
7.08    Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Company, whether or not in the ordinary course of business;  provided  that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (a) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; (b) payment of reasonable compensation to officers and employees for services actually rendered to Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries; (c) payment of customary directors’ fees and

129

indemnities; (d) transactions with Affiliates that were consummated prior to the date hereof and are set forth on  Schedule 7.08 ; (e) transactions with Affiliates upon fair and reasonable terms and are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and (f) transactions between or among the Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries subject to compliance by such Subsidiaries with the other requirements of  Article VII .
7.09    Burdensome Agreements. Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Restricted Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to the Company or any other Loan Party or to otherwise transfer property to the Company or any other Loan Party, except in each case for any agreement in effect on the date hereof and set forth on  Schedule 7.09 , (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness of the Company or any other Borrower or (iii) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person to secure the Obligations or (b) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of such Person if a Lien is granted to secure the Obligations;  provided ,  however , that this  Section 7.09  shall not prohibit any restriction or requirement existing under or by reason of (i) applicable Law, (ii) any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted under  Section 7.03(g)  to the extent relating to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness, (iii) any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted under  Section 7.03(h)  if such agreement (x) exists at the time the applicable Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company, (y) is not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Subsidiary of the Company and (z) does not extend to the assets of any Person other than the Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company, (iv) any negative pledge or and restriction on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under  Section 7.03  if the terms of such Indebtedness expressly permit Liens for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Obligations on a senior basis and do not require that such holders of such Indebtedness be secured by such Liens equally and ratably and (v) customary non-assignment provisions with respect to leases or licensing agreements entered into by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
7.10    Use of Proceeds.
(a)    Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.
(b)    Directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity, to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the transaction, whether as Lender, Arranger, Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender, or otherwise) of Sanctions.

130

7.11    Financial Covenants.
(a)    Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company to be less than 3.00 to 1.00.
(b)    Consolidated Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at any time to be greater than 3.50 to 1.00;  provided  that if a Permitted Acquisition or series of Permitted Acquisitions with aggregate consideration of more than $50,000,000 occurs during a fiscal quarter, the Company shall have the right to permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio to exceed 3.50 to 1.00 during such fiscal quarter and the subsequent two fiscal quarters (such three fiscal quarters, an “ Elevated Ratio Period ”) so long as (i) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 at any time during the Elevated Ratio Period, (ii) such right is not exercised more than two times during the term of this Agreement and (iii) there is at least one fiscal quarter between Elevated Ratio Periods during which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is not in excess of 3.50 to 1.00 at any time.
7.12    Capital Expenditures. Make or become legally obligated to make any Capital Expenditure, except for Capital Expenditures in the ordinary course of business not exceeding, in the aggregate for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during any fiscal year, an amount equal to the Base Capex Basket for such fiscal year  plus  an amount equal to 50% of the Consolidated EBITDA for the immediately preceding fiscal year (the “ Annual EBITDA Basket ”);  provided ,  however , that so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such expenditure, any portion of the Base Capex Basket, if not expended in the fiscal year for which it is permitted above, may be carried over for expenditure in the next following fiscal year (such unused portion, the “ Carryover Capex Basket ”); it being understood that Capital Expenditures made pursuant to this Section in any fiscal year shall be applied,  first , to the Carryover Capex Basket for such fiscal year,  second , to the Base Capex Basket for such fiscal year, and,  third , to the Annual EBITDA Basket for such fiscal year.
7.13    Amendments of Organization Documents.  Amend any of its Organization Documents, except for amendments that do not affect (a) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary’s right and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) the perfection of the Administrative Agent’s lien in any of the Collateral or (c) the authority and obligation of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to perform and pay the Obligations.
7.14    Accounting Changes.  Make any (a) significant change in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by Law or GAAP, or (b) change in its fiscal year.
7.15    Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness; Repayments of Senior Convertible Notes Indebtedness.   (a) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner, or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of, the Senior Notes Indebtedness, the Senior Convertible Notes Indebtedness or any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to  Section 7.03(j) , except (i) the prepayment, redemption or repurchase (not in violation of the subordination terms thereof) of any such Indebtedness, so long as after giving pro forma effect to such prepayment, redemption or repurchase, no Default shall exist or would result

131

therefrom and the Available Liquidity will not be less than $50,000,000 and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of any Senior Notes Indebtedness, the Senior Convertible Notes Indebtedness or any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to  Section 7.03(j)  or (b) repay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy on the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner any Senior Convertible Notes Indebtedness, unless, after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Available Liquidity will not be less than $50,000,000.
7.16    Amendment, Etc. of Indebtedness.  (a) Amend, modify or change in any manner any term or condition of any Senior Notes Indebtedness, the Senior Convertible Notes Indebtedness or any Indebtedness set forth in  Schedule 7.03 , except for an amendment, modification or change that complies with the requirements of the definition of Permitted Refinancing.
(b)    Amend or modify any of the terms of the Indemnity Agreement if such amendment or modification would add or change any terms in a manner adverse to the Lenders;  provided  that this  Section 7.16  shall not prohibit the issuance of Bonds (as defined in the Indemnity Agreement), the joinder of or other change in any parties to the Surety Credit Documents in accordance with their terms or any amendment or modifications which do not require the consent of any Loan Party or Subsidiary.
7.17    [Reserved].
7.18    Sale and Leaseback Transactions.  Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred (any such arrangement a “ Sale Leaseback Transaction ”);  provided  that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into Sale Leaseback Transactions for equipment or real property so long as (i) no Default exists at the time of consummation of such Sale Leaseback Transaction and (ii) the aggregate fair market value of all equipment and real property sold by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to a Sale Leaseback Transaction in any fiscal year does not exceed $10,000,000;  provided further  that, for the avoidance of doubt, this  Section 7.18  shall not prohibit Indebtedness in respect of capital leases that would otherwise be permitted to be incurred pursuant to  Section 7.03(g) .
7.19    Designation of Senior Debt.  Designate any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness under the Loan Documents) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as “Designated Senior Debt” (or any similar term) under, and as defined in, any documentation evidencing any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in which such concept is applicable.
7.20    Holding Company.  In the case of the Company, engage in any business or activity other than (a) the ownership of all outstanding Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries, (b) maintaining its corporate existence, (c) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative activities as the parent of the consolidated group of companies, including the Loan Parties, (d) the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder, (e) the incurrence of Liens permitted under  Section 7.01 , (f) the making of Investments

132

permitted under Section 7.02, (g) the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03, (h) businesses or activities of a type engaged in prior to the Closing Date and (i) businesses or activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (a) through (h) of this Section and within the scope of operations as of the Closing Date.
7.21    Excluded Subsidiaries.  In the case of Excluded Subsidiaries, engage in any business activity or own any assets, except as set forth on  Schedule 6.12(f) .
ARTICLE VIII.    
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
8.01    Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
(a)    Non-Payment. Any Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to (i) pay when and as required to be paid herein, and in the currency required hereunder, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation or deposit any funds as Cash Collateral in respect of L/C Obligations, (ii) pay within three Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) pay within five Business Days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
(b)    Specific Covenants. (i) Any Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of  Section 6.01 ,  6.02(a) ,  6.02(d) ,  6.02(e) ,  6.02(f) ,  6.02(g) ,  6.02(h) ,  6.03(a) , 6.03(b) ,  6.03(e) ,  6.05 ,  6.10 ,  6.11 ,  6.12  or  6.17  or  Article VII ; or
(c)    Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days following the earlier to occur of (i) the date a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge of such failure and (ii) the date that a Responsible Officer receives notice from the Administrative Agent of such failure; or
(d)    Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Company or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(e)    Cross-Default. (i) The Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and penal sums under any surety bond and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or

133

beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or
(f)    Insolvency Proceedings, Etc.  The Company or any Restricted Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
(g)    Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) The Company or any Restricted Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or
(h)    Judgments. There is entered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer meets the requirements set forth in  Section 6.07 , has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or
(i)    ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Company under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount during any period of twelve consecutive months in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace

134

period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
(j)    Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 4.01  or  6.12  shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by  Section 7.01 ) on the Collateral purported to be covered thereby; or
(k)    Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or
(l)    Default under Indemnity Agreement. There shall occur a Default under, and as defined in, the Indemnity Agreement and the Company (as defined in the Indemnity Agreement) shall have exercised any remedies in respect thereof; or
(m)    Invalidity of Intercreditor Agreement. Any material provision of any Intercreditor Agreement shall, in whole or in part, terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the Surety party thereto.
8.02    Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:
(a)    declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
(b)    declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers;
(c)    require that the Company Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and
(d)    exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under the Loan Documents;
provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and

135

other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Company to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
8.03    Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to  Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of  Sections 2.16  and  2.17 , be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under  Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest, Letter of Credit Fees and BA Fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuer arising under the Loan Documents and amounts payable under  Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause  Second  payable to them;
Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and BA Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause  Third  payable to them;
Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, L/C Borrowings and Obligations then owing under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements, ratably among the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause  Fourth  held by them;
Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Company pursuant to Sections 2.03  and  2.16 ; and
Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Company or as otherwise required by Law;
providedthatExcluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Guarantor shall not be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or its assets, but appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation to Obligations otherwise set forth above in this Section.

136

Subject to Section 2.03(d) and 2.16, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptances pursuant to clause  Fifth  above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptances as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be. Each Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank not a party to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of  Article IX  for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.
ARTICLE IX.    
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.01    Appointment and Authority.
(a)    Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and no Borrower shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
(b)    The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Hedge Bank and a potential Cash Management Bank) and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and the L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 9.05  for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this  Article IX  and

137

Article X (including Section 10.04(c), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
9.02    Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
9.03    Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
(a)    shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b)    shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents),  provided  that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and
(c)    shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any of the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in  Sections 10.01  and  8.02 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Company, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.

138

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in  Article IV  or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
9.04    Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
9.05    Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.
9.06    Resignation of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Company. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor, which

139

shall be a bank (a) with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States, and (b) prior to an Event of Default pursuant to  Sections 8.01(a)  or  (f)  approved by the Company. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above;  provided  that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (2) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent (other than as provided in  Section 3.01(g)  and other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring Administrative Agent as of the effective date of such resignation), and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Company to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and  Section 10.04  shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances in substitution for the Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as another Lender is willing to act as a swing line lender, such successor shall not be required to succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Swing Line Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as

140

another L/C Issuer is willing to and has satisfied the provisions of clause (c) of the preceding sentence, such successor shall not be required to succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer nor satisfy the requirements of such clause (c).
9.07    Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
9.08    No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Co-Syndication Agents, Co-Documentation Agents, the Joint Lead Arrangers or Joint Book Managers listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.
9.09    Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.  In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise
(a)    to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under  Sections 2.03(i) ,  (j)  and  (k) ,  2.09 ,  2.10(b)  and  10.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b)    to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements

141

and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under  Sections 2.09 ,  2.10(b)  and  10.04 .
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the L/C Issuer or authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the L/C Issuer in any such proceeding.
The Loan Parties and the Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, to (a) credit bid and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, including under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or any similar Laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, or (b)   credit bid and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral at any other sale or foreclosure conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with applicable Law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims being estimated for such purpose if the fixing or liquidation thereof would not unduly delay the ability of the Administrative Agent to credit bid and purchase at such sale or other disposition of the Collateral and, if such claims cannot be estimated without unduly delaying the ability of the Administrative Agent to credit bid, then such claims shall be disregarded, not credit bid, and not entitled to any interest in the asset or assets purchased by means of such credit bid) and the Secured Parties whose Obligations are credit bid shall be entitled to receive interests (ratably based upon the proportion of their Obligations credit bid in relation to the aggregate amount of Obligations so credit bid) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). Except as provided above and otherwise expressly provided for herein or in the other Collateral Documents, the Administrative Agent will not execute and deliver a release of any Lien on any Collateral. Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Company at any time, the Secured Parties will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release any such Liens on particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this  Section 9.09 .
9.10    Collateral and Guaranty Matters.Each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank) and the L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
(a)    to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of

142

Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer shall have been made), (ii) that is sold or otherwise Disposed of or to be sold or otherwise Disposed as part of or in connection with any sale or other Disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with  Section 10.01 ;
(b)    to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by  Section 7.01(i) ;
(c)    to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder (including any release of Subsidiary Guarantor deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to  Section 6.12(i) );
(d)    if any Additional Loans are intended to rank junior in right of payment and/or in respect of lien priority as to the Collateral with the outstanding Loans, to enter into an intercreditor agreement (or amend, supplement or modify an existing intercreditor agreement) as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the terms of any such Additional Loans; and
(e)    enter into, perform its obligations under and amend, supplement, modify or replace the Indemnity Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement, or enter into similar arrangements as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent.
Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this  Section 9.10 . In each case as specified in this  Section 9.10 , the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrowers’ expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this  Section 9.10 .
9.11    Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, no Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefit of the provisions of  Section 8.03 , the Subsidiary Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of the Subsidiary Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) (or to notice of or to consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of the provisions hereof or of the Subsidiary Guaranty or any Collateral Document) other than in its capacity as a Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this  Article IX  to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of,

143

or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be.
ARTICLE X.    
MISCELLANEOUS
10.01    Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Company or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Company or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given;  provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
(a)    waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01(a) without the written consent of each Lender;
(b)    extend or increase any Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to  Section 8.02 ) without the written consent of such Lender;
(c)    postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document (except as expressly provided in  Section 2.18 ) without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;
(d)    reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this  Section 10.01 ) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount;  provided ,  however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of any Borrower to pay interest, Letter of Credit Fees or BA Fees at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;
(e)    change Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;
(f)    change (i) any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder (other than as provided in subclause (ii) of

144

this clause (f)), without the written consent of each Lender or (ii) the definition of “Required (USD) Lenders” or “Required (MC) Lenders” without the written consent of each Committed (USD) Lender or each Committed (MC) Lender, as the case may be;
(g)    impose any greater restriction on the ability of any Lender under a Facility to any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Required (USD) Lenders, in the case of the Committed (USD) Facility, or the Required (MC) Lenders, in the case of the Committed (MC) Facility;
(h)    release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions without the written consent of each Lender; or
(i)    release all or substantially all of the value of the Subsidiary Guarantywithout the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor is permitted pursuant to  Section 9.10  (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone);
and, providedfurther, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) the Fee Letters may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender or all Lenders or each affected Lender under a Facility may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) no Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender or all Lenders or each affected Lender under a Facility that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Company and the Additional Lenders providing the relevant Additional Loans and/or Additional Commitments to permit the Additional Commitments Amendment in accordance with  Section 2.15  and (b) the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the Swing Line Sublimit may be increased by the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, in accordance with  Section 2.15(d) without the consent of any Lender.
10.02    Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication.
(a)    Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices

145

and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(i)    if to a Borrower, the Administrative Agent or Bank of America, in its capacity as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on  Schedule 10.02 ; and
(ii)    if to any other Lender or L/C Issuer, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Company).
Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).
(b)    Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent,  provided  that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to  Article II  if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Company may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it,  provided  that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement),  provided  that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

146

(c)    The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party;  provided ,  however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).
(d)    Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Company, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to any Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.
(e)    Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders.The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic or electronic Committed Loan Notices, Letter of Credit Applications and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of any Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer,

147

each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of any Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
10.03    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement. No failure by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with  Section 8.02  for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuer;  provided ,  however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with  Section 10.08  (subject to the terms of  Section 2.13 ), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and  provided ,  further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 8.02  and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13 , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
10.04    Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a)    Costs and Expenses. The Borrowers shall, jointly and severally, pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (limited in respect of legal fees to reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, and of a single regulatory counsel and single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction which may include a special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the

148

transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit, Bankers’ Acceptance or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer (limited in respect of legal fees to the fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel and one local counsel and one applicable regulatory counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent and one counsel and one local counsel and one applicable regulatory counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for the Lenders (and, in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel to all such affected Lenders similarly situated, taken as a whole)), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with Loans made or Letters of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptances issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans, Letters of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptances.
(b)    Indemnification by the Borrowers. The Borrowers shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including in respect of any matters addressed in  Section 3.01 ), (ii) any Loan, Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any such presence, alleged presence, release or Environmental Liability resulting solely from acts or omissions by Persons other than any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the Administrative Agent sells the applicable property pursuant to a foreclosure or has accepted a deed in lieu of foreclosure), or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided  that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (w) relate to the matters referred to in  Sections 3.01 ,  3.04  or 3.05  (which Sections set forth the sole remedies in respect of the matters set forth therein), (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (y) result from a claim brought by any

149

Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if such Borrower or such other Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) arise out of, or in connection with, any proceeding that does not involve an act or omission by a Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is brought by an Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee (other than any proceeding against any Indemnitee in its capacity or fulfilling its role as the Administrative Agent, an Arranger, the L/C Issuer or any similar role);  provided further  that the reimbursement of fees, charges and disbursements of counsel shall be limited to one counsel and one local counsel and one applicable regulatory counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for the Administrative Agent and one counsel and one local counsel and one applicable regulatory counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for the other Indemnitees (and, in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel to all such affected Indemnitees similarly situated, taken as a whole).
(c)    Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrowers for any reason fail to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender), such payment to be made severally among them based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought);  provided  that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d) .
(d)    Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Borrower shall assert, and each Borrower hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, and no Indemnitee shall assert, and each Indemnitee hereby waives, any claim against any Loan Party, in each case on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan, Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

150

(e)    Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.
(f)    Survival. The agreements in this Section and the indemnity provisions of Section 10.02(e) shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
10.05    Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, in the applicable currency of such recovery or payment. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
10.06    Successors and Assigns.
(a)    Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b)    Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations

151

in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case with respect to any Facility) any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i)    Minimum Amounts.
(A)    in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender's Commitment under any Facility and the Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
(B)    in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the applicable Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided ,  however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.
(ii)    Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans.
(iii)    Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
(A)    the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) shall be required unless an Event of Default pursuant to  Sections 8.01(a) ,  8.01(b)  (with respect to Section 7.11  only) or  8.01(f)  has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment; provided  that the Company shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof;
(B)    the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of

152

any USD Commitment or any MC Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of the applicable Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and
(C)    the consent of the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Committed (USD) Facility.
(iv)    Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500;  provided ,  however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
(v)    No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or (C) to a natural person.
(vi)    Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Company and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an

153

Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 ,  3.04 ,  3.05 , and  10.04  with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment;  provided , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Upon request, each Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.
(c)    Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers (and such agency being solely for Tax purposes), shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by each of the Borrowers and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d)    Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender or the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in, or enter into a swap or derivative transaction in respect of all or a portion of, such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it);  provided  that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under  Section 10.04(c)  without regard to the existence of any participation. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”);  provided  that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant's interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury

154

Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement;  provided  that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to  Section 10.01  that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 ,  3.04  and  3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of  Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender;  provided  such Participant agrees to be subject to  Section 2.13  as though it were a Lender.
(e)    Limitations upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under  Section 3.01  or  3.04 than the applicable Lender or L/C Issuer would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Company’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender or L/C Issuer shall not be entitled to the benefits of  Section 3.01  unless the Company is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with  Section 3.01(e)  as though it were a Lender or L/C Issuer and any such Participant shall be deemed to be a Foreign Lender for purposes of the definition of Excluded Taxes.
(f)    Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note(s), if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank;  provided  that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(g)    Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its USD Commitment and Loans under the Committed (USD) Facility pursuant to subsection (b) above, Bank of America may, (A) upon 30 days’ notice to the Company and the Committed (USD) Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (B) upon 30 days’ notice to the Company, resign as Swing Line Lender, and (ii) if at any time any other Lender acting as an L/C Issuer assigns all of its USD Commitment and Loans under the Committed (USD) Facility pursuant to  subsection (b)  above, such Lender may, upon 30 days’ notice to the Company and the Committed (USD) Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer. In the event of any such resignation as an L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Company shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder;

155

provided, however, that no failure by the Company to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, or any other Lender as an L/C Issuer. If Bank of America or any other Lender resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances outstanding and issued by it as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed (USD) Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(d) ). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed (USD) Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to  Section 2.04(c) . Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances in substitution for the Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America or such other retiring L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America or such other retiring L/C Issuer, as the case may be, with respect to such Letters of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptances issued by it.
10.07    Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Eligible Assignee invited to be a Lender pursuant to  Section 2.15(c)  or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to a Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating the Company or its Subsidiaries or the credit facilities provided hereunder or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit facilities provided hereunder, (h) with the consent of the Company or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the

156

Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company.
For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Company or any Subsidiary relating to the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Company or any Subsidiary;  provided  that, in the case of information received from the Company or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.
10.08    Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower against any and all of the obligations of such Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender, the L/C Issuer or such Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of such Borrower may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender, the L/C Issuer or such Affiliate different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness;  provided  that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of  Section 2.17  and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Company and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided  that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

157

10.09    Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Company. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
10.10    Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in  Section 4.01 , this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement and any other Loan Document by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
10.11    Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit or Bankers’ Acceptance shall remain outstanding.
10.12    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this  Section 10.12 , if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent,

158

the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.
10.13    Replacement of Lenders. If the Company is entitled to replace a Lender pursuant to the provisions of  Section 3.06 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or if any Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined below), then the Company may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by,  Section 10.06 ), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to  Sections 3.01  and  3.04 ) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment),  provided  that:
(a)    the Company shall have paid (or caused a Designated Borrower to pay) to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in  Section 10.06(b) ;
(b)    such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under  Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Company or applicable Designated Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
(c)    in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to  Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;
(d)    in the case of any such assignment by a Non-Consenting Lender, the assignee must have approved in writing the substance of the amendment, waiver or consent which caused the assignor to be a Restricted Lender; and
(e)    such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.
A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Company to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
For the purposes of this Section 10.13, a “Non-Consenting Lender”, as applicable, (a) any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of  Section 10.01  and (ii) has been approved by the Required Lenders, (b) any Committed (USD) Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all Committed (USD) Lenders or all affected Committed (USD) Lenders in accordance with the terms of  Section 10.01  and (ii) has been approved by the Required (USD) Lenders or (c) any Committed (MC) Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all Committed (MC)

159

Lenders or all affected Committed (MC) Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 and (ii) has been approved by the Required CND) Lenders.
10.14    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
(a)    GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
(b)    SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
(c)    WAIVER OF VENUE. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (b) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

160

(d)    SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN  SECTION 10.02 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
10.15    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
10.16    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between such Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) such Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) such Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for such Borrower or any of its Affiliates or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent, any Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to such Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of such Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, any Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to such Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrowers hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

161

10.17    Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
10.18    USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Borrower in accordance with the Act. Each Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.
10.19    Judgment Currency.  If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of each Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer from any Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer in such currency, the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

162

10.20    Designation as Senior Debt.  All Obligations shall be “Designated Senior Indebtedness” (or any similar term) for purposes of and as defined in any documentation evidencing any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in which such concept is applicable.
10.21    Keepwell. Each Borrower that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor at the time the joint and several liability under  Section 2.14 , the Subsidiary Guaranty or the grant of the security interest under the Loan Documents, in each case, by any Specified Loan Party, becomes effective with respect to any Swap Obligation hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Loan Party with respect to such Swap Obligation as may be needed by such Specified Loan Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under the Loan Documents (including the Subsidiary Guaranty) to which it is a party in respect of such Swap Obligation (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Borrower’s obligations and undertakings under this  Section 10.21  voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each Borrower that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor under this  Section 10.21 shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. Each Borrower that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor intends this  Section 10.21  to constitute, and this  Section 10.21  shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of, each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.
[Signature pages follow.]

163

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have caused this Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
BORROWERS:
MASTEC, INC.
By:     
Name:     
Title:    

MASTEC NORTH AMERICA, INC.
By:     
Name:     
Title:    

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Signature Page

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as
Administrative Agent
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Signature Page

LENDERS:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Signature Page

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as a Lender and Co-Syndication Agent
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Signature Page

SUNTRUST BANK, as a Lender and Co-Syndication Agent
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Signature Page

BMO HARRIS BANK, N.A., as a Lender and Co-Documentation Agent
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Signature Page

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as a Lender and Co-Documentation Agent
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Signature Page

[OTHER LENDERS]
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Signature Page

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF COMMITTED LOAN NOTICE
Date: ___________, _____
To:    Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among MasTec, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), the Designated Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.
The Company hereby requests, on behalf of itself or, if applicable, the Designated Borrower referenced in item 6 below (select one):
¨  A Borrowing of [Committed (USD) Loans][Committed (MC) Loans]
¨ A conversion or continuation of [Committed (USD) Loans][Committed (MC) Loans]
 	 	
1.	On _________________________ (a Business Day).	
 	 	
2.	In the amount of _______________.	
 	 	
3.	Comprised of ______________________________.	
[Type of Committed Loan requested]
 	 	
4.	In the following currency ______________________.	
 	 	
5.	For Eurocurrency Rate Loans: with an Interest Period of __________ months.	
 	 	
6.	On behalf of ____________________________ [insert name of applicable Designated Borrower] .	

A-1
Form of Committed Loan Notice

The [Committed (USD) Borrowing][Committed (MC) Borrowing], if any, requested herein complies with the provisos to the first sentence of  Section 2.01 [(a)][(b)] of the Agreement. The Company acknowledges the requirements under clauses (f) and (g) of  Section 6.02  to deliver a calculation of the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap under certain circumstances in accordance with such clauses.
MASTEC, INC.
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

A-2
Form of Committed Loan Notice

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE
Date: ___________, _____
To:    Bank of America, N.A., as Swing Line Lender
Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among MasTec, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), the Designated Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.
The undersigned hereby requests a Swing Line Loan:
1.    On _________________________ (a Business Day).
2.    In the amount of $_______________.
The Swing Line Borrowing requested herein complies with the requirements of the provisos to the first sentence of  Section 2.04(a)  of the Agreement. The Company acknowledges the requirements under clauses (f) and (g) of  Section 6.02  to deliver a calculation of the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap in accordance with such clauses.
MASTEC, INC.
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

B-1
Form of Swing Line Loan Notice

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF NOTE
_______________, 20__
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned (each a “Borrower” and collectively the “ Borrowers ”) hereby, jointly and severally, promises to pay to _____________________ or registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Loan from time to time made by the Lender to any Borrower under that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the Borrowers, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.
Each Borrower, jointly and severally, promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of such Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in  Section 2.04(f)  of the Agreement with respect to Swing Line Loans, all payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender and in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.
This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Subsidiary Guaranty and is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
Each Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.

C-1
Form of Note

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
MASTEC, INC.

By:     
Name:     
Title:    
MASTEC NORTH AMERICA, INC.
By:     
Name:     
Title:    

C-2
Form of Note

LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO

Date	Type of Loan Made	Currency and Amount of Loan Made	End of Interest Period	Amount of Principal or Interest Paid This Date	Outstanding Principal Balance This Date	Notation Made By	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	
__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	__________	

C-3
Form of Note

EXHIBIT D
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Financial Statement Date: _______________, _____
To:    Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among MasTec, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), the Designated Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.
The undersigned Responsible Officer hereby certifies as of the date hereof that he/she is the _____________________________________________ of the Company, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Compliance Certificate to the Administrative Agent on the behalf of the Company, and that:
[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements]
1.    The Company has delivered the year-end audited financial statements required by Section 6.01(a)  of the Agreement for the fiscal year of the Company ended as of the above date, together with the report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant required by such section and a Reconciliation if required by such Section.
[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements]
1.    The Company has delivered the unaudited financial statements required by Section 6.01(b) of the Agreement for the fiscal quarter of the Company ended as of the above date and a Reconciliation if required by such Section. Such financial statements fairly present the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as at such date and for such period, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and such Reconciliations fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as at such date and for such period, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
2.    The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under his/her supervision, a reasonably detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company during the accounting period covered by such financial statements.

D-1
Form of Compliance Certificate

3.    A review of the activities of the Company during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period the Company performed and observed all its Obligations under the Loan Documents, and
[select one:]
[to the best knowledge of the undersigned, during such fiscal period, the Company performed and observed each covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to it, and no Default has occurred and is continuing.]
--or--
[to the best knowledge of the undersigned, during such fiscal period, the following covenants or conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and its nature and status:]
4.    The representations and warranties of (i) the Borrowers contained in Article V of the Agreement and (ii) each Loan Party contained in each other Loan Document or in any document furnished at any time under or in connection with the Loan Documents, are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, except that (A) if a qualifier relating to materiality, Material Adverse Effect or a similar concept applies, such representation or warranty shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects, (B) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and (C) except that for purposes of this Compliance Certificate, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of  Section 5.05  of the Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of  Section 6.01  of the Agreement, including the statements in connection with which this Compliance Certificate is delivered.
5.    The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on Schedules 1, 2, 34 attached hereto are true and accurate in all material respects on and as of the date of this Compliance Certificate.
6.    The following Loan Parties listed on Schedule 5 have been added to the Indemnity Agreement since the date of the last delivered Compliance Certificate.
The Company acknowledges the requirements under clauses (f) and (g) of Section 6.02 to deliver a calculation of the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap under certain circumstances in accordance with such clauses.

D-2
Form of Compliance Certificate

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Compliance Certificate as of _______________, ________
MASTEC, INC.
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

D-3
Form of Compliance Certificate

For the Quarter/Year ended ___________________(“Statement Date”)
SCHEDULE 1
to the Compliance Certificate
($ in 000’s)

I.	Section 7.11 (a) – Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
A.	Consolidated EBITDA for four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on above date (“Subject Period”):	 	
 	1.	Consolidated Net Income for Subject Period:	 	
 	 	a.	net income for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	 	b.	gains or losses arising from the sale of capital assets:	$_____________	
 	 	c.	gains or losses arising from any write-up or write-down of assets for liabilities for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	 	d.	any portion of the net earnings of any Subsidiary unavailable for Distributions to a Borrower for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	 	e.	any gain or loss arising from the acquisition of Equity Interests of a Borrower for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	 	f.	extraordinary gains or extraordinary losses for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	 	g.	Consolidated Net Income (Line I.A.1.a +/– b +/– c + d +/– e +/– f):	$_____________	
 	2.	Consolidated Interest Charges for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	3.	provision for income Taxes for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	4.	depreciation expenses for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	5.	amortization expenses for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	6.	charges related to purchase accounting adjustments required by FASB ASC Topic 805 for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	7.	non-cash charges relating to stock based compensation for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	8.	other non-cash charges for Subject Period approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion:	$_____________	
 	9.	cash distributions made by any Unrestricted Subsidiary to any Borrower during Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	10.	expenses incurred in connection with the prepayment, amendment, modification or refinancing of indebtedness during Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	11.	non-capitalized transaction costs in connection with an actual incurrence of Indebtedness, during a refinancing thereof, issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, Acquisition, Disposition or recapitalization, as permitted, during Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	12.	tender premiums, redemption premiums, fees and other amounts and expenses incurred in connection with the tender for and/or redemption of Indebtedness incurred under  Section 7.03(j)  during Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	13.	earn-out expenses resulting from Permitted Acquisitions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is required to treat such earn-out expenses as compensation costs during Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	14.	expenses arising from the impact of FASB ASC 470-50-40 on certain capitalized fees and costs during Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	15.	any net loss incurred during Subject Period from Swap Contracts and the application of FASB ASC Topic 815:	$_____________	
 	16.	any net loss incurred during Subject Period from currency translation losses:	$_____________	
 	17.	any loss from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments during Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	18.1	clause (xv) addbacks:	$_____________	
 	 	a.	other non-recurring or unusual charges for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	 	b.	cash charges paid in connection with corporate restructurings for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	 	c.	expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Company within 12 months after the Closing Date for Subject Period:	$_____________	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	
1    The charges described in 18 together with any adjustments made pursuant to Section 1.10 of the Credit Agreement shall only be permitted to be added back for such period to the extent such charges collectively do not increase Consolidated EBITDA by more than 5%.	
 	19.	income Tax credits for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	20.	any net gain incurred during Subject Period from Swap Contracts and the application of FASB ASC Topic 815:	$_____________	
 	21.	any net gain incurred during Subject Period from currency translation gains:	$_____________	
 	22.	any gains from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments during Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	23.	non-cash additions to Consolidated Net Income for Subject Period:	$_____________	
 	24.	Consolidated EBITDA (Lines I.A.1.g + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 9 + 10 + 11 + 12 + 13 + 14 + 15 + 16 + 17 + 18(a) + 18(b) + 18(c) – 19 – 20 – 21 – 22 – 23):	$_____________	
B.	Consolidated Interest Charges for Subject Period:	$_____________	
C.	Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (Line I.A.24 ÷ Line I.B)2:	____ to 1.00	
 	Minimum permitted:	3.00 to 1.00	
 	 	 	 	 	
II.	Section 7.11 (b) – Consolidated Leverage Ratio.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
A.	Consolidated Funded Indebtedness at Statement Date (but excluding, to the extent outstanding and undrawn and otherwise included in Consolidated Funded Indebtedness, the stated amount of all standby performance letters of credit as of such date):	$_____________	
B.	Consolidated EBITDA for Subject Period (Line I.A.24 above):	$_____________	
C.	Consolidated Leverage Ratio (Line II.A ÷ Line II.B)3:	____ to 1.00	
 	Maximum permitted:	3.50 to 1.00 4	
 	 	 	 	 	
III.	Section 7.12 -- Capital Expenditures.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
A.	Capital Expenditures made during fiscal year to date:	$_____________	
B.	Base Capex Basket for such fiscal year:	$ 150,000	
C.	50% of Consolidated EBITDA for the preceding fiscal year:	$_____________	
D.	Carryover Capex Basket for such fiscal year:	$_____________	
E.	Maximum permitted Capital Expenditures (Line III.B + C + D5):	$_____________	
F.	Excess (deficient) for covenant compliance (Line III.E - III.A):	$_____________	

____________
 	 	
2 	During any period that includes an Acquisition or Disposition such calculation shall be subject to the adjustments set forth in Section 1.10 of the Credit Agreement.	
 	 	
3 	During any period that includes an Acquisition or Disposition such calculation shall be subject to the adjustments set forth in Section 1.10 of the Credit Agreement.	
 	 	
4 	Note the proviso to Section 7.11(b) of the Credit Agreement which permits a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio of 3.75 to 1.00 under certain circumstances.	

 	 	
5 	Line D can only be added to determine Line E if no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from a Capital Expenditure.	

For the Quarter/Year ended ___________________(“Statement Date”)
SCHEDULE 2
to the Compliance Certificate
($ in 000’s)
Consolidated EBITDA
(in accordance with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA
as set forth in the Agreement)

Consolidated EBITDA	Quarter
Ended
_____	Quarter
Ended
_____	Quarter
Ended
_____	Quarter
Ended
_____	Twelve Months Ended _____	
Consolidated Net Income	 	 	 	 	 	
+ Consolidated Interest Charges	 	 	 	 	 	
+ income Taxes	 	 	 	 	 	
+ depreciation expense	 	 	 	 	 	
+ amortization expense	 	 	 	 	 	
+ charges related to purchase accounting adjustments required by FASB ASC Topic 805	 	 	 	 	 	
+ non-cash charges relating to stock based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	
+ other non-cash charges approved by Agent in its reasonable discretion	 	 	 	 	 	
+ cash distributions made by any Unrestricted Subsidiary to any Borrower	 	 	 	 	 	
+ expenses in connection with prepayment etc, of indebtedness	 	 	 	 	 	
+ any non-capitalized transaction costs incurred during such period in connection with an actual incurrence of Indebtedness, during a refinancing thereof, issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, Acquisition, Disposition or recapitalization	 	 	 	 	 	
+ tender premiums, redemption premiums fees and other amounts	 	 	 	 	 	
+ earn-out expenses required to be treated a compensation costs	 	 	 	 	 	
+ expenses arising from the impact of FASB ASC 470-50-40	 	 	 	 	 	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated EBITDA	Quarter
Ended
_____	Quarter
Ended
_____	Quarter
Ended
_____	Quarter
Ended
_____	Twelve Months Ended _____	
+ net losses from Swap Contracts and FASB ASC Topic 815	 	 	 	 	 	
+ net losses from currency translation losses	 	 	 	 	 	
+ losses from the early extinguishment of indebtedness or Swap Contracts	 	 	 	 	 	
+ other non-recurring or unusual charges	 	 	 	 	 	
+ cash charges paid in connection with corporate restructurings	 	 	 	 	 	
+ expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Company within 12 months after the Closing Date	 	 	 	 	 	
- income tax credits	 	 	 	 	 	
- net gains from Swap Contracts and FASB ASC Topic 815	 	 	 	 	 	
- any net gain incurred in such period from currency translation gains	 	 	 	 	 	
- gains from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts	 	 	 	 	 	
- non-cash income	 	 	 	 	 	
= Consolidated EBITDA	 	 	 	 	 	

SCHEDULE 2
Form of Compliance Certificate

For the Quarter/Year ended ___________________(“Statement Date”)
SCHEDULE 5
to the Compliance Certificate

List of Loan Parties added to the Indemnity Agreement since the date of the last Compliance Certificate delivered:

SCHEDULE 5
Form of Compliance Certificate

EXHIBIT E
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
This Assignment and Assumption (this “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between  [the][each] 6  Assignor identified in item 1 below ( [the][each, an]  “ Assignor ”) and [the][each] 7  Assignee identified in item 2 below ( [the][each, an]  “ Assignee ”).  [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors][the Assignees] 8  hereunder are several and not joint.] 9   Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee][the respective Assignees], and  [the][each]  Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from  [the Assignor][the respective Assignors] , subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of  [the Assignor's][the respective Assignors’]  rights and obligations in  [its capacity as a Lender][their respective capacities as Lenders]  under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of  [the Assignor][the respective Assignors]  under the respective facilities identified below (including, without limitation, the Letters of Credit and the Swing Line Loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of  [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)][the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)]  against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by  [the][any]  Assignor to  [the][any]  Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as  [the][an]  “ Assigned Interest ”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to  [the][any]  Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by  [the][any]  Assignor.
 	 	
1.	Assignor[s]:    ______________________________	
______________________________
[Assignor [is][is not] a Defaulting Lender]
 	 	
2.	Assignee[s]:    ______________________________ ___________________________ [for each Assignee, indicate [Affiliate][Approved Fund]  of [ identify Lender ]	
 	 	
3.	Borrower(s):    ______________________________	
 	 	
4.	Administrative Agent: Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement	
 	 	
5.	Credit Agreement:    Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011, among MasTec, Inc., the Designated Borrower party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender	

____________________________________
 	 	
6 	For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignor(s), if the assignment is from a single Assignor, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is from multiple Assignors, choose the second bracketed language.	
 	 	
7 	For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignee(s), if the assignment is to a single Assignee, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is to multiple Assignees, choose the second bracketed language.	
 	 	
8 	Select as appropriate	
 	 	
9 	Include bracketed language if there are either multiple Assignors or multiple Assignees.	

E-1
Form of Assignment and Assumption

 	 	
6.	Assigned Interest[s] :  10  	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 Assignor[s]11	Assignee[s]12	Facility 
Assigned   13	Aggregate Amount of Commitment/Loans  for all Lenders   14	Amount of
Commitment/
Loans    
Assigned *	Percentage
Assigned of   
Commitment/
Loans   15	CUSIP  
Number	
 	 	____________	$_______________	$____________	___________%	 	
 	 	____________	$_______________	$____________	___________%	 	

 	

 	____________
	$_______________	$____________	___________%	 	

[7.	Trade Date:    __________________] 16  	
Effective Date: __________________, 20__ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:     
Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:     
Title:

_____________________________

10 The reference to “Loans” in the table should be used only if the Credit Agreement provides for Term Loans.
11 List each Assignor, as appropriate.
12 List each Assignee, as appropriate.
13 Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g. “MC Commitment”, “USD Commitment”, etc.).
14 Amounts in this column and in the column immediately to the right to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date.
15 Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.
 	 	
16 	To be completed if the Assignor and the Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.	

E-2
Form of Assignment and Assumption

[Consented to and] Accepted:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as
Administrative Agent
By: _________________________________
Title:
[Consented to:]
[_______________]
By: _________________________________
Title:

________________________

17 To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
18 To be added only if the consent of the Company and/or other parties (e.g. Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer) is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

E-3
Form of Assignment and Assumption

ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
1.    Representations and Warranties.
1.1.    Assignor. [The][Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of  [the][the relevant]  Assigned Interest, (ii)  [the][such]  Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is  [not]  a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.
1.2.    Assignee. [The][Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under  Section 10.06(b)(iii)  and  (v)  of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under  Section 10.06(b)(iii)  of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of  [the][the relevant]  Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by  [the][such]  Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire  [the][such]  Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to  Section 6.01  thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase  [the][such]  Assigned Interest, (vi) it has independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase  [the][such]  Assigned Interest, and (vii) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached hereto is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by  [the][such]  Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent,  [the][any]  Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will

E-4
Form of Assignment and Assumption

perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
2.    Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of  [the][each]  Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to  [the][the relevant]  Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to  [the][the relevant]  Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.
3.    General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of laws of another jurisdiction.

E-5
Form of Assignment and Assumption

EXHIBIT F
FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY
Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MasTec, Inc., filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.

F-1
Form of Subsidiary Guaranty

EXHIBIT G
FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT
Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MasTec, Inc., filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.

G-1
Form of Security Guaranty

EXHIBIT H
FORM OF PLEDGE AGREEMENT
Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MasTec, Inc., filed with the SEC on August 24, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.

H-1
Form of Pledge Agreement

EXHIBIT I
FORM OF REMAINING LIQUIDITY CERTIFICATE

Remaining Liquidity Certificate Date: __________, _____
To:    Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among MasTec, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), the Designated Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.
The undersigned Responsible Officer hereby certifies as of the date hereof that he/she is the              of the Company, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to the Administrative Agent on the behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and that:
1.    Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the calculations required by Section 6.02(h) of the Agreement setting forth the Remaining Liquidity as of [_____________] 19  (the “ Reporting Date ”).
2.    The calculations of the Remaining Liquidity set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and correct on and as of the date of this Certificate.

______________________
19     Certificate to be delivered (i) on the Business Day which is closest to the date which is six (6) months prior to any Senior Convertible Notes Maturity Date and (ii) thereafter within 15 Business Days of the end of each calendar month prior to the date that is 92 days prior to any Senior Convertible Notes Maturity Date.

I-1
Form of Remaining Liquidity Certificate

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of _______________, _____.
MASTEC, INC.

By:                             
Name:                             
Title:         

I-2
Form of Remaining Liquidity Certificate

SCHEDULE 1
to Remaining Liquidity Certificate

Remaining Liquidity as of the Reporting Date

 	 	 	 	 	
1.	Available Liquidity	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	a.	cash, Cash Equivalents (Available Liquidity) and readily marketable securities then owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case not subject to any Lien (including any Lien on Cash Collateral or Senior Convertibles Notes Cash Collateral, but excluding any other Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents and Liens permitted by Section 7.01(j)) , as of the Reporting Date:	$___________	
 	b.	Aggregate Commitments (other than any Commitment of any Defaulting Lender and any portion of the Aggregate Commitments which, if drawn, would result in the Company having secured Indebtedness under credit facilities in excess of the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap) as of the Reporting Date:	$___________	
 	c.	Total Outstandings as of the Reporting Date:	$___________	
 	d.	Line 1.a. + Line 1.b - Line 1.c	$___________	
 	 	 	 	$___________	
2.	Outstanding principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes as of the Reporting Date, together with interest thereon:	$___________	
 	 	 	 	$___________	
3.	Remaining Liquidity (Line 1.d. - Line 2):	$___________	
 	Minimum Required:	$50,000,000	

Springing Maturity Date activated:   Yes No

I-3
Form of Remaining Liquidity Certificate

1.    Available Liquidity
 	 	
a.	cash, Cash Equivalents (Available Liquidity) and readily marketable securities	
then owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case not subject to
any Lien (including any Lien on Cash Collateral or Senior Convertibles Notes Cash
Collateral, but excluding any other Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents
and Liens permitted by Section 7.01(j)), as of the Reporting Date:    $_________

b.	Aggregate Commitments (other than any Commitment of any Defaulting Lender	
and any portion of the Aggregate Commitments which, if drawn, would result in the
Company having secured Indebtedness under credit facilities in excess of the Senior             Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap) as of the Reporting Date:    $_________    

c.    Total Outstandings as of the Reporting Date:             $_________    

d.    Line 1.a. + Line 1.b - Line 1.c            $_________                         
2.    Outstanding principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes as of the Reporting
Date, together with interest thereon:                         $_________    

3.    Remaining Liquidity (Line 1.d. - Line 2):                         $_________    

 	
 	 	
Minimum Required:	$50,000,000	

Springing Maturity Date activated: ¨   Yes  ¨   No

I-3
Form of Remaining Liquidity Certificate

EXHIBIT J
OPINION MATTERS
The matters contained in the following Sections of the Credit Agreement should be covered by the legal opinion on behalf of each Loan Party:
Section 5.01(a), (b) and (c)
Section 5.02
Section 5.03
Section 5.04
Section 5.06
Section 5.14(b)
Section 5.22

J-1
Opinion Matters

EXHIBIT K-1
FORM OF TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is made to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among MasTec, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), the Designated Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(e)(ii)(B)(IV)of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
[NAME OF LENDER]

By:                            
Name:
Title:

Date: _______________ ____, 20[ ___]

K-1
Tax Compliance Certificate

EXHIBIT K-2
FORM OF TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is made to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among MasTec, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), the Designated Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01(e)(ii)(B)(IV) or (V) of the Credit Agreement, as applicable, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[Signature page follows]

K-2
Tax Compliance Certificate

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:                            
Name:
Title:

Date: _______________ ____, 20[ ___]

K-3
Tax Compliance Certificate

EXHIBIT L
FORM OF SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE
SECURED DEBT CAP CERTIFICATE
Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap Certificate Date: __________, _____
To:    Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among MasTec, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), the Designated Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.
The undersigned Responsible Officer hereby certifies as of the date hereof that he/she is the                   of the Company, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to the Administrative Agent on the behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and that:
1.    Attached hereto as Schedule 1 is the calculation required by Section 6.02[(f)][(g)] of the Agreement setting forth the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap as of [_____________] (the “ Reporting Date ”).
2.    The calculation of the Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto is true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of _______________, _____.
MASTEC, INC.

By:                         
Name:                         
Title:                         

L-1
Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap Certificate

SCHEDULE 1
to Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap Certificate

SCHEDULE 1
Senior Notes Indenture Secured Debt Cap Certificate

EXHIBIT M
FORM OF BANKERS’ ACCEPTANCE REQUEST

[to be printed on MasTec, Inc. letterhead]

Pam Granahan    
Bank of America, N.A.
1 Fleet Way
Scranton, Pennsylvania 18507
 	 	
Re:	Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among MasTec, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), the Designated Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender	
Ladies and Gentlemen:
With reference to the credit facilities granted to us by you, we request that you complete a draft(s) in accordance with the following instructions and to accept and discount such draft(s) for the account of  [________________] , which is  [a Borrower][a Subsidiary] :
Value Date:                
Amount:    $            
Tenor:                                
Ship to:                            
From:                                
Merchandise description:                     
To facilitate the creation of the acceptances, we authorize you to draw up and sign on our behalf and in our name as our attorney-in-fact draft(s) drawn on Bank of America, N.A. as provided above.
We certify that there is no other financing covering this transaction and that the shipment was effected within the last thirty (30) days.
Please credit the net proceeds to our account No. _______________ with you.
At maturity of the acceptance, we authorize you to charge our account No. _______________ with you.
Thank you for your assistance in this matter.
MASTEC, INC.

By:                        
Name:                        
Title:                        

M-1
Bankers’ Acceptance Request

EXHIBIT N

FORM OF LETTERS OF CREDIT REPORT

Date: ___________, _____
To:    Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2011 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among MasTec, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “ Company ”), the Designated Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.
This report is being delivered pursuant to Section 2.03(n) of the Agreement. Set forth in the table below is a description of each Letter of Credit issued by the undersigned and outstanding on the date hereof.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
L/C No.	Maximum Face Amount	Current Face Amount	Beneficiary Name	Issuance Date	Expiry Date	Auto Renewal	Date of Amendment	Amount of Amendment	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

[APPLICABLE L/C ISSUER]

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

N-1
Letters of Credit Report

EXHIBIT B

Amended Schedules 2.01 and 10.02

See attached.

SCHEDULE 2.01
COMMITMENTS
AND APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES

Lender	USD Commitment	Applicable
Percentage
(Committed (USD) Facility)	MC
Commitment	Applicable
Percentage
(Committed (MC) Facility)	
Bank of America, N.A.	$	94,000,000.00	14.461538462	%	$	16,000,000.00	16.000000000	%	
SunTrust Bank	$	94,000,000.00	14.461538462	%	$	16,000,000.00	16.000000000	%	
General Electric Capital Corporation	$	85,454,545.45	13.146853146	%	$	14,545,454.55	14.545454550	%	
BMO Harris Bank N.A.	$	59,818,181.82	9.202797203	%	$	10,181,818.18	10.181818180	%	
PNC Bank, National Association	$	51,272,727.27	7.888111888	%	$	8,727,272.73	8.727272730	%	
Compass Bank	$	47,000,000.00	7.230769231	%	$	8,000,000.00	8.000000000	%	
HSBC Bank USA, National Association	$	47,000,000.00	7.230769231	%	$	8,000,000.00	8.000000000	%	
Branch Banking and Trust Company	$	34,181,818.18	5.258741258	%	$	5,818,181.82	5.818181820	%	
Bank United	$	29,909,090.91	4.601398602	%	$	5,090,909.09	5.090909090	%	
Banco de Sabadell, S.A. – Miami Branch	$	27,500,000.00	4.230769231	%	$	0.00	0.000000000	%	
Synovus Bank	$	23,500,000.00	3.615384615	%	$	4,000,000.00	4.000000000	%	
Florida Community Bank N.A.	$	25,000,000.00	3.846153846	%	$	0.00	0.000000000	%	
Siemens Financial Services, Inc.	$	21,363,636.37	3.286713288	%	$	3,636,363.63	3.636363630	%	
Israel Discount Bank of New York	$	10,000,000.00	1.538461538	%	$	0.00	0.000000000	%	
Total	$	650,000,000.00	100.000000000	%	$	100,000,000.00	100.000000000	%	

SCHEDULE 10.02
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OFFICE;
CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
COMPANY
MasTec, Inc.
800 S. Douglas Road
Suite 1200
Coral Gables, FL 33134
Attention: Albert De Cardenas, Secretary and General Counsel
Telephone: 305-406-1849
Telecopier: 305-406-1907
Electronic Mail: albert.decardenas@mastec.com
and
Attention: Paul DiMarco, Vice President Corporate Finance and Treasurer
Telephone: 305-406-1885
Telecopier: 305-406-1947
Electronic Mail: paul.dimarco@mastec.com
Website Address:    www.mastec.com
U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number(s): 65-0829355

DESIGNATED BORROWER
MasTec North America, Inc.
800 S. Douglas Road
Suite 1200
Coral Gables, FL 33134
Attention: Albert De Cardenas, Secretary and General Counsel
Telephone: 305-406-1849
Telecopier: 305-406-1907
Electronic Mail: albert.decardenas@mastec.com
and
Attention: Paul DiMarco, Vice President Corporate Finance and Treasurer
Telephone: 305-406-1885
Telecopier: 305-406-1947
Electronic Mail: paul.dimarco@mastec.com
Website Address:    www.mastec.com
U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number(s): 65-0829357

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
Administrative Agent’s Office (for payments and Requests for Credit Extensions):
Bank of America, N.A.
One Independence Center
101 N Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28255-0001
Mail Code: NC1-001-04-39
Attention:    David A. Cochran
Telephone:     980-386-8201
Telecopier:    704-719-5440
E-Mail:    david.a.cochran@baml.com

Wire Instructions:
Bank of America, N.A.
New York, NY
Account No.: 1366212250600
Reference:     MasTec, Inc.
Attention:     Corporate Credit Services
ABA No.:    026009593

Other Notices as Administrative Agent:
Bank of America, N.A.
Agency Management
135 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Mailcode: IL4-135-05-41
Attention:    Felicia Brinson, Agency Management Officer
Telephone:     312-828-7299
Telecopier:    877-216-2432
E-Mail:    felicia.brinson@baml.com

L/C ISSUER:
For Letters of Credit:
Bank of America, N.A.
Trade Operations
1 Fleet Way
Scranton, PA 18507
Mail Code: PA6-580-02-30
Attention: Alfonso Malave
Telephone:  570-496-9622
Telecopier:  800-755-8743
Electronic Mail: alfonso.malave@baml.com

For Bankers Acceptances:
Bank of America, N.A.
1 Fleet Way
Scranton, PA 18507
Mail Code: PA6-580-02-30
Attention: Pamela Granahan
Phone:  1.570.496.9604
2nd Phone: 1.570.815.2614
Email: pamela.m.granahan@baml.com

SWING LINE LENDER:
Bank of America, N.A.
One Independence Center
101 N Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28255-0001
Mail Code: NC1-001-04-39
Attention:    David A. Cochran
Telephone:     980-386-8201
Telecopier:    704-719-5440
E-Mail:    david.a.cochran@baml.com

Exhibit 10.33

MASTEC, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
1.    Grant of Stock Options. MasTec, Inc. (the “Company”), has granted to the “Optionee” designated below, the “Options” generally described in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice”), which is hereby incorporated by reference, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time (“Plan”). The Company and the Optionee agree that these Options are governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Unless otherwise provided herein, terms used herein that are defined in the Plan (or the Notice) and not defined herein shall have the meanings attributable thereto in the Plan (or the Notice).
2.    Information Describing the Options Granted by this Agreement.

2.1    Name, Address and Social Security Number of Optionee:
_________________________________
_________________________________
_________________________________
_________________________________
 	 	
2.2	Total Number of Stock Options Granted: __________________________________	

2.3    Exercise Price Per Share: $__________________

2.4    Vesting: Options will vest, and thus become exercisable, in the following amounts on the following dates:
Vesting Date        Number of Options that Become Vested
_______________    ___________________
_______________    ___________________
_______________    ___________________
2.5    Date of the Grant: ____________________________

2.6    Expiration Date:                 

2.7    Type of Option: ______________________________

2.8    Reloading. The Options granted hereunder are not granted with reload Options.
3.    Termination of Options. The Options granted hereunder will terminate on the earlier of the Expiration Date or the applicable time described below:

3.1    Death, Disability or Normal Retirement Age. Upon the one year anniversary of the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Service due to the Optionee’s death, Disability or reaching age 65.

3.2    Cause or Resignation. Immediately upon termination by the Company of Optionee’s Continuous Service for Cause, or upon the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Service for any reason not specified in Section 3.1 above.

3.3    Any Other Termination of Continuous Service. Upon the passage of ninety (90) days from the date of termination by the Company of the Optionee’s Continuous Service without Cause.
4.    Method of Exercise. To exercise this Option, the Optionee shall deliver written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such Shares (i) in cash (including check, bank draft, wire order or wire transfer of immediately available funds), (ii) by delivery of Shares owned by the Optionee, or the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Option, in each case valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery, or (iii) in such other form as the Committee may approve. Promptly following such notice and payment of the Exercise Price, and the Optionee’s payment or making provision satisfactory to the Committee for the payment of, any taxes pursuant to

Section 9 hereof, the Company will deliver to the Optionee a certificate representing the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised.
5.    Rights as a Stockholder or to Continued Continuous Service. The Optionee shall not have any rights in respect of Shares as to which the Option shall not have been exercised and payment made as provided above. The Optionee shall not have any rights to continued Continuous Service by virtue of the grant of this Option.
6.    Recapitalization, Mergers, Etc.  As provided in the Plan, in the event of corporate transactions affecting the Company’s outstanding Shares, such as recapitalizations or mergers, the Committee shall equitably adjust the number and kinds of Shares subject to this Option and the exercise price for such Shares, and may take such other action as the Committee may determine to be appropriate pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.
7.    Option Not Transferable. This Option is not transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. The naming of a Beneficiary does not constitute a transfer.
8.    Compliance with Securities Laws. It shall be a condition to the Optionee’s right to purchase Shares hereunder that the Committee may, in its discretion, require (a) that the Shares reserved for issue upon the exercise of this Option shall have been duly listed, upon official notice of issuance, upon any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, (b) that either (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the Shares shall be in effect, or (ii) in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the proposed purchase shall be exempt from registration under that Act and the Optionee shall have made such undertakings and agreements with the Company as the Company may reasonably require, and (c) that such other steps, if any, as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any law applicable to the issue of such Shares by the Company shall have been taken by the Company or the Optionee, or both. The certificates representing the Shares purchased under this Option may contain such legends as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any applicable law.
9.    Payment of Taxes. The Optionee shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Committee for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the exercise of this Option. The Committee may, in its discretion, require any other Federal or state taxes imposed on the sale of the Shares to be paid by the Optionee. The Optionee may satisfy the withholding requirements pursuant to any one or combination of the following methods:
(a)    payment in cash; or
(b)    payment by surrendering unrestricted previously held Shares or the withholding of Shares that otherwise would be deliverable to the Optionee pursuant to the Option, which have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the minimum statutory amount, if any, required to be withheld for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes (or such other amount as the Committee determines will not result in additional compensation expense for financial accounting purposes under applicable financial accounting principles). The Optionee may surrender Shares either by attestation or by delivery of a certificate or certificates for Shares duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, and if required with medallion level signature guarantee by a member firm of a national stock exchange, by a national or state bank (or guaranteed or notarized in such other manner as the Committee may require).
The Company and its Subsidiaries may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Optionee.
10.    Administration.

10.1    The Committee shall have full authority and discretion to decide all matters relating to the administration and interpretation of this Agreement. The Committee shall have full power and authority to pass and decide upon cases in conformity with the objectives of this Agreement under such rules as the Board may establish.
10.2    Any decision made or action taken by the Company, the Board, or the Committee arising out of, or in connection with, the administration, interpretation, and effect of this Agreement shall be at their absolute discretion and will be conclusive and binding on all persons. No member of the Board, Committee, or employee of the Company shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by the Optionee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this Agreement have been delegated in accordance with the provision of this Agreement.
11.    Force and Effect. The various provisions of this Agreement are severable in their entirety. Any determination of invalidity or unenforceability of any one provision shall have no effect on the continuing force and effect of the remaining provisions.
12.    Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties and shall not be modified or amended except in writing and duly signed by the parties after appropriate action by the Committee. No waiver by either party of any default under this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any later default.

13.    Incentive Stock Option Treatment. If this Option is designated in the Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, then the following provisions shall apply:
13.1    the terms of this Option shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the intent of the Company and the Optionee that the Option qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code;
13.2    if any provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall be impermissible in order for the Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had never been included in the Plan or the Option;
13.3    if and to the extent that the number of Options granted pursuant to this Agreement exceeds the limitations contained in Section 422 of the Code on the value of Shares with respect to which this Option may qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option shall be a Non-Qualified Stock Option; and
13.4    the Optionee shall notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days of the disposition of any Shares purchased upon exercise of this Option if such disposition occurs with two (2) years of the date of the grant of this Option or within one year after such purchase.
14.    Miscellaneous. This Agreement is subject to and shall be administered and governed in all respects under the laws of the state of Florida without regard to its conflict of law rules. This Agreement is binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Optionee, and his/her heirs, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Captions are provided for reference, do not form a part of this Agreement and are not admissible to determine the intent of the parties. No waiver, modification or amendment to the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Optionee, and countersigned by a duly constituted representative of the Company after appropriate action by the Committee.
15.     Interpretation / Provisions of Plan Control. This Agreement is subject to all the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the amendment provisions thereof, and to such rules, regulations and interpretations relating to the Plan adopted by the Committee as may be in effect from time to time. If and to the extent that this Agreement conflicts or is inconsistent with the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan, the Plan shall control, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly. The Optionee accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. The undersigned Optionee hereby accepts as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan and this Agreement, unless shown to have been made in an arbitrary and capricious manner.
16.    Notices. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, registered, postage prepaid, and addressed, in the case of the Company, to the Company’s General Counsel at 800 Douglas Road, 12th Floor, Coral Gables, FL 33134, or if the Company should move its principal office, to such principal office, and, in the case of the Optionee, to the Optionee’s last permanent address as shown on the Company’s records, subject to the right of either party to designate some other address at any time hereafter in a notice satisfying the requirements of this Section.
17.    Section 409A.
17.1     It is intended that the Option awarded pursuant to this Agreement be exempt from Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”). The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with this intention, and the provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, adjusted, assumed or substituted for, converted or otherwise modified without the Optionee’s prior written consent if and to the extent that such amendment, adjustment, assumption or substitution, conversion or modification would cause the award to violate the requirements of Section 409A. In the event that either the Company or the Optionee believes, at any time, that any benefit or right under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A, then the Committee may (acting alone and without any required consent of the Optionee) amend this Agreement in such manner as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to be exempt from or otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A (including without limitation, amending the Agreement to increase the Exercise Price to such amount as may be required in order for the Option to be exempt from Section 409A).
17.2    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company does not make any representation to the Optionee that the Option awarded pursuant to this Agreement is exempt from, or satisfies, the requirements of Section 409A, and the Company shall have no liability or other obligation to indemnify or hold harmless the Optionee or any Beneficiary for any tax, additional tax, interest or penalties that the Optionee or any Beneficiary may incur in the event that any provision of this Agreement, or any amendment or modification thereof or any other action taken with respect thereto, is deemed to violate any of the requirements of Section 409A.
18.    Non-Waiver of Breach. The waiver by any party hereto of the other party's prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be effected solely in a writing signed by such party, and shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the waiver by any party hereto to exercise any right or remedy which he or it may possess shall not operate nor be construed as the waiver of such right or remedy by such party, or as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party, upon the occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation.

19.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and agreement.
20.    Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude the Company or any Subsidiary from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation plans, agreements or arrangements, and any such plans, agreements and arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases or to specific persons.
MASTEC, INC.
By: ___________________________________
Its: ___________________________________
___________________________________
Optionee

    

Employee RSA Subject to Vesting

Exhibit 10.34

MASTEC, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
1.    Award of Shares. MasTec, Inc. (the “Company”) has awarded to the “Recipient” designated below, the “Award” generally described in the Notice of Restricted Stock Award (the “Notice”), which is hereby incorporated by reference, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan (“Plan”). The Company and the Recipient agree that these Awards are governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, as amended from time to time, which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Unless otherwise provided herein, terms used herein that are defined in the Plan (or the Notice) and not defined herein shall have the meanings attributable thereto in the Plan (or the Notice).
2.    Award Restrictions.
(a)    The shares of restricted stock (the “Restricted Stock”) covered by the Award shall vest on the vesting dates (each a “Vesting Date”) set forth below, provided that the Continuous Service of the Recipient continues through and until the applicable Vesting Date:

Vesting Date	Number of Shares that Become Vested	
[ ]	[ ]	
[ ]	[ ]	
[ ]	[ ]	

(b)    In the event that a Change in Control of the Company occurs during the Recipient’s Continuous Service, the shares of Restricted Stock subject to this Agreement shall become immediately vested as of the date of the Change in Control.
(c)    Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement, the Committee retains the right to accelerate vesting of any Restricted Stock awarded under this Agreement.
(d)    Any Shares covered by the Award shall not be transferable by the Recipient by means of sale, assignment, exchange, pledge, or otherwise, unless and until they become vested pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The naming of a Beneficiary under the Plan does not constitute a transfer.
3.    Stock Certificates.
(a)    The stock certificate(s) evidencing the Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Recipient as of the Date of Grant designated in the Notice. Physical possession or custody of such stock certificate(s) shall be retained by the Company until such time as the Shares become vested. Such stock certificate(s) shall be distributed to the Recipient or Beneficiary(ies) as soon as administratively practicable after the Shares become vested. The Company reserves the right to place a legend on the stock certificate(s) restricting the transferability of such certificate(s).
(b)    During the period prior to vesting, the Recipient shall be entitled to all rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Stock, including the right to vote the Shares and receive cash dividends. Any cash dividends declared with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock shall be held in escrow by the Company (unsegregated as a part of its general assets) until such time as the Restricted Stock that such cash dividends are attributed to become vested Shares, and if and to the extent that such Restricted Stock is subsequently forfeited, the cash dividends attributable to the forfeited Restricted Stock shall be forfeited as well. Stock dividends declared by the Company will be characterized as Restricted Stock and will be subject to vesting and be distributed at the same times as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were declared as dividends.
(c)    The Recipient shall deposit with the Company stock powers or other instruments of transfer or assignment, duly endorsed in blank with signature(s) guaranteed, corresponding to each certificate representing shares of Restricted

MIA 183273358v2

Stock until such Shares become vested. If the Recipient shall fail to provide the Company with any such stock power or other instrument of transfer or assignment, the Recipient hereby irrevocably appoints the Secretary of the Company as his attorney-in-fact, with full power of appointment and substitution, to execute and deliver any such power or other instrument which may be necessary to effectuate the transfer of the Restricted Stock (or assignment of distributions thereon) on the books and records of the Company.
(d)    If the Company is authorized to issue Shares without certificates, then the Company may, in the discretion of the Committee, issue Shares pursuant to this Agreement without certificates, in which case any references in this Agreement to certificates shall instead refer to whatever evidence may be issued to reflect the Recipient’s ownership of the Shares subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
4.    Forfeiture of Shares. Upon termination of the Recipient’s Continuous Service, for any reason, any shares of Restricted Stock that have not previously become vested and that do not become vested pursuant to Section 2 hereof, shall be immediately forfeited and revert back to the Company without any payment to the Recipient. If the Recipient breaches any of the Restrictive Covenants as defined in Section 5 hereof, then (in addition to any other rights or remedies to which the Company may be entitled as a result of such breach), all non-vested shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited immediately upon such breach and revert or be transferred by the Recipient back to the Company without any payment to the Recipient. The Committee shall have the power and authority to enforce on behalf of the Company any rights of the Company under this Agreement in the event of the Recipient’s forfeiture of non-vested shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section 4.
5.    Restrictive Covenants. As a condition to the Company’s grant of the Restricted Stock to the Recipient, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the Recipient, the Recipient hereby agrees to comply with the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 5 and any other covenants or agreements regarding confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-competition or similar matters entered into between the Recipient and the Company and/or any Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Restrictive Covenants”).
(a)    Confidential Information.  The Recipient acknowledges that as a result of the Recipient’s services for the Company and its Subsidiaries, the Recipient will gain knowledge of, and access to, proprietary and confidential information and trade secrets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, (1) the identity of customers, suppliers, subcontractors and others with whom they do business; (2) their marketing methods and strategies; (3) contract terms, pricing, margin, cost information and other information regarding the relationship between them and the persons and entities with which they have contracted; (4) their services, products, software, technology, developments, improvements and methods of operation; (5) their results of operations, financial condition, projected financial performance, sales and profit performance and financial requirements; (6) the identity of and compensation paid to their employees, including the Recipient; (7) their business plans, models or strategies and the information contained therein; (8) their sources, leads or methods of obtaining new business; and (9) all other confidential information of, about or concerning the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Confidential Information”). The Recipient further acknowledges that such information, even though it may be contributed, developed or acquired by the Recipient, and whether or not the foregoing information is actually novel or unique or is actually known by others, constitutes valuable assets of the Company developed at great expense which are the exclusive property of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Recipient will not, at any time, either during or subsequent to the termination of the Recipient’s services for the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason, in any fashion, form or manner, directly or indirectly, (i) use, divulge, disclose, communicate, provide or permit access to any person or entity, any Confidential Information of any kind, nature or description, or (ii) remove from the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ premises any notes or records relating thereto, or copies or facsimiles thereof (whether made by electronic, electrical, magnetic, optical, laser acoustic or other means) except in the case of both (i) and (ii), (A) as reasonably required in the performance of the Recipient’s services for the Company and its Subsidiaries, (B) to responsible officers and employees of the Company who are in a contractual or fiduciary relationship with the Company and who have a need for such information for purposes in the best interests of the Company, (C) for such information which is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure by the Recipient, and (D) or as otherwise necessary to comply with the requirements of law, after providing the Company with not less than five (5) days prior written notice of the Recipient’s intent to disclose. The Recipient acknowledges that the Company would not enter into this Agreement without assurance that all Confidential Information will be used for the exclusive benefit of the Company.
(b)    Intellectual Property. Any and all material eligible for copyright or trademark protection and any and all ideas and inventions (“Intellectual Property”), whether or not patentable, in any such case solely or jointly made, developed, conceived or reduced to practice by the Recipient (whether at the request or suggestion of any officer or employee of the Company or otherwise, whether alone or in conjunction with others, and whether during regular hours of work or otherwise) during the period in which the Recipient provides services for the Company and its Subsidiaries, which arise from the fulfillment of the Recipient’s duties to the Company and its Subsidiaries and which may be directly or indirectly useful in the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries will be promptly and fully disclosed in writing to the Company. The Company and its Subsidiaries will have the entire

2

right, title and interest (both domestic and foreign) in all such Intellectual Property, which is the sole property of the Company and its Subsidiaries. All papers, drawings, models, data and other materials relating to any such idea, material or invention will be included in the definition of Confidential Information, will remain the sole property of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the Recipient will return to the Company and its Subsidiaries all such papers, and all copies thereof, including all originals and copies contained in computer hard drives or other electronic or machine readable format, upon the earlier of the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s request thereof, or the expiration or termination of the Recipient’s services for the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Recipient will execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and its Subsidiaries any and all further assignments, contracts or other instruments the Company and its Subsidiaries deem necessary or expedient, without further compensation, to carry out and effectuate the intents and purposes of the Agreement and to vest in the Company and its Subsidiaries each and all of the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the Intellectual Property.
(c)    Nonsolicitation.

(i)    The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ existing or contemplated businesses (collectively, the “Business”) are conducted throughout the United States of America and the Commonwealth of Canada. Until two (2) years following the date of the termination of the Recipient’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries (the “Period of Non-Solicitation”) and within the United States of America and the Commonwealth of Canada (including their possessions, protectorate and territories, the “Territory”), the Recipient will not (whether or not then providing services for the Company or its Subsidiaries for any reason), without the Company’s prior written consent, solicit, persuade or attempt to solicit or persuade or cause or authorize directly or indirectly to be solicited or persuaded for employment, or employ or cause or authorize directly or indirectly to be employed, on behalf of the Recipient or any other person or entity, any individual who is or was at any time within six (6) months prior to cessation of the Recipient’s termination of the Recipient’s services for the Company and its Subsidiaries, an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(ii)    If the Recipient breaches or violates any of the provisions of this Section 5(c), the running of the Period of Non-Solicitation (but not of any of the Recipient’s obligations under this Section 5) will be tolled with respect to the Recipient during the continuance of any actual breach or violation.

(d)    Reasonable Restrictions. The parties acknowledge and agree that the restrictions set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement are reasonable for the purpose of protecting the value of the business and goodwill of the Company and its Subsidiaries. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of Section 5 be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If any particular provisions or portions of Section 5 are adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, then such section will be deemed amended to delete such provision or portion adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable; provided, however, that such amendments are to apply only with the respect to the operation of such section in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made.

(e)    Breach or Threatened Breach. The parties acknowledge and agree that the performance of the obligations under Section 5 by the Recipient are special, unique and extraordinary in character, and that in the event of the breach or threatened breach by the Recipient of the terms and conditions of Section 5, the Company and its Subsidiaries will suffer irreparable injury and that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy at law and that no remedy at law may exist Accordingly, in the event of such breach or threatened breach, the Company will be entitled, if it so elects and without the posting of any bond or security, to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction, in law and in equity, to obtain damages for any breach of Section 5 and/or to enforce the specific performance of this Agreement by the Recipient and/or to enjoin the Recipient from breaching or attempting to breach Section 5. In the event the Company believes that the Recipient has breached the Recipient’s obligations under Section 5, or threatens to do so, it shall promptly provide the Recipient written notice of such belief setting forth the basis for its belief and, (unless under exigent circumstances, as determined by the Company at its sole discretion, it would harm the Company and its Subsidiaries to delay the institution of legal proceedings) five (5) business days to respond to the notice, prior to the initiation of legal proceedings. In addition to any other rights or remedies the Company may have under this Agreement or applicable law, the Company will be entitled to receive from the Recipient reimbursement for all attorneys’ and paralegal fees and expenses and court costs incurred by the Company in enforcing this Agreement and will have the right and remedy to require the Recipient to account for and pay over to the Company all compensation, profit, monies, accruals or other benefits derived or received, directly or indirectly, by the Recipient from the action constituting a breach or violation of this Section 5.
6.    Recapitalization, Mergers, Etc.  As provided in the Plan, in the event of corporate transactions affecting the Company’s outstanding Shares, such as recapitalizations or mergers, the Committee shall equitably adjust the number and kinds of Shares subject to this Award in such manner as the Committee deems appropriate, may accelerate the vesting of awards hereunder, and may take such other action as the Committee may determine to be appropriate pursuant to the Plan.

3

7.    Compliance with Securities Laws.  It shall be a condition to the Recipient’s right to receive shares of Restricted Stock hereunder that the Committee may, in its discretion, require (a) that the shares of Restricted Stock reserved for issue upon the grant of this award shall have been duly listed, upon official notice of issuance, upon any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, (b) that either (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the Shares shall be in effect, or (ii) in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the proposed purchase shall be exempt from registration under that Act and the Recipient shall have made such undertakings and agreements with the Company as the Company may reasonably require, and (c) that such other steps, if any, as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any law applicable to the issue of such Shares by the Company shall have been taken by the Company or the Recipient, or both. The certificates representing the Shares granted under this Award may contain such legends as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any applicable law.
8.    Administration.
(a)    The Committee shall have full authority and discretion to decide all matters relating to the administration and interpretation of this Agreement. The Committee shall have full power and authority to pass and decide upon cases in conformity with the objectives of this Agreement under such rules as the Board may establish.
(b)    Any decision made or action taken by the Company, the Board, or the Committee arising out of, or in connection with, the administration, interpretation, and effect of this Agreement shall be at their absolute discretion and will be conclusive and binding on all parties. No member of the Board, Committee, or employee of the Company shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by the Recipient or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this Agreement have been delegated in accordance with the provision of this Agreement.
9.    Tax Matters; Section 83(b) Election.
(a)    If the Recipient does not properly make the election described in Section 9(b) below, the Recipient shall, no later than the date or dates as of which the restrictions referred to in this Agreement hereof shall lapse, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind that the Company determines are required by law to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock (including without limitation the vesting thereof), and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind (including without limitation, the withholding of any Shares that otherwise would be distributed to the Recipient under this Agreement) otherwise due to Recipient any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock.
(b)    If the Recipient properly elects, within thirty (30) days of the Date of Grant, to include in gross income for federal income tax purposes an amount equal to the Fair Market Value (as of the Date of Grant) of the Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, the Recipient shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee to pay to the Company any federal, state, local or foreign income taxes that the Company determines are required to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock. If the Recipient shall fail to make such tax payments as are required, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind (including without limitation, the withholding of any Shares that otherwise would be issued to the Recipient under this Agreement) otherwise due to the Recipient, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock.
(c)    The Recipient may satisfy the withholding requirements pursuant to any one or combination of the following methods:
(i)    payment in cash; or
(ii)    payment by surrendering a number of unrestricted previously held Shares (free and clear of all liens and encumbrances), or the withholding of a number of Shares that otherwise would be deliverable to the Recipient pursuant to this Award. The Shares so delivered or withheld must have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date on which the shares of Restricted Stock become taxable equal to the minimum statutory amount, if any, required to be withheld for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes that are applicable to the Restricted Stock then subject to tax (or such other amount as the Committee determines will not result in additional compensation expense for financial accounting purposes under applicable financial accounting principles). The Recipient may surrender Shares either by attestation or by delivery of a certificate or certificates for Shares duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, and if required with medallion level signature guarantee by a member firm of a national stock exchange, by a national or state bank (or guaranteed or notarized in such other manner as the Committee may require).

4

(d)    Tax consequences on the Recipient (including without limitation federal, state, local and/or foreign income tax consequences) with respect to the Restricted Stock (including without limitation the grant, vesting and/or forfeiture thereof) are the sole responsibility of the Recipient. The Recipient shall consult with his or her own personal accountant(s) and/or tax advisor(s) regarding these matters, the making of a Section 83(b) election, and the Recipient’s filing, withholding and payment (or tax liability) obligations.
10.    Company Relation with Recipients. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer on the Recipient any right to continued Continuous Service.
11.    Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude the Company or any Subsidiary from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation plans, agreements or arrangements, and any such plans, agreements and arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases or to specific persons.
12.    Force and Effect. The various provisions of this Agreement are severable in their entirety. Any determination of invalidity or unenforceability of any one provision shall have no effect on the continuing force and effect of the remaining provisions.
13.    Entire Agreement.  This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties and shall not be modified or amended except in writing and duly signed by the parties after appropriate action by the Committee.
14.    No Trust or Fund Created. Neither this Agreement nor the grant of Restricted Stock hereunder shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary and the Recipient or any other person. To the extent that the Recipient or any other person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.
15.    Law Governing.  This Agreement is subject to and shall be administered and governed in all respects under the laws of the State of Florida without regard to its conflict of law rules.
16.    Binding Effect; Captions.  This Agreement is binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Recipient, and his/her heirs, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Captions are provided for reference, do not form a part of this Agreement and are not admissible to determine the intent of the parties.
17.    Notices.  Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, registered, postage prepaid, and addressed, in the case of the Company, to the Company’s General Counsel at 800 Douglas Road, 12 th  Floor, Coral Gables, FL 33134, or if the Company should move its principal office, to such principal office, and, in the case of the Recipient, to the Recipient’s last permanent address as shown on the Company’s records, subject to the right of either party to designate some other address at any time hereafter in a notice satisfying the requirements of this Section.
18.    Section 409A.        
(a)    It is intended that the Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Agreement be exempt from Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) because it is believed that the Agreement does not provide for a deferral of compensation and accordingly that the Agreement does not constitute a nonqualified deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Section 409A. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with that intention, and the provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, adjusted, assumed or substituted for, converted or otherwise modified without the Recipient’s prior written consent if and to the extent that such amendment, adjustment, assumption or substitution, conversion or modification would cause the award to violate the requirements of Section 409A.
(b)    In the event that either the Company or the Recipient believes, at any time, that any benefit or right under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A, and does not comply with the requirements of Section 409A, it shall promptly advise the other and the Company and the Recipient shall negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of such benefits and rights, if such an amendment may be made in a commercially reasonable manner, such that they comply with Section 409A with the most limited possible economic affect on the Recipient and on the Company.

5

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company does not make any representation to the Recipient that the shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Agreement are exempt from, or satisfy, the requirements of Section 409A, and the Company shall have no liability or other obligation to indemnify or hold harmless the Recipient or any Beneficiary for any tax, additional tax, interest or penalties that the Recipient or any Beneficiary may incur in the event that any provision of this Agreement, or any amendment or modification thereof or any other action taken with respect thereto is deemed to violate any of the requirements of Section 409A.
19.    Non-Waiver of Breach. The waiver by any party hereto of the other party's prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be effected solely in a writing signed by such party, and shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the waiver by any party hereto to exercise any right or remedy which he or it may possess shall not operate nor be construed as the waiver of such right or remedy by such party, or as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party, upon the occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation.
20.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on this _____ day of ________, ________.
MASTEC, INC.
By:        
Its:          
[NAME OF RECIPIENT]
Signature

6

Exhibit 10.35
MASTEC, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
1.    Grant of Stock Options. MasTec, Inc. (the “Company”), has granted to the “Optionee” designated below, the “Options” generally described in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice”), which is hereby incorporated by reference, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time (“Plan”). The Company and the Optionee agree that these Options are governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Unless otherwise provided herein, terms used herein that are defined in the Plan (or the Notice) and not defined herein shall have the meanings attributable thereto in the Plan (or the Notice).
2.    Information Describing the Options Granted by this Agreement.

2.1    Name, Address and Social Security Number of Optionee:
_________________________________
_________________________________
_________________________________
_________________________________
 	 	
2.2	Total Number of Stock Options Granted: __________________________________	

2.3    Exercise Price Per Share: $__________________

2.4    Vesting: Options will vest, and thus become exercisable, in the following amounts on the following dates:
Vesting Date        Number of Options that Become Vested
_______________    ___________________
_______________    ___________________
_______________    ___________________
2.5    Date of the Grant: ____________________________

2.6    Expiration Date:                 

2.7    Type of Option: ______________________________

2.8    Reloading. The Options granted hereunder are not granted with reload Options.
3.    Termination of Options. The Options granted hereunder will terminate on the earlier of the Expiration Date or the applicable time described below:

3.1    Termination on Account of Death. Upon the one year anniversary of the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Service as a Director due to the Optionee’s death.

3.2    Any Other Termination of the Service. Upon the [passage of ninety (90) days from] [one year anniversary of] the date of the termination of Optionee’s Continuous Services as a Director for any reason other than those specified in Section 3.1 above.
4.    Method of Exercise. To exercise this Option, the Optionee shall deliver written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such Shares (i) in cash (including check, bank draft, wire order or wire transfer of immediately available funds), (ii) by delivery of Shares owned by the Optionee, or the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Option, in each case valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery, or (iii) in such other form as the Committee may approve. Promptly following such notice and payment of the Exercise Price, and the Optionee’s payment or making provision satisfactory to the Committee for the payment of, any taxes pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the Company will deliver to the Optionee a certificate representing the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised.
5.    Rights as a Stockholder or to Continued Continuous Service. The Optionee shall not have any rights in respect of Shares as to which the Option shall not have been exercised and payment made as provided above. The Optionee shall not have any rights to continued Continuous Service with the Company or any Subsidiary by virtue of the grant of this Option.

MIA 183273332v3

6.    Recapitalization, Mergers, Etc.  As provided in the Plan, in the event of corporate transactions affecting the Company’s outstanding Shares, such as recapitalizations or mergers, the Committee shall equitably adjust the number and kinds of Shares subject to this Option and the exercise price for such Shares, and may take such other action as the Committee may determine to be appropriate pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.
7.    Option Not Transferable. This Option is not transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. The naming of a Beneficiary does not constitute a transfer.
8.    Compliance with Securities Laws. It shall be a condition to the Optionee’s right to purchase Shares hereunder that the Committee may, in its discretion, require (a) that the Shares reserved for issue upon the exercise of this Option shall have been duly listed, upon official notice of issuance, upon any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, (b) that either (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the Shares shall be in effect, or (ii) in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the proposed purchase shall be exempt from registration under that Act and the Optionee shall have made such undertakings and agreements with the Company as the Company may reasonably require, and (c) that such other steps, if any, as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any law applicable to the issue of such Shares by the Company shall have been taken by the Company or the Optionee, or both. The certificates representing the Shares purchased under this Option may contain such legends as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any applicable law.
9.    Payment of Taxes. The Optionee shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Committee for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the exercise of this Option. The Committee may, in its discretion, require any other Federal or state taxes imposed on the sale of the Shares to be paid by the Optionee. The Optionee may satisfy the withholding requirements pursuant to any one or combination of the following methods:
(a)    payment in cash; or
(b)    payment by surrendering unrestricted previously held Shares or the withholding of Shares that otherwise would be deliverable to the Optionee pursuant to the Option, which have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the minimum statutory amount, if any, required to be withheld for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes (or such other amount as the Committee determines will not result in additional compensation expense for financial accounting purposes under applicable financial accounting principles). The Optionee may surrender Shares either by attestation or by delivery of a certificate or certificates for Shares duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, and if required with medallion level signature guarantee by a member firm of a national stock exchange, by a national or state bank (or guaranteed or notarized in such other manner as the Committee may require).
The Company and its Subsidiaries may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Optionee.
10.    Administration.

10.1    The Committee shall have full authority and discretion to decide all matters relating to the administration and interpretation of this Agreement. The Committee shall have full power and authority to pass and decide upon cases in conformity with the objectives of this Agreement under such rules as the Board may establish.
10.2    Any decision made or action taken by the Company, the Board, or the Committee arising out of, or in connection with, the administration, interpretation, and effect of this Agreement shall be at their absolute discretion and will be conclusive and binding on all persons. No member of the Board, Committee, or employee of the Company shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by the Optionee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this Agreement have been delegated in accordance with the provision of this Agreement.
11.    Force and Effect. The various provisions of this Agreement are severable in their entirety. Any determination of invalidity or unenforceability of any one provision shall have no effect on the continuing force and effect of the remaining provisions.
12.    Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties and shall not be modified or amended except in writing and duly signed by the parties after appropriate action by the Committee. No waiver by either party of any default under this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any later default.
13.    Miscellaneous. This Agreement is subject to and shall be administered and governed in all respects under the laws of the state of Florida without regard to its conflict of law rules. This Agreement is binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Optionee, and his/her heirs, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Captions are provided for reference, do not form a part of this Agreement and are not admissible to determine the intent of the parties. No waiver, modification or amendment to the terms of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Optionee, and countersigned by a duly constituted representative of the Company after appropriate action by the Committee.

14.     Interpretation / Provisions of Plan Control. This Agreement is subject to all the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the amendment provisions thereof, and to such rules, regulations and interpretations relating to the Plan adopted by the Committee as may be in effect from time to time. If and to the extent that this Agreement conflicts or is inconsistent with the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan, the Plan shall control, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be modified accordingly. The Optionee accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. The undersigned Optionee hereby accepts as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan and this Agreement, unless shown to have been made in an arbitrary and capricious manner.
15.    Notices. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, registered, postage prepaid, and addressed, in the case of the Company, to the Company’s General Counsel at 800 Douglas Road, 12 th  Floor, Coral Gables, FL 33134, or if the Company should move its principal office, to such principal office, and, in the case of the Optionee, to the Optionee’s last permanent address as shown on the Company’s records, subject to the right of either party to designate some other address at any time hereafter in a notice satisfying the requirements of this Section.
16.    Section 409A.
16.1     It is intended that the Option awarded pursuant to this Agreement be exempt from Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”). The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with this intention, and the provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, adjusted, assumed or substituted for, converted or otherwise modified without the Optionee’s prior written consent if and to the extent that such amendment, adjustment, assumption or substitution, conversion or modification would cause the award to violate the requirements of Section 409A. In the event that either the Company or the Optionee believes, at any time, that any benefit or right under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A, then the Committee may (acting alone and without any required consent of the Optionee) amend this Agreement in such manner as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to be exempt from or otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A (including without limitation, amending the Agreement to increase the Exercise Price to such amount as may be required in order for the Option to be exempt from Section 409A).
16.2    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company does not make any representation to the Optionee that the Option awarded pursuant to this Agreement is exempt from, or satisfies, the requirements of Section 409A, and the Company shall have no liability or other obligation to indemnify or hold harmless the Optionee or any Beneficiary for any tax, additional tax, interest or penalties that the Optionee or any Beneficiary may incur in the event that any provision of this Agreement, or any amendment or modification thereof or any other action taken with respect thereto, is deemed to violate any of the requirements of Section 409A.
17.    Non-Waiver of Breach. The waiver by any party hereto of the other party's prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be effected solely in a writing signed by such party, and shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the waiver by any party hereto to exercise any right or remedy which he or it may possess shall not operate nor be construed as the waiver of such right or remedy by such party, or as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party, upon the occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation.
18.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and agreement.
19.    Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude the Company or any Subsidiary from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation plans, agreements or arrangements, and any such plans, agreements and arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases or to specific persons.

MASTEC, INC.
By: ___________________________________
Its: ___________________________________
___________________________________
Optionee

Non-Employee RSA Subject to Vesting

Exhibit 10.36

MASTEC, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
1.    Award of Shares. MasTec, Inc. (the “Company”) has awarded to the “Recipient” designated below, the “Award” generally described in the Notice of Restricted Stock Award (the “Notice”), which is hereby incorporated by reference, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan (“Plan”). The Company and the Recipient agree that these Awards are governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, as amended from time to time, which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Unless otherwise provided herein, terms used herein that are defined in the Plan (or the Notice) and not defined herein shall have the meanings attributable thereto in the Plan (or the Notice).
2.    Award Restrictions.
(a)    The shares of restricted stock (the “Restricted Stock”) covered by the Award shall vest on the vesting dates (each a “Vesting Date”) set forth below, provided that the Continuous Service of the Recipient continues through and until the applicable Vesting Date:

Vesting Date	Number of Shares that Become Vested	
[ ]	[ ]	
[ ]	[ ]	
[ ]	[ ]	

(b)    In the event that a Change in Control of the Company occurs during the Recipient’s Continuous Service, the shares of Restricted Stock subject to this Agreement shall become immediately vested as of the date of the Change in Control.
(c)    Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement, the Committee retains the right to accelerate vesting of any Restricted Stock awarded under this Agreement.
(d)    Any Shares covered by the Award shall not be transferable by the Recipient by means of sale, assignment, exchange, pledge, or otherwise, unless and until they become vested pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The naming of a Beneficiary under the Plan does not constitute a transfer.
3.    Stock Certificates.
(a)    The stock certificate(s) evidencing the Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Recipient as of the Date of Grant designated in the Notice. Physical possession or custody of such stock certificate(s) shall be retained by the Company until such time as the Shares become vested. Such stock certificate(s) shall be distributed to the Recipient or Beneficiary(ies) as soon as administratively practicable after the Shares become vested. The Company reserves the right to place a legend on the stock certificate(s) restricting the transferability of such certificate(s).
(b)    During the period prior to vesting, the Recipient shall be entitled to all rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Stock, including the right to vote the Shares and receive cash dividends. Any cash dividends declared with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock shall be held in escrow by the Company (unsegregated as a part of its general assets) until such time as the Restricted Stock that such cash dividends are attributed to become vested Shares, and if and to the extent that such Restricted Stock is subsequently forfeited, the cash dividends attributable to the forfeited Restricted Stock shall be forfeited as well. Stock dividends declared by the Company will be characterized as Restricted Stock and will be subject to vesting and be distributed at the same times as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were declared as dividends.

Non-Employee RSA Subject to Vesting

(c)    The Recipient shall deposit with the Company stock powers or other instruments of transfer or assignment, duly endorsed in blank with signature(s) guaranteed, corresponding to each certificate representing shares of Restricted Stock until such Shares become vested. If the Recipient shall fail to provide the Company with any such stock power or other instrument of transfer or assignment, the Recipient hereby irrevocably appoints the Secretary of the Company as his attorney-in-fact, with full power of appointment and substitution, to execute and deliver any such power or other instrument which may be necessary to effectuate the transfer of the Restricted Stock (or assignment of distributions thereon) on the books and records of the Company.
(d)    If the Company is authorized to issue Shares without certificates, then the Company may, in the discretion of the Committee, issue Shares pursuant to this Agreement without certificates, in which case any references in this Agreement to certificates shall instead refer to whatever evidence may be issued to reflect the Recipient’s ownership of the Shares subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
4.    Forfeiture of Shares. Upon termination of the Recipient’s Continuous Service, for any reason, any shares of Restricted Stock that have not previously become vested and that do not become vested pursuant to Section 2 hereof, shall be immediately forfeited and revert back to the Company without any payment to the Recipient. If the Recipient breaches any of the Restrictive Covenants as defined in Section 5 hereof, then (in addition to any other rights or remedies to which the Company may be entitled as a result of such breach), all non-vested shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited immediately upon such breach and revert or be transferred by the Recipient back to the Company without any payment to the Recipient. The Committee shall have the power and authority to enforce on behalf of the Company any rights of the Company under this Agreement in the event of the Recipient’s forfeiture of non-vested shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Section 4.
5.    Restrictive Covenants. As a condition to the Company’s grant of the Restricted Stock to the Recipient, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the Recipient, the Recipient hereby agrees to comply with the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 5 and any other covenants or agreements regarding confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-competition or similar matters entered into between the Recipient and the Company and/or any Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Restrictive Covenants”).
(a)    Confidential Information.  The Recipient acknowledges that as a result of the Recipient’s services for the Company and its Subsidiaries, the Recipient will gain knowledge of, and access to, proprietary and confidential information and trade secrets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, (1) the identity of customers, suppliers, subcontractors and others with whom they do business; (2) their marketing methods and strategies; (3) contract terms, pricing, margin, cost information and other information regarding the relationship between them and the persons and entities with which they have contracted; (4) their services, products, software, technology, developments, improvements and methods of operation; (5) their results of operations, financial condition, projected financial performance, sales and profit performance and financial requirements; (6) the identity of and compensation paid to their employees, including the Recipient; (7) their business plans, models or strategies and the information contained therein; (8) their sources, leads or methods of obtaining new business; and (9) all other confidential information of, about or concerning the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Confidential Information”). The Recipient further acknowledges that such information, even though it may be contributed, developed or acquired by the Recipient, and whether or not the foregoing information is actually novel or unique or is actually known by others, constitutes valuable assets of the Company developed at great expense which are the exclusive property of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Recipient will not, at any time, either during or subsequent to the termination of the Recipient’s services for the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason, in any fashion, form or manner, directly or indirectly, (i) use, divulge, disclose, communicate, provide or permit access to any person or entity, any Confidential Information of any kind, nature or description, or (ii) remove from the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ premises any notes or records relating thereto, or copies or facsimiles thereof (whether made by electronic, electrical, magnetic, optical, laser acoustic or other means) except in the case of both (i) and (ii), (A) as reasonably required in the performance of the Recipient’s services for the Company and its Subsidiaries, (B) to responsible officers and employees of the Company who are in a contractual or fiduciary relationship with the Company and who have a need for such information for purposes in the best interests of the Company, (C) for such information which is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure by the Recipient, and (D) or as otherwise necessary to comply with the requirements of law, after providing the Company with not less than five (5) days prior written notice of the Recipient’s intent to disclose. The Recipient acknowledges that the Company would not enter into this Agreement without assurance that all Confidential Information will be used for the exclusive benefit of the Company.
(b)    Intellectual Property. Any and all material eligible for copyright or trademark protection and any and all ideas and inventions (“Intellectual Property”), whether or not patentable, in any such case solely or jointly made, developed, conceived or reduced to practice by the Recipient (whether at the request or suggestion of any officer or employee of the Company or otherwise, whether alone or in conjunction with others, and whether during regular hours of work or otherwise) during the period in which the Recipient provides services for the Company and its Subsidiaries, which arise from the fulfillment of the Recipient’s

Non-Employee RSA Subject to Vesting

duties to the Company and its Subsidiaries and which may be directly or indirectly useful in the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries will be promptly and fully disclosed in writing to the Company. The Company and its Subsidiaries will have the entire right, title and interest (both domestic and foreign) in all such Intellectual Property, which is the sole property of the Company and its Subsidiaries. All papers, drawings, models, data and other materials relating to any such idea, material or invention will be included in the definition of Confidential Information, will remain the sole property of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the Recipient will return to the Company and its Subsidiaries all such papers, and all copies thereof, including all originals and copies contained in computer hard drives or other electronic or machine readable format, upon the earlier of the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s request thereof, or the expiration or termination of the Recipient’s services for the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Recipient will execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and its Subsidiaries any and all further assignments, contracts or other instruments the Company and its Subsidiaries deem necessary or expedient, without further compensation, to carry out and effectuate the intents and purposes of the Agreement and to vest in the Company and its Subsidiaries each and all of the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the Intellectual Property.
(c)    Nonsolicitation.

(i)    The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ existing or contemplated businesses (collectively, the “Business”) are conducted throughout the United States of America and the Commonwealth of Canada. Until two (2) years following the date of the termination of the Recipient’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries (the “Period of Non-Solicitation”) and within the United States of America and the Commonwealth of Canada (including their possessions, protectorate and territories, the “Territory”), the Recipient will not (whether or not then providing services for the Company or its Subsidiaries for any reason), without the Company’s prior written consent, solicit, persuade or attempt to solicit or persuade or cause or authorize directly or indirectly to be solicited or persuaded for employment, or employ or cause or authorize directly or indirectly to be employed, on behalf of the Recipient or any other person or entity, any individual who is or was at any time within six (6) months prior to cessation of the Recipient’s termination of the Recipient’s services for the Company and its Subsidiaries, an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(ii)    If the Recipient breaches or violates any of the provisions of this Section 5(c), the running of the Period of Non-Solicitation (but not of any of the Recipient’s obligations under this Section 5) will be tolled with respect to the Recipient during the continuance of any actual breach or violation.

(d)    Reasonable Restrictions. The parties acknowledge and agree that the restrictions set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement are reasonable for the purpose of protecting the value of the business and goodwill of the Company and its Subsidiaries. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of Section 5 be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If any particular provisions or portions of Section 5 are adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, then such section will be deemed amended to delete such provision or portion adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable; provided, however, that such amendments are to apply only with the respect to the operation of such section in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made.
(e)    Breach or Threatened Breach. The parties acknowledge and agree that the performance of the obligations under Section 5 by the Recipient are special, unique and extraordinary in character, and that in the event of the breach or threatened breach by the Recipient of the terms and conditions of Section 5, the Company and its Subsidiaries will suffer irreparable injury and that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy at law and that no remedy at law may exist Accordingly, in the event of such breach or threatened breach, the Company will be entitled, if it so elects and without the posting of any bond or security, to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction, in law and in equity, to obtain damages for any breach of Section 5 and/or to enforce the specific performance of this Agreement by the Recipient and/or to enjoin the Recipient from breaching or attempting to breach Section 5. In the event the Company believes that the Recipient has breached the Recipient’s obligations under Section 5, or threatens to do so, it shall promptly provide the Recipient written notice of such belief setting forth the basis for its belief and, (unless under exigent circumstances, as determined by the Company at its sole discretion, it would harm the Company and its Subsidiaries to delay the institution of legal proceedings) five (5) business days to respond to the notice, prior to the initiation of legal proceedings. In addition to any other rights or remedies the Company may have under this Agreement or applicable law, the Company will be entitled to receive from the Recipient reimbursement for all attorneys’ and paralegal fees and expenses and court costs incurred by the Company in enforcing this Agreement and will have the right and remedy to require the Recipient to account for and pay over to the Company all compensation, profit, monies, accruals or other benefits derived or received, directly or indirectly, by the Recipient from the action constituting a breach or violation of this Section 5.
6.    Recapitalization, Mergers, Etc.  As provided in the Plan, in the event of corporate transactions affecting the Company’s outstanding Shares, such as recapitalizations or mergers, the Committee shall equitably adjust the number and kinds of Shares subject to this Award in such manner as the Committee deems appropriate, may accelerate the vesting of awards hereunder, and may take such other action as the Committee may determine to be appropriate pursuant to the Plan.

Non-Employee RSA Subject to Vesting

7.    Compliance with Securities Laws.  It shall be a condition to the Recipient’s right to receive shares of Restricted Stock hereunder that the Committee may, in its discretion, require (a) that the shares of Restricted Stock reserved for issue upon the grant of this award shall have been duly listed, upon official notice of issuance, upon any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, (b) that either (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the Shares shall be in effect, or (ii) in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the proposed purchase shall be exempt from registration under that Act and the Recipient shall have made such undertakings and agreements with the Company as the Company may reasonably require, and (c) that such other steps, if any, as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any law applicable to the issue of such Shares by the Company shall have been taken by the Company or the Recipient, or both. The certificates representing the Shares granted under this Award may contain such legends as counsel for the Company shall consider necessary to comply with any applicable law.
8.    Administration.
(a)    The Committee shall have full authority and discretion to decide all matters relating to the administration and interpretation of this Agreement. The Committee shall have full power and authority to pass and decide upon cases in conformity with the objectives of this Agreement under such rules as the Board may establish.
(b)    Any decision made or action taken by the Company, the Board, or the Committee arising out of, or in connection with, the administration, interpretation, and effect of this Agreement shall be at their absolute discretion and will be conclusive and binding on all parties. No member of the Board, Committee, or employee of the Company shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by the Recipient or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this Agreement have been delegated in accordance with the provision of this Agreement.
9.    Tax Matters; Section 83(b) Election.
(a)    If the Recipient does not properly make the election described in Section 9(b) below, the Recipient shall, no later than the date or dates as of which the restrictions referred to in this Agreement hereof shall lapse, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind that the Company determines are required by law to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock (including without limitation the vesting thereof), and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind (including without limitation, the withholding of any Shares that otherwise would be distributed to the Recipient under this Agreement) otherwise due to Recipient any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock.
(b)    If the Recipient properly elects, within thirty (30) days of the Date of Grant, to include in gross income for federal income tax purposes an amount equal to the Fair Market Value (as of the Date of Grant) of the Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, the Recipient shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee to pay to the Company any federal, state, local or foreign income taxes that the Company determines are required to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock. If the Recipient shall fail to make such tax payments as are required, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind (including without limitation, the withholding of any Shares that otherwise would be issued to the Recipient under this Agreement) otherwise due to the Recipient, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock.
(c)    The Recipient may satisfy any applicable withholding requirements pursuant to any one or combination of the following methods:
(i)    payment in cash; or
(ii)    payment by surrendering a number of unrestricted previously held Shares (free and clear of all liens and encumbrances), or the withholding of a number of Shares that otherwise would be deliverable to the Recipient pursuant to this Award. The Shares so delivered or withheld must have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date on which the shares of Restricted Stock become taxable equal to the minimum statutory amount, if any, required to be withheld for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes that are applicable to the Restricted Stock then subject to tax (or such other amount as the Committee determines will not result in additional compensation expense for financial accounting purposes under applicable financial accounting principles). The Recipient may surrender Shares either by attestation or by delivery of a certificate or certificates for Shares duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, and if required with medallion level signature guarantee by a member firm of a national stock exchange, by a national or state bank (or guaranteed or notarized in such other manner as the Committee may require).

Non-Employee RSA Subject to Vesting

[(d)    With respect to any shares of Restricted Stock that are vested Shares on the Date of Grant and are not subject to any federal, state, local or foreign income taxes required to be withheld with respect to the vested Shares, the Recipient may elect, on or before the Date of Grant, to have the Company withhold a number of Shares having a value (based upon the closing price for the Common Stock on the Date of Grant) equal to the amount of income tax the Company determines would be required to be withheld under section 3402 of the Code if the Recipient was an employee of the Company and the taxable amount was considered supplemental wages within the meaning of Treasury regulation section 31.3402(g)-1, regardless of whether any amounts are required to be withheld from the Restricted Stock covered by this Award pursuant to section 3402 of the Code.]
(e)    Tax consequences on the Recipient (including without limitation federal, state, local and/or foreign income tax consequences) with respect to the Restricted Stock (including without limitation the grant, vesting and/or forfeiture thereof) are the sole responsibility of the Recipient. The Recipient shall consult with his or her own personal accountant(s) and/or tax advisor(s) regarding these matters, the making of a Section 83(b) election, and the Recipient’s filing, withholding and payment (or tax liability) obligations.
10.    Company Relation with Recipients. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer on the Recipient any right to continued Continuous Service.
11.    Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude the Company or any Subsidiary from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation plans, agreements or arrangements, and any such plans, agreements and arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases or to specific persons.
12.    Force and Effect. The various provisions of this Agreement are severable in their entirety. Any determination of invalidity or unenforceability of any one provision shall have no effect on the continuing force and effect of the remaining provisions.
13.    Entire Agreement.  This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties and shall not be modified or amended except in writing and duly signed by the parties after appropriate action by the Committee.
14.    No Trust or Fund Created. Neither this Agreement nor the grant of Restricted Stock hereunder shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary and the Recipient or any other person. To the extent that the Recipient or any other person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.
15.    Law Governing.  This Agreement is subject to and shall be administered and governed in all respects under the laws of the State of Florida without regard to its conflict of law rules.
16.    Binding Effect; Captions.  This Agreement is binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Recipient, and his/her heirs, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Captions are provided for reference, do not form a part of this Agreement and are not admissible to determine the intent of the parties.
17.    Notices.  Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, registered, postage prepaid, and addressed, in the case of the Company, to the Company’s General Counsel at 800 Douglas Road, 12 th  Floor, Coral Gables, FL 33134, or if the Company should move its principal office, to such principal office, and, in the case of the Recipient, to the Recipient’s last permanent address as shown on the Company’s records, subject to the right of either party to designate some other address at any time hereafter in a notice satisfying the requirements of this Section.
18.    Section 409A.        
(a)    It is intended that the Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Agreement be exempt from Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) because it is believed that the Agreement does not provide for a deferral of compensation and accordingly that the Agreement does not constitute a nonqualified deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Section 409A. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with that intention, and the provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, adjusted, assumed or substituted for, converted or otherwise modified without the Recipient’s prior written consent if and to the extent that such amendment, adjustment, assumption or substitution, conversion or modification would cause the award to violate the requirements of Section 409A.

Non-Employee RSA Subject to Vesting

(b)    In the event that either the Company or the Recipient believes, at any time, that any benefit or right under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A, and does not comply with the requirements of Section 409A, it shall promptly advise the other and the Company and the Recipient shall negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of such benefits and rights, if such an amendment may be made in a commercially reasonable manner, such that they comply with Section 409A with the most limited possible economic affect on the Recipient and on the Company.
(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company does not make any representation to the Recipient that the shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Agreement are exempt from, or satisfy, the requirements of Section 409A, and the Company shall have no liability or other obligation to indemnify or hold harmless the Recipient or any Beneficiary for any tax, additional tax, interest or penalties that the Recipient or any Beneficiary may incur in the event that any provision of this Agreement, or any amendment or modification thereof or any other action taken with respect thereto is deemed to violate any of the requirements of Section 409A.
19.    Non-Waiver of Breach. The waiver by any party hereto of the other party's prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be effected solely in a writing signed by such party, and shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the waiver by any party hereto to exercise any right or remedy which he or it may possess shall not operate nor be construed as the waiver of such right or remedy by such party, or as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party, upon the occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation.
20.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on this _____ day of ________, ________.
MASTEC, INC.
By:        
Its:          
[NAME OF RECIPIENT]
Signature

Exhibit 12.1

Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (dollar amounts in thousands):

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	For the Years Ended December 31,	
 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	
Earnings:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	240,214	
 	 	$	192,719	
 	 	$	159,280	
 	 	$	114,072	
 	 	$	50,476	
 	
Add: Fixed charges	131,281	
 	 	111,949	
 	 	91,259	
 	 	73,308	
 	 	50,288	
 	
Less: Undistributed earnings (losses) from equity method investees	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	39	
 	 	(321	)	 	—	
 	
Total earnings	$	371,495	
 	 	$	304,668	
 	 	$	250,500	
 	 	$	187,701	
 	 	$	100,764	
 	
Fixed charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	$	46,804	
 	 	$	37,784	
 	 	$	35,006	
 	 	$	30,220	
 	 	$	25,916	
 	
Estimate of interest expense within rental expense	84,477	
 	 	74,165	
 	 	56,253	
 	 	43,088	
 	 	24,372	
 	
Total fixed charges	$	131,281	
 	 	$	111,949	
 	 	$	91,259	
 	 	$	73,308	
 	 	$	50,288	
 	
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	2.8	
 	 	2.7	
 	 	2.7	
 	 	2.6	
 	 	2.0	

Exhibit 21

MasTec, Inc.
AFFILIATED ENTITIES
December 31, 2013

NORTH AMERICA

 	
 	 	
Big Country Energy Services, Inc. (Canada)
	(100% owned by BC Acquisition I, LTD. (Canada)
       (100% owned by MasTec Cooperateif (UA)	
 	 	
Big Country Energy Services LLC.(US)	(100% owned by MasTec North America, Inc.)	
 	 	
Bottom Line Services, LLC (DE)	(94% owned by MasTec North America, Inc.)
(6% owned by Alan Roberts)	
 	 	
Dynamic Tower Services, Inc. (LA)	(100% owned by MasTec North America, Inc.)	
 	 	
EC Source Services, LLC (FL)	(100% owned by MasTec, Inc.)	
 	 	
MasTec Network Solutions f/k/a Nsoro MasTec, LLC (FL)	(100% owned by MasTec, Inc.)	
 	 	
MasTec North America, Inc. (FL)	(100% owned by MasTec, Inc.)	
 	 	
Patch Point Energy Services LTD. (Canada)	100% owned by BC Acquisition II, LTD. (Canada)
       (100% owned by MasTec Cooperateif (UA)	
 	 	
Precision Acquisition, LLC (WI)	(100% owned by MasTec, Inc.)	
 	 	
Precision Pipeline LLC (WI)	(100% owned by Precision Acquisition, LLC)	
 	 	
Pumpco, Inc. (TX)	(100% owned by MasTec North America, Inc.)	
 	 	
Wanzek Construction, Inc. (ND)	(100% owned by MasTec North America, Inc.)	

Exhibit 23.1

 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-139996, 333-112010, 333-105781, 333-105516, 333-38932, 333-77823, 333-47003, 333-38940, 333-30647, 333-174922 and 333-188974, Form S-3 Nos. 333-158502, 333-142083, 333-133252, 333-46067 and 333-180608) of MasTec, Inc. of our reports dated February 27, 2014 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of MasTec, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting which appear in this Form 10-K.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP    

Miami, Florida
February 27, 2014 

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Valuation Firm

We hereby consent to the references to Houlihan Capital Advisors, LLC (“Houlihan”) and to our valuation report dated December 31, 2012 (our “Report”) relating to the estimation of fair value of certain auction rate securities held by MasTec, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012, including the use of information contained within our Report in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and to the incorporation by reference of such information from the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 in the following Registration Statements: Form S-8 Nos. 333-139996, 333-112010, 333-105781, 333-105516, 333-38932, 333-77823, 333-47003, 333-38940, 333-30647, 333-174922, and 333-188974; Forms S-3 Nos. 333-158502, 333-142083, 333-133252, 333-46067, 333-180608; and Form S-4 No. 333-170834.
We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the above-referenced Registration Statements.

/s/ Houlihan Capital Advisors, LLC

Houlihan Capital Advisors, LLC

February 24, 2014

Exhibit 31.1

Certifications
I, Jose R. Mas, certify that:
I have reviewed this Form 10-K of MasTec, Inc;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 	 	
Date: February 27, 2014	 	
 	 	
/s/ Jose R. Mas	 	
Jose R. Mas	 	
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)	 	

Exhibit 31.2

Certifications
I, George L. Pita, certify that:
I have reviewed this Form 10-K of MasTec, Inc;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 	 	
Date: February 27, 2014	 	
 	 	
/s/ George L. Pita	 	
George L. Pita	 	
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	 	

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of MasTec, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jose R. Mas, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 	 	
Date: February 27, 2014	/s/ Jose R. Mas	
 	Name: Jose R. Mas
Title: Chief Executive Officer	

The certification set forth above is being furnished as an Exhibit solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the Annual Report of MasTec, Inc. on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2013, or as a separate disclosure document of the Company or the certifying officers.

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of MasTec, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, George L. Pita, Executive Vice President - Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 	 	
Date: February 27, 2014	/s/ George L. Pita	
 	Name: George L. Pita
Title: Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer	

The certification set forth above is being furnished as an Exhibit solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the Annual Report of MasTec, Inc. on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2013, or as a separate disclosure document of the Company or the certifying officers.